For Reference
Do Not Take
From the Library
Every person who maliciously
cuts, defaces, breaks or injures
any book, map, chart, picture,
engraving, statue, coin, model,
apparatus, or other work of lit-
erature, art, mechanics or ob-
ject of curiosity, deposited in
any public library, gallery,
museum or collection is guilty
of a misdemeanor.
Penal Cod* of California
1915, Soct.on 623
Digitized by the Internet Archive
in 2012 with funding from
internet archive
http://archive.org/details/artsdecoration1012newy
BURUNGAMt
PUBLIC LIBRARY
480 Primros* Road
i DECORATION
George Inness
By Eugene V. Bre vster
World War Monuments
I
Flaxman'*; Drawings
By Petronius Arbiter
The Art of Persia
By Ananda K. Coomaraswamy
The French Periods
By Raoul ieittex
The Academy Venter Exhibition
Our Grandmother 5 China
The Furniture cf William Sr Mary
and Qu en Anne
Orienal Rugs
1 PUBLIC LIBRARY
480 Primrose Road
Wlnaame. fcfif. 94010
_rn;r sit? *.
t\ u v
r
i
A R_T S
BURLINGAMt
PUBLIC LIBRARY
480 Primroa Road
Mi* *«■ ••*
J
A R^T 5
BURLlNGAMt
PUBLIC LIBRARY
480 Primros* Road
For many }!ears tne House of Demotte has
occupied a unique field in Paris, specializing in
FRENCH ART OF THE MIDDLE AGES
We extend to you a cordial invitation
to visit tne American Branch at 8 East
57th Street, where a Private Collection
of the finest Masterpieces, brought from
Paris owing to the War, is on view
SCULPTURES
TAPESTRIES
FURNITURE
STATUARY
PAINTINGS
RARE FABRICS
Tne interest now being taken by Americans in French Gothic
art is particularly fitting, because the noble appeal and
humanity of this art typifies France and her beautiful cathedrals
^ihu.
-7TT
^ B iEagt 57fl? gtmt J^Tfnrk ^
wmmwmwwmw^mMmmm ^ wm mm
IIIIIIIJIIIJUIIIIIIJIIIIIIIIIMIIIIIIJUIIIIIIW
/
'■
Juanita River near Harrisburg — By George Inness, 1856
1 .£*-**i->-
r -f JmJ*
•> 1
w
I
1
•1
."ill a.
1
«fc» SI 1 ' A •<«
^
"•
kifiL Emm
_*. 2 " - ■' -' ''
"2'^**Li^iB
..... __
■*T '
In the Adirondack* — By George Inness, 1862
116
A R T
BURLINGAMt
PUBLIC LIBRARY
480 PrimroM Road
J
Late Morning, Hudson River — By George Inness, Early Period, 1848
GEORGE INNESS, THE POETPAINTEK
By EUGENE V. BREWSTER
Illustrations by courtesy of Mr. George H. Ainslie
THE almost fabulous prices paid for Inness
paintings in recent years has caused many
to wonder Why? Some critics have gone
so far as to say that very few of the Inness works
would now be accepted by the juries in our principal
exhibitions, and others say that our more modern
painters fall far short of equaling the delicacy of
tone and the accuracy of depicting the moods of
natures that made Inness world-famous.
\\ hile it is true that there is a certain power,
strength and brilliancy in our modern paintings
that is quite lacking in the works of Inness, yet,
everyone must admit that there is a softness and
poetic sentiment to the latter that is often lacking
in the former.
However that may be,, the name of Inness has
become a household word, and the first ambition
of every collector is" to own an Inness. Why? Is
it possible for anybody who is not a great man to
paint a great picture? Is not art the result of an
unfolding — of a desire to express what is within
us? If so, how can we produce anything greater
than ourselves ? Inness was a good man, an in-
teresting man and a great man. Were he not all
of these, perhaps his name would now head the
list of American landscape painters. He loved
nature, he loved its Creator, and he loved to try
to reproduce faithfully its manifestations with a
reverence that was almost sublime.
He was born at Newburg, N. Y., May 1, 1825,
son of a grocer. He was a delicate youth, and at
fourteen, after trying storekeeping a while he took
drawing lessons of a man named Barker, at
Newark, N. J., whence his parents had moved. "I
used often to wonder," he has since written, "If
I should ever be able to do what he did." We
next find him at work in a map engraver's in New
York, where he remained for about a year. He
then returned to Newark, made some sketches from
nature, then became a student in the studio of
Regis Gignoux in New York, and in a few months
more we find him in a studio of his own. He sold
one of his first landscapes, which contained some
sheep to J. J. Mapes of New York for twenty-five
dollars, and the Art Union soon became a good
customer. Thus, the public seemed to be satisfied
with the artist's work, but the artist himself was
not. What made him dissatisfied was the perusal
of some prints of European art which he came
across. He observed in them the presence of a
spirit which was totally lacking in his own work,
and he took these prints with him out to Nature
and tried to find what it was that produced the
sentiment and poetry in the prints that he had
missed. In 1847 he went to Europe to study art
there and remained for fifteen months, then re-
turned to America, but at that time there were many
works of European artists coming to this country,
and they so impressed young Inness that in 1850
he went to France, to continue his studies and re-
mained there for a year. In 1860 we find him in
Medford, Mass., where he painted ?QnJ£ " ( his best
117
IrW.
•^ W
y
J0* *ug ri
. .^v __. *"-. B
. ^«it'
i *
<
*•
.
I^^ibpjbP *
Perugia of the Valley — By George Inness, Italian Period, 1874
*/•
Springtime, Montclair — By George Inness, 1885
118
A R^T 5
BURLINGAMt
PUBLIC LIBRARY
480 Primrow Road
Am* W»t Mil
GEORGE INNESS. THE POET-PAINTER
119
pictures. His style then was rich and full in color,
strong and impulsive. "I always felt," he said,
"as if I had two opposing styles — one impetuous
and eager, the other classic and elegant," so that,
as his early biographers state, while some of his
pictures were dashed off under an inspiration,
others were painfully elaborated.
After four years in Medford, he moved to Eagle-
wood near Perth Amboy, New Jersey, where he
became a student of theology which for seven years
was almost his only reading. He then returned
to New York, lived there for a year, went again
to Rome, remained there and in Paris for four
years — his pictures gradually assuming a studied
style — came back to this country, sojourned a year
in Boston, and then returned to New York. It
seems that nearly every part of the world has
claimed him at one time or another, and we know
that he painted a great deal at Milton, New York,
at Montclair, New Jersey, and, judging from the
great variety of his work, a little everywhere
else.
Every admirer of Inness has noted the wonder-
ful texture of the grass in the foregrounds of his
landscapes and the fulness and harmony of local
color that are so true to Nature. These traits are
characteristic of his landscapes. It may be interest-
ing here to note his favorite process. First, he
stained his white fresh canvas with Venetian red,
but not enough to lose the sense of entire trans-
parency. Then with a piece of charcoal he drew,
more or less carefully, the outlines of the picture,
afterwards confirming the outlines with a pencil,
and put in a few of the prominent shadows with
a little ivory black on a brush. His principal pig-
ments were white, very little black, Antwerp blue,
India red, and lemon chrome. He began anywhere
on the canvas, and worked in mass from genera!
to particulars, keeping his shadows thin and trans-
parent, and allowing the red with which the canvas
was stained to come through as part of the color.
When the work was sufficiently dry, he added to
his palette cobalt (for the sake of giving perma-
nency to the blues), brown, and pink. The last
steps were glazing, delicate painting, and scumbling,
and the use of any additional pigments that were
needed. Modern painters will probably look ask-
ance at George Inness's palette, because we now
know that some of his colors were not of the best,
neither for effect nor for permanency. I have it
from no less a master than Gilbert Gaul, N.A., how-
ever, that his friend and tutor J. G. Brown used
the lakes and chromes and that after forty years
his paintings show no signs of fading. Mr. Gaul
told me this himself a few days ago, when I saw
him using Cremnitz white and the yellow chromes.
George Inness sometimes painted for fifteen
hours in a single day, the ler.gth of time depending
upon his physical condition, state of feeling, and
the nature of the emotion to be expressed. He
painted standing, whether the canvas was large or
small. His keenest pleasure was at the beginning
of a picture. As it progressed, the labor became
harder and harder, and he often laid a canvas
aside for another one. Sometimes he had as many
as twenty canvases in hand simultaneously, work-
ing on four or five of them in a single day.
The poetry in Inness's pictures was perhaps due
to the fact that his was a deeply religious nature.
When painting, he always felt that there was a
power behind him teaching what was truth and
what was the significance of things. Let me here
quote from his own lips : "The whole effort and
aim of the true artist is to eschew whatever is in-
dividual, whatever is the influence of his own evil
nature, of his own carnal lusts, and to acknowledge
nothing but the inspiration that comes from truth
and goodness, or the divine principles within him —
nothing but the one personality, or God, who is the
center of man and the source of all noble aspiration.
For, just as it is impossible for him to personalize
Nature on his canvas, so is it impossible for him
to personalize himself. Like every other man, the
artist is an individual representation of a personal-
ity, which is God. This personality is everywhere
to be loved and reverenced; but the assumption of
it to self is the creation in man of his own misery —
the subjection of himself to insults, to distresses,
to a general disagreement with all the conditions
of his existence. By eschewing as belonging to
himself, he learns to love and to reverence it as
represented in truth and good everywhere. That
truth and good are God, existing from beginning,
one with the beginning, creating all things. I would
not give a fig for art-ideas except as they represent
what I perceive behind them ; and I love to think
most of what I, in common with all men, need most
— the good of our practice in art of life. Rivers,
streams, the rippling brook, the hillside, the sky,
clouds, all things that we see, will convey the senti-
ment of the highest art if we are in the love of
God and the desire of truth."
Now, the foregoing words are not copied from
Mrs. Eddy's "Science of Health," nor are they a
discourse by some theological high-brow. They are
the exact words that flowed freely from the mouth
of George Inness as he conversed with Walter
Montgomery in 1888. Whether we believe in the
Inness philosophy or not, whether it be true or
false, whether he was misguided or inspired, the
fact remains that George Inness was a deeply
religious, devout, pious, thoughtful man ; and as he
loved his Creator and revered Him, so he loved
His Creation, Nature, and painted it with a devo-
tion and fidelity that few artists have equaled
before him or since. It might be said, therefore,
that George Inness was an inspired painter, and
this statement does not necessarily assume that any
I
120
GEORGE INNESS, THE POET-PAINTER
kind of religion is false or true. I wish to quote
just once more from the poet-painter:
"The purpose of the painter is simply to re-
produce in other minds the impression which a
scene has made on him. A work of art does not
appeal to the intellect. It does not appeal to the
moral sense. Its aim is not to instruct, nor edify,
but to awaken an emotion. This emotion may be
one of love, of pity, of veneration, of hate, of
pleasure, or of pain ; but it must be a single emo-
tion, if the work has unity, as every such work
should have ; but the true beauty of the work con-
sists in the beauty of the sentiment or emotion
which it inspires. Its real greatness consists in the
quality and force of this emotion. Detail in the
picture must be elaborated only enough fully to re-
produce the impression that the artist wishes to
reproduce. When more than this is done the effect
is weakened or lost, and we see simply an array
of external things. If a painter could unite Meis-
sonier's careful reproduction of details with Corot's
inspirational power he would be the very god of
art. But Corot's art is higher than Meissonier's.
Let Corot paint a rainbow, and his work reminds
you of the poet's description. The rainbow is the
spirit of the flowers. Let Meissonier paint a rain-
bow and his work reminds you of a definition in
chemistry. The one is poetic truth, the other is
scientific truth ; the former is aesthetic, the latter is
analytic."
This quotation from one of the conversations of
George Inness before mentioned gives a fair insight
into the poet-painter's mind, and again proves that
he was a thinking man, indeed a philosopher.
His landscapes, like those of Blakelock, Wyant
and J. Francis Murphy, have given a new aspect
to Nature and we now see beauties in Nature that
were not visible before. As Browning says:
"We are made so that we love,
First, when we see them painted, things we
have passed
Perhaps a thousand times, nor even cared
to see."
He has opened our eyes to a new world and en-
dowed us with a new sense. "He has made the
desert to blossom as the rose," and has shown us
that there are beauties in the lonely wood and even
in the dismal swamp. Surely, he who can do this
is a public benefactor for he has added to the sum-
total of human blessings. I am not unmindful of
the poetry in the paintings of Corot, Rousseau and
Daubigny, whom Inness so admired, but there is
no artist, living or dead, who has taught me to love
Nature as has George Inness. He seems to have
put in his art the idea that there is a suggestion of
infinity in all Nature ; and now, as we roam through
the fields, or wander along the brookside or country
roads, our eyes are opened to new beauties and our
souls awakened to the sublimity of Nature. Thus,
we have learned to love Nature more deeply and
to hold in still greater reverence the great Creator
of it all.
Autumn Woodlands — By George Inness, Last Period, 1890
^^^^IIZZZZZZZ~~~
A R^T S
BURLINGAMt
PUBLIC LIBRARY
480 Primros* Bwd
I
(2) Soldier Group at base of monument erected to General Chanzy at
Le Mans, France. Base is surmounted by a statue of General Chanzy
WORLDAVAK MONUMENTS
WHEX we take a humorous view of life it
is smile-provoking to contemplate people
as they swing back and forth, like a town-
clock pendulum, from one extreme to another. This
must be a very ancient habit of mankind. For, 600
years B. C, Buddha already wrote his "Dhama
Pada" or "Path of Virtue," the burden of which
was and is: "Follow the Golden Mean!"; and, on
a temple at Delphi, the Greeks had about the same
time carved the Hellenic motto: "Meyden Agan !"
— "nothing too much !" The French for ages have
been saying: "Cherchez le juste milieu!" — "seek
the just mean!" So that a man, thinking himself
statesman enough to try to serve as a mentor to his
fellows, should by all means teach people to follow
the Golden Mean in all things instead of rushing
to extremes, which always meet at the point of
stupidity. But here come various individuals who,
in editorials and elsewhere in the press, advocate
the building of the monuments to our soldiers and
to Victory, in the shape of structures mainly utili-
tarian — to serve as "Community Houses," etc., etc.,
and the discarding of purely architectural monu-
ments, involving groups and statues in bronze and
marble. And this because we have in this country
some statues, even many, that are hideous, all of
these writers forgetting that we have some magnifi-
cent monuments commemorating our Civil War
heroes, though they are willing that such "useful
buildings" should contain bronze tablets bearing the
names of the dead !
That they should advocate a combination of ser-
viceable buildings, but highly ornamented with ex-
pressive sculpture, in honor of our dead heroes, is
conceivable and possible even if questionable. But
to cry out for a purely utilitarian building devoid of
triumphant sculpture — because many mistakes were
made in the past in our soldier monuments, is truly
"going some" in the direction of foolish extremes.
We are heartily in favor of the idea that every
county-town of the country, from which even
one soldier went to Europe to fight for the
lofty ideals which surely were the power that nerved
them to surprise the world at Cantigny, Chateau-
Thierry, St. Mihiel, the Argonne and Sedan, should
have a practical and servicable Community-House,
in honor of their fellow citizens and soldiers, for
their pleasure and use. But then, we claim that, in
addition to this, a monument of a purely ideal
character should be placed in front, or near, such
utilitarian building to celebrate in poetic form, by
means of symbolic statues, bas-reliefs and inscrip-
tions, the story of their deeds. There should be
absolutely nothing utilitarian about the soldier
monuments. The intention, the spirit of such monu-
ments should be absolutely poetic, even if the form
is disappointing because of the halting skill or
artistic awkwardness ~ c the creat nri " of the '"lonu-
121
122
WORLD WAR MONUMENTS
(1) Statue of Sergeant Bobillot, erected in
Paris, France
ments. For even a bad monument with a poor
granite statue, made by some "granite butcher," but
pure and lofty in intention, is better than no monu-
ment at all.
Let the critics of our public statuary remember
that during the entire Renaissance, from 1250-1550,
there were produced scarcely half a dozen pieces
of first-class public statuary in all Italy. And the
number of great pieces of ideal statuary produced
there during that time can be counted on the
fingers and toes of a normal man. Moreover, many
of the most mediocre public statues produced dur-
ing the last generation have been set up in Paris
and France, not to speak of England, Germany,
Italy, etc. Do our critics expect great masterpieces
in every monument erected — nearly always through
"wild-cat" competitions, and for the lowest price
possible — often ridiculously low — because of that
very competition ?
All this talk about an artist being morally bound
to always do his best, no matter what his pay, is non-
sense. He cannot sometimes do his best, even if he
wishes to do so, unless he feels he is adequately paid.
The amount of his pay usually acts as a stimulant
or deterrent to extra effort.
Again, those critics are just the ones who talk the
most about the paramount need, not of beauty, but
of "individuality," in a work of art. But, when a
sculptor puts up an "individual" monument, it will
please one man and irritate another. It will please
a few cranks, daffy on "individualism," but dis-
please the vast majority of normal people who, by
instinct.- look, not for be"' ;i denng "individuality,"
but for beauty. True, it is almost impossible to-
day to produce a beautiful work of art which will
not recall, in some degree, some similar beautiful
work. But, though it may recall it, it may yet be
strictly original and have enough individuality to
satisfy all men of intellect and true culture.
The fact is, a public monument should be as im-
personal and unindividualistic as possible — as to
manner of surface execution. Its originality and
individuality should be confined mainly to its co»i-
position.
Our public can be assured that there are no more
bad monuments in New York City — in proportion
to the number erected — than there are in Paris.
However, where the Parisians beat us badly is
in the superior placing of their monuments. In this
matter we are either ridiculously incompetent or
indifferent.
• Most of the bad statues in this country are put
up by noble-intentioned but inexperienced monu-
ment-committees. Many of these think they know
it all, or often do not care how poor the monument
is, just so it be a monument — with inscriptions, the
inscriptions and names on the bronze panels being
the main matter with their members. Many of
these committees are led astray by some member of
the committee who, in league with the atrocious
monument fabricators, cajole the remaining honest
members of the committees to put up heaven-in-
sulting piles of stone and bad bronze statuary, thus
bringing ridicule upon themselves, their city and the
dead heroes whom thev wish to honor.
How can we remedy this?
First : Our very children should be taught in the
school-books that, from a civic standpoint, a public
monument is the holiest thing in any city. And,
once up, the best care should be taken of it by the
city. And the entire public should learn that erect-
ing monuments to our heroes is the highest form
of public worship, because free from all silly dog-
mas, and because expressive of our devotion to the
highest ideals of personal conduct and public ser-
vice. No man can do a more lofty civic act than to
assist in putting up a public monument.
■ Therefore, it is short-sighted to say : "Oh, Emer-
son needs no public monument. His writings are
his own monuments." While this is true, it is we
who need it, as a means of expressing ourselves, to
do which is the object of everything in nature, from
a rosebush to the Creator. We should erect monu-
ments to exalt those who have helped to advance
civilization, in order to express our appreciation and
gratitude, so as not only to exalt ourselves, but also
to inspire each other to perhaps some day merit
such a concrete manifestation of a people's gratitude
such as is a public monument. Moreover, our
children need these monuments to stimulate them
!' ! :
A R^T S
BURLINGAMt
PUBLIC LIBRARY
480 Primrose Road
WORLD WAR MONUMENTS
123
to an exalting emulation of our heroes, everyone of
whom is the holiest benefaction vouchsafed to a
nation by the Creator. Therefore, there cannot be
too many monuments — to those citizens who actu-
ally deserved them. There were more than 6,000
statues in Rome in the days of Nero.
Second: The public should know that the
quality of the monuments produced in any country
is affected adversely by the neglect of those put
up in the past, because it is disheartening to a
sculptor. The manner in which public monuments
are neglected in this country, after they are erected,
is not only scandalous but astonishing. One would
suppose the practice of this post-monument indiffer-
ence to our national heroes w T as borrowed from the
unspeakable Turk, who puts up structures, places
them in the hands of Allah, and then — allows them
to rot and rot from lack of care. One would
suppose the members of the average American
monument committee, when the erection of a monu-
ment is finished, say to themselves : "There is your
old monument. I suppose we had to follow the silly
convention and give it to you, be you a real or a
fake hero, but I am now through with the job. Ouf !
Tata !" And then they forget the monument. Then
it begins to become dirty, unkept and to degenerate
into a shameful state. Perhaps someone with a
feeling of civic pride orders it "repaired," which
is done in a perfunctory manner, thus making the
decay of the monument even more glaring.
Boston for years neglected the "Lincoln" monu-
ment, with its splendid bronze group, showing Lin-
coln emancipating the slaves, by Ball, one of our
greatest sculptors — until it was a civic nuisance, as
well as an insult to Lincoln. One would have
thought Boston hated Lincoln and, for the purpose
of showing its contempt, had this monument
erected, then mutilated, then allowed it to fall into a
state of sad decay, through deliberate indifference.
There had in fact been four vases about the
group. These were abstracted by someone and, for
ten years at least, the four pieces of rusty gas-pipes,
fifteen inches long, which had held the vases in
place, lifted their complaining rust and unclean-
liness to heaven for a withering and shaming philip-
pic against the Bostonians of our "modern Athens."
We wonder whether those gas-pipe ends still point
their accusing fingers at Boston's citizens, as if
telling them : "You are a lot of fakers when you
pretend to have Athenian refinement and culture !"
For, in truth, this Lincoln monument is worthy of
the finest possible pedestal and the most sumptuous
surroundings and of the perpetual, reverent care
of the few really cultured citizens who no doubt do
live in Boston and who revere the memory of Lin-
coln.
Another case in point is the "Washington" eques-
trian statue, by H. K. Brown, here in New York,
one of the six finest equestrian statues of the world.
It stands on a pedestal of gray granite of a com-
monplace design ; and, being unpolished — which no
granite pedestal outside of a graveyard should be —
it has become dirty, greasy and repellant, and be-
littles the great statue it supports, at least to all
those who do not know its worth. Thus, New York
is nearly as bad as Boston. And the rest of the cities
of the country are as bad as, or worse, than the
Metropolis. This state of affairs is a disgrace to
our nation and a final proof that, while we do not
lack heart, we do profoundly lack the sacred public
culture of keeping ever clean and beautiful the
graves, monuments and memorials of those heroes
who labored, frequently suffered, and often died,
that we might live and be happy. When will our
people begin this sublimest of all civic cults — the
cult of paying perpetual homage to our self-sac-
rificing dead?
Our own Art Commission is guilty of woeful
neglect of our public monuments. The Commission
will say : "We are not organized to keep in repair
our monuments and have no money for such a pur-
pose." This is but a reason why the whole Art
Commission should be expanded in its activities, and
money voted for that purpose.
Third: A public monument, like a beautiful wo-
man, appears best in proper surroundings and set-
tings. Therefore, before setting up a monument,
a good site should be chosen for it.
Fourth : Should by an error a public monument
erected by a private committee, turn out unsatis-
(3) Monument erected at Fiesole, Italy, showing
Victor Emmanuel meeting Garibaldi on the
field of battU
124
WORLD WAR MONUMENTS
(4) Monument to Jules Anspach and the Anspach Square in Brussels
factory, and in ten years be found to be an irritation
instead of a joy, the city should proceed, on recom-
mendation of the Art Commission, to have a new
one made by another sculptor more competent, and
passed on — not this time by the same private com-
mittee which erected it, but by a larger public com-
mittee, backed up by the city Art Commission, and
made up of at least twenty-five leading citizens,
willing to give their time to see to it that the monu-
ment shall be first class — never mind about the
expense, which cannot be exorbitant in any event.
Example : The "Lincoln" statue in Union Square
is absurd. It is badly placed, faces north, which
no portrait-statue should ever- do, and was so badly
modelled or cast that it leans backwards. All this
aside from the fact that the statue is mediocre in
composition and a depressing, untruthful, repellant
effigy of Lincoln, representing him, not as a heroic,
self-reliant chieftain who, in the construction of his
head and face, recalls that of Caesar, and who, like
Caesar, dominated his age with a confident and
serene face, but shows him as a tear-filled, sad-
souled rag of humanity, lugubriating on the shores
of time — an object of pity instead of veneration.
It should be pulled down; and, if desired as a
memorial of the fact that Brown, a great sculptor,
could make a sad "fluke" — as this Lincoln of his —
it should be put in some historical museum. But
another statue of Lincoln, worthy of New York
and of Lincoln, should be put up in some much
finer plage,, and the space now occupied by' this
eye-sore "Lincoln" should be made
free for traffic, or a beautiful foun-
tain could be put in its place.
The new "Lincoln" statue should
be procured by the city, a good
price being paid for it. One hun-
dred thousand dollars is not too
much for New York City to pay for
a first-class and universally satis-
factory monument to Lincoln. In
fact a stranger would say: "New
York is supremely indifferent to
Lincoln's memory."
Such a commission should not be
given, outright, to any sculptor. It
should be procured through open
competition, to which ten first-class
sculptors should be invited and each
one paid $1,000 for his model, even
if none of the ten is selected. And
the sculptor selected should then be
watched by a committee of twenty-
five, made up of three sculptors,
three architects, three painters, three
writers, three heads of museums,
and ten business men, presided over,
but not dominated, by the city Art
Commission. This to insure that
very impersonal beauty and profundity of charac-
ter-expression which should be found in every
monument.
For, we repeat, "a public monument is not a
private snap," not a place for Bolshi-Modernistic
"individualistic" modelling stunts, by some ego-
maniac. Let him do those things in his private work,
if he must do them. A public monument is pri-
marily a public avenue for the expression of rever-
ential public emotion, and only secondarily for the
parading of a sculptor's vanitous tricks of modelling
to show that he has an "individual temperament."
The sculptor, in a public statue, should show his
individuality — by which he means his originality —
in his composition, thought and sentiment, not in
his "deforming the form."
If his composition is fine enough to easily win
the competition, then his model should be enlarged
to one-half the life-size and perfected. If then it
still holds the jury, he should be allowed to carry
out his composition in the full size, but always con-
trolled, to make sure that every inch of it is proper-
ly constructed and drawn and thus made lifelike,
and the surface modelled with great restraint as to
personal manner of modelling. For, in a public
monument we do not care for a parading of a
sculptor's flip "cleverness" or "artistic stunting,"
like those of Rodin, every one of whose public
monuments occasioned a civic row and much hate
in the cities where the)' were erected.
What we want in a public statue is an expression
A R^T S
BURLINGAMt
PUBLIC LIBRARY
180 Primrost Road
WORLD WAR MONUMENTS
125
of the physical, intellectual, and spiritual character
of the hero. This can he done and yet leave room
enough for a modest and charming manner of per-
sonal surface-modelling'. The great sculptors Rude,
Dubois, Dalou, Falguiere and Carpeau never in-
dulged in "individual stunts," but nevertheless each
had a personal manner, recognizable as his own,
and made charming by virtue of that restrained
and modest kind of personal parading always found
in the execution of the compositions of the truly
great artists.
Further, Union Square — where this Lincoln
statue stands — should be completely remodelled ;
and Brown's statue of Washington, a masterpiece,
unlike his "Lincoln" opposite, should be placed in
the center and faced south, looking down Broad-
way ; and the pedestal should be either polished
completely or, still better, a new one of polished
red granite or Tennessee marble should be substi-
tuted for its present ugly pedestal. No pedestal
could be too line for it. Another fountain — to
balance the one to be placed where the "Lincoln"
now stands — could be put in its place, to balance
the Lincoln fountain. Moreover, beautiful balus-
trades and flower-beds could be introduced around
the Washington statue in the revamping of the
Square. Then' Union Square would begin to live
once more by this increase of beauty and enhance
the value of the abutting real estate — enough to pay
for the expense.
But we can already hear coming the howl about
the expense — from some thick-headed Bolsheviki,
governed only by what Victor Hugo so aptly called
"the philosophy of the belly," and to whom a public
monument is not a higher form of public worship,
but "a robbing of the poor!" When will these be-
nighted minds learn that every public monument
actually helps to raise the level of, and is a pro-
tection for, the poor?
Fifth: There are about fifteen statues in New
York City, among its forty or more, which should
be remodelled by competent sculptors, governed by
the large commission we speak of, and all at expense
of the city, remodelled even if their composition
is maintained, and most of them should have new
and more artistic pedestals and should be replaced
on better sites. The total expense of this would
not be more than $250,000. But then, New York-
would have a clean aesthetic bill of health, a lot of
statues it could be proud of, above all, if these
statues are all not only properly replaced, if needed,
but put in surroundings that would set off the
statues, as well as the surroundings themselves.
All this would procure labor and pay for the work-
ers, and lift the tone of the squares or parks where
statues are placed.
Sixth : Every square in the city should be fur-
nished with a commemorative statue, or a fountain
to serve the same purpose. A monument need not
always call for a full-size statue of the person
honored. It may be a fountain, with a medallion
portrait of the hero on an obelisk, or a combination
of arch and bust, or of a statue and exhedra, etc.
Whenever the French government wishes to clean
up and raise the quality of a plague-spot in Paris,
it puts up a public statue or a fine fountain in the
midst of it. Soon there is new life around the>e
embellishments, and the resultant enhanced earning-
power of the neighboring real estate soon pays not
only for the embellishment, but for the handsome
buildings that spring up around those works of art.
When will our so-called "practical" amateurs of
city government see the value of this common-sense
French policy?
Seventh : There are hundreds of soldier monu-
ments in all parts of the country put up by devoted
but woefully ignorant committees of men and wo-
men. Most of these monuments are atrocious piles
of martyrized marble or brutalized bronze, precious
materials insulted by the wickedly ugly forms given
them. These should all be pulled down and replaced
by better ones — by the cities, counties, or states
having jurisdiction over them. If there are no Art
Commissions in the smaller cities, the aid of such
commissions could be sought in other large cities
by paying at least the traveling expenses of the
commissions.
Eighth: It would be a good thing if every state
(5) Design for a monument to commemorate the peace
and prosperity which followed the Civil War.
By Bruce Price, Architect
126
WORLD WAR MONUMENTS
(6) Monument erected in San Francisco to the
California Volunteers. Douglas Tilden, Sculptor
created a state Art Commission — to serve the
smaller cities in each state which cannot afford such
commissions. Such commissions could be made
both fool-proof and graft-proof. Instead of howl-
ing about the expense of this, it should be welcomed.
Do our citizens expect to make a paradise of this
earth without expenses, and hope to turn the fear-
fully ugly holes, abounding in this blest country of
ours, into beauty spots by simply the waving of a
wand? When will our citizens give the lie to the
monarchical reactionaries of Europe, who hate our
Democracy, because they say : "Democracy means
dem-ugliness"? When will they get it through their
heads that happiness can only be established in any
country by means of Liberty, Health and Beauty?
No, instead of less monuments being put up,
more and ever more should be erected, but ever
better and better ones. And they will be better —
if the public remembers, not only that a public
monument is a lofty act of public worship, but that
it also is a great commercial asset of heavy interest-
bearing power.
Ninth : Every city of 25,000 should have a large
city embellishment committee, of men and women —
especially of women — who should make it their
special business to keep the public monuments and
art works in our parks and squares in repair, clean
and bright and, where possible, surrounded with
flowers, so as to show that the city is not only com-
mercially, but spiritually alive. People will go
reverently to a cemetery, year after year, to keep a
grave clean and deck it with flowers. Why not do
the same thing with our monuments, most of which
record the deeds of our finest and best citizens ?
In the smaller cities there are no such embellish-
ment commissions.
Tenth : The committees which erect monuments
should not disband when the monument is unveiled,
but should resolve to hold together the organization
and decide to eternally take care of the monuments
which they have erected.
- If these suggestions would be followed — and they
could be greatly expanded as to details — our civic
monuments would soon be a source of pride instead
of chagrin. In the matter of public, monuments, as
in government, a people always gets only as much
as it works for.
To show that modern monuments may be splen-
did, and of universal appeal to normal people, and
yet show artistic individuality, we reproduce some
erected in this country and abroad.
Fig. 1 is a reproduction of the statue of Sergeant
Bobillot, which surmounts the monument to the
French soldiers who fell in Tonkin in 1883-85. Bo-
billot fell at Tuyen-Quan. The monument is erected
on the Boulevard Richard Lenoir, Paris. It is not
only one of the very finest statues in Paris, but one
of the best "soldier statues" in the world. The man
is so alive and full of movement — in restraint, that
we do not think of any silly "technique," until we
have been emotioned by the fine style of the com-
position and the dramatic expression of the rugged
manhood of a real man. The impression it makes
is one of reality, and yet, when examined carefully,
one notes that every needless detail is rigidly ex-
cluded, in harmony with a rational worship of
ideality, made up of fine taste and of a modest em-
ploy of a sane individuality in the surface-model-
ling. It is an example of the fusion of the uni-
versal with the personal in art-expression. It is a
masterpiece, and will serve as a model for all
sculptors of soldier monuments.
Fig. 2 represents the lower part of a monument
erected to General Chanzy, in 1885, at Le Mans in
France. Above this group stands the statue of the
general — not shown in this picture. It is by the
sculptor Croisy. The soldier group encircles the
whole pedestal. It is one of the most dramatic
soldier monuments ever put up, and speaks for it-
self, needs no analysis, tells its own story, and
leaves nothing for the critic to blame.
Fig. 3 shows one of the most remarkable and
successful soldier monuments erected in Italy dur-
ing the last generation. It stands in a small square
of the town of Fiesole on the high hill, back of
Florence. It is an example of the combination of
an obelisk with figures. It represents King Victor
Emmanuel II. meeting Garibaldi on the field of
battle, and, in passing, shaking his hand. Thus it
brings together in actual work the two heroes who
made possible the unification of the Italian people.
It is altogether a masterpiece of originality in com-
position, marvelous construction and drawing, of a
group of two horses and two figures. Only those
who have wrestled with an heroic equestrian statue
liil.iliil!
A R^T
BURLINGAMt
PUBLIC LIBRARY
480 Primrost R<»d
WORLD WAR MONUMENTS
127
know what it means to successfully carry out such
a splendid project and the difficulties to be over-
come. The one fault about the monument is the
cheap pedestal. But we were told that, later on,
when Italy is less poor, a better pedestal would be
provided.
Fig. 4 shows the Place Anspach in Brussells,
with the Anspach monument. This is a combination
of an obelisk, a fountain and a medallion portrait —
in this case shown in the marble disk on the shaft.
It is one of the finest monuments in Europe.
\\ here it now stands was once an open ditch for
a small stream — the Senne. Jules Anspach, the
Architect and Building News, of September 30,
1899.
Fig. 6 represents Douglas Tilden's monument to
the "California Volunteers," in the Civic Circle,
Golden Gate Park, San Francisco. It represents
the American soldiers fighting for an objective, a
poetic ideal, which is being shown them by America,
in the shape of Minerva, pointing to it with her
sword on the back of Pegasus — symbol of poetry.
It is one of the finest soldier monuments created by
Americans and, along with other fine things he has
done, helped to place Tilden among our foremost
and most original sculptors, of whom California
mayor, who died in 1879, inspired the Brussells peo- ought to be proud.
pie to cover it over. This was done for a distance
of over a mile, and the square and monument and
the fine houses back of it stand over this dirty
creek. The monument was erected out of gratitude
by the citizens of Brussells for what Anspach had
done for them. It is not a soldier monument; but,
by changing the character of the figures slightly,
it could be made into a soldier monument. But it
Fig. 7 represents the soldiers and sailors at
Albany. It is by Herman A. MacNeil. In the
center stands America with an armful of palms of
glory, to be distributed to the soldiers and sailors
represented on the frieze behind her, and which
goes around the whole background. This is one
of the largest and finest and most original monu-
ments in the country, a credit to Albany and an
does show the possibilities of combining a fountain, honor to the sculptor. It is Roman Classic in feel-
obelisk, symbolic statues and small medallions to ing, but of a purely American quality, showing
make a most effective monument to a great citizen, again that, in the hands of a competent sculptor and
Incidentally this picture gives a good idea of one architect working together, the universal can
of the most pppular quarters of Brussells before
the Huns defiled it.
But American artists have also designed and
erected some magnificent soldier monuments which
confute those who decry, in wholesale fashion, the greatest soldier monument in America, but one of
always be handled in a personal way, ending in
emotion-stirring beauty.
Fig. 8 represents the high-relief of Saint Gau-
dens's monument to Colonel Shaw, standing on the
edge of Boston Commons. This is not only the
monuments of America.
Fig. 5 is from a drawing, made in 1899, by the
late lamented architect Bruce Price. The project
was for "A Monument Commemorative of the
Results of the Conflict for the Union, a Federation
the finest of all time. No sculptor in the world ever
made a finer war-monument relief than this. Nor
did any painter ever give a more convincing ex-
pression, of a whole army passing, than St.
Gaudens did in this relief. The marching of the
of the States and the Peace and Prosperity that negroes is so wonderfully portrayed that they seem
Followed." It was designed to go where the Flat- to move. Everything seems to move, even the
Iron Building now stands, on 23rd Street and Fifth solemn figure of "inspiration" above floats along.
Avenue and Broadway.
It is a magnificent conception,
worthy of erection in any city of the
world, and shows what can be done
in this line by an artist or genius.
It would have been a large interest-
paying investment for New York
City had our materialistic pseudo-
practical laymen been willing to
spend the money necessary to carry
out this sumptuous project. But,
perhaps, if Price had lived, it might
have been pushed to realization. It
is not too late yet. There are some
triangular squares still left on
Broadway. Herald Square, for ex-
ample; also on Columbus Circle, etc.
Who will start the project? This
... . , . . . (7) Soldiers and Sailors Memorial, Albany, Aew York
illustration appeared in the American Hermon A. MacNeil, Sculptor
128
WORLD WAR MONUMENTS
But, more than that — there isn't a man in the thirty
or more modelled, or suggested, whose soul is not
alive and in harmony with the spirit of the moment.
Every man, from Colonel Shaw down, seems to be
fully awake to the fact that he is marching to face
almost sure death, but that he is determined, for the
good of his race, to face it calmly, as they did when
they lost their lives at Fort Wagner.
Here we have another triumphant, and still
different, example of what we mean by a mingling,
a fusion, of universally appealing style in composi-
tion and of a personal manner of surface execution.
Those who do not know St. Gaudens' personal touch
and "temperamental modelling," and don't care,
will not see it; but those who know his work, will
instantly see that this is the work of St. Gaudens
and of no other sculptor. There is one capital error
in this work, but to point it out convincingly would
take too long here, and few sculptors even will
note the error.
But, in the face of this great masterpiece as a
whole, and which will stir the emotions of men
for ages to come, is there any reason for any critic
to demand more individualistic surface-modelling
than St. Gaudens here displayed? And yet there
are modernists sufficiently ego-mad to say : "No,
it is not personal enough, it is too academic!"
If space permitted we could point out two score
more American monuments that are very fine in-
deed and an honor to the sculptors who reverentlv
made them. Therefore, will any of the extreme
lovers of the "useful" still contend that we should
raise no ideal monuments to our soldier heroes, and
erect only "useful liberty buildings," "community
houses," etc., because they happen to be familiar
with some very bad soldier monuments? Let them
remember that all countries have many bad soMier
and other kinds of monuments. Let our material-
ists also remember that every step in advance
towards civilization that the race has made was
in answer to the call of ideal, the spiritual, the
poetic ; and every fall barkwards was, through the
worship of the crassly material and the earth-
earth}'.
What we do not want is a butting-in into the
ranks of the monument-makers by a lot of "monu-
ment - butchers" who have reduced monument-
making from the plane of poetic creation to com-
mercial fabrication, and to keep these out of the
world of art will require great alertness on the part
of firm men. These must find out who are the
"assassinators of golden opportunities," and bar
them out, by degrees, from all public monument
competitions and confine them to the field of private
monuments for cemeteries, etc., a large and growing
field.
What we do want is more monuments that are
really great, as works of art, and such can be had,
if the public would look upon monument-raising
as the loftiest possible public worship, and then be-
come willing to share in this worship and help to
lift it to the highest plane — by paying the price,
both in money and in the loving care, which such
a sublime civic cult makes imperative.
(8) Monument to Col. Shaw and his Negro troops. Erected on Boston Commons
A R^T 5
BURLINGAMt
PUBLIC LIBRARY
480 Primrose Bwd
Mia* **■ "^
Portrait of John Flaxman
Pencil drawing by Sir Thomas Lawrence
FLAXMAN'S DRAWINGS
Illustrating Homer's "Iliad" and "Odyssey"
By PETRONIUS ARBITER
A MOST important exhibition of seventy-
three outlined drawings by John Flaxman,
the great English artist, illustrating
Homer's "Iliad" and "Odyssey," which were for-
merly in the Hope collection, at Deepdene, England,
was shown in December at the galleries of Scott &
Fowles. And they can be congratulated on being
privileged to offer these incomparable drawings for
purchase by the American public ; and America can
be felicitated on being privileged to purchase these
illustrations of the world's greatest epic.
But again we can say: "There is no rose without
a thorn." For it is a great pity that no body of
men saw fit to buy the entire collection and set apart
for them a special room in some great museum in
New York or Washington. Because now they will
be scattered and become part of private collections
closed to the public. This is bad enough. But
what makes it worse is the fact that nearly every
year we hear of some private mansion being burned
up, and with it priceless treasures of art which can
never be duplicated or, in some cases equalled. And
if we are willing to spend 50 billions of money and
50 thousand lives — as we just have done — to
guarantee the liberty of our descendants, why not
spend a few millions also for their happiness — by
leaving them intact the real art-masterpieces of
our epoch ? Such should be lodged in fire-proof
museums and not in fire-inviting country palaces.
And so we hope some museum will offer to re-
purchase the whole of these Flaxman drawings
from the various buyers — at a slight advance on
the selling price — and that these buyers will sell
them to the museum and help to fit up a special
room for their exhibition to be called "Homer
Hall" or "Flaxman Hall," so they will be forever
safe.
A rich man who will outbid another rich man to
129
130
FLAXMAN'S DRAWINGS
"Minerva pacifying the Furies"
Illustration of Act V of "The Eumenides," by Aeschylus
acquire a unique masterpiece of art, and will then
house it in a country villa that is imperfectly fire-
proof, is in reality an enemy of society and of its
highest manifestation of culture. For he thereby
reduces art to a mere commodity, like wall-paper or
carpets, made by machinery. Worse, he discourages
the spread among artists of the feeling that a work
of art will be safe — above all, a great masterpiece —
once it has been created by an artist who hopes to
immortalize himself by his art and, of course, hopes
that, when his work, upon which he has perhaps
sweated blood for years, will be preserved. This
indifference to the certain preservation of art
masterpieces is a positive deterrent to the growth
of such an art atmosphere as will alone make the
creation of such masterpieces in any quantity pos-
sible. Therefore, Whistler, and all other artists like
him, were justified in being nervous about letting
their works go to private houses, preferring to keep
them in their studios as long as possible, in the hope
that they would find their way into some museum
that would be a safe-depository. Hence, it is a
species of crime against such artists as deny them-
selves all sorts of social pelf in order to be able to
create the very works of art these careless rich men
allow to burn up in their insufficiently-protected
mansions, works which the artists hoped would
endure for ages, at least.
These drawings by Flaxman are so extraordi-
narily beautiful and marvelously skilful that it is
safe to say that they hold their own with the finest
drawings made by the greatest masters of the past,
like Leonardo, Michelangelo, Raphael, Rembrandt,
Holbein; and Ingres, Boulanger or Lefebvre of
modern times.
It must be remembered that very few of even the
greatest artists are able to draw — with pencil or
paint and in outline — and reach perfection of move-
ment and proportion, expression and beauty of de-
tail — leaving the matter of composition out of the
question.
To carefully draw a single figure in charcoal or
paint and patiently refine it by rubbing out parts and
correcting the drawing until perfected, is not so
difficult. But to draw quickly, and without much
re-drawing, and with an exquisite result, is so diffi-
cult that the world has not produced half a dozen
men who could do it.
Painters, as a rule, excel sculptors in drawing —
in outline on paper, because they are forced to
visualize figures more in detail. Sculptors, as a rule,
are careless about fine drawing, on paper, since
they must see figures all around and make their
final drawing in the clay — for they build up slowly
by adding and subtracting clay until the figure is
perfect. It is a difficult process enough at best,
but it does not require such dexterity and clever-
ness as outline drawing.
To draw the human figure in outline requires the
special gift of visualizing it in the mind to an ex-
traordinary degree if we wish to draw it to perfec-
tion. Few artists see very clearly in their minds
the small details of figures. Hence they are rather
builders, constructors, than free and easy drafts-
men. Not one in a thousand can draw even a foot,
fore-shortened, as Flaxman did, without much la-
borious correction. And only such as have strug-
gled with an outline drawing know how difficult
it is.
Bandinelli, a sculptor, and rival of Michelangelo,
made a series of outlined drawings, similar in
character, but inferior to these of Flaxman ; Rem-
brandt did some marvelous drawing in outline in
his etchings ; Holbein likewise in his portraits ;
Ingres and Boulanger have left some wonderful
drawings also. But it is safe to say that no artist
who ever lived has left so many drawings, of such
extraordinary finesse of line expression, of beauty
A R^T 5
BURLINGAMt
PUBLIC LIBRARY
480 Primrost Boad
tot*** m •■»
FLAX MAX'S DRAWINGS
131
of proportion, of beauty of movement, of loving
suppleness and of exquisite grace, as did Flaxman.
He seems to have been able to see "in his mind's
eye" and in his imagination not only an entire
figure, with the correct curve of every detail of
every toe and finger, but he visualized in his mind
an entire page, full of figures and objects and of
their details, this to a degree of clearness never be-
fore manifested by any human being, except in rare
cases. He seems to have been able to draw the
human figure, or anything else, in any position, and
as easily as we write A, B, C. For, had that not
been so, he could never have made the great number
of drawings he did and which, though not all on
the same level, are yet all of a high quality.
He made 39 plates in illustration of Homer's
"Iliad" and 34 of the "Odyssey"; of the works of
Aeschylus he made 31 plates; of Dante's "Divine
Comedy" he made 101; of the work of Hesiod he
made 37, besides a great many others. All these
are so full of invention and of charm of composi-
tion, of truly expressive drawing, that one is
astonished in contemplating such an output, made
almost as a side issue, as it were. For he did also
a large number of statues and groups in marble.
Besides that, he did a lot of the finest work turned
out by the Wedgwood Pottery Company, main- of
which are gems of the highest beauty.
But, leaving his skill as a draftsman out of the
question, what is astonishing, especially and above
all in the drawings of the "Iliad" and "Odyssey,"
is the way he seemed to have inherited the very
psychology of the Greeks, and of the finest epoch
of their culture. These drawings of Greek life are
so redolent of the Greek spirit, as manifested in
the finest Greek sculpture, has reliefs and vase-
drawings, that one is inclined to have one's belief
in a previous incarnation of the human soul
strengthened in contemplating them. Nothing so
wonderful and mysterious has ever happened be-
fore or since in the world of art. Says Mr. Birn-
baum :
"Flaxman had a genuine flair for ringing the
finest shades of sentiment out of the slightest
Homeric episode, and when we turn the pages of
one of the engraved folios in the dim shadows of
a library our commonplaces disappear and we join
the assemblies of the radiant gods of Olympus,
follow the fortunes of the glorious heroes of Troy,
mingle with the graceful companions of Nausica,
mourn with Achilles over the body of the youthful
Patroclus, or sail the perilous seas with crafty
Ulysses. The pellucid beaut) - of the drawings is
never meretricious. The lovely draperies with their
slender folds, the subtly ordered combinations of
figures, the economy of means employed, the Hel-
lenic severity, tempered by Flaxman's rare sweet-
ness, all these elements recall the highest periods of
art, whereas the union of noble tenderness and dig-
nified reticence exactly suited the temper of the
sculptor's own era. . . .
"In after years, when he was the artistic oracle
of fashionable London, Flaxman assured his au-
ditors that the most successful of his figures, dis-
played in his illustrations of Homer, Aeschylus and
Dante, were procured from innocent street vagrants
Venus presenting Helen to Paris
Illustration for Book III of the "Iliad,' by Homer
132
FLAXMAN'S DRAWINGS
"Phemios chanting" before the suitors of Penelope"
Illustrating Book I of Homer's "Odyssey"
and similar natural and unsophisticated sources.
The drawings are, indeed, instinct with inspiration
and animation which only Nature can give, but he
carefully studied classic sources as well.
"The designs have the inexhaustible gift of sug-
gestion that the old vase-drawings can boast of, but
although he made their beauties his own, and his
designs are archaeologically correct, they are never
mere pastiches of Greek originals. He handles the
antique in a wonderfully penetrating way as though
he enjoyed some subtle affinity with Hellenism, and
all his works are characterized by a serene vigor
and placid elegance which easily justifies their uni-
versal celebrity."
We will go further than the above and say, on
not one of the vases of Greece, that have come down
to us, do we find such perfect outline drawing as
in some of these Homeric drawings by Flaxman.
Homer had to wait until this English sculptor ap-
peared, to be adequately and sympathetically in-
terpreted in illustrations. As to this the great
painter Romney said: "I have seen the book of
prints for the Odessey by our dear and admirable
artist, Flaxman. They are simple, grand and pure ;
I may say with truth, very fine. They look as if
they had been made in the age when Homer wrote."
We can, therefore, understand why the great
sculptor, Canova, said to some Englishmen: "You
come to Rome to admire my works while you pos-
sess in Flaxman an artist whose designs excel in
classic grace all that I am acquainted with in modern
art." Fuseli, the Swiss artist; Byron, the poet; and
Schlegel, the German aesthetician, highly praise
them. And in more modern times Ingres, himself
one of the greatest draftsmen that ever lived,
praised them highly and painted Flaxman's portrait
in his great decoration, "The Apotheosis of
Homer," now in the Louvre.
Perhaps had our museum authorities known all
this they would have bought the whole set of these
Homeric drawings instead of allowing them to be
scattered and buying only a very few of them.
Flaxman was born in 1755 and died in 1826.
"The entire nation mourned him, and shortly after-
wards Sir Thomas Lawrence delivered a eulogy on
his deceased friend to the students of the Academy."
The acquisition by this country of the 73 drawings
is a precious and highly stimulating event in Amer-
ican art. For their silent influence will be to help
throw back still farther the now receding tide of
brutal ugliness, commonplace realism and down-
right degeneracy of so much of what is now called
"Bolshi-Modernistic" art — bad in drawing, bad in
composition and crapuleux in spirit — with which
for a generation the world has been cunningly be-
wildered and cynically afflicted by a number of
aberrated and a number of commercial souls, to
whom refined strength is effeminacy, and lack of
brutality is dubbed "want of force," and who boil
with rage at the very sight of a fine classic work,
or one of common-sense beauty, like a Spanish bull
at the sight of a red rag. For, to cite again the
writer before quoted, and who treats these "mod-
ernists" with gloves too velvety indeed :
"To us the drawings which are now universally
recognized to be Flaxman's most important works,
have a special contemporary significance. They
afford a kind of standard by which any artist might
take the measure of his graphic ability. The power
of Van Gogh, the theoretical importance of Picasso
and the dignified failures of the post-impressionists
have temporarily blinded us to obvious beauty. We
A R^T 5
BURLINGAMt
PUBLIC LIBRARY
480 Primrost Road
9m m k m tm»
FLAXM \.VS DRAWINGS
13.?
need something to liberate us from the tyranny of
our more or less ugly art, and these superior draw-
ings, incisive, suave, tender or voluptuous, vigorous
yet serene, aerial in their delicacy, quiet in their
loveliness and elegant in execution, like the playing
of a Heifetz, a Casals, or the singing of Galli-Curci,
will again exercise their imperishable influence and
help to carry us back to a time when the highest
form of civilized life was a manifestation of noble
beauty."
Xobody of common sense aims to force the world
to go back to classic forms — before its disgust with
the ugly will lead it to go back. No man of sense
believes in the slavish following of antique forms-
no great classicist like Flaxman ever did that. Nor
did Canova or Thorwaldsen do it. The mania for
the copying of someone, either classic or modern,
is exhibited only by those simpletons who do not
yet know that, as Emerson said : "There comes a
time in the career of every man when he learns
that envy is ignorance and imitation is suicide."
But the standard of the Greeks — that is, that the
creation of beauty alone is an excuse for the deflec-
tion of energy from such basic labor as digging
potatoes and carrying a hod — has always been up-
held by the truly great artists, even up to this day.
The choice by a misguided artist of an ugly subject
and the "expression of its character," however ugly,
may result in a clever piece of "craftsmanship," but
never in a great work of art. And these drawings
of Flaxman will powerfully help to swing the
American public to demand beauty more than mere
character expression in a work of art and so force
the artists to supply, not antique, but every-day
twentieth century beauty.
Let us hope that all those clairvoyant American
citizens who have purchased these drawings which
the museums here failed to acquire, and which they
should have snapped up as the carp at Fontaine-
bleau do the crumbs that are thrown to them, will
gradually make a gift of their purchases to that
museum which showed the largest amount of wis-
dom by purchasing the largest number of these
drawings, so that they may finally be united again,
as they were in the Hope collection in England, and
exhibited in one room to be known as the "Homer"
or "Flaxman Hall." .
We offer to our readers a reproduction of a pen-
cil portrait of Flaxman, by Sir Thomas Lawrence,
his friend, which itself is a gem of pencil drawing;
also four of the drawings of Flaxman.
Figure 1, a magnificent composition, is illustra-
tive of Aeschylus's Act V of "The Eumenides,"
showing "Minerva pacifying the furies who had
pursued Orestes for the killing of Clytemnestra and
Aegisthus in revenge for the murder of his father,
Agamemnon." Apollo, who had defended him be-
fore the Court of the Areopagus, stands beside
Minerva, while Orestes stands behind her and be-
fore the Court which had acquitted him. Minerva
pacified the furies by promising that a shrine should
be built to them on the Areopagus Hill.
(Continued on page 181)
I
"The torture of the thieves in Hell''
Illustrating Chant XXIV of Dante's "Divine Comedy''
Star tile, lustre — Rhages, 13th century
Museum of Fine Arts, Boston
ASIATIC AKT
PART III.— PERSIA
By DR. ANANDA K. COOMARASWAMY
(of the Museum of Fine Arts, Boston)
IN speaking of Persian art, we shall confine
ourselves to the arts of the Musalman period,
subsequent, that is, to the year 622 A. D., the
commencement of the Mohammedan era. Leaving
aside the architecture, notwithstanding that this is
the most important of the arts of Islam, we shall
find that for a different reason we shall also have
nothing to say of sculpture, for to all intents and
purposes, Musalman sculpture is non-existent. This
is a result of the well-known objection to the mak-
ing of likenesses of living things, which is clearly
expressed in Mohammedan scripture. It is in spite
of this objection, on the other hand, that we find,
an extensive development of painting — the illustra-
tion of books and the decoration of pottery — in
Persia. Rut it is a consequence of the objection
referred to, that Persian painting should have re-
mained from first to last — in sharp distinction from
Indian and far Eastern painting- essentially a secu-
lar girt: it is by rare exception that we meet with
illustrations of such subjects as the Ascent of the
Prophet, and even here, the Prophet's face is veiled.
The beginnings of Persian painting take us back
to Mesopotamia and Bagdad where we meet with a
number of works, some in the Fatimid stvle of
Egypt, and others of an Arabian character, and
showing also some curious Indian influences. The
MS. of Dioscorides, a medical treatise, of date 1222,
leaves of which are in many collections, and the
MS. of the Manafi-al-Hayawan in the Morgan
collection are among the most precious and im-
portant works of this period. The drawing is
distinguished, vigorous and realistic; as Dr. Martin
has remarked, "They give living pictures of the
kaleidoscopic scenes of Bagdad, and depict all the
phases of life from parturition to death with a
truth, vivacity and fidelity to nature that is without
parallel in the history of European art during the
early Middle Ages." Artists of the same school
decorated magnificently the Syrian glass vessels,
bowls and mosque lamps of the same period and
in the fourteenth century.
But the Abbasid art of Bagdad was destroyed
when the Khalifate was broken up by the Mongol
conquests: Bagdad fell in 1258 A. D. But these
events, so disastrous to Islamic culture, were also
the foundation of Persian unity and political auton-
omy, and coincide with the birth of Persian art as
commonly understood. An important part of Per-
sian literature, especially the full development of
134
~~
A 1CT 5
BURLlNGAMt
PUBLIC LIBRARY
480 Primrow Road
to!*** ** ■«•
ASIATIC ART— PERSIA
135
Sufi mysticism, belongs to the centuries follow ing
the fall of Bagdad. Firdausi, however, who com-
posed the great Persian epic, the Shah Nama, which
became the favorite subject of the Persian illus-
trator of books, had died already early in the 11th
century, whilst the greatest Persian poets, Nizami,
Jami, Rumi and Sadi, had also passed away before
the end of the 13th century, so that, although Hafiz
is later, the essential characteristics of Persian
poetry were already fully determined.
In Persian painting the far Eastern influences
are at first very conspicuous: the Mongol Khans
brought with them both Chinese artists and works
of art. We see immediately that a change has come
over the manner of drawing — the outline is now
quite different, consisting of fine, nervous strokes,
quickly made, in place of the more uniform and
continuous line of the Bagdad school. The taste
for drawing in grayish tones and a generally low-
ered tonality appears at the same time ; the draw-
ing, moreover, exhibits already those calligraphic
and elegant tendencies which carried to extreme
expressed the decadence of Persian art in the seven-
teenth century. The finest monument of the Mon-
gol period is to be recognized in the Jami-al-
Tawarikh MS. of which a part is in London and
part in Edinburgh. Another MS. of the same his-
torical work is in a more definitely Persian style,
showing how rapid was the assimilation of the
Mongol elements. This is characteristic of the
whole of the 14th and early 15th centuries.
The art of the 15th century has been called
Timurid, from the family name of the same Mongol
dynasty — to which belonged the great Tamerlane
(Timur) — of which a branch later on established
itself in India, where they are known as the Mug-
hals. These Timurids, "the most artistic princes
that ever reigned in Persia," were lavish patrons
of art and letters ; they possessed extraordinary
libraries, and not only collected books but created
them. Baisunghar (d. A. D. 1433) was the grand-
son of Tamerlane. Under his patronage forty
artists were employed in copying and illuminating
MSS. By lavish presents and high salaries he re-
tained the most accomplished calligraphers in his
personal service. Naturally, the influence of Timu-
rid patronage continues through a great part of the
16th century. The newer dynasty, the Safavids,
continued to employ the artists of their predecessors
and to produce the most exquisite and costly
volumes. We come now to the name of the most
famous of Persian painters, the great Bihzad, court
painter of Sultan Husain Mirza, who reigned in
Khurasan (1473-1506), and of his successors, Shah
Isma'il and Shah Tahmasp. The works of Bihzad
are marvels of skill ; as a portrait painter he must
be compared to Memling and Holbein. The dates
for Bihzad are approximately 1450-1525; he lived
in Herat and Tabriz. Herat was then a city of
beautiful gardens and a centre of a highly sophis-
ticated culture. Dr. Martin has drawn a charming
picture of the master in his workshop : "Assuredly
Bihzad had no studio such as European painters
possessed, but simply a room with white walls
whose only ornaments were texts from the Koran,
written by the chief calligraphers of the East. On
the floor were yellow straw mats, while in one
corner were a few cushions and a carpet on which
guests and admirers were invited to sit down. Be-
yond the doorway, on which he often sat when the
daylight in the chamber was insufficient, was a
garden containing a great basin of placid water
reaching up to the stone edge. Trees and bushes
grew so densely that it was scarcely possible to pass
between them. . . . Thousands upon thousands of
roses grew on bushes and walls so closely that no
green leaf, nothing but a mass of varied hues was
visible. In such surroundings sat Bihzad day after
day, handling a brush and pen finer than any used
before or after."
The fineness of the lines employed by Persian
and some Mughal artists is indeed so extraordinary
that the miniatures seem to have been executed
under a magnifying glass, and it is said that brushes
Battle from the Mahabharata — Jami-al-Ta\varikh, Mongol school, 1310
136
ASIATIC ART— PERSIA
«?«&£
•^ci
Burning Idols — Mongol school, 14th century- •
Author's collection
of a single hair were sometimes used in India.
These delicate lines and curves betray no tremor
of the hands and no hesitation in intention, and
witness to the self-command their makers must
have possessed. In his preference for the portrai-
ture of dervishes and teachers, and the neglect of
the epic and warlike themes, Bihzad diverges to a
considerable extent from the tradition of his art;
in depicting sunny landscapes of the spring or
summer, often with royal personages and beautiful
ladies taking their pleasure amidst the flowers, he
is more in accord with the general tendencies of the
late Persian painting. How rarely this art is con-
cerned with anything approaching the tragic or
philosophic! It is really an art designed to give
pleasure; in this limited aim it rarely fails to
succeed.
A famous painter, pupil of Bihzad, is Mirak, who
was still alive in 1543. He shows more feeling for
Chinese and Timurid art than Bihzad himself,
whose taste was perhaps more serious and not to
the same extent merely decorative. The pictures
of Mirak possess an indescribable charm and
allure; but in the unceasing sweetness of treatment
we feel that we are already upon the eve of de-
cadence. Mirak is associated with the school of
Bokhara. It may be remarked that the Timurid
turban has even folds with small projecting ends,
the Bokhara turban very large with irregular folds,
the Safavid turban is wound about a high pointed
cap; these are convenient means of distinguishing
styles and periods in some cases of doubt.
Sultan Mohammed was again a pupil both of
Bihzad and Mirak. The British Museum Nizami
(MS. Or. 2265) is probably the finest 16th-century
Persian MS. in existence, and contains the work of
Mirak, Sultan Mohammed, and the' great calli-
grapher Mirza Ali ; the picture of the Prophet's
ascension to Heaven is a rare example of the treat-
ment of a religious theme, and in a very grand
style.
In the time of Shah Abbas and his court painter
Riza Abbasi, Persian art is actually in decadence.
It has become an art of display much more than
of feeling, and the brilliant draughtsmanship is
acrobatic — in looking at one of these calligraphic
figures, one remarks involuntarily, "How clever !"
rather than "How fine !" All the figures are
swathed in tightly-fitting garments evidently in the
height of fashion; and the elegant ladies are sitting
at their, ease on flowery lawns, where all is for the
best in the best of all possible worlds. It is the
world of Watteau, rather than of Benozzo Gozzoh.
There are pretty girls reclining in indolent attitudes,
and effeminate young men who much resemble the
girls — there is nothing much more serious here than
in the art of the magazine cover of the present day,
although the mastery of method and sense of de-
sign are, of course, infinitely superior in the Per-
sian works. It is not in Persia, but in India in the
late 16th and early 17th century, that Musalman
pictorial art — in which the Persian elements are
chiefly those of the school of Bihzad — is of real
significance.
The discovery of Persian pottery is a matter of
recent years ; but already the products of excavation
scattered through the museums of the world reveal
the history, achievement and decadence of a bril-
liant and distinguished art, all the more interesting
because it is not an art of mere decoration, but of
use. The origins of Persian pottery are to be
sought in Egypt, Assyria and Babylonia. A Per-
sian traveller in the eleventh century describes the
lettuce white glaze of Egypt. In any case, the
Fostat (Cairo) potteries, made by Arabian and
Syrian workers, antedate any Persian work so far
•recognized. It was at Bagdad, as we have already
seen, that Persian art first attained to any full and
rich development. Rakka, Rhages, Sultanabad in
turn became great centres of production. Rakka
potteries of the 10th or 11th centuries often exhibit
'V
Copper Bowl, 16th century
Rothschild collection
I
A R^T 5
BURLIHGAMt
PUBLIC LIBRARY
1M) Primrost Road
>ttiiii
ASIATIC ART— PERSIA
137
the characteristic turquoise blue, and to the beauty
of this color is often added that of iridescence due
to decay. The forms of the pitchers and vases are
graceful and varied. It is, however, at Rhages that
Persian pottery was produced in its most remark-
able forms — from the ruins of this city destroyed
by the Mongols in 1221 have come innumerable
bowls and fragments painted in polychrome by the
same great artists who are responsible for the early
Mesopotamian MSS. and for the splendid ornamen-
tation of the 13th and 14th-century Syrian glass
lamps and vessels. The figure-drawing is masterly
to the last degree. The formulae employed by these
artists were so entirely at their command that they
seem to have been able to draw whatever they
wished without the slightest hesitation and to endow
the movements of their figures with an imperishable
vitality.
The employment of glazed pottery tiles, too, is
very characteristic of the decoration of Persian
buildings, and nothing can be more lovely than the
turquoise blue dome of a mosque seen over a group
of cypress trees, or more decorative than the in-
scriptions in Cufic characters at its doors. Many
of the earlier "star" tiles are painted in the same
brilliant style as that of the Rhages pottery.
Persian velvets and brocades exhibit two leading
types, an earlier in which the geometrical construc-
tion is severe and rigid, the compartments enclosing
floral ornaments of the palmette or aster type, and
a later, from the 14th or 15th century onwards
where everything becomes more flexible and real-
Persian Carpet — Kevorkian collection
Dervi.sh from Bagdad — By Bihzad
Martin collection
istic. Figures are introduced — for example, of
Laila and Majnun — and the tulip and fleur-de-lys,
peach tree and cypress are constantly introduced.
The influence and interaction with western produc-
tions through the trade with Venice is well marked,
while in India the production of silk brocades of
more or less Persian character under the Mughals
was greatly stimulated. The beautiful designs of
Kashmir shawls, too, though elaborated in Kash-
mir, go back to the wind-blown cypress of Persian
art, which in the cone or mango form has spread
all over India.
The carpets of Persia might form the subject of
many volumes. Apart from the simpler rugs of the
nomadic tribes, it would seem that in Egypt and
Bagdad the earlier coverings for floors and hang-
ings for walls were elaborately designed and done
in needlework. The date of the earliest woven pile
carpets is quite uncertain, but probably the finest
are those of the Timurid period. Indeed, through-
out the 15th and 16th centuries in Persia, as well
as the 17th in both Persia and India under the
Mughals, the most magnificent carpets ever made
were woven. It is mainly by comparison with the
pictures that they can be dated; in fact, it is the
painters who designed the carpets, just as even at
the present day it is the draughtsman and not the
weaver who creates the design of the Kashmir
shawl. In the East, it is by no means always the
{Continued on page 180)
I
"QUEST"
I'.Y SERGEANT KENDALL
138
A R^T 5
BURLINGAMt
PUBLIC LIBRARY
480 PrimroM Bwd
i mil i
"SUSAN A"
BY GIUSEPPE GRAZIOSO
+
in i '
139
"SMILING"
BY JUAN CARLOS OL1VA NAVARRO
140
A R^T 5
PUBLIC LIBRARY
180 Primro» Boad
*******
*s.
1
•LAUGHTER"
BY OLOF AH LB ERG
■
■
■
141
NOTES OF THE BOOK WORLD
By CHARLES HENRY DORR
THE notable event in the book world for
December was the dispersal of part one of
the literary collection formed by Herschel
V. Jones at Anderson's.
It developed some surprises, and, as usual, certain
rarities among these literary treasures did not
realize the figures anticipated, and other gems
soared upwards to the tune of spirited bidding and
keen rivalry for their possession.
Prices ruled at a high average, however, and
numerous records were achieved during the three
sessions of the sale.
A number of the prizes, volumes more than three
or four centuries old, were secured by Mr. George
D. Smith, who was a frequent bidder for books of
historic and romantic interest.
Among these treasured items was the interesting
old work in Latin, Saint Augustine's "City of God,"
a monument of the first press in Italy and printed
at the Benedictine Monastery in 1467. This rare
work was presented by the printers to their hosts,
the Monks at Subiaco, with manuscript inscription.
When printing the book, one page of the third leaf
was omitted, and it was then filled up by hand, by
Pannartz himself, for it was known that he was
the scribe of the press. There is a copy of this rare
work in the Morgan library, but none in the Huth
or Hoe collections. The Jones copy brought $6,000,
and I believe at that figure Mr. Smith obtained a
bargain in this unique old copy of Saint Augustine,
a gem for any library.
Another work that I recall with interest was
"Europe: a Prophecy," by William Blake, one of
but two colored copies in America, and the other
in the Morgan library. It is Blake's sequel to
"America," and richly executed in gold and colors
by the author-artist. This prized first edition of
Blake was purchased by George D. Smith for
$4,600.
It is interesting to note that Blake's "America,"
which preceded his "Europe," and the rare first
edition brilliantly colored in gold and bronzes by
the author, was secured by A. W. S. Rosenbach,
of Philadelphia, who paid $3,600 for this literary
treasure. The other copy of this work in America
is also in the Morgan collection.
Both of these copies of William Blake brought
record prices.
The so-called Malermi Bible, beautifully illus-
trated, and printed in Venice, in 1494, notable for
its relation to the history of Italian Renaissance art,
was secured by George D. Smith for $2,750, a
record figure.
There is an imperfect copy of this artistic trea-
sure in the Vatican library, and a perfect copy in
the library at Florence.
There were several Dickens items of interest in
part one of the Jones library, including original
manuscripts, autograph letters and first editions.
A presentation copy of the first edition of "The
Cricket on the Hearth," from Dickens to George
Cruikshank, was purchased by James F. Drake for
$1,250.
The top notch of the sale was attained by the
early play, Gammer Gurton's "Needle," a ryght,
pithy, pleasant and merie comedie, imprynted in
Fleetestreat, by Thomas Colwell, 1575. It was
secured by the G. A. Baker Company for $10,000.
A copy of this play is in the Huntington library, and
there is also one in the British Museum.
I understand that the second division of the Jones
literary collection will be dispersed this month, and
the third portion will be offered at Anderson's in
March.
The famous Milton Comus, which has an interest-
ing history, will doubtless prove a feature of the
second part of this notable library. It will be re-
called that it was once in the possession of Mr.
Henry E. Huntington, who secured it from the
Huth collection.
The Elizabethan period is represented by the
famous Shakespeare quartos. Milton's master-
works and the Shakespearana will make the dis-
persal of part two of the library an important event
in the early new year.
PERFECT COPIES IN DEMAND
Not so very long ago, in the auction literary mart,
the faulty condition of a book or treasured manu-
script did not depreciate the price, if the item
happened to be scarce and in demand by biblio-
philes. It was the scarcity of the item, which
governed its value, although of course a perfect
copy is always to be desired.
In a notable literary collection dispersed this
season the uniform fine condition of nearly the en-
tire library and of manuscripts and illuminated
books dating back centuries ago, occasioned con-
siderable comment among collectors. But it illus-
trated the fact that the bibliophile of to-day is pay-
ing more attention to the condition of rare books
and early manuscripts, and perfect copies are more
in demand and bring the highest prices when
offered at public sale. The collector is desirous of
possessing perfect copies for his library, and if a
(Continued on page 182)
142
■
PUBLIC LIBRARY
180 Pn"mro» Road
R^T
Adaptation of the French style which utilizes the recesses formed by the
projection of the mantel breast
THE FRENCH PERIODS AND THEIR
APPLICATION TO THE DECORATION
OF AMERICAN HOMES
Bv RAOUL HEITTEX
NEVER in the history of the decorative arts
were decoration of the house and tire fur-
nishing so elaborate and luxurious as in
the 17th and 18th centuries. The splendor and
majesty of the court of Louis XIV., the exquisite
refinement of manners of that of Louis XV., and
the charm and poetry of the short reign of Louis
XVI. and Marie-Antoinette — that only period in
modern history when philosophers and writers had
a predominant influence upon the ideas and dreams
of their epoch — were the motive of the constant
endeavor of the great artists of those past centuries
and' the cause of the many masterpieces which,
nowadays, solicit our admiration.
Much is known of the life of the court and of
the nobility of those times. Fontainebleau, Chan-
tilly, Compiegne, Versailles and the Trianons have
successively been the stage of numerous splendors
which the world shall see no more.
Not only these royal dwellings were of a pro-
found luxuriance of design and execution but the
palaces of the nobility were of the same superlative
order. The royalty and higher nobility were bound
with very close liens and sometimes the dwellings
of the latter were the envy of the monarchs them-
selves.
But there were also throughout France a great
many nobles of smaller rank, who lived on their
lands. Traveling in coach or en horseback was
most uncomfortable and unsafe at the time and
many a nobleman made the journey to the palace
of Versailles but once.
We now realize that all the life of the country
was not that of some of the courts. The numerous
beautiful chateaux and mansions everywhere in
France which are still in a splendid state of preser-
vation, tell us better than any chronicle the life of
the times.
During the whirlwind of the Revolution all
chateaux of the nobility were declared to be "na-
tional property" and as such sold at auction. When
the turmoil was over and the emigres and their
families were allowed to return to their country,
most of those chateaux were bought by old French
families and transformed into country residences.
The tourists and travellers do not realize how
extensively this occurred. They have seen in France
the museums and palaces, now national properties
143
II
.
MODERN FRENCH DECORATION
SHOULD BE AN INTERPRETATION
OF THE PAST RATHER THEN A
SERVILE COPY
»
144
R^T S
BURLINGAMt
PUBLIC LIBRARY
480 Primrost R°«d
THE FRENCH PERIODS
145
and which were formerly the residences of the
kings. They have admired at Versailles, the Tri-
anons, Compiegne the ever beautiful, elaborate,
sumptuous furniture, priceless treasures which
adorned these palaces — and which were made mere-
ly for the personal enjoyment of the kings or to
please the fancy of their favorites.
Amongst these Sir Richard Wallace gathered a
collection to which his name shall forever be at-
tached. These and the marvels of which we spoke
before are priceless objects made only for one.
The "ton" was then given by the court, but there
were also at the time numerous noblemen who
followed the same mood on a smaller and more
modest scale. The tourist and student may tind
in Paris and all throughout France old mansions
and country residences in which one feels, as soon
as he enters, the very charm and inner feeling of
the period above named. Simplicity, harmony, sub-
ordination of the details of the "ensemble" have
ever been the characteristics of the French taste,
and perhaps still more those of the latter part of
the 18th century, known as the Louis XVI. period.
Exquisiteness, extreme refinement and discreetness
in ornamentation, softness in colors were also the
rules followed by the decorators of that time, whose
main endeavor it was to make the beauty of a room
depend upon the proportions and dispositions, so
that instead of attracting the whole attention, the
walls be a background that would concur to set off
the attractiveness of the distinguished company.
Owing to this misunderstanding, the idea has been
spread that French decoration and furniture of the
18th century was showy, factitious, necessarily ex-
pensive and uncomfortable, when no other country
has done so much for the comfort and charm of
informal life as France at the time of Louis XVI. ;
when the king and queen themselves enjoyed the
charm of the simple country life and the poetry of
nature.
The modern French decorators are not merely
copyists of the old. They applied to the solution
of new problems the same spirit as that of the old
masters and so the modern French decoration is
rather an interpretation of the works of the past
than .a servile copy. Nothing tends to a better
adaptation to the decoration of American country
homes than the Louis XVI. period and some houses,
recently decorated and furnished in the taste of the
late 18th century, will give an opportunity to show
how the French decorators of to-day have inter-
preted the formulas of the old masters.
In the French room, the fireplace has always
been the centerpiece of the room, and next to it
windows and doors are used as decorative centers.
Mantlepieces have sometimes of late been excluded,
with no small consequences for the aspect of the
room: the fireplace being the centerplace around
which the company preferably gathers.
In the Middle Ages and the Renaissance they
were of huge size, the opening being large enough to
allow a large company to receive the warmth of the
flame of the burning wood. During the 17th cen-
tury they were reduced in size and known at the
time as "cheminee d'appui."
Nowadays, although very seldom needed, as we
have undoubtedly better ways of heating than two
or three centuries ago, we have kept the fireplace
as an ornamental and useless centerpiece and almost
in all cases, until recently, set aside the unmistakably
ugly and inartistic radiator.
As the lack of mantlepiece is very often prej-
udicial to the aspect of the living-room, many a
trial has been attempted to preserve the appearance
of the decorative mantlepiece and combine it with
our modern system of heating.
According to the French taste it is right to have
a marble framing for the mantlepiece, for wood or
any other soft material may warp or split on ac-
count of the heat. A good way to combine both
practical and artistic wants is to set the radiator
right into the fireplace and to fill the whole opening
with an iron-wrought "grille" of good decorative
character.
A variation of this may be obtained when the
owner's wish is to combine both systems of heating,
that is to say, to keep the mantle as an open fire-
place that could be utilized when needed and also
to use the mantle as a register or radiator. In this
case the fireplace must be left wide open and the
radiators put on each side of it, back of the facing.
This facing may, then, be treated in a coved shape
on which a symmetrical ornament would form a
"grille" through which the heat radiates.
Very often, especially in the country houses, the
radiators are set in front of the windows with the
good result of warming the air that comes through.
This disposition is very successful when the win-
dows are put in a recess so that the radiator fills
the space and does not project very much in the
room. The low radiator may then be utilized as a
window seat, the seat being of wood with caned
or grilled panels ; loose cushions piled on the top
making a very informal and studiolike arrangement.
The irregularities of construction may in many
cases be utilized to advantage in the decoration of
a room, especially recesses in the walls.
In the decoration of a dining-room I have seen in
Paris, another treatment has been used for the
radiators. They were originally put between the
windows ; they have been left there and an interest-
ing arrangement has been built to cover them up ;
the radiator is set behind the ornamental grill and
the space above is used as an oven to warm the
146
THE FRENCH PERIODS
plates, this disposition having the advantage of being
at once practical and very artistic.
In another dining-room, the projection of the
mantel breast has allowed to have on either side of
it a large closet fitted with glass shelves in the upper
part, which was used as a china closet.
In another case an eighteen-inch recess in the
wall of a bed-room has been used as follows : The
cornice has been run straight, so as to have a
regular ceiling and the recess used as an alcove for
the bed. It is crowned with an arch and the light
draperies around it make a simple and very effective
treatment for a bed chamber.
Windows — After years of overdecorated win-
dows, overstuffed windows and portieres presenting
an incumbrance of heavy curtains, lace curtains,
shades and brise bise, the decorators have now come
to the extreme simplicity of olden times.
When the sashes of the windows are flush with
the wall the simplest way is to hang the curtains
from a metal rack set at the top of the trim. A
more decorative treatment is furnished by having
on top of the same curtains a scalloped or draped
valence covering the rack. The valence is some-
times crowned with a small cornice matching in de-
sign and shape the woodwork of the room.
When there is a recess in the wa'll a much better
way of decorating a window is to treat the trim
as a part of the woodwork and have the curtains
hang behind, reserving inside all the necessary
space, which will contain the fulness of the curtains
when folded.
It has been our endeavor to show that the French
periods rightly understood, applied in a proper way,
are of an easy adaptation to the decoration of
American country houses — that the works of the
past have not been done only for the kings and
high nobles, and that — whether for the great nobles
or for a nobility of lesser rank, whether in the royal
palaces or in the small country residences — the
French decorators of the 18th century have ever
maintained in whatever circumstances the same
standard of discreetness, harmony and refinement.
Decoration in the French style need not be showy or factitious
:niil!!l!!l!llll!!lll!!
R^T 5
BURLINGAMt
PUBLIC LIBRARY
180 Primrow Road
»*ttfM
THE EDWIN BOOTH MEMORIAL
IN Gramercy Park, this city, on November 13,
1918, was unveiled a bronze heroic statue of
Edwin Booth, the greatest Actor who ever
trod the American stage. It was the anniversary
of his birth.
What invests this act with extraordinary im-
portance is this — that it is the first statue erected
in this country to an Actor, who is here shown at
the age of thirty-five, about to begin Hamlet's
soliloquy on life and death.
The cost of this monument was met by voluntary
contribution by the members of "The Players" Club.
The sculptor was Edmond T. Quinn, and the
architect of the pedestal was Edwin S. Dodge. The
price paid Mr. Quinn was $25,000; the Club's other
expenses were about $2,000 ; making the total cost
$27,000. Here is the
PROGRAMME
"Blow, Blow, Thou Winter Wind," from "As You
Like It" — Sung by a Quartette, directed by
C. L. Stafford.
Statue of Edwin Booth — Edmond T. Quinn, sculptor
Gramercy Park, New York
Invocation — Rev. George T. Houghton, D.D.
Presentation of Memorial to The Players — By
Howard Kyle, Secretary of the Executive
Committee of the general committee which
made the monument possible.
John Drew, the veteran actor, then spoke as
follows :
"Mr. President, it is with a sense of deep grati-
tude that we meet vou at the base of this finished
memorial, designed to perpetuate the memory of
our common benefactor — a great actor — the en-
chantment of whose art is still an abiding influence
in many of our lives. The Committee, speaking for
the membership of the Club, whose voluntary con-
tributions have met the cost entailed, have the honor
to ask that The Players now accept the monument,
free from encumbrances, and assume the duty of
its preservation. In doing this, we are confident
the beauty of the figure and pedestal will elicit from
you a tribute to the sculptor and the architect, and
the warmest appreciation is due the trustees of
Gramercy Park, without whose full cooperation our
end could not have been realized."
Unveiling of Memorial — By Edwin Booth Gross-
man, grandson of Edwin Booth.
Acceptance of the Memorial on behalf of The
Players and acknowledgment of ihe coopera-
tion of the Trustees of Gramercy Park.
Response on behalf of the Trustees — By John D.
Pine of the Trustees, in place of Stuyvesant
Fish, its Chairman, who could not attend on
account of absence from the city.
Appreciation of the character and art of Edwin
Booth — By Prof. Brander Matthews.
"Who is Sylvia?" from "Two Gentlemen of
Verona" — By the Quartette.
The statue, of dull green bronze, on a dull green
stone pedestal, stands in the centre of the Park,
looking south — as all portrait-statues should look —
in order to always have the face in the sunlight.
Circular flower-beds have been made around, in
front, and in back of the statue.
Those who often saw Booth, and 'earned to love
him, between 1863 and 1903 — the year of his death
— and remember the size, the bulk and lines of his
body and face, can find only words of praise for the
work of Mr. Quinn. From the primary and
fundamentally necessary standpoint of truth, it is
one of the best portrait statues ever erected in this
country. Truth radiates from every inch of the
work. We feel it is Booth, as nearly so as it will
perhaps be possible to represent any man.
This truth is the necessary element of every
successful statue. This is the universal element.
The element that every normal mind demands in
every work of art put forth by an artist in order
to captivate the hearts of his fellow citizens. This
is the element without which no work of art can
arrive at a permanent popularity, and therefore im-
mortality. This element of universality has not
been obscured in this statue by any childish Rodin-
esque departure from nature by any sort of cheap
and easily achieved "deformation of the form." The
artist was not pushed by a call of ego-mania to do
(Continued on page 188)
147
PORTRAIT OF MY WIFE
BY LOUIS BETTS
Awarded the Thomas A. Proctor Prize
t
148
lCT 5
BURLINGAMt
PUBLIC LIBRARY
480 Primrosi Road
*******
Mrs. B. with Ralph and Franklin — By Marv Fairchild Low
THE ACADEMY WINTEK EXHIBITION
THE winter exhibition of the National
Academy opened on December 11th and
will continue until January 2nd, 1919.
There are on exhibition 269 paintings and 53
pieces of sculpture.
The Carnegie Prize of $500, for the most
meritorious oil-painting in the exhibition as a
whole, was awarded to John F. Carlson's "Winter
Rigor"; the Thomas R. Proctor Prize of $200, for
the best portrait, was awarded to Louis Betts for
his "Portrait of My Wife"; the "Isidor Medal"
for the best composition painted by an American
artist thirty-five years of age or under, went to A.
W- Blondheim for his "Decoration"; the "Airman
Prize" of $1,000, for a Figure or Genre painting
by an American artist, was given to Victor Higgins ;
the "Altaian Prize" of $500, for a Figure or Genre
painting by an American artist, went to Leopold
Seyffert for his "Lacquer Screen"; the Julia A.
Shaw Memorial Prize of $300, for the best work
produced by a woman, was awarded to Evelyn B.
Longman for her statue, "The Future" ; the Eliza-
beth N. Watrous Gold Medal, for a work of sculp-
ture, without restriction, was accorded to Charles
Grafty for his bust of "Childe Hassam" ; the Helen
Foster Barnett Prize, for the best sculpture by an
artist under thirty-five years of age, was given to
Leo Friedlander for his "Mother and Infant Her-
cules."
The exhibition is of a very good quality. There
are no extremes. There are no great masterpieces
or any inept or insane creations such as have found
their way into the Academy-shows of the past, for
which the normal citizen is no doubt grateful.
But while there are no astonishing works, there
is a notable evidence of one gain: the artists seem
to have gone back somewhat to a realization of the
truth that beauty of composition is the first requisite
in any enduring work of art. So that there are
fewer "stunts" at mere ping-ponging of pigment
over poorly designed canvases, and many more
than usual of real pictures with beautiful and
therefore charming and lovable patterns. There
are many tender works fit to embellish any home
and worthy of being purchased by such of our citi-
zens as feel like encouraging our American artists.
We noted the following as worthy of special
notice: In sculpture — a marble bust of "Prof. H.
F. Osborn," by Chester Beach, excellent ; a medal
149
"%*&
WINTER RIGOR
BY JOHN F. CARLSON
Awarded the Carnegie Prize
150
R^T S
BURLlNGAMt
PUBLIC LIBRARY
480 Primrow Road
THE ACADEMY WINTER EX1 IHWTH >X
151
for "Bide-A-Wee Home," three dogs, by Laura
Gardin (Fraser), charming; "Caprice," head of a
child carved in wood, very clever; "Ten Portraits,"
small medallions in bronze, excellent; "Mother and
Infant Hercules," by Leo Friedlander, recalls too
much the work of Paul Manship and of the Greek
archaic, no future life in that path; "Theresa,"
charming small mask by D. C. French; "The Light
That Failed," by C. Scarpitta ; "Simpson Lyle,
Esq.," bust by A. H. Atkins; "Ignazio Puccino
Montana 2d," by P. Montana, charming bust of a
baby; "Bronze Head," by A. Piccirilli ; bust of
"Childe Hassam," by Charles Grafly, excellent, even
for Grafly; "The Future," by Evelyn B. Longman,
life-size nude girl, very well copied from life and
deserving of the Shaw Memorial Prize, but lacks
real style and significance, clever but still feminine ;
"On the Summit," by Edmund T. Ouinn, a small
but good bronze figure of a woman buffeted by the
wind. A beautiful, significant and savant piece of
sculpture is "To Our Fallen Heroes," by C. L.
Hinton, a third life-size nude woman running to
offer a crown to our returning heroes.
Among the paintings we noted the following:
"Procession, Chartres Cathedral," by William F.
Kline; "Sand Beach and Cliffs," by Dewitt Par-
shall; "September Moonlight," by George H. Bo-
gert ; "Gunsight Pass," by Arthur T. E. Powell ;
"The Big Hill," by Roy Brown ; "Winter, Belmont,"
by A. T. Hibbard; "A Congo Kitchen," by Johanna
K. W. Hailman ; "In the Spar Yard, East Glouces-
ter," by Anna Fisher ; "The Morning Xews," by
Gretchen W. Rogers ; "October Morning," by
Leonard Ochtman ; "The Desert, New Mexico," by
A. L. Groll; "The Valley," by Hobart Nichols;
"Morning in the Harbor," by Charles Morris
Young; "Hackensack Meadows," by Wm. J. Baer;
"The Dust of Battle," by Charles S. Chapman;
"Waterloo Place," by Robert Spencer; "Portrait of
Mrs. Richard F. Maynard," by Richard F. May-
nard ; "The Enchanting Hour," by Louis F. Ber-
neker ; "New Wakefield," by George H. Smillie ;
"Portuguese Woman," by Lotiise L. Heustis ;
"Autumn on the Home Pond," by R. V. V. Sewell ;
"Winter on the Litchfield Hills," by A. T. Van
Laer; "Spring," by Edward F. Rook; "Salem Bay,
Massachusetts," by Charles Hopkinson ; "Gray
Weather," by Henry B. Snell ; "A Busy Harbor,"
by Jane Peterson ; "The Waning Year, Blue Moun-
tain Lake," by Gustave Wlegand; "Resting Fire-
side," by E. Irving Couse ; "The Wind Flurry," by
Charles C. Curran; "And There Was Light," by
W. Ritschel ; "Winter Rigor," by John F. Carlson ;
"Study in Blues," by Maud M. Mason ; "House by
the Stream," by Jonas Lie; "Springtime," by
Charles Bittinger ; "Greater Love Hath No Man
Than This, That He Give Up His Life for Others,"
by Gilbert Gaul; "Night," by Ernest Albert; "A
Day in Spring," by H. Bolton Jones; "Reflection,"
by Kyohei Inukai ; "The Brook, Autumn," by
Charles Rosen ; "Morning in the Connecticut
Valley," by Wm. H. Howe; "Under Midsummer
Skies," by G. Glenn Newell ; "James B. Taylor,
Jr.," by William Thome; "Sun Behind the Hem-
locks," by Walter L. Palmer; "Coming Storm," by
Wm. H. Lippincott; "Heloise," by Oscar Miller;
"From the Garden in June," by Maude M. Mason;
"Victory," by Will H. Low; "Riverside Drive," by
William A. Coffin ; "Autumn Hills," by Eliot Clark ;
"Noon, Wakefield, R. I.," by R. W. Van Boskerck;
"Mrs. B. with Ralph and Franklin," by Mary Fair-
child Low; "Coast of Maine," by Cullen Yates;
"The Rustic Gate," by Colin Campbell Cooper;
"The Spanish Brazero," by Dines Carlsen ; "Octo-
ber," by Emil Carlsen ; "Snake Hill," by Reynolds
Beal; "The Interview," by F. S. Church; "After-
noon Stroll," by Edward Dufner; "The Fan," by
W. A. Kirkpatrick ; "Central Park and the Plaza,"
by William A. Coffin ; "November Woodland," by
G. Glenn Newell; "Decoration," by Adolph W.
Blondheim; "The Mountaineer," by Carl Rungius;
"White Cottage in Moonlight," by Howard Russell
Butler; "Morning," by John W. Bentley; "Eagle
and Shark," by Howard Russell Butler; "Portrait
of Albert M. Todd, Esq.," by Kenyon Cox ; "The
Old Tower of Gloucester," by Paul Cornoyer ; "The
Little Village," by George Wharton Edwards ; "A
December Morning," by Bruce Crane ; "The White
Morning," by Walter L. Palmer; "Chrysanthe-
mums," by Dorothy Ochtman ; "Portrait, Edward
D. Smedley," by W. T. Smedley; "Portrait of
Elizabeth," by Sergeant Kendall ; "October Clouds,"
by Henry Kenyon; "Portrait of My Wife," by
Louis Betts; "Portrait of Ensign Stanley T. Cur-
ran," by Charles C. Curran ; "Mrs. O. and Chil-
dren," by Mary Fairchild Low ; "Evening's Home
Coming," by Wm. H. Howe ; "Over in Goshen,"
by Ben Foster; "Mademoiselle De Grand," by E.
C. Phelps ; "II Tricolore," by S. A. Guarino ; "The
Print," by Francis C. Jones; "Evening, Wakefield,
R. I.," by R. W. Van Boskerck; "Portrait of G.
Glenn Newell," by J. Campbell Phillips; "Golden
Moonlight," by Birge Harrison ; "Jungle Tigers,"
by W. H. Drake.
All of these have some quality that makes them
worthy either of our love, our admiration or our
respect. Some are very beautiful in composition,
some of unusual technical delicacy and charm.
Therefore we repeat: the average quality of the
exhibition is good and promises well for the future.
Early Queen Anne chairs and secretary
Courtesy of Stair & Andrew
THE STYLES OF CHARLES II., WILLIAM AND
MARY, AND QUEEN ANNE
DURING the long reign of Louis XIV. (from
1643 of the Commonwealth to the reign of
1715), corresponding nearly to the period
Charles II., James II., William and Mary, and
Queen Anne, England became decoratively sub-
servient to France and Holland, and the square and
flat Elizabethan and Jacobean furniture shapes
were replaced by Dutch twists and French cabi-
noles. Even during the Jacobean period gate-leg
tables with their slender turned legs had been in-
troduced. In 1660, when Charles II. returned to
England after his long exile in France, he brought
back with him French manners and tastes, and dur-
ing the next half century the style of Louis XIV.
was dominant at the court and in the royal palaces
of England, and was followed or imitated by the
more fashionable of the English nobility.
The decorative surroundings of Charles II. were
luxurious to a degree previously unknown in Eng-
land. The bedrooms and antechambers of his fair
friends, such as Castlemaine and Portsmouth, made
duchesses by him, were among the sights of London,
and very quickly swallowed up the 60,000 francs a
year that Charles received from Louis XIV. The
diarist Evelyn was particularly moved by the silver
furniture in the apartments of the Duchess of Ports-
mouth, a French woman, Louise de la Kerouaille,
in the secret service and pay of Louis XIV., and by
her new French tapestries (Gobelins) which he
describes as "incomparable imitations of the best
paintings, far beyond anything that I had ever be-
held. Some pieces had Versailles, St. Germain,
and other palaces of the French King, with hunt-
ing-figures and landscapes, exotic fowls and all to
the life ready done."
Nell Gwyn, another of the royal mistresses, had
a silver bedstead with embossed representations of
the king's head, slaves, eagles, crowns, cupids, and
Jacob Hall, the tight-rope dancer. The king's head
weighed 197 ounces and the other ornaments 2168
ounces, costing altogether £906. Several pieces of
silver furniture, still preserved at Knole, are illus-
trated by Latham in his English Homes.
The most prominent English architect of the
period was Sir Christopher Wren (1632-1723), who
rebuilt a large part of London after the great fire
of 1666. His most famous building was St. Paul's
Cathedral. He is said never to have visited Italy,
but was in Paris in 1665, returning thence as he
himself says "with all France on paper." While in
Paris, he met the Italian architect Bermini, who
gave him a glimpse only of designs he was then
making for the faqade of the Louvre. Wren said
afterwards that he would have "given his skin" for
a chance to copy them.
Upon the accession of William and Mary, Wren
was commissioned with the enlargement of Hamp-
ton Court Palace, and constructed the existing suite
152
A R^T
BURLINGAMt
PUBLIC LIBRARY
480 Primro» Road
THE STYLES OF CHARLES II.. WIL1 IAM AND MARY, AND QUEEN ANNE
153
of State apartments in avowed imitation of the
splendor of Versailles. Hampton Court is fifteen
miles southwest of London, is open to the public
daily, and should be visited and studied by every-
one interested in English domestic architecture and
decoration.
An important room at Hampton Court is Queen
Anne's chamber, with elaborate four-poster in crim-
son Genoa velvet, walnut chairs, benches and stools
to match, all very good Louis XIV. in style. The
mural paintings, each 20 by 35 feet, picture Queen
Anne and Prince George in allegorical scenes, with
Europe, Asia, Africa and America come to offer
homage. They were painted by Antonio Verrio,
an Italian summoned to England by Charles II. to
help revive the Mortlake tapestry works, whose
talents were from the first diverted in another
direction. LTitil his death in 1707 he was kept con-
stantly busy decorating ceilings and walls. His
earliest work at Windsor was less flamboyant in
color and design than his later manner that drew
from the Pope the couplet :
"On painted ceilings you devoutly stare,
Where sprawl the saints of Verrio and Laguerre."
Laguerre w5s a French painter who assisted
Verrio in his portrayal of gods and goddesses,
Caesars, columns and pilasters, nymphs, satyrs,
muses, virtues, gephyrs, cupids, etc.. drawn from
Roman history and mythology, together with
apostles and saints and their persecutors, from
sacred and legendary history. One of the best ex-
amples of Verrio's work are the paintings on the
walls and ceilings of the King's (William's) Great
Staircase at Hampton Court, of which a contem-
porary poet said :
". . . Great Verrio's hand hath drawn
The gods in dwellings brighter than their own."
But the guide-book of Hampton Court, by Ernest
Law, speaks of these paintings as "meretriciously
magnificent — a good specimen of that gaudy French
taste which was first imported into England by
Charles II. and his courtiers, and finally triumphed
in the reign of William and Mary over our less
pretentious, but purer and more picturesque native
style."
The most famous residence built during the reign
of Queen Anne was Blenheim, tribute of a grateful
nation to the Duke of Marlborough. For years
under Charles II. and James II. England had played
second fiddle to Louis XIV., and under William
had struggled against him ineffectually. When at
last, under Anne in 1704, came the overwhelming
victory of Blenheim, Englishmen went mad with
relief and joy. The Queen endowed the Duke with
the Royal and Historic Honour of Woodstock,
covering some 22,000 acres, and Parliament was
willing to spend half a million pounds to house him
suitably.
I agree with Sir Joshua Reynolds that the archi-
tect Sir John Nanbrugh executed his commission
magnificently, in spite of the fact that Horace
Walpole speaks of Blenheim as "one of the ugliest
places in England." It is about eight miles from
Oxford and is open to the public in summer on
Tuesdays and Fridays from 12 to 2. Especially
interesting are the three state-rooms in the style of
Louis XIV., illustrated in Latham's English Homes,
that contain contemporary tapestries picturing the
Duke's victories, woven by Josse de Vos, who also
wove the "Apollo and the Muses," in the New York
Public Library. In one of the three rooms is a
portrait of the present American Duchess, Consuelo,
by Carolus Duran.
Another monument of the period is Kensington
Palace in London, part of which was built by Sir
Christopher Wren for William and Mary, and in
which both sovereigns died, as well as Queen Anne
and her husband, Prince George of Denmark.
Wren was wonderfully fortunate or wise in the
choice of his assistants. Most remarkable among
them was the carver Grinling Gibbon, whose work
in wood and stone has never been surpassed, and
was not equalled by that of any artist at the court
of Louis XIV. He carved cherubs, foliage, birds,
flowers, shells and fish in great variety and extra-
ordinary complexity. There are splendid examples
of his work at Hampton Court, Kensington, St.
Paul's and the Library of Trinity College at Ox-
ford, and few of England's wealthy men who built
during the fifty years of Gibbon's activity were
Bureau in the style of William and Mary
154
THE STYLES OF CHARLES II., WILLIAM AND MARY, AND QUEEN ANNE
satisfied when the famous decorative sculptor was
not represented in at least one of their rooms. This
meant large workshops and many helpers, and also
many more or less independent imitators. Gibbon's
favorite woods were pear, cedar and lime, especially
the last.
During the reign of William and Mary the Dutch
influence was, of course, particularly strong, and
the importations of furniture from Holland were
many.
During the reign of Charles II. walnut furniture
came into common use in England for the first
time, walnut being more suitable for the twists and
reversed curves that, in oak, on the cross grains are
likely to chip. The frame and linings of cabinet
work continued to be made of oak, but outer sur-
faces were veneered with walnut and had applied
mouldings of walnut. Caning also came into
fashion. For wainscoting oak continued to be the
predominant wood, with cedar also used for doors.
When the woodwork was painted or gilded, as was
common, pine was usually substituted because
cheaper.
About 1675, clocks and small tables began to be
ornamented with marquetrie laid down as veneer.
At first the designs were of Italian inspiration,
acanthus-leaved arabesques and birds inlaid in
brown and buff woods, and later, flowers and birds
in the more realistic Dutch style. The two styles
amalgamated toward the end of William's reign,
and then by degrees the marquetrie became merely
an intricate series of fine scrolls.
The standard type of small oak table in the last
half of the seventeenth century was the "gate-leg,"
few examples of which date from earlier than the
reign of Charles II. Even in the larger sizes for
dining-room use, it is comparatively light of appear-
ance and lacks the massiveness of the Elizabethan
and Jacobean square and rectangular tables. The
increased use of small tables is attributed to the
introduction of tea into England, and the social
drinking of tea, coffee and cocoa. Card-playing also
became the fashion during the reign of Charles II.
The earlier chests of drawers were comparatively
small, usually with raised panels or mouldings, and
with bracketed corners or ball-feet. Later the
drawers were mounted on twisted or turned legs
fixed to a shallow plinth or joined near the ground
by shaped stretchers. The "high boys" or "tall
boys" that began to appear during the reign of
Queen Anne are the response to a demand for more
storage space. They were made in two sections,
upper and lower, for convenience in moving and
grace of line.
Of the late Stuart period as a whole (1660-1714)
it may be said that it is distinguished by the sub-
stitution for Elizabethan and Jacobean straight lines
and rich, flat and low-relief ornament, of Baroque
curves and ornament in high, real or painted relief ;
of the styles of Charles II., William and Mary, and
Queen Anne, individually, that they are in no sense
developed and perfected styles like that of Louis
XIV., but nevertheless often interesting and beauti-
ful, especially when not over-pretentious.
The chairs at either side are William and Maty ;
the centre chair is James II.
A R^T
BURLlNGAMt
PUBLIC LIBRARY
480 Primro» Road
nm. wit m*
PRINTING IN COLOK
THE art of Printing in Color from an en-
graved metal plate passed through many
years before it reached its final goal in the
18th century. Both France and England were
taking great interest in its development, both finally
obtaining their objective, but in different ways.
France being the first to arrive, we will endeavor
to describe in a general way their method of pro-
cedure. Attention must be first drawn to the fact
that their finest printing has been with aquatint-
plates, employing three in their earlier printing, in-
Courtesy of M. Knoedler & Co.
Miss Farren, Countess of 'Derby
Stipple engraving by F. Bartolozzi after the painting by
Sir Thomas Lawrence. Published Jan. 1, 1792
creasing the number as more colors were required.
The three plates mentioned were for the three
primary colors, Red, Blue, Yellow, superimposing
one over another, where the combination would re-
sult in the sought-for color. This process was the
invention of an artist named James Christopher Le
Blon, who, although of French extraction, was born
at Frankfort-on-the-Main, May, 1667. He lived,
as many of the artists did at that time, a wandering
life, receiving most of his training at Zurich. From
there he journeyed to Rome, finally leaving that
city with a Dutch friend to live in Holland, set-
tling down there as a miniature painter at Amster-
dam in the early part of the 18th century. It
was here that he learned about the Isaac Newton
theory, that the variegated hues of the spectrum of
white light are merely combinations of certain pri-
mary colors, which are simple and uncompounded,
i. e., are not the product of any other combination.
He held that all other tints and shades in nature are
the result of combinations of these in varying pro-
portions. He was of the opinion that there were
about seven of these primary colors, whilst Hooke,
another scientist, held that there were but two, Scar-
let and Blue. The Newtonian color theory was sub-
sequently modified to the present one, that there are
three color-sensations which can be represented by
Red, Blue and Yellow. Le Blon seems to have been
attracted to this idea, and has been given the credit
of having first applied it to the processes of printing
in color by the means of separate plates.
This all transpired in the early part of the cen-
tury. Le Blon died in 1741, but he left a number of
pupils who carried on his ideas, improving them,
with the final result of producing in the last quarter
of the century the perfection in printing with
separate plates, increasing the number as more
colors were required ; the final printing was usually
black.
The following are some of his most prominent
pupils and imitators :
J. G. Dagoty, his sons, Edward Gautier Dagoty
and Armand E. Gautier Dagoty ; A. Robert, Carlo
Lasinio and Jan L' Admiral.
The really great French artists were those who
came in the last quarter of the century, viz. : P. L.
Debucourt, Louis Bonnet, P. M. Alix, J. F. Janinet,
Charles M. Descourtis, J. M. Moreau le Jeune, etc.
Most of these artists were born within a year of
each other.
Jean Baptiste Le Prince was the inventor of
Aquatint Engraving about 1768. The exact year is
not known.
In regard to the 18th-century English Prints
in color, both from Mezzotinto plates and Stipple
Engraved plates, printing in color was brought over
to England from France by an engraver named Wil-
liam Wynne Ryloned (born in London, 1732), sup-
posed to be about the year 1774, whose work con-
sisted mostly of prints from the Stipple engravings,
inking the plate with several colors with the aid of
a stump brush. The invention of the process of
printing in a number of colors from one plate at a
single impression must be chiefly credited to a Lon-
don engraver, Robert Laurie (1749-1804), who
communicated to the "Society of Arts in 1776 a
method of producing copperplate pictures in colors
at a single impression by inking the plate with
stump brushes." This method requires great care
and patience, and the printer must be an artist, not
an artisan, for the colors which are generally thick
(Continued on page 181)
■'ii i 111 limn
"The Bracelet Seller" — By Albert Besnard
"Winter in the Forest" — By Anshelm Schultzberg
■
156
R^T 5
,'
BURUNGAMt
PUBLIC LIBRARY
480 Primrosi Road
'On the Quai, Paris" — By Jules Pages
"The Pilgrimage*' — By Adriano de Sousa-Lopez
.
157
Nineteenth Century English ware. The mug at the left carries quotations from
Dr. Franklin's "Poor Richard"
Dark blue printed ware, Nineteenth Century, English
158
____^^_
R^T
BURLINGAMt
PUBLIC LIBRARY
480 Primrose Road
-^
Liverpool pitchers
OUr\ GRANDMOTHER'S CHINA
By EDWARD B. ALLEN
OUR grandmother's china (the famous Colo-
nial Staffordshire, as most of us, I imagine,
remember only as such), those exquisite
blue and white or brown and white pieces with
such interesting pictures and decorations, so care-
fully treasured by her — she would let you as a
child, see them but not touch them, were once
articles of common use, in fact, the only ones to
be had. Then so common, now, so rare and valu-
able, that it is difficult to find good pieces outside
of a museum or private collection. Who would
ever imagine that the rich blue color (Staffordshire
blue) was first used merely to cover up the im-
perfections of the cheap grades selling from six-
pence to a shilling a plate?
This ware is especially interesting aside from
family tradition or sentiment because it was so
closely allied with the lives of the founders of our
Republic, and portrays so many scenes of historic
importance, including famous buildings here and
abroad, land and sea battles of the Revolution,
portraits of famous men beginning with General
Washington and including the Marquis La Fay-
ette, Benjamin Franklin and others. Then later
appear the earliest railroads and steamships, the
opening of new canals, state emblems, the cities of
New York, Boston, Baltimore, and many others.
In fact, it was the custom of the English potters
to reproduce at once on their pottery all important
events that would catch the American trade, even
while the Revolution was in progress. Surely this
was astonishing business enterprise.
There was also the well-known Willow ware
with its Chinese scenes in typical blue and white.
One unique custom of ship-owners was having a
Liverpool pitcher made to celebrate the launching
of new ships, with a picture of the ship on one
side and an appropriate verse on the other. This
always graced the banquet which followed the
launching, always a joyous time, although fraught
with many possibilities.
These Liverpool pitchers, noted alike for their
shapely outlines, soft ivory tone and distinct black
printed designs, are quite famous now.
Although primarily made for ship owners, those
destined for America seem to have been devoted
to the glory of Washington and America, as his
portrait and tomb and the figure of Columbia ap-
pear on most of them.
In addition to these historical pieces are the
fascinating literary ones. First and earliest are
those bearing the maxims of Poor Richard, which,
published first in almanac form by Benjamin
Franklin, soon appeared on mugs, plates, cups and
saucers, to carry this good advice to all the house-
holds in the land. It was a unique way of con-
159
160
OUR GRANDMOTHER'S CHINA
"Dr. S. painting a portrait"
stantly giving good advice in a manner that would
not offend and also attract the child.
The climax of the literary interest of the pot-
tery was reached, however, with the production
of the Dr. Syntax series, about 1809, when the
first of those satirical poems were a great hit in
London. They were divided into three tours:
First, Dr. Syntax in Search of the Picturesque;
Second, Dr. Syntax in Search of Consolation;
Third, Dr. Syntax in Search of a Wife.
The three series were by the potter Clews, most-
ly in the dark rich blue of Staffordshire, and were
at <>nce much sought after. The scenes were from
Rowlandson's -eighty illustrations, which accom-
panied the original text in Ackerman's Poetical
Magazine, as fast as written by the strange and
then unknown author, Wm, Coombs. Dr. Syntax,
as portrayed by the drawings, became a famous
imaginary character, and wigs, coats, hats, etc.,
were named after him.
The second tour appeared in 1820 and the last
one the next year. Each piece of the series is a
combination of fine drawing and color effects, with
the added interest of the story, its wit and allusion.
The author, sometimes called the English Le
Sage (the similarity of their satire, force and real-
ism thus drawing together Gil Bias and Dr. Syn-
"Dr. S. reading his tour"
tax) ; that strangest of men, a highly-cultured gen-
tleman of the fashionable world, a rare wit and
genius, once rich beyond the dream of avarice, was
later for many years an inmate of a debtors' prison.
Here he wrote the poems under an assumed name
as the illustrations were brought to him one by one,
till again he had a large income and fame which
he could not openly claim, lest once more his debt-
ors take it from him. So, clinging to his room in
the prison as the only part of earth he could call
home, and be at peace, he burrowed among his
books and manuscripts, protected by the prison
walls from prying eyes and malicious tongues ;
spinning his literary cocoon, which later gave him
fame, as well as the artist who made the drawings,
the magazine which published them, and the pot-
ter who reproduced them. Thus humor and pathos
are blended together by the whimsical design of
the plates.
Alas, that this style of china decoration has not
continued to give us something of real interest and
beauty of a national import to decorate our tables
and china-closets, as in the past.
In this way our artists and designers might make
a real effort at pleasing decoration, rather than by
pictures and drawings which so often do not corre-
spond with surroundings.
R^T 5
BURLINGAMt
PUBLIC LIBRARY
480 Primrow Road
PAINTING PAST AND PRESENT
A Contrast and a Conclusion
By ELIOT CLARK
IN the beginning art was ornament, created to
adorn. Art served an idea or purpose. This
idea was not personal ; it was universal, a sym-
bol which all could read. It was the manifestation
of the ideas and ideals of a given time. In this
sense the art of the Old World was truly popular.
The artist was first of all the craftsman. Not
a genius in our modern sense, as one endowed with
a particular temperament, he was essentially a
superior workman, using a universal language.
Style and manner were intimately interwoven with
the craft. Thus we note that with every change
of method, of medium or of the surface to which
the medium was applied, we have a change in style
and manner. We conclude, therefore, that the dis-
tinctive styles in painting flourished under set
limitations : the limitation of the idea or subject
matter, the limitation due to the particular place,
and the limitations due to prescribed methods and
canons. These limitations established the conven-
tion. This convention we call style. In Chinese
and Japanese art, where we see some of the most
distinctive of all style, we note the most precise and
rigid restrictions. It is apparent, then, that the
great distinction between ancient and modern paint-
ing is that, whereas the ancient worked under pre-
scribed limitations, the modern works under no
limitations.
Freed from the restraint imposed upon the earlier
painters, no longer conversant with the symbolical
art of the past and its more impersonal expression
and appeal, the modern would express himself, his
own impressions, his own emotions. In striking
contrast to the serenity and nobility of the art of
the past, its abstract ideas, its poetical aloofness,
we have the modern prose painter, the material
modern, the one for whom the personal impression,
the momentary sensation, the record of a fleeting
phase is paramount.
Social unrest at the close of the eighteenth cen-
tury and the struggle for liberty and freedom led
to the association of nature and the natural wish
for the true and the free as opposed to the arti-
ficial and the aristocratic. We see in every mani-
festation of this period an endeavor to annihilate
form and convention. Art follows this struggle
for freedom that would be free. Painting should
recognize no limitations. The artist must be his
own voice. Only the original work is important ;
only that which smacks of the personal and the
peculiar. The modern artist has refused to bow
to tradition. He would create his own idea, his
own methods. He himself, to be entirtly free and
original, must be isolated and apart. Thus we have
the dictum of Whistler: "The master stands in no
relation to the moment at which he occurs — a
monument of isolation."
In modern art two main tendencies are clearly
defined : the desire to represent or reproduce an
image of nature, and the desire to express the emo-
tions aroused in the artist by nature. One school
we may call the realistic or naturalistic, the other
the romantic or ideal. In discarding the methods
and conventional limitations of the old masters the
modern artist in his endeavor to express himself,
)o become free and individualistic, at once estab-
lished new dogmas and unaware became enslaved
by new ideas, the limitations of which were un-
happily not so conducive to beauty as the limita-
tions of the ancients. The movement of the re-
turn to nature which found its expression in the
philosophy of Jean-Jacques Rousseau, allied as it
was with truth and equality, became the dominant
thought in the modern democratic State, also found
its expression in Art.
This explains the importance and significance
of landscape painting in the nineteenth century.
As the creation of God, nature could not be per-
fected by man; inasmuch as every manifestation
originated from the divine, the natural became the
divine. To paint the natural was the painter's
highest purpose. Art became pantheistic. The
realists or naturalists have changed from one style
or manner to another, but the idea or intention of
creating an image of nature has not changed. This
is their dogma; this their ideal. Realists we call
them ; but, inasmuch as they follow a fixed idea,
they are idealistic enslaved by that idea.
Naturalism can never produce a great work of
art. The naturalists admit a rival in nature her-
self never to be rivalled. The perfect imitation of
nature is impossible ; but were it possible, it has
little in common with creative art, the aim of which
is to create beauty through the harmonious relation
of shapes and colors as expressive of an idea.
Naturalism does not admit of invention or creation.
Imitation has in itself no relation to a particular
place or particular purpose. It is here when imita-
tion ceases that decorative design begins. Its in-
tention is to create a work of art which shall
161
162
PAINTING PAST AND PRESENT
beautify, and be in harmony with, a given place.
It is precisely this limitation that stimulates the
artistic imagination and creation.
In seeming contrast to the realist we have the
romanticist. They have one idea in common which'
marks them as children of the same time. They,
too, would be free — free to express the individual
self, knowing no tradition. The modern romanti-
cist is interested only in his personal feeling about
particular things. He would express his emotional
nature. It is not the subject itself which is of
significance, it is the emotion produced by the sub-
ject in him which is all important. This is the real
truth, of which the visual manifestation is merely
the illusion. Freed from representing the natural,
he would represent his impressions of the natural.
Despite his desire of freedom, he, too, becomes
enslaved by the limitations of a fixed idea. The
emotional manifestation being the supreme truth,
he, too, serves truth. But in him the purely emo-
tional seldom takes definite form ; it is too vague,
too elusive. Inasmuch as design demands clarity
and definition, design for him must be sacrificed.
The sentitive illusive effect is expressed by what is
loosely called "tone." The romanticists become the
"tonalists."
Both schools would be free from traditional limi-
tations. They become free only to be enslaved by
a new idea. But whereas the ancients recognized
the limitations of the craft and worked within these
limitations to beautify a particular place for a
particular purpose, the modernist, following the
ideal of truth, does not recognize any limitations.
Both schools have completed themselves. The
naturalistic proved itself estranged from beauty
when, in following the creed of truth to nature, it
attempted to represent all of the natural facts
(the Pre-Raphaelites, Ruskin, Bastien Lepage and
the photographic idea). Also, when later the
naturalistic movement become lost in the illusion
of light and atmosphere (Monet, the pointillistes
and the painters associated with the scientific
analysis of light and color).
When, at the present time, force of representa-
tion and startling impression become the goal, we
have the same idea in different guise. The earlier
naturalists were affected by the form of the facts;
the later naturalists by the momentary effect of
the facts. One school was particularly interested
in counting the leaves on a tree ; the other school
is not interested in the leaves of the tree at all.
It is interested rather in the shape of the tree, its
value, its color and its relation to surrounding
forms and colors. Both schools are, however, par-
ticularly interested in recording the facts, in ex-
pounding the truth.
The romantic idea has also taken many forms
and manifestations. Less enslaved by subservience
to literal truth, the romanticist is more creative in
design composition. He uses his forms and colors
as objects representing ideas. In this respect Dela-
■croix is akin to the old masters. He is, however,
controlled by the emotional nature, and in conse-
quence loses control over his medium. This is true
also of Turner. His later work tends to annihilate
form. As a result his technique becomes more
mannered, hazardous and inefficient. In the later
development of romanticism the emotional assumes
less the voice of general ideas and, being associated
with a particular impression, it becomes more per-
sonal. Thus we see less interest in design and its
relation to the idea. The emotion becomes more
vague — we have the tonalist (Whistler's nocturnes,
the later work of lnness and many present - day
painters).
The latest emotional manifestation, the supreme
struggle of the personal and the peculiar — doomed
to death before birth — is cubism, futurism and
other isms.
Notwithstanding the fact that in the beginning
of the modern era the methods of the old masters
were lost, it is primarily the change of thought and
purpose that marks the modern from the ancient.
But the pictorial thought and the means of ex-
pressing it are so intimately interwoven that we
can not change the one without influencing the
other. We can not dissociate the creator from the
craft.
Modern art therefore begins with modern meth-
ods. Whereas the methods of the old masters are
characterized by indirect painting and the use of
transparent color, the modern method is character-
ized by direct painting and opaque color. The
dominant value in the pictures of the old masters
is about midway between black and white. It is in
this scale that the colors are the most rich and
intense. The color was produced by glazing a
darker warm color over a lighter cool color. This
not only created the desired brilliancy and vibra-
tion of color, but allowed the use of the warm
colors for glazing, which from their chemical na-
ture are the most transparent colors of the palette.
Change to the modern color scale was inevitable.
It is the result not alone of the endeavor to ap-
proximate the values and colors of nature, but it is
also the natural outcome of the change of method.
With direct painting it at once becomes necessary
to introduce opaque pigment, and with the addition
of white the colors of necessity are lighter and
cooler. The raising of the register and the cooler
scale of colors were therefore a natural result in
the development of painting. But although the
moderns have extended the scale of values and
added an entirely new range of colors, in doing
(Continued on page 185)
R^T 5
"BURLINGAMt"
PUBLIC LIBRARY
480 Primros* Road
AMERICAN' MINIATURE SOC
EXHIBITION
rv
F
,ROM November 20th to December 10th in-
clusive, there were on exhibition at the
Arden Galleries eighty-one examples of
miniatures painted on ivory.
In order to encourage the Society, we give the
names of all those who have entered works at this
exhibition :
Mary Coleman Allen, Ichiro E. Hori, A. Mar-
garetta Archambault, Annie Hurlburt Jackson,
William J. Baer, Julie Kahle, Martha Wheeler
Baxter. Margaret Kendall, Eulabee Dix Becker
Elizabeth A. McG. Knowles, Alice Beckingto-
Lydia Longacre, Clara Louise Bell, Selma M. '
Moeller, John Bentz, Katherine S. Myrick, Mile
L. Bulena, Elsie Dodge Pattee, Eva L. Carm
William Sherman Potts, Marjorie S. Coll
Heloise G. Redfield, Grace E. Daggett, Jennia
Sage, Frances Evans, Carlotta Saint Gaud
Annie M. Fender^on, Edith Sawyer, Bernice F
Fernow, A. W. S. Siebert, Harriette Draper C
Mabel Beatrice Smith, Alexandrina Robertson I
ris, Lucy M. Stanton, Margaret Foote Hav
Maria J. Strean, Cornelia E. Hildebrandt, Mabf
Welch, Laura C. Hills, William J. Whitterr
Alyn William.
Though the quality of the work of these a
varies, there is not one bad example of mini
Portrait of Homer Saint Gaudens
By Carlotta Saint Gaudens
paintir
encou
of iv<
in F
COL
of such in..
in their ensembn.
of such as are not pc
jects, as landscapes or j. _..,_->. Here
is a field for great triumphs ioi our miniature
artists. Mabel R. Welch, for example, exhibits a
small "Landscape," charming in composition and
color. She should be encouraged. Had we been
able to obtain a photograph of her work, we would
have reproduced it.
Perhaps the most attractive "portrait-picture"
that is a combination of frame and portrait is the
portrait of "Homer Saint Gaudens," by Carlotta
Saint Gaudens, which we reproduce. It recalls the
fine taste of sculptor Saint Gaudens, showing a
lovely landscape back of the head, as a back-
ground. Tt is an admirable piece of work.
16.1
OLD HOME AT WESTPORT, CONK.
By Colin Campbell Cooper
at the Water-color Exhibition
' 164
" '
A R^T
PUBLIC LIBRARY
480 Pnmro* Roed
■ « T"«
A Message to American Book Lovers
from L'ACADEMIE FRANC AISE, the World's Highest Authority
"America may rest assured that she will find in this series of crowned works all that she may wish to know of France at
her own fireside — a knowledge that too often escapes her, knowledge that embraces not only a faithful picture of contem-
porary life in the French provinces, but a living and exact description of French society in modern times. Americans may
feci certain that when they have read these romances, they will hare sounded the depths and penetrated into the hidden
intimacies of France, not only as she is but as she icould be known." /"
Secretaire Peryctuel de L'Acadcmie Francaise
m
4V?\t4
France
Her
Offers
Rarest
America
Gems
America has been missing the greatest masterpieces of French literature — the writings
by which France wants to be known to the world. But now the famous French
Academy, the "World's Supreme Court of Literature," has acted to give to America
the most splendid romantic and dramatic novels ever produced in France.
In full session, L'Academie Frangaise selected the finest examples of French writing,
and formed them into a set called "The Immortals." These works, translated into Eng-
lish, arc now offered to American Book Lovers in the name and under the seal of the
celebrated Academy.
Every Work Is Crowned By
The French Academy
and this is the world's highest literary honor.
Every Author represented is, or was during his
lifetime, a member of the Academy. Every
volume has an introduction by a livimj Acade-
mician and the general introduction is written by
M. Boissier. Permanent Secretary of the Academy.
This set. without doubt, will be one of the mo- 1
famous in print, for it represents the richest cream
of all French literature and is sponsored by the
highest authority in the literary world. Not only
was literary excellence considered in selecting
these works. Each one had to picture faithfully
some phase of French life, and the result is a
most vivid and intimate insight into the lives of
the French people.
FREE
Flaubert's Romances
To everyone who orders "The Immortals" with-
in thirty days, we will send absolutely free the
complete works of Gustave Flaubert, in ten vol-
mnt>. Flaubert wrote with sensational truth and
startling frankness. In his novels he lays bare
the lives of his characters with a directness and
understanding that are irresistible. Among his
works you will find Mine. Bevary, one of the
greatest examples of realistic writing, which de-
scribes the life of a girl who took the wrong pat'i
in her search for happiness; Salammbo, a superb
romance of the Orient; Sentimental Education, a
powerful and vivid portrayal of Parisian life,
showing all that is lofty and all that is base; and
many others of the same grpping interest. Thi .
set admirably supplements 'The Immortals" in
giving the reader the fullest tnderstandin,; of all
phases of trench life.
Let These Frenchmen Intro-
duce You to France
Among the superb novels in this set you v:'.l
find Cinq-Mars, by Alfred de Vigny. This stirring
story of the great conspiracy against Richelieu
was proclaimed by Dumas to be the greatest his-
torical novel ever written. The Red Lily, the
story of a heartless coquette, by Anatole France,
is one of the most powerful warnings against
faithlessness to duty, falseness to love, and yield-
ing to temptation, ever produced. Fromont and
Risler, by Alphonse Daudet, is a powerful romance
which introduces the reader to the life of the
Parisian working people, and shows their gaieties,
sorrows, temptations. Madame Chrysanthcmc, by
Pierre Loti, is a piece of oriental writing of ex-
traordinary beauty and charm. It is the love story
of a French naval officer and a pretty little
Japanese mousme. Zibeline, by Philippe de Massa,
is a sparkling and original story of an American
girl who captivates Paris. Fascinating glimpses
are given into the drawing rooms of the most
exclusive Parisian society, into the historic green
room of the Comedie Francaise, etc. There are
many others, and each has an individual charm.
After Reading These Books You
Can Say "I've Lived in France"
So truly and in such intimate detail is the so-
ciety of the time depicted in these works that one
obtains a much deeper knowledge of the true
psychology of the French people than could be
hoped to be gained from a superficial visit to the
country itself, for the passing stranger is not
admitted into the inner circle of French homes nor
favored with the close friendships made possible •
through the works of these great writers.
Some of
"THE IMMORTALS"
Serge Panine.
By Georges Ohnet.
The story of an unprin-
cipled Prince.
Jacqueline,
By Theo Bentzon.
Tile story of a young
girl in high Parisian life
is drawn with the vivid-
ness and accuracy of one
who knows thoroughly the
intimate sides of French
society.
The Ink-Stain.
By Ki'iir Bazin.
A charming story of
joyous youth and inno-
cent love.
A Woodland Queen,
By Andre Theuriet.
An exquisite idyl of the
forest, full of appealing
glimpses into French ru-
ral life.
Gerfaut,
By Charles de Bernard.
The story of a man's
struggle between the wiles
of Venus on one hand
and the call of duty on
tile other.
Confessions of a Chili of
the Century.
By Alfred de Musset.
This story incorporates
the passionate experience
of de Musset with George
Sand.
Monsieur, Madame, and
Bebe.
By Gustave Droz.
The veil is lifted from
the romance of matri-
mony by a hand as deli-
cate as it is daring.
Monsieur de Caninrs.
By Octave Feuillet.
The wild career of a
man who cared nothing
for men or women except
as lie could use them for
pleasure or advancement.
Prince Zilah,
By .lules Claretie.
This story of strong
emotions and passionate
deeds describes the tragic
love affair of Zilah and
Marsa the Gipsy girl.
Conscience.
By Hector Malot.
Cosmopolis,
By Paul Bourget.
An Extraordinary Offer — and Generous Terms
Only a most unusual opportunity makes it possible for Americans to secure the great "Immortals "
for in forming this set the French Academy has taken an unprecedented action in order to give
Americans the very be<t of French writings. The twenty volumes of this set are bound, as
Order on
This Coupon
Current Literature Pub. C
63 West 36tb Sired
New York City
Gentlemen: — Send me the
20-volume set of THE
IMMORTALS and the 10-
befits their value, in rich half leather. They are illustrated with fine photogravures and have volume set of FLAUBERT'S
illuminated title pages. The terms are extremely generous considering the value of the work. f WORKS. I enclose $3. If the
The con,,,,ete set of "The lmmoi uls" and the ten volumes of Flaubert will be sent you on / se ts are satisfactory, I will pay
payment of a deposit of onlv $3.00. If you do not decide to keep the sets, return them within , $3 each month unti i t have paid
5 days and your $.",.00 will be refunded. If you do keep the sets, you need pay only $-..IH> a $ 48 jn a)1 If , he sets are not
month until $4f- in all has been paid for "The Immortals." The ten volumes of Haubert are / sa f is f act0 ry, I will return tbem
yours, free, no not delay, but send the attached coupon immediately. Remember, the abso- . to you w it„j n 5 days and you will
lute money-back guarantee protects you from loss or dissatisfaction. * refund my $3.
CURRENT LITERATURE PUBLISHING CO.
63 WEST 36th STREET :: NEW YORK CITY
/ Name
t Address
City State
ISAAC COLDMANN COMPANY
NEW YORK
IHmni *H IMTTrmiBOTmil*"*— «-
R^T 5
BURLINGAMt
PUBLIC LIBRARY
480 Primrosi Boed
NOTES OF THE STUDIOS AND GALLERIES
165
We reproduce also "Eirene," by William Sher-
man Potts. It is a very beautiful little nude, well
drawn, charming in composition, chaste in spirit and
altogether lovely in color, fit to hang even in a
Cardinal's library. We hope Mr. Potts will keep
on in this direction — towards the ideal.
We urge the public to visit this most interesting
and well arranged show, which is beautifully set
off by a display of fine examples of pottery from
the Durant Kilns, and by some sumptuous tapestry.
EXHIBITION OF THE AMERICAN WATER
COLOR CLUB
AT the Fine Arts Gallery, 215 West 57th
Street, New York, there was held a most
interesting exhibition by the American
Water Color Club, from November 2nd to No-
vember 24th, consisting of three hundred and
thirty-one exhibits.
We believe the public does not know as much as
it should about the difficulties, and the intimate
nature of water color painting and therefore we
have frequently insisted that every university,
college and school in the land should have an art
department, in which all the arts should be taught.
This not, to "make by hand,'' more and more artists
— for we cannot make artists since they must be
born — but every student should be taught the diffi-
culties, the beauties, and significance of every art —
in order that his mind may be opened to the im-
portance of every art. For by this study will be
opened to him an entirely new and unsuspected
world, and be a source of ever increasing pleasure,
which will never die, and which alone will make
life in semi-poverty a joy, here in the future, as it
now is in Paris and Rome, and as it was in Athens
in the past.
There is so much beauty at every turn in Paris
that thousands of highly intellectual men are content
to live there poor, and in a garret — since every
beauty belongs most to him who is able to see it
and appreciate it the most. If you, reader, are able
to appreciate more than he does, the palace of
Rockefeller, you in reality own it more than he
does — if he allows you to see it. Even if he is
the proprietor and pays the taxes and looks after
it, he provides you with an architectural and artistic
feast ever} 1 time you pass by it. Why should any-
one grieve at not owning great works of art — so
long as he can see them, and thus own them when-
ever he feels disposed to? Thus, in order to pro-
foundly enjoy any art, whether painting, etching,
keramics, sculpture or water colors, we should
study the fundamental law of these arts and the
difficulties to be overcome in each. And the more
we know and feel the difficulties of an art, the more
we will appreciate a successful piece of art, and
nothing so teaches us the difficulties of an art as
trying our own hand at it and seeing how weak we
are in that particular line of endeavor, however
strong we may be in another line, for the excelling
in which we were born. Why does the average
boy sit agape when a skilful juggler does his stunts?
Because he has tried to do them himself and, so,
knows how much more skill it requires to juggle
three oranges than two, and how much more diffi-
cult it is to juggle one orange, a cigar, a bottle of
champagne and a Japanese sword, all at the same
time. Juggling is a matter of skill.
Water-color painting is also a matter, principally,
of skill. Above all a pure water-color. That is a
real water-color painting — one in which white and
black colors are used only to modify the other
colors, and in which the pure whites are obtained
only by not covering the white paper at all with
any color whatsoever — thus forcing the white paper
to furnish the high lights. Moreover, since water-
color flows and thus overflows easily it requires
great skill and dexterity to use it so as not to spoil
good drawing and to avoid obtaining "muddy"
colors. Also water-colors when first applied to
paper look darker than they will when dry. This
requires almost an uncanny intuition and judgment
which is the very essence of all cleverness. So diffi-
cult is this process that few of even the best water-
color artists observe the rule ; they obtain their high-
lights by using not only white water-colors, but
guache.
These are only a few of the difficulties of pure
water-color painting but they are enough to make
the contemplator take a deeper interest in the efforts
of our American water-color artists than he could
before lie knew of the difficulties.
The general study of art in our schools will
gradually develop an art atmosphere which, pene-
trating into the soul of all, will gradually insure the
birth of greater and greater artists, born with the
powers needed to create truly great works of art.
And the study of water-color painting in the various
schools will very soon lift our water-color schools
to a level equal to that of any foreign school.
Because the American is by nature clever. More-
over there should be a room in the Metropolitan
Museum specially devoted to water-colors as there
are in the Louvre Museum and in Luxembourg
Museum.
We believe that some of our American water-
color artists hold their own with those of any other
country and should be encouraged by all means
possible so as to nerve them to surpass all comers,
in this always cheering and sometimes exquisite
art. This show at the Water Color Club was on a
level above the previous ones which was gratifying
and promises well for the future and we trust that
the public will take an increased interest in the
exhibitions of this admirable Society, visit them
and buy the pictures.
PERSIAN CARPET
IN THE
METROPOLITAN MUSEUM OF ART
4
166
I
A R^T 5
BURUNGAMt
PUBLIC LIBRARY
480 PrimroM Boad
ORIENTAL RUGS FOR HOUSEHOLD PURPOSES
EACH year shows the growing popularity of
Oriental rugs, and a greater appreciation of
their value for purposes of decoration as well
as of utility. In the mystery of their symbolic fig-
ures, in the graceful rhythm of floral patterns, in
the rich, deep coloring of the long nap, is a lure that
few observers escape. There is also the charm of
association, since they call to mind pictures of burn-
ing desert sands, slowly moving caravans, gilded
domes of Moslem mosques, and all the luxury and
splendor of the land of Aladdin and Sinbad. They
also appeal to the keenest sense of taste and refine-
ment. So it is that throughout this land there is
hardly a home with any display of luxury but has
a few if not many of these knot-tied rugs.
Most people, as a rule, even though they find lit-
tle difficulty in selecting other furnishings, are at a
loss to know which are the best rugs to purchase.
Nor is this surprising, since technical qualities as
well as taste are important elements in the decision.
For this reason salesmen of some of the largest re-
tail dealers of this country take particular pains to
learn all the conditions affecting a proper choice,
and advise their customers from an impartial stand-
point. But as this is not always the case, it is well
to call attention to the essential qualities that should
be considered by a purchaser.
He should first decide for himself the largest
amount he is willing to pay for a rug, since some
can be bought for the equivalent of a dollar per
square foot, while others cost ten or even one hun-
dred times as much. He should decide, too,
whether he wishes large or small rugs, and whether
they are for hallways or for rooms. He should con-
sider to what extent, if necessary, durability should
yield to artistic qualities, and should choose rugs
that harmonize in color with the other furnishings
of the rooms where they are to be placed.
Careful attention also should be given to the
effect produced by the use of aniline dyes for color-
ing the yarn. Only modern rugs contain this un-
desirable taint : and those made of wool colored
with such dyes should be rejected. On the other
hand, many rugs which are "washed" or treated
with some artificial process to soften the fresh, raw
colors, are not altogether to be despised. Some, to
be sure, are injured by the improper use of acids,
but many are treated in a way that does little per-
manent harm. The beautiful Kermanshahs, Sa-
rouks, Kashans. in fact, nearly ninety per cent, of
the ruge made to supply the Occidental demand,
have soft tones that are obtained by some artificial
process; yet these pieces are frequently desirable
as floor coverings. Unfortunately it is very diffi-
cult for an inexperienced person to judge correctly
if a rug is colored with aniline dyes or is "washed,"
167
but any reliable dealer, when asked, will state the
facts.
Of still greater importance from the standpoint
of the ultimate pleasure to be derived from Ori-
ental rugs are the charms of individuality and asso-
ciation. A very large number of those which are
made by exporting companies to meet the market
demands follow formal patterns which show but
slight variation. They may display perfect balance
of drawing, perfect harmony of colors ; but they
lack the originality of a rug woven for use in Ori-
ental homes, one which often contains nomadic fea-
tures, and a symbolism associated with a primitive
faith and early philosophies. There is, too, an un-
tiring interest in the companionship of such rugs
as a Shiraz, which has been taken on one of the
yearly pilgrimages to Mecca as an offering of pro-
pitiation, in an old Mosul woven near the ruins of
Ancient Nineveh, or among the valleys where once
Abraham tended his flocks, or in a well-woven
Beluchistan on which the knees of a dark visaged
Moslem have often knelt in the sandy deserts.
These are qualities which merit careful considera-
tion.
From the standpoint of the general purchaser,
rugs may conveniently be separated into three
groups: the inexpensive, those of moderate price,
and the expensive.
Among the inexpensive rugs are the Afghans,
Beluchistans, Mahals, Muskabads, Mosuls, Kurdis-
tans, Kazaks, Genghas, and Shirvans. Of these the
Afghans, Mahals, and Muskabads are almost in-
variably of carpet size; while the Mosuls, Kurdis-
tans, and Genghas are usually runners, or pieces
much longer than wide; and the Beluchistans, Ka-
zaks, and Shirvans are slightly oblong or of small
size.
When once an Afghan, which is sometimes called
a Khiva, is observed, it will never be mistaken for
any other class. The pattern of the field consists
of perpendicular rows, usually three in number, of
octagonal designs placed end to end, and of a cor-
responding number of small diamond-shaped fig-
ures between these rows. From the very broad
webs of the ends hangs a loose fringe, which is
often of got's hair. Equally conspicuous are the
colors, for the field is always a dark red or reddish
brown relieved by the deep blue and lighter red of
the octagons. These rugs are the work of the fierce
tribes that wander across the mountain ranges of
Northern Afghanistan onto the plains of Turkestan,
bidding defiance to the march of civilization, and
leaving the impress of their own untrammeled spirit
in their fabrics It is still possible to buy many ex-
cellent pieces of this class at the rate of a dollar and
a quarter or a dollar and a half per square foot.
168
ORIENTAL RUGS
~
though it should be remembered that rugs are al-
ways sold by the piece and never by their super-
ficial area.
At Sultanabad in Persia are located some of the
principal companies who exploit the manufacture of
Oriental rugs, for they not only constantly employ
large numbers of weavers in the city, but encourage
the natives in all the surrounding hamlets and vil-
lages by supplying them, if necessary, with wool
and dyes to be paid for upon the completion of their
work. In this district are woven the Mahals and
Muskabads, which are invariably large rugs of al-
most square shape. The patterns frequently con-
sist of concentric medallions covered with small
conventionalized floral figures, so that the colors
are broken into small masses. These pieces are
stoutly woven and are among the most inexpensive
of Persian rugs, since they cost little more than
Afghans.
Such a great similarity exists between the Mo-
suls and Kurdish rugs, that they are constantly mis-
taken for one another. Nor is this surprising when
it is considered that they are woven in adjacent
districts and by tribes who have affinity of race.
The Mosuls come from the country surrounding the
city of Mosul, which is almost on the site of ancient
Nineveh, while the Kurdish rugs are made by the
descendants of the fierce Carduchis, who opposed
the march of Xenophon and his ten thousand
Greeks, and who now live among the head waters
of the Tigris and Euphrates rivers, as well as in the
western borderland of Persia. Both these classes
are made of stout woolen warp and weft and have
long or medium length nap. Their nomadic char-
acteristics also appear in the coarse finish of sides
and ends, as well as in some of the bold designs.
In the Mosuls tawny yellow is often conspicuous,
and in the Kurdistans is much brown. On account
of the inaccessibility of these districts from lines
of travel, it is still possible to get sterling pieces of
these weaves free from all taint of aniline dyes, .
and with rich colors that have matured by natural
processes. Good old specimens, which can still be
bought at the rate of a dollar and a half to two dol-
lars per square foot, represent some of the best
values of the price.
The Beluchistanh are almost as nearly distinguish-
able as the Afghans. Their small size, the very '
wide webs at the ends, and the goat's hair selvage
at the sides, at once differentiate them from all
other classes. They are woven by uncivilized tribes
who live principally in Western Beluchistan, but
often wander with their goats and sheep over the
desolate plains of Southeastern Persia. The long
nap, dyed with brown, green and clai-et red, acquires
a beautiful sheen rarely seen in any other rugs.
Many of them have the prayer pattern with high,
almost square mihrabs, and now and then are just
enough worn at the center and lower end to show
where the knees and toes of a devout Heathen have
often pressed in supplication. The oldest pieces
have often crude little designs, perhaps a star, goat,
or some mysterious symbol of occult thought. A
purchaser should never lose the opportunity to get
the genuine piece of half a century ago, for they
are fast disappearing, yet even now can be bought
for forty or fifty dollars apiece. The saddle-bags
of this class are among the choicest woven by any
nomadic tribes, and are often more beautiful than
the rugs.
The Kazaks are made by some of the warlike
Cossack tribes who settled in Southern Caucasia,
but who inherit the marauding spirit of their ances-
tors. Few other rugs more truthfully reflect the
unconventional life of their weavers. Their long,
almost shaggy nap suggests the rigors of winter
and shelterless nights on high pateaus. Their large
geometric designs surrounded by smaller crude
figures, that are frequently of animal or human
form, are unlike those of any other rugs; and their
large masses of rich, unshaded color, in which red,
blue and yellow predominate, and green is very
seldom absent, give them a truly barbaric aspect.
They are never elegant, but their vigorous drawing
and color awaken an interest that cannot be shared
with many of the more delicately woven fabrics.
For use rather than display, for comfort rather
than luxury, they are well adapted to many places
in the home.
Genghas, also, come from a district in Southern
Caucasia, and are frequently mistaken for Kazaks;
yet in many respects they are very different. They
are not so stoutly woven, and their nap is rarely
as heavy. They are also more oblong in shape, and
they less frequently contain the color green. Since
they are made by tribes of different races who often
wander back and forth, the patterns are heteroge-
neous, but they rarely contain the large unrelated de-
signs of the Kazaks. The wool is often colored with
aniline dyes. Most of those now offered for sale
have been recently made and are undesirable, but
not infrequently old pieces of moderate size and
good workmanship can be bought for forty or fifty
dollars.
Probably the largest number of any one class of
rugs which come to this country from Caucasia
were made in the province of Shirvan in the south-
eastern part. It is a district which for long periods
at a time has been under the sway of Persia, so
that it is not surprising that the pattern of Shir-
vans often consist of conventionalized floral forms.
Nor are they, as a rule, the work of nomads, but
rather of the inhabitants of villages and cities, so
that they display greater evidences of refinement.
On account of the medium length of the hap, even
the smaller designs stand out clearly. They show
to great advantage in the borders which, to a large
extent, reflect foreign influences. The main stripe
!
A R^T 5
BURLINGAMt
PUBLIC LIBRARY
480 Primros* Road
ORIENTAL RUGS
169
so often consists of what is known as the "serrated
leaf and wine cup" pattern that it is almost typical
of this class ; and very frequently one of the sec-
ondary stripes has the beautiful carnation pattern.
In fact, some of the old Sirvans are among the most
attractive and choicest of the Caucasian rugs; and
when they can be found are well worth obtaining,
since they are rapidly growing scarce.
Of the moderately expensive rugs those most
usually seen are the Bokharas, Yomtids, Mesheds,
Khorassans, Hamadans, Sarabends, Kirmanshahs,
Gorevans, Daghestans and Kabistans.
On account of the simplicity of the geometric
patterns of Bokharas and Yomuds, and also on ac-
count of their prevailing tones of brownish red,
blue, green and ivory, which are found in some of
the oldest Oriental rugs, it is not improbable that
these two classes resemble much more ancient types.
Moreover, it is interesting to note that they are
woven by tribes who from time immemorial have
inhabited both the oases and the great sandy des-
erts of Turkestan, which is regarded as the cradle
of the Aryan race. Yet because of the excellence
of their wool and dyes, all but the modern pieces
which are made to sell, glow with rich, deep color
rarely found in the products of sedentary weavers.
They are the embodiment of barbarous art pulsat-
ing with life, and kindle feelings of attachment that
grows with acquaintance. The Bokharas are of
small size. Those with the field covered with octa-
gons are known as Royal Bokharas, and those with
the field divided by narrow bands into four rec-
tangles are known as the Princess or Prayer Bok-
haras. The Yomuds, on the other hand, are in-
variably of large size, and in most examples have
the field covered with diamond-shaped patterns.
Moderately old Bokharas in good condition are
worth eighty or one hundred dollars, while the
choicest are valued at even one thousand. Yomuds
of similar quality have a greater value because of
their size ; yet even so they find ready buyers.
The extensive province of Khorassan in North-
eastern Persia and its capital Meshed have given
names to two well-known classes of rugs. The
Khorassans are woven in different parts of the
province, and are generally older than the Mesheds.
They usually contain particular tones of rose, or a
color .that is almost magenta. They also frequently
have a central medallion surrounded by a field of
one of these colors, or the field may be covered en-
tirely with large pear designs ; while the pattern of
the Mesheds consists usually of innumerable small
figures. Both have the peculiarly soft, glossy, un-
even nap which is a distinguishing characteristic of
these two classes. Unlike many other rugs, they
have the charm of association. For the Khor-
assans call to mind the warlike Partheons of classic
times, who lived in the same country, and when
forced to retreat from a more powerful foe sought
escape among its salt marshes and desert wastes.
The Mesheds are woven near the most sacred
mosque in Persia, whither caravans of one hun-
dred thousand pilgrims go yearly to kneel at the
shrine of a departed saint, and where was spent
part of the lives of Omar Khayyam, the poet phi-
losopher, and of Firdousi, the Homer of Persia.
The Hamadans also vividly awaken recollections
of historic events, for they are made near the site
of the ancient Ecbatana, capital of the Medes, and
not far from the tomb where even to-day faithful
Jews guard the remains of Esther and Mordecai.
Their weavers dwell in one of the most peaceful
and attractive spots of Persia, on the flanks of the
lofty Mt. Elwund, among vine-clad hills, and within
littie orchard-filled valleys. Most of these rugs
have a character peculiarly their own, for not only
are they runners, but the nap is almost entirely of
camel's hair, which usually is enriched by a sup-
pressed diaper pattern or is slightly modulated in
tone from one end of the held to the other by the
use of the light fleece of the young camel and the
deep, dark chestnut of the old one. Moreover, a
broad band of camel's hair, which is usually plain
but now and then contains a small figure, forms an
edging to the border. Old Hamadans are now
greatly prized, and though the patterns are not al-
ways beautiful, they have an individuality with
which the eye seldom grows tired.
Of equally striking character are the Sarabends,
which also are woven in Northwestern Persia.
Their pattern consists of numerous small pear de-
signs arranged with regular precision, and extend-
ing over the whole field. The border has a large
number of stripes, of which at least one has an
angular vine and narrow pendant pears on a white
ground. No one knows the origin of these designs.
By different authorities they are regarded as rep-
resenting a pine cone, an almond, a flame of fire, a
human hand, and also the bend of the river Jhelum
as it winds through the vale of Srinagar. Their
shape is always graceful ; and their prevailing col-
ors contrast with the color of the ground, which
may be blue, red or white. If it were not for the
monotonous character of the pattern, these rugs
would be more interesting; yet on account of their
excellent wool and dyes and their careful weaving,
they take high rank among the rugs of Persia. The
best are the Mir-Sarabends, and other are called
Royal Sarabends ; but they should never be mistaken
for the much loser-woven and inferior rugs which
often follow the same pattern and are known as
Irans.
The Kermanshahs and Gorevans, like the Mahals
and Muskabads, are typical representatives of those
classes of commercial rugs which follow stereotyped
patterns and are woven to supply the market. Over
ninety per cent, of them have been made within the
last ten years, and have been treated by some arti-
170
ORIENTAL RUGS
ficial process to soften the raw colors. Yet rarely
are they injured by this treatment and the resultant
tones are very pleasing. The Kermanshahs are
found in all sizes from small mats to large car-
pets, and more frequently contain the prayer arch
than any other Persian rugs. Their light tones of '
cream, pink, delicate blue and light green harmonize
well with one another and are in keeping with most
any furnishings of a room. These colors are also
well suited to give expression to the graceful lines
of tendril, leaf and flower, which comprise the
elaborate pattern. The Gorevans are made only in
carpet sizes and are colored with stronger, harsher
tones, which better suit the larger, bolder patterns
and the more angular archaic designs. They are
not as well woven as the Kermanshahs, but in turn
are superior to the Mahals and Muskabads.
Among the workshops of Sultanabad are made
large numbers of Sarouks, which take their name
from a little mud-walled and poplar-shaded village
between there and Hamadan, where, once on a time,
the women wove a beautiful pattern. Graceful
arabesques and a tracery of delicate stems and
leaves, brightened here and there with dainty flow-
ers, reflect the aesthetic instincts of the uncultured
weavers. The drawing somewhat resembles that of
Kermanshahs, but is more refined, and the colors
are more sombre — deep, melancholy reds and black-
ish blue, dark olives and rich greens, with some dull
yellow or fawn, are the prevailing colors. Almost
all of these rugs have been "washed"; yet their ex-
cellent colors, clear definition of drawing, and short
velvety nap, place them among the finest products
of modern Persian rugs. Those of average size,
five by six and one half feet, can be bought for one
hundred and twenty-five or one hundred and forty
dollars. Unfortunately a large number of those
made within the last two years are more coarsely
woven, and are accordingly less valuable.
On the western shore of the Caspian sea, and
to the north of the Caucasus range, is the province
of Daghestan, the "mountainous country," where
the rugs known as Daghestans and Kabistans are
woven. They are, as a rule, the gems of Caucasian
rugs. This is partly due to the fact that until re-
cent years the weavers largely escaped the perni-
cious Western influence, and absorbed some of the
artistic taste of the Persians who from time tc
time have made inroads into that country. In the
old types was generally a noticeable difference be-
tween the two classes, but the resemblance of mod-
ern pieces to one another is so great that it is often
almost impossible to distinguish between them.
Unlike the Kazaks, which have long nap and show
an inclination to reds and greens, these have me-
dium or short nap, and contain a great deal of blue
and ivory. Also, while the Kazaks have large, bold
patterns, these have either small patterns, or if they
are large, they are subdivided into smaller figures
that give the appearance of delicate mosaic work.
So it is that if the former denote barbaric vigor,
the latter are more suggestive of culture. Yet the
drawing is never stilted, nor has it the appearance
of factory work. Many of the old Kabistans with
fields of rich, dark blue are very beautiful ; and
some of the old prayer Daghestans with fields cov-
ered with conventionalized bushes are works of art
that will well repay the long hunt that may be nec-
essary to find them. Such choice rugs are rarely
in the market, but modern pieces, which are inva-
riably of moderate size, can be bought for thirty-
five or forty dollars apiece.
Much more expensive are the Kashans and Kir-
mans from Persia, and the Bergamos, Ladiks and
Ghiordes from Asia Minor.
The Kashans are sometimes described as a higher
grade of Sarouks, because they greatly resemble
them. They are, however, more closely woven, the
nap is a little shorter and more velvety, and usually
there is a greater number of stripes in the border;
but they have the same dark shades of voluptuous
color and the same graceful arabesques and foliage
motives. They also come in the same sizes as
Sarouks, but cost about a quarter more. All of
them are recently made and treated by artificial
processes to mature the colors, yet they are among
the most perfect products of modern Persian looms,
and suggest more than any others the royal mag-
nificence of the East.
Once in a while are offered for sale genuine old
Kirmans that were made in the city of Kirman in
Southeastern Persia, where even in the thirteenth
century Marco Polo found the women weaving
beautiful shawls and carpets. Almost without ex-
ception they are too valuable to be trodden under
foot, for those of usual size, five by six and a half
feet, are worth many hundred and even a thousand
dollars each. But they may well serve to take the
place of tapestries, which they resemble in their
dainty colors and the clearly defined drawing of
the short trimmed nap. Their typical patterns re-
semble those of modern Kermanshahs, but the floral
forms are usually less conventionalized, so that leaf
and petal often suggest the work of a painter.
Roses arranged in formal boquets or placed in
vases are the principal motives, but birds, animals
and human beings are occasionally introduced.
These rugs represent the earlier traditions of the
Iranian textile art.
In one of the most classic fields of Asia, about
the city of Pergamos, once famous as a centre of
Grecian culture, and where the apostle Paul estab-
lished one of the seven churches of Asia, are woven
what are known as Bergamos. To the rule that the
best Oriental rugs have a short nap, they are an ex-
ception, since not infrequently the nap is almost an
inch in length. Because of this feature prevailing
tones of their dark reds, blues and greens display
A R^T 5
BURLINGKWF"
PUBLIC LIBRARY
480 Primros* Road
ORIENTAL RUGS
171
unusual opulence of color. No other rugs show
Mich idiosyncrasies of the weaver, who, in order to
arrest the evil eve. will often attach to the long
striped wehs of the ends some simple talisman : a
cowrie shell from the Aegean sea, a button, or a
piece of the frock of an unexpected visitor. They
possess beauty and the charm of association; they
awaken the interest and kindle the imagination.
Some of them are small pieces, not over three and
a half by four feet, which cost from forty to sixty
dollars, but others are worth many times more.
Less frequently seen are the Ladiks, which are
woven not far from Konia in Asia Minor. They
are also more expensive, as those in good condition
are worth from four hundred to a thousand dol-
lars, and even at these prices are very difficult to
find. In a search of the rug stores of New York
city not long ago, very few old prayer Ladiks were
seen : yet there are a number of collectors in this
country who have three or four or even more.
Their tones of strong red, blue and sable brown
are very impressive. The pomegranates of the wide
panel of one end, the delicate drawing of Rhodian
lilies in the border, and the bold, unconventional
mihrab give them an individuality that is never
commonplace.
The prayer Ghiordes from the town of Ghiordes
that lies a day's journey to the east of Pergamos,
are the best woven and the most beautiful of all
Asia Minor rugs. They correspond to the Kirmans
of Persia and are far too delicate to be trodden un-
der foot, but make excellent hangings for a wall.
Beneath the high arch of many of them a moslem
lamp hangs on a field of red, blue, green or ivory;
and in the blue spandrel, typical of the vaulted
heaven, are conventionalized floral forms or occa-
sionally a tracery that is singularly delicate. The
origin of the usual patterns is unknown, but the
mihrab is undoubtedly of Mohammedan inspiration,
and some of the smaller designs may be attributed
to the Persian weavers, whom Soliman the Mag-
nificent once brought to Western Asia Minor. The
best of these examples show a remarkable work-
manship in the perfect balance and accuracy of
drawing, and are resplendent with chaste color,
which has a symbolism of its own. It is not sur-
prising then that some of these rugs are valued
at two and even three thousand dollars.
Indian rugs are not very well known in this coun-
try, but within recent years excellent pieces have
been imported from Aniritsar, the most populous
city of the Punjab, and also from Lahore, where,
about 1580 A. D., Shah Akbar established an im-
perial carpet factory. Many of these are exact
copies of well-known Persian patterns, and unfor-
tunately lack much of that individuality that is one
of the greatest charms of Oriental rugs ; but on the
other hand they possess the advantage of being
stoutly and carefully woven. Most of them are
large size and differ but slightly from the Kerman-
shahs in workmanship and price.
Still less known are the Chinese rugs, which are
comparatively few in number. They can never be
mistaken for the products of Western Asia, since
their colors and patterns are such as are peculiar
to Chinese art. The reddish tones suggest the tints
of a ripe peach, apricot or pomegranate, the blues
are often a dark sapphire, and the yellow is usually
what is known as "imperial" or "mandarin." The
patterns sometimes symbolize the philosophic and
religious thought of the people, and sometimes form
a harmonious grouping of naturalistic leaves and
flowers. Because of their scarcity, beauty and in-
terest, the old pieces that have been brought to this
country are highly valued.
There are altogether about one hundred distinct
classes of Oriental rugs, but from those mentioned
it is possible to select whatever may be necessary
to furnish most homes. For the hallway a Mosul,
Kurdistan or Hamadan, all of which are stoutly
woven and usually of good dyes and workmanship,
will prove serviceable. A large Afghan, Mahal or
Gorevan makes an excellent central carpet for a
dining-room. In the reception-room a Kermanshah,
Meshed or Khorassan will, as a rule, be found to
add life and color, and may be supplemented with
the smaller Sarouks, Kashans or Chinese rugs. The
rich, deep tones of a Yomud, Bokhara, and Bergamo
make them particularly suited for the library ; and
according to the prevailing colors of the bedrooms,
Shirvans, Daghestans, Kabistans or other small rugs
may be chosen. But whatever selection may be
made, the value of artistic and harmonious execu-
tion and the subtle charm of suggestive association
should be considered as well as excellent workman-
ship.
JUULT_IJLXJ-Z_* l t i J ' 'JUCJLO* «
I
INTERIOR DECORATED
BY STANFORD WHITE
White was noted for introducing
rare works of art into his interiors.
The carved door to the left is at-
tributed to Giovanni Marliano da
Nola— 1500-1550— the famous sculp-
tor-architect of Naples
172
A R^T 5
BURLINGAMt
PUBLIC LIBRARY
480 Primrost Rwd
INTERIOR DECORATED
BY STANFORD WHITE
The book cases in this library are
wonders of renaissance workman-
ship that once formed parts of
stalls and of the sacristy in an
Italian chapel
i IHIIIIIIIIIIII n
173
"DECORATIVE TEXTILES"
A REVIEW BY MATLACK PRICE
I
WITH the grim visage of war no longer
frowning upon the peaceful progress of
decorative arts and industries, we look
about us, as "the tumult and the shouting dies,"
and reopen the closed studio, revisit the art galleries
and book-shops and find with distinct gratification
that the vast war industries of the past year have
not entirely arrested all else.
At the dawn of what may well be a new era of
general interest and delight in the decorative arts,
appears a book which would have been conspicuous
even in times of normal production — "Decorative
Textiles," by George Leland Hunter, who is too
well known as an authority on tapestries to require
any introduction to readers of this magazine.
Before entering upon the subject-matter of
"Decorative Textiles," a word upon the mechanical
excellence of the book must be regarded as a part
of any intelligent editorial comment. The illustra-
tions, of which there are nearly six hundred, in-
clude twenty-seven color-plates and all are admir-
able engravings, printed with such mechanical
quality as to constitute a fine testimonial to the
skill of the printers. Good type, pleasant margins,
beautiful paper and a richly dignified binding unite
to make a notable addition to the finer books which
bear American imprints. The making of beautiful
books is, in itself, one of the most interesting of all
the arts of peace, and this volume arises phoenix-
like from the ashes of the world conflagration.
Within the last few years the use of decorative
textiles has greatly increased, and more attention
has been given to the accurate and intelligent re-
productions of weaves and designs characteristic
of the historic periods. Manufacturers of furniture
have thus been enabled to produce copies and
adaptations of historic forms, with the knowledge
the decorative resources of to-day would provide
correct coverings. Decorators have been assured
of ample material with which to create interiors
of any period, drawing upon the stocks of several
enlightened manufacturers, and being no longer
forced to the necessity of ordering specially woven,
fabrics.
Decorative resources, indeed, have never existed
in such quantity and variety as at the present time,
and this has led to a constantly increasing activity
among those who use, buy, manufacture or deal
in decorative materials.
For all such, Mr. Hunter's present volume must
prove an indispensable aid, being the result of its
author's long and intimate familiarity with both
ancient and modern weaves, and the evolution of
textile design and production. "Decorative Tex-
tiles," furthermore, affords a source for ready refer-
ence without the necessity of consulting technical
libraries where most of the more important works
are in foreign language.
A broad conception of the subject is shown by
the inclusion of chapters on rugs and carpets, wall-
papers and illuminated leathers, which, indeed, have
a legitimate connection, because their decorative
uses as well as their designs were developed from
textiles.
It is difficult, in limited space, to give, without
being categorical, an adequate idea of the variety
of decorative textiles discussed and analyzed. The
author has always been a close student of texture,
considering this basic trait of textiles not only from
the technical, but the decorative point of view.
Added to this essential and ever-present considera-
tion of texture, ample attention is given to design,
pattern and color.
The first three chapters are given over to a care-
ful history and analysis of Damasks, Brocades and
Velvets, with remarkable photographs, especially
taken to show weaves and textures. "Fundamental
and Modern Weaves," the next chapter pursues this
detailed consideration further, with additional de-
tail photographs.
Laces and Embroideries are discussed in the two
succeeding chapters, again with exceptionally well-
chosen and specially photographed illustrations.
Five chapters are then given over to Carpets and
Rugs, both European and Eastern. There has been
a marked interest of late in Chinese rugs, originals
and reproductions, and in this connection the reader
will welcome a chart of the ancient Chinese symbols
that recur as design motifs in many Chinese rugs.
Caucasian, Turkish, Indian and Persian rugs afford
fascinating material for two successive chapters,
the text pointing out the fundamental as well as
the superficial differences which distinguish these
products of the primitive Eastern looms.
"Tapestries and Their Imitations" — here the
author embarks upon his favorite subject, with
which he is probably more familiar than any au-
thority to-day. In five chapters he presents an
illuminating summary which carries the develop-
ment of the tapestry from the fine old Gothic ex-
amples through the tapestries of the Renaissance
and the products of the Gobelins, Beauvais and
Mortlake looms, with a special chapter on Tapestry
Furniture Coverings.
Some of the most interesting illustrations in the
chapter which deals with Chintzes and Cretonnes
are those which show examples of the printed
chintzes of William Morris, whose efforts played
174
A R^T 5
k
BURLINGAMt
PUBLIC LIBRARY
480 Primrose Road
January, 1919
Tm: ART WORLD and ARTS & DECORATION
<.r
• ^mmImm
**.•<*
^ TX«"«M_L.Wt JIU-*
4£
i
■a
R9B89BBHI
UJUJIMMUHUtl l HtMII
» ■
r*
w m wwW w»h<^'^ : '■
The illustration shows a Seamless Axminster Rug, which in texture, design and coloring
closely follows the well-known French Savonnerie weave.
SEAMLESS AXMINSTER RUGS
Of Decorative Character
These distinguished -looking Rugs represent the finest product of a leading
American Textile manufacturer, and are admirably adapted to the requirements which
formerly were met by the most expensive Floor Coverings imported from Europe.
Our Seamless Axminster Rugs are available in any coloring and design,
up to 30 feet in width. Appropriate effects for any room are obtainable within
a reasonable time and at moderate cost.
Full particulars and samples sent upon request.
W. & J. SLOANE
RETAIL CARPET DEPARTMENT
Interior Decorators Floor Coverings and Fabrics Furniture Makers
FIFTH AVENUE AND FORTY-SEVENTH STREET, NEW YORK
Washington, D. C. San Francisco, Cal.
175
176
BOOK REVIEWS
such an important and widespread part in bringing
about a renascence of aesthetic conscience and per-
ception on both sides of the Atlantic.
The work of another great English designer
appears in several illustrations in the chapter which
deals with wall-papers — several of the more im-
portant works of Walter Crane.
The publication of this book will not only bring
about a more intelligent knowledge of decorative
textiles among all who are engaged in problems of
interior decoration — amateur or professional — but
will inevitably have an effect upon the manufac-
turers of decorative textiles as well. Certain manu-
facturers, sensing the trend of general discrimina-
tion in everything pertaining to interior decoration,
have for some time been producing decorative tex-
tiles of the finest quality, carried out in historically
accurate designs. With the spread of popular
knowledge on the subject, it may be assured that all
manufacturers who are enlightened will seek to
meet the new demand, exactly as was the case in the
production of furniture. Cause and effect is clearly
marked in both cases — a general public which is
educated to demand better things will soon demand
further knowledge, as the response of the manu-
facturer presently exceeds the public demand.
If there had existed no widespread interest in
the history and technique of decorative fabrics, Mr.
Hunter's admirable work might have been unfruit-
fully expended upon barren soil. In view, however,
of the present and almost universal interest in all
matters connected with interior decoration, this
book on "Decorative Textiles" will be of great
significance as indicative of this interest, and an
important step forward in the furtherance of in-
terest in the subject, and in the development of an
even higher standard of production than exists to-
day.
Decorative Textiles, by George Leland Hunter.
J. B. Lippincott Co., Philadelphia, Pa. $15.00 net.
THE SPRINGTIDE OF LIFE
Poems of Childhood
By Algernon Charles Swinburne
Illustrated by Arthur Rackham. 8 color plates and
many illustrations in the text. Net $3.00
J. B. Lippincott Company, Publishers
As the close of his life approached Swinburne
frequently expressed his intention to gather in one
volume those poems of his which were addressed to
children or were descriptive of child life. He died
without having found occasion to carry out his plan.
Edmund Gosse has made a labor of love of his
efforts to carry out the poet's plan as nearly as
possible as Swinburne might have done it.
One reason why Swinburne never brought out
such a collection was his failure to find an artist
who could interpret to his satisfaction the sim-
plicity and freshness of his verses. Arthur Rack-
ham, whose delicate and romantic fancy is in sensi-
tive harmony with Swinburne's and who under-
stands, no less than he did, how "the face and the
voice of a child are assurance of heaven," has given
exquisite interpretation to these flowers of the poet's
imagination.
There 'are thirty-five of the poems, from "A
Birth Song":
"Out of the dark sweet sleep
Where no dreams laugh or weep
Borne through bright gates of birth
Into the dim sweet light
Where day still dreams of night
While heaven takes form on earth. ..."
through such studies of child life as "Etude Real-
iste," "Cradle Songs," "First Footsteps," "A Child
Future," to "Sunrise":
"Where children are not, heaven is not, and heaven
if they come not again shall be never;
But the face and the voice of a child are assurance
of heaven and its promise for ever."
Lovers of the beautiful in poetry and the poetic
line will find this beautiful volume a rare addition
to their treasures ; surely one among the chiefest.
"American Anniversaries," by Philip R. Dillon,
is a unique and timely — shall we say creation — that
will prove extremely useful when fully known.
In a book of 349 pages Mr. Dillon presents 750
important events in the history of the United
States from the discovery of America to the present
day. Some of these events are of less importance
than others, but there is one event for every day in
the year which may serve as an anniversary some-
where in the country and worthy of being talked
about or commemorated.
To merely collect that number required more
than ordinary patient research during many years.
But when this has been done with real judgment
and with every line backed with interesting informa-
tion, often rare, with the least possible padding of
words, it rises to a work of art in the field of
reference books. It will prove invaluable to jour-
nalists and writers of all kinds, above all to public
speakers who wish to have a text with which to
begin a discourse or furnish a sufficient reason for
appearing at all before an audience upon a certain
day of the year.
Students of history will find much of value and
a number of corrections of false ideas. For ex-
ample: To C. C. Pinckney has been accredited the
famous remark: "Billions for defense and not a
cent for tribute," in answer to the effort of Talley-
rand to bribe him. Even the New York Tribune
A R^T
BURLINGAMt
PUBLIC LIBRARY
480 Primro» Boad
-January, 1919
The ART WORLD and ARTS & DECORATION
177
-^g£g& i^C^^R!
^=S^&^
S. Altaian & GI0.
INTERIOR DECORATION
Cabinet Making
Upnolstery
iHabtBnn AtfauK-Jftfttf Awtm?, Nrtu fork
Sljtrtg-fimrttj £»tmt ©tjtrtg-ftfiij g>imt
178
BOOK REVIEWS
fell into the error as late as December 22nd, 1918.
Mr. Dillon proves that Pinckney did not coin that
phrase and that R. G. Harper did, and at a dinner
given in Philadelphia. Mr. Dillon also shows that
the naval battle of Lynn Haven Bay, fought Sep-
tember 5th, 1781, between the French Fleet under
de Grasse and the English Fleet under Graves, was
the decisive battle of the Revolutionary War.
The book is so arranged that at a glance an anni-
versary can be found for any day of the year. Be-
sides it has a good cross-index to enable one to find
facts noted in the book. It also gives the principal
dates of the Great War from 1914 to the signing of
the armistice. Bound in red cloth and published by
the Dillon Publishing Company, 314 West 53rd
Street, New York, price $2.50.
"Flowers in Verse," a book of 37 short poems
by Gabrielle Mulliner, one on a page, celebrating 37
different kinds of flowers and trees and what they
suggest and inspire, has come to hand. It is a
beautiful book full of charming thought and senti-
ment from a woman of fine feeling. Very appropri-
ate as a present from one friend to another. It is
Mrs. Mulliner's first venture into the field of art
and shows that she has enough talent, as a crafts-
man, to justify us in expecting with strong hopes
to her giving us equally fascinating creations in
verse when she lays bare her adventures in the
realms of life and death, the pain of defeat and the
joy of success. Printed privately and embellished
with eight half-tones of beautiful flower-pictures
by famous masters from Daniel Zetaghers, 1590-
1661, to Richard Purnikle, 1770-1838. It is a
distinguished book. It is on sale at Brentano's,
price $2.50.
"California, the Wonder Land," by the poet,
Edwin Markham, is no doubt the best book on that
country yet written. To those who have lived in
California, this is particularly true and to such it
is more satisfying of the strange nostalgia for that
land of golden sunsets and wonder pines and sub-
lime aspects of nature's work, both ordinary and
freakish, than any other book. Markham has with
a keen insight and affectionate sympathy grasped
the mystic suggestions of that strange land — where
the coldest days are often encountered in July and
where we have seen a man water his flaming gera-
niums in January.
Markham spent 40 years in the state, from his
earliest boyhood, and knows the state, its people
and history.
To those who long for a land of sunshine, for
restfulness, for a glorious climate, or for hunting,
or for some of the sublimest of scenecry in the
world, California offers an inexhaustible feast, and
such as contemplate visiting the state next Spring
should arm themselves at once with Markham's
most informing and inspiring book of 400 pages
and numerous fine half-tone illustrations and por-
traits of literary people who have lent lustre to the
state and a relief map to be bought at Hearst's In-
ternational Library Company, New York, price
$2.50.
"Architecture and Democracy," by Claude
Bragdon, is one of the most suggestive books that
has been written on architecture, above all in re-
gard to the architecture of the future. We can do
no better than say that the following extract from
a prospectus is true: "This latest book of Mr.
Bragdon's, though as far as possible from being
what is called a war book, nevertheless concerns
itself with those 'transvaluations of all values'
brought about by the war by the light of that great
conflagration." He tries to refer more clearly than
has yet been done in the past and future to archi-
tecture.
There follows a clear presentation of his theory
concerning the relation between "Ornamental and
Mathematical" with interesting sidelights on the
fourth dimension of space, and a discussion of the
new art of mobile color, a field in which he is
generally recognized as a pioneer. The book in-
cludes also an appreciation of Louis Sullivan (the
greatest living exponent of so-called "functional"
architecture), enriched by quotations from Mr.
Sullivan's little known, but highly significant writ-
ings and chapters on Color and Ceramics and
"Symbols and Sacrament." The two last are highly
mystical and will delight those readers who value
most highly this side of the author's talent. The
book contains Mr. Bragdon's most mature thought
and is notable for its 35 very remarkable illustra-
tions. Published by Alfred A. Knopf, New York,
price $2.00.
"Light and Shade," by M. Luckiesh, Physicist
of the Nela Research Laboratory, is a most inter-
esting, unique and valuable contribution to the
study of the effects produced by difference of Light
and Shade as they fall on objects, in nature and in
the field of art. The object of the book is best told
in the preface :
"Inspired by a conviction that there is much
more to the art and science of light than is com-
monly practiced, I began several years ago a study
of the appearance of objects. Attention was na-
turally directed toward those factors which influ-
ence light, shade and color, because vision is ac-
complished through the distinction of differences in
brightness and color. In other words, the aim
throughout the study has been to unearth the fun-
damentals of lighting. It early became evident
that the problem of light as affecting the appearance
of objects could be divided into two parts, namely
the consideration of quality and of the distribution
of light, the former chiefly effects color and the
latter light and shade."
- He deserves not. a scientific spirit on the influence
(Continued on page 180)
A R^T 5
BURLINGAMt
PUBLIC LIBRARY
480 Primrose Road
kinuary, 1919
The ART WORLD and ARTS & DECORATION
179
" ininiii nm nisn up: "it i. <v<;\a is »r is i:ih n ■»■' : i 'T,iti~i '■ a«e< : ,i er* <r. su :';si;i f':i :■ nil
SPECIALISTS in the DECORATION of DISTINCTIVE HOUSES
IIIIIIIIIIIHIJ
F. N. DOWLING
Furniture and Decoration
57th Street at Madison Avenue
NEW YORK
EXCLUSIVE PERIOD FURNITURE
IMPORTED MARBLE and WOOD MANTELS
ELECTRIC FIXTURES
SILKS — LINENS — TAPESTRIES
A-H-DAVEN PORT £8
DESIGNEES AND MAK.ER.S OF
FINE FURNITURE AND INTERIOR FINISH
DECORATIONS • UPHOLSTERY
WALL HANGINGS
BOSTON
573-575 BOYLSTOIN ST
COPLEY 5Q.UAKE
MEW YORK.
GOI FIFTH AVENUE
ANCIENT and MODERN
RUGS
(o^tikVan & (O)
Shahristan Rugs Woven
to special order on our
looms in the Orient
1 2 East 40th Street
New York
Duncan Fraser
(incorporated)
DISTINCTIVE INTERIORS AND
DECORATIONS
603 FIFTH AVENUE
NEW YORK
51 VICTORIA STREET
MONTREAL
The Tobey Furniture Co.
Interior Decorations
Our aim is to assist the client, developing
his individual ideas in harmonious form,
Tobey- Made Furniture
— the original designs of our studios,
executed by hand in our own shops.
NEW YORK : Fifth Avenue at Fifty-third Street
CHICAGO : Wabash Avenue and Washington Street
Esr - fjf ««•
Oriental Rugs
UNUSUAL SIZES AND COLORINGS
EXTREMELY LARGE CARPETS
JcxsephWildSCo.
Fifth Ave. at 35th St. • Newark
i —
umliliiuiliiuiiililiiililliiuiiil
RUGS
FINE ANTIQUE S. MODERN
ORIENTALS ■ VAST ASSORT
WENT- MODERATE PRICES
SPECIAL DESIGNS £. PLAIIN
COLORS IN WESTERN RUOS
OF HICN QUftLlTY
Kgnt-Costiky&n
_ TRADING CO.
-485 FIFTH AVENUE
INC.
NEW YORK
OPPOSITE PUBLIC LIBRARY
^ettafcsb in (Sngliglt JJWtufure
^7"
CsOL^/aOnclo
Uure/Iioj.
ton Turniture /jtiop
ltv 2\eiO ^Lor/o
MADISON AVE., JVST SOVTH o/-34ia
a
JOSEPH P. M C HUGH & SON
JAMES SLATER Wnl/CH
fjlUest ^ 2"-" Street. J\ r ewlforks
Uesicjners and Makers of^ua.nt 'furniture
Importers of exclusive "haltpapers and Jabru
Jabrics
^L
^)
Jones! $c Prtntugt
RUG SPECIALISTS
ANTIQUE and Modern Chinese
f—\ and other Oriental Rugs in
large and unusual sizes. Modern
Chinese Rugs of superior quality
and designs made to order for de-
livery after the ending of the war.
Imported and domestic Wilton and
Axminster in wide widths.
6 East 39th Street New York City
: , ;., .'
180
The ART WORLD and ARTS & DECORATION
January, 1919
KEVORKIAN
ANCIENT ARTS OF ASIA
SPECIAL EXHIBITION of
SCULPTUKES and PAINTINGS
of ANCIENT INDIA
40 West 57th Street New York
AMERICAN ART NEWS
AMERICA'S ONLY ART NEWSPAPER
PUBLISHED BY THE AMERICAN ART NEWS CO., Inc.
15-17 EAST 40th STREET NEW YORK
Now in its seventeenth year of
successful publication, and uni-
versally recognized as the deal-
ers' and collectors' authority on
American art matters in both
the United States and Europe.
All important picture, print and
book sales in both Europe and
United States duly recorded,
with full list prices, buyers, etc.,
and also the first announcement
of same in advance.
Weekly letters from Paris and London
Read by all the leading collectors
PUBLISHED WEEKLY— $3.00 A YEAR— 37 ISSUES
Canada, $3.35; Foreign Countries, $3.75
(Weekly from Oct. 15 to June 1 — Monthly during the summer)
ASIATIC ART— rERSIA
(Continued from page 137)
case that design and execution are by the same
hand.
The general scheme of a Persian carpet is related
to the designs of gardens; beds of flowers, highly
conventionalized, or groves of flowering or fruiting
trees occupy the centre, surrounded by borders. In
rare and very beautiful types, the central scheme
exhibits four channels of running water proceeding
from a common centre, after the fashion of the
springs of Paradise. In other cases, the central
area is occupied with hunting-scenes, or again, with
elaborate floral arabesques, sometimes with a
mosque lamp hanging in the centre, of which there
is the famous and magnificent example of the
Ardebil mosque carpet in the South Kensington
Museum. The manufacture of carpets has been
carried on in Asia — in Turkey, Persia, India and
China — up to the present day. But there has never
been a better instance than is to be found here,
of deterioration in quality that results from quan-
titative production — in this case, a deteriora-
tion not only in design and material, but above
all in dyes, for the cheap aniline dyes of western
manufacture have replaced, except in special cases,
the glowing vegetable and animal colorings of the
past, which required a succession of elaborate
processes, sometimes lasting over a year, to produce
the desired results. There are no short cuts in
art, and those who will not wait for the best must
be content with the worst.
BOOK REVIEWS
(Continued from page 178)
of light and shade in nature, sculpture, architecture,
painting, stage-craft, photography, etc. The style
is clear and pleasant. The book is of 266 pages
with 135 illustrations and 10 tables and index, and
is published by D. Van Nostrand Company, New
York, price $2.50.
"The Chemistry and Technology of Paints,"
by Maximilian Toch, is another unique book, pub-
lished by D. Van Nostrand Company of New York,
being the first book ever written on the subject of
mixed paints and their constituents. The volume
is intended for the student in chemistry who desires
to familiarize himself with paints, or the engineer
who desires a better knowledge of such, or for the
paint manufacturer and paint chemist, as a work of
reference, and is not intended for those who have
no previous knowledge or training on the subject.
It is therefore of large interest to the artist who
wishes to learn about fundamentals of color manu-
facture and mixing. The book is its second edition,
is of 366 pages with an index and with 83 photo--
micrographic plates and other illustrations. Price
$4.00.
ICT
BURLINGAMt
PUBLIC LIBRARY
480 Primro» Road
1*1 Nil*
lamiarv, 1919
The ART WORLD and ARTS & DECORATION
181
FLAXMAN'S DRAWIN( ,S
{Continued from page 133)
Figure 2 illustrates Book 111 of the Iliad and
shows: "Helen introduced to Paris by Venus and
reproaching him for his cowardice in combat with
her husband, Menelaus."
Figure 3 illustrates Book I of the Odyssey and
shows: "Phemios chanting before the suitors of
Penelope." These suitors had made themselves a
nuisance to Penelope, who, never doubting the re-
turn of her husband, Ulysses, did not want to marry
any of them, nor could she drive these suitors away
who ate and drank to their hearts' content the food
provided by Ulysses.
Figure 4 illustrates Chant XXIV of Dante's
Divine Comedy and shows: "The torture of the
thieves in Hell by being bitten by venemous ser-
pents." How different the turbulent spirit of this
illustration from those of the placid ones illustrating
the Greek poets ! Showing a versatility on Flax-
man's part, an insight and power of putting him-
self in sympathy with the Greek and 13th century
poets, rare indeed.
Our reproductions are from engravings on steel
by the French engraver, Reveil. of the original
drawings, for distribution in France and Germany,
and made in 1833. " They are very good, but not
quite equal in finesse to the engravings of the same
subjects made by Moses, the English engraver, and
not as good as the original drawings, as they miss
certain touches in details which are personal to Flax-
man and ever charming to the connoisseur.
PRINTING IN COLOR
(Continued from page 155)
and pasty must be rubbed into the plate in their
proper places without running over into the next
neighboring color, the surface of the plate being
kept clean ; neither must it be left to dry, but kept
in a pliable state until all the colors are placed in
their proper places ; the plate is kept warm for this
purpose. As soon as the plate has received all the
colors required, print paper is placed over it and
passed into the press, where it is subjected to great
pressure, with the result that all the colors have
been transferred to the paper from the copperplate ;
the paper is then "pulled" off and left exposed until
dry. It is needless to say that to produce good and
satisfactory results requires an artist's touch and an
artist's knowledge of tones and values. The English
18th-century prints in color from both Mezzo-
tints and Stipple Engraving plates have a delicacy
of tone and color which are exceptional for the
reason that they are not only printed from the soft
copper, but are done by the best artists of that re-
markable century.
France did not practice to any great extent the
art of Mezzotinto.
I
»!
i
r>
I!
i
i
is
i!
i
1
it
i
i
i
J%0f^ ™E INSTRUMENT OF QUALITY
%o n o v,
CLEAR AS A ©ELL
Louis XVI
THE tone of this instrument, rich, pure and ij
clear, is truly magnificent and is supreme J;
in mialif-T flpliVif*. ar*mir,U t^ „,.„:«.„ ».u _ tl
in quality. Delicate enough to excite the
admiration of the most fastidious taste, this
Sonora model is a triumph of beauty, distin-
guished by graceful outlines and unsurpassed
purity of ornament.
A complete line of standard upright models
and these period designs are now available:
Duncan Phyfe
Adam
Colonial
William and Mary
Jacobean
Louis XVI
Louis XV
Chinese Chippendale
Chippendale
Gothic
Other styles or complete equipments will be made
to special order.
iV. TMC INSTPUMCHT Of QUALITY
^9^^T CLEAR AS A BCLL
GEORGE E. BRIGHTSON, President
Executive Offices: 279 Broadway, New York.
New York Demonstration Salons: Fifth Avenue at
53rd Street and 50 Broadway, (Standard Arcade).
Phila.: 1311 Walnut Street. Toronto: Ryrie Bldg.
The Highest Class
Talking Machine in the World
1
1
1
1
1
1
i
i
n
» J!
:i
182
The ART WORLD and ARTS & DECORATION
January, 19ift
MAGGS BROTHERS
34 & 35 Conduit Street; New Bond Street
LONDON ENGLAND
CARRY ONEJOF THE LARGEST AND
CHOICEST STOCKS IN ENGLAND OF
FINE AND 'RARE
BOOKS, PRINTS
AND
AUTOGRAPHS
Illustrated Catalogues in each department
regularly issued
These Catalogues appeal especially to the
Connoisseur, Collector and Antiquarian
Customers "desiderata" searched
for and reported free of charge
Shipments to America every week
ITEMS OF RARITY AND INTEREST ALWAYS
GLADLY PURCHASED
Established over fifty years
E- PDUTTON • &COMPANY.
68lf I fTH AVENUE
NEW-YOeH.gBBq
ESTABLISHED |8s2-
Best Printed and Limited Standard Sets.
Fine Bindings.
Art Books for Connoisseurs.
We make a specialty of supplying libraries for private
homes, giving expert advice as to the selection of
authors and editions. Books so chosen by us not only
cover representative literature,but are also an excellent
investment.
'Desiderata' reported on free of charge
^Cataloguing and Arranging
and Valuing Libraries
NOTES OF THE BOOK WORLD
(Continued from page 142)
copy of an antique book is in a fine state of preser-
vation, its value is greatly enhanced commercially.
Therefore the best preserved books and manu-
scripts command the highest prices when brought
to the auction mart, although some experts claim
that the value of a rare literary work should be
determined solely by its scarcity, regardless of
condition.
One is naturally impressed with the good condi-
tion of valuable works of literature which have
been handed down for centuries. It shows that the
former owners had high regard for their literary
treasures, and that they took care of the master-
pieces in their possession.
LONDON LITERARY SALES
The third portion of a famous collection of auto-
graph letters and historical manuscripts was dis-
persed at Sotheby's in London last month. It was
the collection formed by the late Alfred Morrison
and included a fine series of letters from Dean
Sw r ift to the Lord Mayor of London, and notable
letters from Shelley. One of the Shelley letters
was the last one written by the author from Lerici,
Italy.
A letter of special interest was in the handwriting
of Thackeray, and dated Paris, December 27, 1858.
It was written by the novelist to Captain Atkinson
thanking him for his book (perhaps George
Francklyn Atkinson's "Curry and Rice," on forty
plates, issued about this time). In it Thackeray
referred to the critics of Printing House Square
as follows : "They are artful and inscrutable and
a request for a notice might bring a slasher down
upon you such as I once had in the Times." Even
Thackeray had experiences with the critics, and his
little note of warning gave a certain zest to the
London literary sale.
The London literary sales season has brought a
number of collections into the market, and Bernard
Quaritch is again to the fore as a successful bidder
for rare volumes.
At the sale of the first portion of the W. J.
Leighton library at Sotheby's, the Shakespeare
folios proved a feature. A slightly defective copy
of the second folio with Smethwick's title brought
$1,025, and another with the Hawkins title page
was sold for $650. Both copies were obtained by
Bernard Quaritch.
A number of interesting items are included in a
recent catalogue issued by James F. Drake, and
devoted to early and modern rare volumes. How
the pirates sailed the high seas and performed un-^,
paralleled exploits is revealed in "The Buccaniers
of America ; or, a true account of the most remark-
iiillllllllllllll
i
R^T 5
i- 'I'::'
BURLINGAMt
PUBLIC LIBRARY
480 Primrow Road
January, 1919
The ART WORLD and ARTS & DECORATION
183
able assaults committed of late years upon the
coasts of the West Indies by the Buccaniers of
Jamaica and Tortuga, both English and French,"
by John Esquemeling. It is a scarce first edition
with London imprint, 1684-85, and is illustrated
with large portraits of Captain Morgan, whose
exploits are featured in the story of the "Buc-
caniers," some rare maps of South America and
The library of the late A. F. Bandelier, archaeolo-
gist and explorer, which included many volumes
pertaining to travels, research and history of both
North America and Spanish America, was dispersed
last month at the Walpole Galleries.
Mr. Bandelier formed the valuable collection of
Peruvian and Bolivian antiquities in the American
Museum of Natural History.
His library brought $2,200 from a sale of two
sessions.
At the annual meeting of the Society of Wash-
ington Artists, the resignation of Richard N.
Brooke, President for a number of years, was
accepted.
George Julian Zolmay was elected to fill the
vacancy, and Miss S. S. Munroe was chosen vice-
president.
The members of the Society are preparing for
their annual exhibition in February.
PAINTING PAST AND PRESENT
(Continued from page 162)
this they have sacrificed the richest and most
potent colors of the palette !
The early painters created true luminosity and
brilliancy by applying the transparent color over
a light ground. This produced a scale of colors
unknown in the use of admixtures of white. The
present painter produces an illusion of the luminous
through the use of graduated contrasts (chiaros-
curo) and the stimulation of the eye through the
use of complementary colors placed in juxtaposi-
tion (impressionism). The use of transparent
color necessitated a complete rendering of the form
in more or less monotone before being applied.
This was known as "dead coloring." Thus the
method required precise definition of form. If the
painter could not visualize his objects truly, he
must, nevertheless, represent them precisely. He
could not lay the veil of color without the under-
lying form. Therefore, while ancient art is char-
acterized by clearly - defined forms, modern art is
characterized by uncertainty and vagueness. The
modern creates an illusion of the fact or effect
only at a given distance from the picture. This
was foreign to the ancient mind as well as to the
ancient method. The ancient insisted on making
;iniii!iii!iji:iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii]i!iH
Annual
Stock-taking Sale
Beg to announce that dur-
ing January and February
they will make reductions
of from 10 to 50 per cent,
on a great number of Din-
ner Sets, Plates, Cups and
Saucers, Bric-a-Brac, Glass
in Sets, odd Dozens and
Single Pieces.
Fifth Ave. &- 30th St.
New York City
j
ames
F. Drak
Incorporated
BOOKS OF RARITY
EarhJ) English Literature
First Editions
Sporting Books
Colored Plate Books
Association Books
Autographs and Manuscripts
Catalogues upon request
J*
Four West Fortieth Street New York
J:
tilings clear; the modern "lories in the vague and
uncertain. This he calls suggestion. It is pro-
duced largely by clever manipulation of texture
and chiaroscuro. Texture is a purely modern
trick to create an illusion of the object. It often
masquerades under the name of "force."
Inasmuch as the modern would be free to express
himself his method must also be free. But freedom
in method means simply lack of method. Thus
while the ancient loved order and method, clarity
and precision, the modern loves disorder and
chance, suggestion and indecision.
Mood has only a modern meaning. It is as
vague and uncertain as the means of reproducing.
It is subject to whim and fancy. It is often pro-
duced by artificial stimulants, and, being unnatural,
is a sign of decadence. Pictures painted for per-
sonal pleasure depending upon the mood of the
moment are uncertain and uneven. In conse-
quence, much in modern painting revolves in a
vicious circle — a series of actions and reactions.
Art becomes faddish and sensational.
But the picture painted for a given place to
satisfy a given purpose is not to be judged as an
abstract and isolated work of art and is not so
subject to the uncertain muse and mood of the
painter. On the contrary, as we have seen, limita-
tions and specified conditions make for definition
and precision. This stimulates the true imagina-
tion and creative power of the artist. "The laws
are its wings, they do not keep it weighed down,
they carry it to freedom."
To conclude, therefore, the art of the future will
gain in invention and imagination when it works
with more definite ideas, ideas least subject to the
personal and the particular.
The picture painted to decorate a given place
must in consequence produce its effect principally
in the realm of design — the harmonious arrange-
ment of forms and colors in relation to the theme
or idea. It is in the realm of design that modern
art has been least interesting and inventive. The
recent revival in the general decoration of the
interior, the added interest in furnishing, must
ultimately result in considering the picture in rela-
tion to this new environment. This is already
seen in an awakened attention given to the design-
ing of picture frames, which have heretofore been
accepted without special consideration.
In conclusion, it is safe to say that the art of
the future will be less realistic in its tendency ;
that truth to nature will not be the sole criterion ;
but that the interest and expression will be more
concerned with the design, with rhythm and balance,
and with color used as a means of expressing ideas
in relation to, and in harmony with, a particular
place for a particular purpose.
EXHIBITION
"f
8arly Qhinese zArt
COMPRISING IMPORTANT EXAMPLES OF
Old Chinese Porcelain
Early Chinese Sculptures and Pottery
Rare Persian Faience
IN THE GALLERIES OF
'Parish- JVatson & Co.'""
OLD CHINESE PORCELAIN
560 Fifth ^Avenue, V\U\v York^
Enttance to the Galleries, as hitherto, through
Tireicer & Co., or by way of Forty-Sixth Street
A R^T 5
k A
BURLINGAMt
PUBLIC LIBRARY
480 Primro» Road
January, 1919
The ART WORLD and ARTS & DECORATION
185
This is a SAMPLE page
from the January 1919
issue of
THE TOUCHSTONE
and American Art Student
MAGAZINE
Mary Fanton Roberts, Editor
ON
LEAVE.
BY
STEINLEN.
■ SI
TEINLEN, THE ARTIST OF
FRENCH DEMOCRACY: BY MARY
FANTON ROBERTS
WAR pictures can be done in two ways — one
for the sake of dramatic effect, the other
for the sake of humanity. The latter is
Steinlen's way, a very simple way. He sees in
war what every man sees. He knows it can be
made a swashbuckling spectacle, that he could center his interest on
horses and trappings, brilliant uniforms and great pageants. This is
not Steinlen's way. All this is external. He reaches the world through
his heart, his work expresses all humanity with a profound understand-
ing and pity.
The fundamental basis of Steinlen's inspiration is pity, an infi-
nite understanding, an infinite commiseration for the world, expressed
with gravity and strength, absolutely without sentimentality, but with
every shade of tenderness and delicacy. His is a pity for humanity
that is almost naive. It encompassed his art in Paris before The War
when he drew the women of the streets, drawing them never with
cruelty or criticism or a sense of superiority, always with a love of
humanity saturating his work, rendering it infinitely truthful, infinitely
beautiful.
There may be other artists as great technicians as Steinlen. Is
there another who encompasses the suffering world with his under-
standing, who has so completely opened his heart to the sorrows that
have enveloped all humanity this last four years?
If it is possible to divide artists interested in war into military
painters and war painters, Steinlen must be classed as a painter of
war in the biggest sense, with all its heights and depths, its beauty and
misery. In all his work the Man who inspires
him is "The Man of Sorrows," the Man who sym-
bolizes the great Poletariat. The suffering, the
wretched, the resigned all figure in a compassion
that seems boundless.
In a spirit like Steinlen, an intelligence di-
rected by the heart, it is not necessary to pass in
his work from the social life to the war life. To
him there is no difference; the social attributes
including love, sorrow, the death of mankind, the
birth of children all figure in his art of the
trenches, the purely military display has not in-
terested him. What he knows, is the man leaving
\
\
Special
Offer
292
— \
The Outstanding Popular
Art Magazine of To-day
$1
00
Four Big Spring Issues <£ •%
Feb., Mch.,Apl.,May , PJ
and Jan. if you Mai) Coupon To-day
00
The TOUCHSTONE
and American Art Student
MAGAZINE
1X8-120 E. 30th St., New York
Gentlemen: Enclosed find $1.00. Send me
four big spring issues, Feb., Mch., Apr., May.
(Jan. issue to be included if this reaches you
before Feb. 10th
Name
Street
City State.
A. & D.
186
The ART WORLD and ARTS & DECORATION'
anuary,
Bronze MemowalTablets"^
Designs. Estimates, Illustrated Booklet Free
Jno.Williams.Inc. Bronze Foundry (Est. 1875)
555 West 27I^Street.New"YorkCity
SAT IN OVER
GALLERIES
IMPORTERS
OF
SELECTED
OLD MASTERS
OBJECTS of ART
Illustrated Booklet on request
17 West 56th Street
NEW YORK
"HEARTH - FIRE" EQUIPMENT
For the practical and
suitable
FURNISHING
of the
FIREPLACE
Appropriate for Gifts
Catalog free on request
Your Architect Should
Plan Your Building Now
Colonial Fireplace Company
* Everything for the Fireplace*
4620 W. 12th Street
CHICAGO
RTNER OF ARCKFTECftfRE
"Good OAK FURNITURE is more nearly 'boy-
proof than any other equallv fine cabinet-wood."
AMERICAN OAK MFRS. ASSN. answers all
letters. Addr. 1403, 14 Main St., Memphis, Tenn.
ANTIQUE
SHOP
LaPLACE
Objects of Art, Curios, Rare Old Crystals and
Sheffield Plate, Period Furniture and Replicas
242 Fifth Ave.
near. W. 28th St., N.Y.
DANIEL ADAMS,
Mgr.
11 East 48th St.
near Fifth Ave.
R. H. KINGSBUKY
Mgr.
/^
FAMOUS
FOP, A GENERATION
HOLLAND HOUSE
WILLARD H. BARSE. Lessee
Fifth Avenue at 30th Street
(Avenue des Allies)
NEW YORK
Room Tariffs Conform to Government
Recommendations.
HOAJL-: FURNISHINGS PRODUC-
TION
A Part of America's Reconstruction Job
THE words industrial art imply the
relation of art to industrial or
mechanical production, which in
daily parlance signifies the relation of
appealing form and color to utility. They
mean that usefulness, while remaining
an essential objective, is shorn of its
ability to contribute to cultural progress
if it is not made sufficiently attractive to
contribute pleasure to human environ-
ment. This relation between industry
and art is embraced in the word design,
a type of thinking that Americans have
been too ready to let others do for them
these many years.
While counting upon mass production
as a quick road to large figures on our
national ledger, we have not been far-
sighted enough to discover that mass
alone becomes an obstacle in all articles
which constitute our domestic surround-
ings, if a constant and consistenly grow-
ing appeal does not form a part of its
reason for being. The exact value to be
placed upon the material and the design
we have for many decades gauged in-
correctly. The gloss of surface carving
will not pass for design. The gimcrack
assortment of motives which is the
merest filmy cloak for the structural con-
ception identical in all styles unless re-
lated to every guiding line in the piece ;
the gathering of suggestion repeatedly
from books — and usually from poor
books or designs themselves copied from
others of their own ilk without recourse
to originals — brings about a stalemate in
design. Execution improves, design lags.
Execution, methods of manufacture,
cannot supplant design ; they can only
facilitate design. Without design they
, serve requirements of utility only and
might as well be diverted to merely
mechanical objectives in which appeal to
the mind through the eye or sense of
touch is the least consideration. Objects
of industrial art without an adequate in-
spiration in design serve their function
as well as a piano played when out of
tune.
American business men are known to
be shrewd, yet their shrewdness is too
momentary in its application. In the
great field of the industrial arts com-
manding an outlay of $500,000,000 each
year these very business men have not
taken thought for the future. They wail
for the designers that Europe has re-
called, they lament the fate of American
furniture, and turn around to make just
what they have made before with a
minimum improvement on the plea that
design is too expensive, whereas correct
reasoning would show that good design
is an investment costing less than any
other single factor in industrial arts pro-
duction when considered in terms of ul-
timate cash returns.
There is but one help for manufac-
turers in the industrial arts field — only
one : education. They must educate de-
(Continued on page 190)
JAPAN ART STUDIO
Oriental
Decorators
'Fine Lacquer
Work
Repair of Art
Objects
562 Lexington Ave., Near 50th St.
Phone. Plaza 4538 NEW YORK CITY
^.
Valuable Furniture.
Screen, Porcelain,
Pottery, Plaster,
Ivory, Woo*!, Stone
Metal, Cloisonne.
Tapestry, Brocade.
Etc.
■.■■■iiii ■■ mniiiiiiiiiiiiiiii ■ v i
R^T 5
V A
BURLINGAMt
PUBLIC LIBRARY
480 Primros* Road
anuary, 1919
The -ART WORLD and ARTS & DECORATION
187
liiu i> miiiumi iiiiiiimiii miiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii iiiiiiiiiiii i mil i i in iiiiiiii iiii ii i in i i i i mi nin i mm iiimimm iiiiinii iiiiiiiiiiimimimimimiiiimiimmii
iibuiiii linn i iiiiiiii urn imiiiii urn n iiiiiiii n mimiiiiii i mini mi i n ■■ m imiuiii i nun
Reproduction of an
Early English Table
Art in Interior Decoration
Qccor&tionc
Uurniture
^ta]i
UtoJp^
( / C~ZX&ngings
^Antiques
O Park Ave at40'i' St. 'New^ybrk
is as essential to the proper ornamentation and furnish-
ing of a dwelling as is architectural skill to the con-
struction of the building itself. No layman would
presume to erect a house without employing the
services of a professional architect; — no more should
the advice of a specialist.
Mr. Hutaff, whose fine interiors have attracted much
attention in exclusive decorative circles, may be con-
sulted at the Hutaff Galleries, where a permanent ex-
hibition of rare furniture and decorative accessories is
maintained.
iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiinii
lllllllllllllllllllll
i : : :i ■:■ m- Ei - : i :. .: :i ': 'M ■!!: ii'i i, '.;.!!.!i; !, i, m i i, ■,. !. .;, :i ; ii. 1. 1- 1. . i; m.:^ !i ii ■! :i. ;: ■>; i : i. ;i i, m i, .i ,h .:■ i -,. :; : ,- :i i: ■,. i, n ■!. m .1 :ii, ii :. :i.:i. m m. iii-:i: ii :: n. n .ii :; i; :i n :: :i. ii M- m :■: ■' >; 'i- 1: ;'■ 1. 1; -i: : ii: n - ii h.mi- r m i--^
BDSTERS
A CRITICAL STUDY OF
THE DEVELOPMENT OF
POSTER DESIGN IN
CONTINENTAL EUROPE,
ENGLAND AND AMERICA
By CHARLES MATLACK PRICE
(Chairman, Board of Judges, Ship Poster Competition, One of the Judges of the W. S. S. Poster Competition;
Newark Prise Poster Competition, etc., etc.)
The first definite American treatise on poster design and the most valuable contribution of recent years to the
literature of the Graphic Arts. Of particular importance at this time when artists everywhere are devoting their
best thought to the creation of war-winning posters. The book should be in every library and school and in the
hands of artists and students who aim to master the fundamentals of poster design.
Illustrated with 42 full-page Poster Reproductions in Colors and 120 in Monotone
"A veritable international exhibition of poster art in one
volume." School Arts Magazine.
"Occupies a place quite by itself among treatises on the
minor fine arts. ... It developes the underlying principles in-
volved in poster design with the greatest clearness." The
Studio.
"It is our chief source for direction in our poster design
course." Art Director, Fairmount College.
"A source of constant inspiration, brimful of suggestion. ...
It is well that a serious discussion, and authoritative treatise,
should at last be accessible to those who are called upon to
work in or to judge of poster design. Aside from its practical
value to artists, editors and the advertising fraternity, in its
exposition of all that is best in poster design as applied to adver-
tising art, it is mechanically one of the finest publications of the
year." (The Poster, Chicago.)
POPULAR EDITION 402 P a £ es . 7JixlO!^ inches, substantially bound in blue cloth. Ill
***** * »v«ri^ $6.50 net, postage extra (weight packed for shipping five pounds)
Illustrations hand mounted. Price
DE LUXE EDITION-
the author.
A few copies remain of the original edition, limited to 250 numbered copies, handsomely bound in
Gold Stamped Art Buckram, printed on deckled edge paper with tinted end papers. Signed by
Prized by collectors of fine books. Price $25.00 net.
GEORGE W. BRICKA, Publisher, 114-120 East 28th St., New York
188
The ART WORLD and ARTS & DECORATION
January, 1919
c.
Ik "A sheet of it will defy you to put it
out of business." — Alonzo Kimball.
w
ATER COLOR paper always means 'What-
man' to me and a hot pressed sheet of it
will stand anything and defy you to put
it out of business. I know, for I've enjoyed using it
and it's a good, reliable friend.
"To ask me what I think and know about 'What-
man' is like asking me what I know about
'Sterling' or whether 2x2=4. They are in the same
category. I've been brought up to know that all
three are proved facts in their dif-
ferent lines and all three can be
depended upon. To advertise
'Whatman' it is only necessary to
write a eulogy on water-color paper.
DRAWING PAPERS
— for a century and a half the preferred paper of master and
student alike. Get- at your dealer's — the kind that will best
bring out your technique.
H. REEVE ANGEL & CO. Inc., 7-11 Spruce Street, New York
Sole Importers for the United States
"From Raw Material to Finished Product Made Under
Allied Colours"
Mat Water
Colours
"'A*
Opaque for
poster - work.
Takes the
place of
Tempera
Colour.
Also put
up in
pots
°* &" The
utmost
degree
of rich-
ness is
attained,
compatible
with an even
effect It lays
flat. The assort-
ment of hues is
representative.
A Colour Chart on
Request.
Ask Your Dealer for
our Colours or Write
for Art Catalog "A"
VRWR
W J "AftSPOOOAT AflTlttCCIT' M. IN L*V T%
cm
31 EajtI7 ,k St.
YORK, N.Y.
THE EDWIN BOOTH MEMORIAL
(Continued from page 147)
a modelling "stunt," thus hiding the man Booth and
parading the "technician" Ouinn — a practise so
dear and so fatal to the aberrated ego-diseased
modernists of every degree of kow-towing to the
fetish of "individualism gone mad."
And yet the modelling shows a manner, one that
is sufficiently Quinn's own to be recognized as not
being that of any other sculptor. It is Quinn's
manner, expressed with that Greek restraint which
will more and more make it appeal to the wise,
even if those outside the fold of sculptors fail to
see it. It is this patent restraint which will help
the work to grow in our affections.
Then the statue is socially good. For it shows
Booth as a most sympathetic, poetic and lovable
man, and in the role of Hamlet, his greatest achieve-
ment, in which he charmed thousands by his un-
forgetable rendering of that great role.
Finally the statue is composed with so much
grace of line, charm of light and shade, unity of
form and movement, which invests it with an exalt-
ing style that it is beautiful. Hence, it measures up
in a high degree to the demands of the fundamentals
of all enduring art: it is True, Good and Beautiful.
We congratulate Quinn on his masterly creation ;
we rejoice with The Players in their good luck —
for it is some luck for even a great sculptor to
achieve a success, seeing that even the greatest of
them have in the past made grievous failures, along
with great success.
The next thing to do now, and soon, is to open
the gates of Gramercy Park to the public on every
Sunday and holiday, from 1 to S p. m., so that every-
one can at least pass through the Park and enjoy
the statue in passing from 20th to 2tst Streets,
during which time, if need be, two ropes could be
stretched across the Park, or, two policemen could
be there to see that the public will do no more than
pass through this private park between those hours.
For so good a statue of so lovable a man should
not be "hidden under a bushel" nor screened behind
a fence a hundred feet away, through which it can
scarcely be seen to advantage. This will not be a
hardship to those whose property rights in this
"private park" can be exercised to the full during
the rest of the week.
Finally, let The Players appoint a standing com-
mittee whose duty it shall be to always look after
and care for this statue of the great-hearted artist
who founded their Club and gave them their charm-
ing club house, facing this statue, and which is their
home, and to see to it that the statue is always kept
clean and surrounded with flowers.
Let such a committee be an example to the rest
of the country in showing that it is not enough to
erect a statue to one whom we love, but that we
should keep it always fresh and bright with flowers.
^ii i iiii : ,
'.■" i.
A R^T 5
I-, 1 .,:.;'.-.
liiMiiiiiiiin.nii'r
BURUNGAMt
PUBLIC LIBRARY
480 Primrow Ro«d
January, 1019
The* ART WORLD and ARTS & DECORATION
189
DEVOE
Artists' Oil Colors in Tubes
Are prepared from carefully
selected pigments — thoroughly in-
corporated with the purest oil —
single and double size tubes. Used
and endorsed by leading artists.
At the request of a number
of prominent artists we are
now putting up a line of
Devoe Artists' Oil Colors
in studio size tubes.
Canvas, Academy Boards, Brushes,
Water Colors, Artists' Materials, &c.
Write for Pamphlet on Our
New Equalized Spectrum Colors
The Oldest and Largest Color Makers in America
ESTABLISHED 1754
DEVOE & RAYNOLDS CO., Inc.
NEW YORK CHICAGO KANSAS CITY NEW ORLEANS
GOLDSMITHS
CRAFT WORKERS
Material and Findings
In Gold and Silver
m
Write for Catalog
HERPERS BROS.
New York City and Newark, N. J
PASTELS
Soft and Half-Hard Pastels for artists in
over 500 shades. Noted for the richness
and delicacy of their tints. The only really
artists' quality Pastels made in America.
Equal to the best foreign makes and much
cheaper in price. Put up one dozen sticks
to the box, single or assorted shades, and
in outfits and assortments of all sizes up to
300 to the box.
..,,_., .-
SPECIALLY PREPARED PAPERS, BOARDS
and CANVASES for Pastel Painting. "TREA-
TISE ON PASTEL PAINTING," by Goupil,
postpaid, 50c.
Catalogue and sample book on request
Special rates to Schools
Everything for the Painter, Designer, Commer-
cial Artist and Architect
F. WEBER & CO.
Manufacturers
PHILADELPHIA
St. Louis, Mo. Baltimore, Md.
Through your regular dealer or direct.
WORLD and ARTS & DECORATION'
January, 1919
YALE SCHOOL OF THE FINE ARTS
YALE UNIVERSITY, NEW HAVEN, CONN.
SERGEANT KENDALL. Director
DEPARTMENTS OF DRAWING AND PAINTING
SCULPTURE AND ARCHITECTURE
CLASSES IN COMPOSITION. ANATOMY AND PERSPECTIVE
FACULTY — Painting — Sergeant
Kendall. Drawing — Edwin C. Tay-
lor, G. H. Langzettel, T. Diedrick-
sen, Jr. Sculpture — Robert G.
Eberhard. Architecture — Everett
V. Meeks, Franklin J. Walls, A.
Kingsley Porter. Composition,
Perspective — Edwin C. Taylor.
Anatomy — Raynham Townshend,
M.D.
DEGREE — The degree of Bache-
lor of Fine Arts (B.F.A.) is
awarded for advanced work of
distinction.
The Winchester Fellowship for
one year's study of art in Europe,
the English Scholarship for study
of art and travel in Europe during
the summer vacation, and School
Scholarships are awarded annually.
Illustrated Catalogue: Address G. H. LANGZETTEL. Secretary
MARTINI
TEMPERA
DISTRIBUTED INTHE UNITED STATES BY
FAVDR--RUHL&'C2 47.W23ST. NEWYOEKN.Y
r And 425 S. Wabash Ave., Chicago
HIGGINS'
DRAWING INKS
ETERNAL WRITING INK
ENGROSSING INK
TAURINE MUCILAGE
PHOTO-MOUNTER PASTE
DRAWING-BOARD PASTE
LIQUID PASTE
OFFICE PASTE
VEGETABLE GLUE. ETC.
ARE THE FINEST AND BEST INKS
AND ADHESIVES
Emancipate yourself from the
use of corrosive and ill-
smelling inks and adheaives
and adopt the Hifrias Inks
and Adheurss. They will be a
revelation to you, they are so
sweet, clean and well put up.
At Dealers Generally
Chas. M. Higgint &Co., Mfrs
271 Niatk Street. Brooklyn. N. Y.
Branches: Chicago, London
IF YOU WISH TO STUDY ART
and have any doubt as to the best school for your
requirements ; the location of schools nearest your
home ; the tuition of any school, etc., or any other
question, write to School Information Bureau
ART WORLD and ARTS & DECORATION
470 Fourth Avenue New York City
HOME FURNISHINGS
PRODU< TION
{Continued from page 186)
signers, they must establish schools for
training designers, they must realize that
design is a cash asset, an all-for-business
investment in every piece they turn out,
in every yard of goods they print or
weave. They must appreciate that de-
sign does not mean "fancy" pieces or
over-elaboration. In short, they must
come to the conviction that design means
quality and that only good design com-
mands a good price. Birch is not ma-
hogany; garish convolutions are not or-
nament. Refinement is the index of taste
and taste is the keynote of American
industrial advance. Education points out
the difference between the artistic pro-
gress of France and the industrial art
stalemate of America.
In many branches of life men have
seen the salvation of their business en-
terprises in the training of those to
whom they pay salaries. In the indus-
trial arts field the voice of not one manu-
facturer has been heard in favor of
schools to teach designers. Rather a
million dollars for mass output to achieve
large selling-figures now than five thou-
sand dollars toward a school whose hu-
man product will make the one million
into ten within a few years. Rather hun-
dreds of thousands of inferior designs
to serve as drugs for American taste
than a few hundreds of high-quality de-
signs that will gain for us the inter-
national respect without which our pro-
duct will command no price abroad.
Rather self-seeking individual factory
output than unified patriotic endeavor
for the good of America.
Schools we must have — in every
branch of industrial art production we
must have school training as a feeder
for the factory of the future. Designers
will surely always come up from the
ranks, but if there are potential designers
in the ranks of factory hands, they de-
serve the chance to make the journey
toward a designer's salary by the line of
least resistance.
The school is a part of the factory, and
the fact that it is not under the same
roof with the machinery of production
does not alter this truth. To hesitate to
train designers to turn out the best for
the American market is to waste mate-
rial, to waste effort, to waste money, to
waste the precious time which we have
lost in depending upon Europe so long.
To the manufacturer we say: The
schools you help to found now will not
thank you for your patronage, for you
will be doing yourself a favor in con-
tributing to their support. In founding
schools you are simply putting money in
bank. They will return many times your
cash investment. They will bring you
designers capable of raising American
standards to an eminent position among
nations. Is it worth while to help your-
self? Is it worth while to help your field
of production? Is it worth while to help
America?
By all means let education do the job —
let "schools, schools, always schools" be
your slogan, and let us have these
schools now. Every day lost is a handi-
cap. If you have faith in the future of
American industrial art, build for that
future. Do it now.
And while the schools are being put
under way, the educational values of
museums must not be ignored. Prac-
tically all of our museums maintaining
collections in any of the industrial arts
R^T 5
BURLINGAMt
PUBLIC LIBRARY
480 PrimroM Road
January 1919
The- AftT WORLD and ARTS & DECORATION
191
tiekls have made many efforts to reach
designers, to appeal to manufacturers, to
establish the business value of design.
To develop design without the use of the
museum is to study chemistry without
laboratory.
Thus the Metropolitan Museum of Art
is a large central laboratory for the de-
signers and manufacturers of the metro-
politan district. In fact, its lines of ef-
fort reach to remote corners of the
country. It maintains lending collections
of many kinds — photographs, lantern-
slides, maps, charts, actual samples of
textiles and laces, casts and even post-
cards. It distributes annually many
thousands of photographs which are
used directly for working up designs in
the designing rooms of industrial arts
producing plants, the cost of such photo-
graphs being so nominal a consideration
that that department of the Museum is
constantly overworked. In the Museum
building it maintains enormous collec-
tions of direct value to men in the prac-
tical fields, a convenient textile study-
room, ten thousand samples of textile
art of all times, many costumes — this
much in the textile field alone. The en-
tire collection of industrial arts objects
embraced under the general title of dec-
orative arts number fitty thousand.
There are published a large number of
bulletins and leaflets describing the work
of the Museum in the educational field.
These are widely distributed in many
thousands each year.
There is maintained a docent service
involving the entire time of three Mu-
seum instructors engaged in bringing
home to visitors of all' kinds and classes
• the value of individual pieces or of en-
tire collections. There are given an-
nually several courses of public lectures.
There is maintained for the benefit of
manufacturers, designers, craftsmen and
artisans a special department in charge
of an experienced chief whose office it is
to make the collections directly acces-
sible to assist in finding suggestions, rec-
ommending developments in design, and
in general, in working out the direct in-
fluence of the finest things of all times
for the greater good of American design
in the present.
The Metropolitan Museum regards it
as the sincerest form of war-time effort
to contribute in this way toward the
steady development of the arts of peace
in anticipation of commercial rivalry
during the reconstruction that will surely
follow the world conflict. In Washing-
ton legislators have given thought to
methods of steadying our lives when the
job over there is finished. They have
foreseen that we must now prepare those
counter-weights which will help to bring
us back to an even keel. Among these
counter-weights, the arts will play a lead-
ing part. In order that they may assist
in making comfortable, convenient, and
attractive the environment of our re-
turning fighters, in order that they may
assure the predominance of America in
the industrial arts producing field, manu-
facturers must give thought to the edu-
cation of designers.
Alter the War, What — In Art
Preparation for the Art Trades is Essential
to Economic and Ethical National Efficiency
NEW YORK SCHOOL OF FINE AND APPLIEdIrT
FRANK ALVAH PARSONS, Pres. SUMMER SESSION, JULY 6
Specially arranged industrial art courses. Interior Decoration, Poster
Advertising, Costume Design, Illustration, Textile Design and other
industrial art subjects. Life Drawing and Painting.
Circulars, March 1st.
S. F. BISSELL, Sec, 2239 Broadway, N. Y.
MUDY^^BKTARTSCrFl-^rACiriCCOAST
-' --,■•
u
gARTS^CRAnC
ITtTI »CCFtDITtD
(fe£M
I tllOAltWON^wy B EfV KELEl CALIFOB Nl
WHITE, FOR ILLUSTRATED CATALOC
Washington University
ST. LOUIS SCHOOL
Z of FINE ARTS
Fully equipped to give
instruction in Drawing,
Ceramic-Decoration, Pot-
tery, Painting, Applied
Arts, Composition, Mod-
eling, Bookbinding, Crafts
Illustration. Interior dec-
oration.
For full information and
free illustrated handbook!
apply to
E. H. WUERPEL, Director
45th year. Next term opens September 23, 1918.
Skinkcr Road and Lindell Boulevard, St. Louis. Mo.
students
fl MAGAZINE
Publishes cash.
art assignments,
lessons and articles on Car-
tooning, Designing. Illustrating,
Lettering, and Chalk-Talking. Crit-
icises amateurs' work. Full of in-
teresting and helpful information
for artists and art students. Satisfactory or
money refunded. 10 cents a copy, SI a year.
Send $1 NOW, stamps or bill. <
STUDENTS ART MAGAZlNE.Depl. 419, Kalamazoo. Mich.
NEW HOTEL BINGHAM
PHILADELPHIA
In the center of everything.
Large, well lighted and com-
fortable rooms. Hot and cold
running water in every room.
Only hotel having direct Sub-
way connection with all railroad
stations and ferries. Roof gar-
den. Club breakfast. Special
luncheons. Rooms without
bath, $1.50; with bath, $2.00 per
day and up.
FRANK KIMBLE, Manager.
far waft movktta
CUT ANY SIZE UP TO A WHOLE SKIN
A Stamp will bring a Sample Card
W. A. HALL, 119 Beach Street ■ ■ BOSTON
JAP-ART BRUSH CO., 154 Nassau Street, New }ork
Rembrandt
Colore
MADE IN HOLLAND
Pure-Brill i ant-Permanent
TALENS & SON, Apeldoorn, Holland
American Office, Irvington, N. J.
^
/
192
The ART WORLD and ARTS & DECORATION
January, 1919
Well chosen decora-
tive accessories are
of paramount im-
portance.
Distinctive Homes
are not necessarily the most expensive — to
create them, thought, individuality and
most of all suggestions are needed.
In order that this publication may be of
the greatest possible benefit to its readers
the publishers invite inquiries regarding any
of the varied problems of interior decorating
and furnishing or any other phase of the fine
arts. The Service Department is constantly
in touch with the sources of information
upon any of these subjects and will gladly aid *>■*'& Deration cangiv*
" * CT J you hundreds of such
any reader. suggestions
Properly selected deco-
rative accessories often
give your homes that
touch of individuality
which raises it from
the commonplace to
the distinctive. The
service department can
be of inestimable help
to you in this respect.
The service department can be of great help
in selecting antiques and reproductions.
In the Arts and Dec-
oration Library can
be found any informa-
tion you may need
about art. If any
question arises which
you cannot answer
write to the service de-
partment and let us
help you.
L.et us off er you some valuable
suggestions in the selection
of prims
The service department will act not only in an ad-
visory capacity to the readers of Arts and Decoration,
but also as their purchasing agent in New York. The
magazine has no affiliations with any decorator or
dealer in furniture, rugs, antiques or other house fit-
ments and may therefore be followed with absolute
surety.
There is no charge for this service and those desiring
decorative schemes or suggestions for furnishing and
decorating either an entire house or a single room are
invited to write to Department of Decorative Service,
The Art World and Arts and Decoration, 470
Fourth Avenue, New York City.
A R^T 5
DECORA
BURLINGAMt
PUBLIC LIBRARY
180 Primros* Road
OK
FORMERLY
ART WORLD and ARTS &■ DECORATION
35 CENTS
$4 00 THE YEAK
FEBRUARY, 1919
■ jii : :
m
FURNITURE
Furniture Upholstery
Of Chase Mohair Velvets en-
dures generation after gener-
ation -retaining rich appear-
ance after severe use.
MOHAIR: the lustrous fleece
of the Angora goat, having two
and one-half times the strength
of wool — the longest wearing
surface known to the textile
world.
No other upholstery fabric
will please to such an extent
as Chase Mohair Velvets ; they
are cheery and fascinating,
often outlasting the furniture
itself.
BEAUTIFUL — Scores of unique pat-
terns in wonderful, fast colors.
DURABLE— Like treasured heir-
looms in constant use.
SANITARY— The "live," lustrous
fibres are smooth. Dust easily
removed. Can be renovated
without fear of harming.
ECONOMICAL— Because of endur-
ing qualities. The standard for
thirty years.
Ask_ f or samples at your interior
decorator or upholsterer. If he
cannot supply you send us his
name and address and we will
furnish samples.
J"Ae Juxurious lUpholsferrf
Good then (J[ASE Good now
MOHAIR VELVETS
MADEBYSANFORDMILLS
•L-C-CHASE &• CO- -BOSTON-
new YORK. - DETROIT - CHICAGO - SAN FRANCISCO
£eacfers in. t 7Wanu/act'army since 1S4Z
hL Motor-Cars ,
Motor-Car Upholstery
Our forefathers realized the
merits of Chase Mohair Velvets
back in the days of quaint
carriage upholstery — to-day
leading motor-car manufac-
turers have chosen them as
the most satisfactory closed-
car upholstery.
Specify Chase Mohair Velvets
for your new closed car, and
for the re-upholstering of
your old one. Chase Mohair
Vcloets add to the beauty and
comfort of any car.
The unequalled variety of
patterns in fast colors per-
mits a selection which best
harmonizes with the car's
color scheme.
The depth of pile affords
comfort and luxury unknown
to other fabrics.
All wear comes on top ends
of fibres — no wearing out in
spots.
The lasting qualities of Chase
Mohair Velvets make them
economical, and therefore the
most sought upholstery to-day
when everyone is conserving.
Make sure you get genuine
"CHASE." At your interior
decorator's or upholsterer's.
H
"* '
^m
^^M^^^^^SSSSSSS
MAR 21
i*
ruarv, 1919
ARTS and DECO R A T I O X
193
u
1 immiiiitumiH
itmii iiiMiitiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiimiitii
ANNOUNCEMENT
ARTS & DECORATION, with this issue, comes
to you in a new size. Not only is the magazine
improved in appearance, hut the editorial contents
also have a broader and more comprehensive scope.
Previously devoted to art exclusively, you will now
find it also contains special illustrated articles by
acknowledged authorities dealing with
ARCHITECTURE BUILDING
INTERIOR DECORATION
FURNITURE
ARTS & DECORA TION will continue to be the
foremost American authority on Art.
In extending the interest of the magazine it was
necessary for us to enlarge the page size to 10 by 14
inches in order to do full justice to the many illus-
trations which our new editorial policy demands.
A single sentence expresses ARTS & DECORA-
TION : Distinctive homes are not necessarily the
most expensive — to create them, thought, individual-
ity and, most of all, suggestions are needed.
Suggestions for furnishing and decorating either an
entire house or a single room will be gladly supplied
by our Department of Decorative Service.
THE PUBLISHERS.
W
I
194
A R T S and DECORA T I N
February, 1919
11
ARTS & DECORATION
VOLUME X
FEBRUARY 1919
NUMBER 4
CONTENTS
TURQUOISE BLUE JAR WITH HANDLES OF THE K'ANG DYNASTY
(Courtesy Parish-Watson & Co.) Front Cover
LIBRARY IN THE HOME OF HENRY P. DAVISON Frontispiece 196
WYANT— THE NATURE-PAINTER By Eugene V. Brewster 197
WILLIAM SAVERY, THE COLONIAL CABINETMAKER AND
HIS FURNITURE By R. T. Halsey 201
HALLS AND STAIRWAYS By Stanley Mortimer 204
LOOKING-GLASSES OLD AND NEW By Walter A. Dyer 206
ENGLISH FURNITURE IN THE PALMER COLLECTION By Jos. Breck 209
A HOME AT THE WATER'S EDGE 212
WANDERLUST— A Poem By William Griffith 214
PROPER LIGHTING IN THE HOME 215
MUSIC AND ITS SISTER ARTS By Chas. D. Isaacson 216
NOTES OF THE BOOK WORLD By Charles Henry Dorr 220
CONTEMPORARY ITALIAN PAINTINGS By Carlo Siviero 221
A NOTABLE COLLECTION OF PERSIAN POTTERY By Gisselle D'Unger 225
CHINESE PAINTINGS FROM T'ANG TO MING 227
Published Monthly by HEWITT PUBLISHING CORPORATION
470 FOURTH AVENUE, NEW YORK
London: 407 Bank Chambers, Chancery Lane
Subscription $4.00 a year in the United States, Colonies and Mexico. $4.50 in Canada. $5.00 in Foreign
Countries. Single copies 35 cents. Entered as Second Class Matter May 27, 1918, at the Post Office at New
York City, under the Act of March 3, 1879. Copyright 1919 by Hewitt Pub. Corp. Registered U. S. Patent Office.
num. 1919
A R T S and DECOR A TIO X
195
The above is an illustration of a Persian Rug of Sarouk weave, having a deep, rich 'blue ground,
with soft tan, dull red and green shades in the design.
FINE EASTERN RUGS
For Immediate Delivery
The character of the room naturally determines what is correct and
most appropriate in the design of the floor covering.
Our present stock of Antique and Modern Rugs comprises not alone
designs with a wealth of exquisite detail, but also those of a broad and
free treatment of ornament, adapted to rooms of the early English periods.
A very large selection, at no prohibitive cost, is at your disposal. If you
will acquaint us with your needs, we shall describe in detail those Rugs
best fitted to your purpose.
W. & J. SLOANE
Direct Importers of Eastern Rugs
Interior Decorators Floor Coverings and Fabrics Furniture Makers
FIFTH AVENUE AND FORTY^SEVENTH STREET, NEW YORK
WASHINGTON. D. C. "AN FRANCISCO. CAL.
flf
w
fit
«s
•a
196
A RTS and D EC ORATION
illinium i iiiiiuiiiii mm i nun miiiiiiiiiiiiii iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiin wm
Februarj
AN INTERESTING CORNER IN THE LIBRARY
OF HENRY P. DAVIDSON, NEW YORK CITY-
SIMPLICITY AND COMFORT ARE THE OUT-
STANDING FEATURES OF THIS ROOM.
I
.::,;:.::.,.i.
illllilllllllllUllllilllll
R^T S
CORA
"N
Volume X
Formerly ART WORLD and ARTS &- DECORATION
rii!iB:BiBiiiiii]i l !:i,i!iiiiiiiiii:iiTB.iiisiiiii:.iii;ji!iii:Fi];i::r!'s; 1 rrrai ., iKKiiiiiniiininnni iiiibiii»i==
FEBKUAKY. 1919
Number 4
WYANT— THE NATURE^PAINTEK
Bv EUGENE V. BREWSTER
IF one were to ask the average person who were the
three greatest American landscape painters, the answer
would probably be: Inness, first; Wyant, second; and
after that any one of a dozen others, no two persons agree-
ing on the third. Note that we are speaking of "persons"
as the jury — not artists, because all artists have special
favorites, and these favorites may or may not include
Wyant, or even Inness.
If there is a Gallery of American art anywhere that does
not contain a Wyant, it is doubtless because they could not
get one — not because they did not want one. Inness has
become a household word, owing in part to the published
reports of fabulous prices paid for his work ; and the name
of Wyant is rapidly becoming a rival in popularity.
It is probably safe to say that the average person (exclu-
sive of artists, art collectors, and so on) has never heard of
West. Cropsey, Cole, Church, Martin, Ranger, Minor,
Homer, and the like. But who has not heard of Inness
and Wyant? The answer is: Only those who have not
heard of Rosa Bonheur, Raphael, Leonardo da Vinci,
Whistler, and so on — not to mention Blakelock, who has
had unusual and especial publicity. By the same token
millions had never heard of J. Francis Murphy recently,
when one of his paintings brought $16,500 at public auc-
tion. As many a rose is born to blush unseen and waste
its fragrance on the desert air, so many a genius, such as
those mentioned, must often wait till death, or insanity, or
a miracle overtake them before Mr. General Public ac-
claims them.
Since nothing unusual happened to Alexander H. Wyant
to bring him to public attention, and since he never even
painted anything patriotic like "Washington Crossing the
Delaware," nor sensational like "The Temptation of Saint
Anthony," nor religious like "The Last Supper" and Ma-
donnas, nor popular like "The Horse Fair," there must be
something specially appealing in his art. For that matter,
how many men you meet on the street could name the
artists who painted these celebrated pictures?
Not many can name or describe a single painting by
Wyant ; yet nearly everybody knows his name and the
general character of his work. So let us see how this comes
about.
First, a little history and biography. Art did not grow
naturally and spontaneously in America — it had to be trans-
planted. It did not take quick root, for the soil was not
fertile. Benjamin West was the first artist of note to paint
landscapes, but he was primarily a portraitist. Durand
(1796) was really the founder of the landscape- school,
unless it was Doughty or Cole.
After them came Durand 2nd, Casilear and Kensett;
then Addison Richards and Whittredge, and next Cropsey,
Bristol, Sanford R. Clifford, Inness, F. E. Church, Bier-
stadt and McEntee, in the order named. Then came the
younger group of the thirties : Bradford, Mignot, Colman,
William T. Richards, Homer D. Martin, Wyant, Thomas
Mo ran and last, in 1840, R. Swain Gifford. One section
of this group became known as the Hudson River School.
Some of them had been instructed by Cole and Durand,
and every one of them went abroad except Bristol. From
this beginning in American landscape painting, it remained
for three men to begin the erection of a higher and loftier
structure, and these men were Inness, Wyant and Martin.
It is not clear whether Wyant was born in Port Wash-
ington, Ohio, or Defiance, Ohio; and whether the year of
his birth was in 1838 or 1839. Samuel Isham says he was
born the same year as Homer D. Martin, which was 1838,
but "American Art," written in his lifetime, says 1839.
Any way, we know that he was an apprentice of a harness
maker in a small Ohio town, and that during his leisure he
did some sign painting. From early boyhood he showed a
strong liking for drawing, and we are told that without
instruction he learned to reproduce leaves, twigs, stones,
banks and tree trunks with exact nicety.
At the age of twenty he moved to Cincinnati, where he
saw for the first time some paintings of merit. This was
about 1859, when Inness was less than thirty years old,
and long before Inness had "arrived." At this time there
were many artists with a much greater reputation than
/'
198
A RTS and D ECO RAT ION
February, 1919"
■iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiijiiiiii iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii iiiimi i nil iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii i iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii mum i iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii inn iiiiniiiiiiiiii miiKiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiintiiiitiiiitiiiiiiiiitiuiitiiiiiiiiuiiiiiiuB
Courtesy of Henry Reinhardt & Son
A SUMMER LANDSCAPE
A. H. Wyant
Courtesy of Henry Reinhardt & Son
THE APPROACHING STORM
A. H. Wyant
llllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllilillllllli
February, 1919
A R T S and n E COR A T I O N
199
Inness, for example Bierstadt ami Church, who were then
much talked about. But what did voting' Wyant do, but
pick out Inness as his model, ami over the mountains he
went to look him up. He found George [nness at South
Amboy, N. J., and asked his advice, which, of course, was
freely given. Among other things, he must go to Europe —
every artist had to go to Europe, or he was no artist. But
how was he to get there? Tde determined to paint his way.
Returning to Cincinnati, inspired by the work and per-
sonality of the master, he began painting landscapes. And
he found a market for them, and at a fair price. In five
years he had advanced and prospered so well that lie came
to Xew York, preparatory to a trip abroad. This was in
1864, and in the catalogue of the National Academy for
1865 we find his first picture. "A View of the Ohio River."
That year his fondest dream was realized — he found
himself in Europe at last. He decided to try the famous
Diisseldorf instruction, but did not find it much to his
liking. One need not be told that, for a glance at his work
will show that wdiat he learned there did not sink in, as it
did with Bierstadt and others, and it is not difficult to find
in his canvases the impress of Constable and Turner, whose
works he studied arduously when in London, rather than
any influence of the Diisseldorf school.
His particular instructor was Hans Gude, who was at
Karlsruhe. Gude had been a pupil of Aschenbach, who
had "taught him to approach the phenomenon of Nature
boldly and realistically and not to be afraid of a rich and
soft scale of color." He had been strongly influenced by
Schirmer also, who prided himself on the "acquisition of a
certain large harmony and sense for style in the structure
of his pictures, ""which he had observed in the Italian land-
scapes.
Like many instructors, unfortunately, Gude urged young
Wyant to adopt Glide's particular style of handling, but
at this Wyant's independent spirit rebelled, and, conclud-
ing that he had learned all that could properly be taught
by a professor, he returned to America, convinced that
from then on he must be his own teacher.
In passing, it is interesting to note that, while in Europe,
Wyant had an acquaintance with Lessing, of whom he
says: "A strange, silent man, who, when I called on him,
sent his portfolio to me, and went off into the woods shoot-
ing."
Returning to America after a comparatively short stay
in Europe, Wyant settled in New York. In 1868 he was
elected an Associate of the National Academy of Design,
and in 1869 he was given the honor of the right to affix
the letters N.A. after his name, after having exhibited his
"View of the Upper Susquehanna."
In 1873, a calamity befell him. He had long been suffer-
ing from ill health, and, finding himself growing gradually
worse, he was advised to go West. He joined a govern-
ment exploring expedition to Arizona and New Mexico,
which seems to have been about the worst thing he could
have done. He suffered untold hardships, due largely to
the brutality of the leader of the expedition, and this fi-
nally resulted in paralysis. From that time to the day of
his death, he was never free from some bodily discomfort.
lie was obliged to abandon the expedition party and come
Fast. The train he was on passed through the very town
in which his mother lived, but he did not stop off — he
must go on, on, on with his art, and not worry his mother
w;ith his physical condition. If ever a man needed a
mother's care and sympathy, he needed it then; but he
was not the kind to inflict his own sufferings on others nor
to let others share them.
When he arrived in New York, he was a broken man.
But he was still ambitious. He must work. The moun-
tains and streams were beckoning him to come to them. I fe
partly recovered from the paralysis, but never entirely.
One of the most cruel blows it dealt him was complete
and permanent paralysis of the right hand — the 'one he
painted with. Nature is inexplicable and inexorable. Did
she not strike Milton blind, who deserved to see much more
than others, and did she not render Beethoven deaf, who
deserved to hear much more than others? And did she
not call the great Raphael to an early grave? — he was only
thirty-seven. But perhaps his work was finished. Alex-
ander the Great died at thirty-two. but that was long
enough.
But there is a law of compensation and when we lose
one eye, or ear, or arm. Nature seems to bestow double
strength on the other. Beethoven did not stop composing
music because he was deaf, and Milton did not stop writing
poetry because he was blind ; and neither did Wyant stop
painting because his right hand was dead. He soon learned
to paint with his left hand and he soon painted even better
than before. And who knows but what his bodily ail-
ments and discomforts made him a greater and better man?
Some of the world's greatest literary masterpieces were
composed in jail, or in attics with the wolf at the door.
That Wyant's ill health influenced his art is apparent.
There is a note of melancholy and sadness in nearly all his
works, and it is known that he preferred to depict Nature
at the hush and restfulness of twilight. As Charles H.
Caffin says : "To one whose days were more or less, days
of weariness, constantly sensible of the afflictions of the
body, with what a benediction the evening would come,
full of spiritual refreshment! Out of the cool cisterns of
the night his spirit would drink repose."
For many years Wyant spent most of his time in the
Adirondack Mountains. He then tried the Catskills for a
change; but he spoke more enthusiastically of the rich hues
of the Adirondacks. While he did not live the life of a
recluse, he had but few friends, and abhorred everything
in the nature of functions, whether social or official. While
he was known to be kind, generous and sympathetic, he did
not go out of his way to find cases on which to bestow
these sentiments. You could not say that he was a hermit,
but rather an isolated man.
Sheep herd together, but the eagle, who soars to the
loftiest heights, lives alone. Wyant was unusually fond of
music, in fact, playing the violin was almost a passion with
200
ARTS and DECORATION
February, 191 l >
.
ml
■HHHkSSHHHH
Courtesy of Henry Reinhardt & Son
Landscape — By A. H. Wyant
him, and some critics have even likened his paintings to
the tenderly vibrating", caressing tones of the violin. Mr.
Caffin observes that his temperament was "like an Aeolian
harp, delicately attuned to Nature's breath, responsive to
its faintest sigh."
One admirable trait was his, which his friend Inness did
not possess, alas : no painting that did not suit him ever left
his studio, which accounts for the fact that you never see
a poor Wyant. He either destroyed the poor ones, else,
set them aside for new treatment when he felt in the mood
to correct the shortcomings of his first attempt. And Mrs.
Wyant was just as loyal to his art and reputation as he was
himself; for, after his death, she burned every one of his
canvases that had not received his final stamp of approval.
This is not to say, however, that Wyant was ever entirely
satisfied with his work. No great artist ever is. Not long
before he died, knowing that the end could not be far off,
he said: "Had I but five years more in which to paint,
even one year, I think I could do the thing I long to."
After working four years on "Mona Lisa," Leonardo da
Vinci pronounced it unfinished ; and Wyant felt very much
that way about his own works, but he had carried them as
far as he knew how, and not until then, would he say, "It
is finished,"
He had an aversion for the modern pre-Raphaelites, and
abhorred the decorative school, yet he was himself an im-
pressionist, and his sympathetics were all with the impres-
sionists.
And now, with this brief word-picture of the man Wyant
ended, let us glance at some of the authorities on his work :
From "American Pictures and Their Painters." "Some-
times he gathers the sun's rays in October into one great
mass of golden light, and floods a low-lying marsh until
the feathery grasses and dignified cat-tails glimmer and
glisten like burnished gold ; and again the subdued light
stealing from a shaded nook is his, and only the hilltop
feels the sun. His shades are never gloom and his sunshine
is like a benediction. It is not surprising that every year
his pictures increase in value, for they are the works of one
inspired by God."
From "American Art." "Wyant is emphatically a painter
of wholes and effects. He looks for, finds, and grasps the
specific, essential and permanent truths of a scene, and when
he portrays them he knows how to illumine and amplify
them. His soft, far distances and immediate foreground
are alike impressive, in contradistinction to being didactic.
His art is simple, direct, delicate, and his artistic purposes
are unalloyed with conventionalities, vulgarity, opiniona-
tiveness and clap-trap."
From "History of American Art." "As an artist, Wyant
makes no such vivid and ample appeal as Inness. Much of
his work consists of variations on a single note. His typ-
ical picture is a glimpse of sunny, rolling country seen be-
tween trunks of trees that have grown tall and slender in
a wood; usually birches or maples. This he painted with
fine, firm brush work, which enabled him, when he would,
to model the summer clouds and give foreground detail
with exactness, yet without losing the misty, the sentiment
and silvery shimmer peculiar to his work. In a certain
delicate refinement none of our other artists have equalled
him."
From "American Masters of Painting." "He heard in
the silence of his own heart the still small voice of Nature,
listened for it always, and strove to woo it. The echo of
it is still felt in all his landscapes. He may recall some of
his large woodland pictures in which sturdy trees are grip-
ping the rocks with their roots. Strength and stability and
the evidence of time confront us, just as they would in the
forest itself; but like cathedral architecture when music is
pulsing through it, they are for the moment secondary to
the spiritual impression of the voice. Wyant heard it in
the movement of the treetops, and in the stir of weeds and
ferns that nestled in the hollows, and it whispered to him
of peace, a quiescence that stirs the soul to gentle activity,
gladsome by turns or subdued in the alternate sun or
shadow, that inexhaustible mystery of Nature's 'peace that
passeth understanding.' . . . An elevated melancholy sus-
tained by faith. . . . While so many of his twilights breathe
simply the ineffable loneliness of quiet, others are astir with
persuasion to spiritual reflection, with the gentle admoni-
tion to sadness that itself is purifying, so with deeper,
fuller suggestion of the infinite mystery of Nature's recur-
(Continued on Page 234)
Courtesy of Henry Reinhardt & Son
Landscape — By A. H. Wyant
ebruary, 1919
ARTS and DECORA T I O N
201
WILLIAM SAVERY, THE COLONIAL CABINET
MAKER AND HIS FURNITURE
By R. T. 11. 11A1.SKY
THE uprooting from ancestral homes in the vicinity
of Philadelphia o\ certain pieces of extraordinarily
beautiful furniture of the middle of the eighteenth
century has long led to the belief among our collectors that
a cabinet-maker of preeminent ability had successfully cpn-
Iductecl his trade in the City of Brotherly Love. The iden-
tity of this hitherto unknown cabinet-maker, William
Savery, has been disclosed through the finding of a tiny
label attached to a superb lowboy now in the Manor House
at Van Cortlandt Park, a charming little colonial museum
furnished, cherished, and guarded by the Colonial Dames
the State of Xew York. This scrap of paper identifies
the maker of the piece and allows us, by a process of com-
parison, to identify fairly successfully certain other pieces
as coming from the same workshop. In the work of
William Savery the Palmer collection is exceedingly rich.
Personality in old American furniture has hitherto been
almost a closed book. The difficulty of identification has
been too great. The makers' labels as a rule have dis-
appeared, hence the furniture collector is without that de-
lightful historical association and mental companionship
rv^jh the maker of his choicest pieces; an association which
adds so largely to the ownership of plate made by Paul
Revere and the other colonial silversmiths, whose marks
have been made known to us by the research work of certain
of our American collectors.
, As yet little of the personal has been unearthed in regard
to William Savery. The Savery genealogy gives the fol-
lowing glimpse into his life and character:
"Suffice it to say, however, that the name was a common
one both in England and Plymouth Colony, Massachusetts,
in the latter place early in the seventeenth century, and in
the Barbadoes during the latter half of the seventeenth
century.
"Whether, therefore. William Savery, the founder of the
Philadelphia family, was descended from the English di-
rect or the English through Barbadoes, we cannot tell,
but of whatever origin, he came from the stock of the per-
secuted, in whom religious fervor was stronger than the
ties of parentland and kindred, impelling them to adopt a
strange nationality as their own. and then again to cross
the seas in renewed search for religious freedom.
'"And. so it is that William Savery, a Quaker, and we
presume of the stock of the Quakers, first appears in Penn's
'green countrie town.' when on the 19th of April, 1746,
he married Mary, the daughter of Reese Peters, an event
duly recorded in the Meeting Records. His death, too, is
recorded in 1787, aged 65, so his birth, wherever it oc-
curred, must have taken place in 1721 or 1722.
dr'That his life was a busy one, his public activities, and
the durability of the furniture which he made, amply at-
test. Numerous pieces in possession of various branches
of the family bespeak his excellent workmanship in the
shop 'At the Sign of the Chair, in Second Street, near the
Market.' This legend is borne by one of his business cards,
recently discovered, yellow with age and slightly torn, on
the under woodwork of one of his Chippendale chairs.
"In 1754 he was appointed assessor in some of the cen-
tral wards of Philadelphia, Old City, and the certificate of
appointment now in possession of the Pennsylvania Histor-
ical Society was signed, inter alia, by Benjamin Franklin.
He also served the city as agent and collector of taxes for
the guardians of the poor in 1767. In the days when alms-
bouses were conducted largely as public charities by
Friends, be disbursed some of the money appropriated for
this purpose, as appears from his manuscript, still in pos-
session of the family.
"Fragmentary and unsatisfactory as these few records
seem, they are at the same time suggestive. They indicate
an industrious public-spirited citizen of pre-Revolutionary
Philadelphia, of the ancient Quaker type, before the days
when Elders frowned on activity in politics or the holding
of public office.
"Of William and Mary Savery r s children the most note-
worth}' was William, the eminent minister in the Society of
Friends, of whom elaborate biographies have been written.
He died without issue. Upon another son, Thomas, the
perpetuation of the family name involved."
An exhaustive delving into the Philadelphia archives,
conducted by my friend, Alfred C. Prime, reveals the fact
that William Savery's name appears (1780) in a return
of the fourth, sixth, and eighth classes of militia of the
Chestnut ward under command of Thomas Bradford. Op-
posite the name appears the word "old" as his reason for
not complying with the muster. The records also evidence
the progressive prosperity of his trade. In 1766 we find
him receiving £52 per annum as rental for a bouse on
Third Street; his tax bill in 1774 was £37, and in 1780
£149 16s. 6<7. upon a property valuation of $46,000; indis-
putable arguments in favor of the large and profitable trade
Savery must have built up during the probable period of
the furniture I believe to have been made by him.
The pieces in the Palmer Collection which can be defin-
itely ascribed to Savery are three high chests, two dressing
tables, and a secretary-desk. These high chests and dress-
ing-tables, so long erroneously termed highboys and low-
boys that for purposes of popular description we are
compelled to adopt this nomenclature, are essentially an
American type, as this form of high chest, which appeared
in England late in the seventeenth century, went out of
202
A k TS and 1) ECO k A T r ON
February, 1919
Secretary of mahogany, about 1760-1775
vogue early in the eighteenth century before the bandy-
leg style of furniture became prevalent. It is but reason-
able to believe that such superbly ornamented pieces as we
are about to describe had been intended for dining-room
and parlor, while their simpler and earliest prototypes
found usefulness largely in the bedrooms of their owners.
All of the Savery furniture we are discussing is made
of mahogany or of Virginia walnut of a quality most diffi-
cult to distinguish from mahogany, and is of the cabriole
or bandyleg style, which in this country superseded the
straight turned leg so familiar to us in the gate-legged
tables and early highboys. English furniture of this style
was recently discussed in the June number of the Burling-
ton Magazine, by H. Avray Tipping, Esq., who there de-
scribes this form of leg as of very early origin, dating it
back to Roman days, and as coming into vogue in the time
of Louis XIV. and being much used by the leading cabinet-
makers of Europe until the end of the eighteenth century.
Nature supplied the motive; just as the scroll was evolved
from the form of the wave, the immediate derivation of
the cabriole was a living animal form. The origin of the
term as given in this article is most interesting: "Cabriole
was a French dancing-term meaning a goat-lea]), h is
noticeable thai a goal's fool was at first generally use
terminate the furniture-leg that took the name and as-
sumed the form that is a decorative adaptation of a quad-
ruped's front leg from the knees downwards."
Where Savery learned his craftsmanship is as yet un-
known. A simples well-made chair of the Dutch style
of the middle of the eighteenth century, bearing the Savery
label, and owned by A. H. Savery, Esq., a lineal descendant,
certainly might well have been made by any of a hundred
cabinet-makers. It may have been on the other side of the
water; more probably it was in the shop of some of the
numerous English cabinet-makers, whose advertisements
in our New York and New England colonial newspapers
informed their American patrons that they had arrived
from London and that "Every Article in the Cabinet,
Chair-Making, Carving, and Guilding Business, is enacted
on the most reasonable Terms with the utmost neatness
and punctuality." Advertising is not a modern art, as
many of the cabinet-makers' advertisements describe in the
most alluring terms the various articles of household fur-
nishings they were prepared to supply to prospective buyers.
There is more than a possibility that the name of Savery
belongs on the roll of many of our great American artists
and craftsmen who, without the advantages of early study
and training, by self-education carved their way into un-
dying fame. The influence of the designs published by
Robert Manwaring are most apparent here and there. Un-
questionably Savery made close study of the books p
lished by Thomas Chippendale. He also unquestionably re-
ceived inspiration for many of the decorative motives he
used from the following Batty-Langley books, published in
London, copies of which are in the Metropolitan Library:
Guide to Builders (1729), Langley's Treasury of Designs
(1740), Gothic Architecture (1747), the Builders" Direc-
tor (1767). These little volumes were published at a
moderate price, thereby enabling their use by all working
in the industrial arts. Their hundreds of well-engraved
plates were intended not to be slavishly copied but for basic
suggestion upon which the individuality of the artisan was
allowed full expression as to variation of detail.
The positive identification of the three superb highboys,
two lowboys, and secretary-desk as coming from the join-
er's shop of Savery is not difficult. All were household
furnishings of homes in Philadelphia or its vicinity. Most
fortunately several years ago the Museum acquired from
the estate of Richard Canfield a fine highboy and lowdxw,
whose principal decorative motives and makership are un-
mistakably the same as those found on the Van Cortlandt
Manor 1< >w boy. The peculiar curves on the top of the low-
boy, the recessed ends with quarter-fluted columns in-
serted, the shells on the skirt and knees, the character of
the carving of the intaglio shell and the feathery foliations
accompany it, admit of only one decision, namely that it
and the labeled lowboy had the same maker. Its com-
panion highboy (the two pieces apparently having been
made as a pair) gives great assistance in the. attribuy m
With the <^reat Pianists of the World— the Most
Entrancing Ttance <SMusic — the
DUO-ART
REPRODUCING PIANO
. Entertains Your Quests
WHAT kind of a party to give! How
to entertain those non-bridge play-
ing guests after dinner! How to fill
intervals between arrivals or until dinner is
served — puzzling,
isn't it often — and
difficult? Yet you
can make your home
so memorably at-
tractive that every
person you entertain
from the cultured in-
tellectual to the air-
iest butterfly of
your acquaintance
will acclaim you the
most successful of
hostesses!
Everybody is in-
trigued by music in
some form or other.
You cannot imagine
what an asset a Duo-
Art Piano will be to you. With its artis-
tic perfection, its almost unbelievable
versatility, it appeals to the most cosmo-
A Suggested Program for an Hour
or so
of Music
I.
LA CAMPANELLA ....
Played by FRIEDMAN
SONATA, Op. 27. No. 2 {Adagio,
Liszt
Allegretto, Presto Agitato)
Beethoven
Played bv HOFMANN
II.
VIOLIN SOLO
Thais (Meditation)
III.
Liebesfreud
Kreisler
Drdla
Liszt
Souvenir
LIEBESTRAUM, No. 3 . . .
Player] bv GANZ
VALSE IN A-MINOR . . .
Chopin
Played bv NIKISCH
MELODIE (Chant du Vovageur)
Paderewski
Plaved bv PADEREWSKI
IV.
SOPRANO SOLO
Spross
'.ike a Rosebud
La Forge
lo a Messenger
La Forge
Liszt
v.
RHAPSODIE HONGROISE, No
12
Plaved bv GRAINGER
MARCH E MILITAIRE, Op. 51,
No. 1
Schubert
Played by BAUER and GABRILOW1TSCI
1
politan tastes — it can be dramatic or gay —
thrilling or frivolous as occasion warrants.
No other musical instrument ever had so
much to offer.
'Dancing
Duo- Art dance music
is wonderful. Played by-
leading artists in their
field, it plays with a
sparkle and rhythm
which is irresistible.
Think of summoning
six or more of the great
pianists for one even-
ing's entertainment —
think of an instrument
which will play these
great, thrilling classics
— accompany your solo-
ists with taste and sym-
pathy — then finish the
evening with dance mu-
sic that will set every
foot a-tapping!
Come to Aeolian Hall or one of its Branches when
next you are in the vicinity and learn how conveniently*
you may own one of these marvelous instruments.
NEW YORK
For descriptive literature of The c Duo-Art Piano, address
Dept. CG, The Aeolian Company, Aeolian Hall, New York
'Representatives in All Leading Cities
THE AEOLIAN COMPANY
LONDON PARIS MADRID SYDNEY
^Makers of the cAeolian-Vocalion — the Phonograph Supreme
MELBOURNE
'«*
r
$
.ale
oeen
& DECORATION, February, 1924. Published every month. Volume 20, Number 4. Publication office, 59 West Forty-seventh Street, New
Subscription price, $6.00 a year ; single copies, 50 cents; foreign subscriptions, $1.00 additional for postage; Canadian subscriptions, $0.50
■Entered as second-class matter March 5, 1019, at the postoffice in New York City under the act of March 3, 1879. Copyrighted 1923 by
gazines, Inc. Registered U. S. Patent Office.
../
•BRUARY, 1924
/
'
In the Great Hall of the Hampton Shops are grouped this soft-toned tapestry, Venetian day-bed, Adam table, and Gothic cabinet
n w i m
When uou pass our portal;
The stately entrance, the spacious foyer
with its arch-framed vistas of the Great
Hall beyond — these are but the introduc-
tion to the Hampton Shops and Hampton
Shops beauty. Here is beauty crystalized.
Here is the expression of Hampton Shops'
ability in design, in execution. *J "These
are but the introduction." On floor after
floor, in room after room through this
whole stately building that is the Hamp-
ton Shops, we show interiors of splendor
and of comfort. Interiors like these can
well be yours if you will but call upon
the Hampton Shops to undertake the
planning of your rooms or, better
of your entire home. As you go thr
the Hampton Shops you will see
many hangings unusual and rich,
will note furniture of rare distint
You will find objets d'art that will £
touch of grace and fastidiousne;
your rooms. You will see rugs, sci
lamps, upholsteries — all distinctiv
of particular loveliness. It is with
rare materials that our designers \
Is it a matter of wonder that Hain
Shops interiors are famous, wher^veij
may be found?
1.
th
(. 1
tor,
%•
AT THE HAMPTON SHOPS YOU CAN PURCHASE REPLICAS Or LOVELY OLD PIECES, OR OLD PIEGE
THEMSELVES, AS WELL AS HAMPTON CREATIONS, BUGS, CARPETS, LAMPS, SCREENS AK1
UPHOLSTERIES— OR YOU CAN ORDER THE ENTIRE 'NTEr IOR DECORATION OF YOUR HrtlB
iS lEast 5o5- Street. 0euT!;:
February, 1919
A R T S and D E COR A TIO N
203
of the other pieces. It has the same peculiar urn and flame
JBnials with their tinted bases found on the top ^\ a high-
in the Palmer collection. The similarity of the re-
cessed quartered columns on the sides and the carvings o\
shell and foliations on the lower drawer strengthen our
argument. The applied foliated scrolls on the top are
peculiar to Savery. and are possibly an attempt to obtain
in mahogany the effect o\ the golden bronze applied orna
mentation found on so much of the French furniture of
the period. The surmounting foliated and rococo car-
touche which tops the piece. Mr. Lockwood suggests, was
probably inspired by the cartouche over the pulpit o\
St. Peter's Church, Philadelphia. The piece was purchased
by Mr. Palmer from the great grandson of the original
owner, James Moulder, a captain of artillery in the Revo-
lution, and one ^\ those who crossed the Delaware with
Washington to take part in the battle ^<\ Trenton.
The finest of the highboys, and the finest of the Savery
pieces known, was secured by Mr. Palmer only after a
chase of over twenty years. The shells with their folia-
tions, the quatrefoil rosettes as bases for handles, the scrolls
and the acanthus leaves on the legs may well have been
inspired by the plates in the books of Robert Manwaring,
London (1765-75). Its cartouche and linials have un-
fortunately disappeared. Mr. Palmer notes that on one
of his periodic and fruitless visits to induce the owner to
part with her coveted possession, he was offered the car-
touche and finials as a gift, in order to lessen his disappoint-
"^ent. To his now great regret, his unwillingness to com-
mit vandalism compelled him to refuse the offer. lie
remembers them as being similar to the ones on the piece
we have just been describing.
Certainly no pieces of earlv American furniture show
the richness of carving and design found on these high-
boys and lowboys. French and Chippendale influences
predominate : the carvings of vines on the quartered col-
A
/^B^.-
\
l ■ 1 1 * ** «/< 1
1 ^ * ! Q
•
■ .*. /"'>/••' lit
Bkk: .^^1 at//^¥
ft
Bk.
Lowboy of walnut, about 1760-1775
Highboy of walnut, about 1760-1775
umns are suggestive of Spanish and French influences and
may have been inspired by the plates in Langley's Guide
to Builders (1727) ; the work on the skirts and legs in-
voluntarily calls to mind the best English work of the
( 'hippendale period.
The decoration on, another lowboy does not maintain the
same standard of excellence; the design on the lower
drawer is more involved and uncertain and the carving less
firmly executed than in the piece just described. The piece
appears to have been made previous to the period of I
Savery 's finest work. The ornament on the quartered col-
umns is very suggestive of that which appears on the
writing-desk of rather similar shape designed by William
Kent for Lord Leicester about 1740, which is illustrated
on page 170 in Furniture in Fngland from 1660 to 1760.
by Francis Lenygon.
The base of the third highboy unquestionably identities
this piece as made by Savery; the influeagf of Chippendale
dominates it. The urns and their drapings may have been
(Continued on page 237)
204
ARTS and DECORATION
February, l'<l'>
Hall and stairway in the Georgian home of Henry P. Davidson, Esq.
New York — The balustrade is of delicate hand-wrought iron
Notable Examples of
Architectural and Decorative
Beauty in Halls and
Stairways
By STANLEY MORTIMER
THE secret of the beauty of a home lies in the perfec-
tion of its details. Let the detail he carried out
artistically and the ensemble will take care of itself,
while if there is a disregard of detail the result will be
inharmonious and the effect far from the desired one. No
feature of a home can help make or mar its beauty more
than its stairs and stairhalls, as they form the truly distinc-
tive note to the character of the house. Upon entering a
home there is nothing more delightful than an atmosphere
of hospitality and welcome which is often conveyed by the
most unobtrusive detail. The stairway that greets you is
often the feature that distinguishes the real home from the
mere residence. Comfort and hospitality radiate from one
stairway, true majesty is expressed by another, and in an-
other may be traced the exotic luxury of the Orient, all
depending upon structure and treatment. Simplicity of
style is one of the most desired effects as it usually sym- i
bolizes refinement and conveys an atmosphere of taste
which one may assume is carried throughout the home.
Dignity and charm are added to the stairway and hall
by the proper treatment. The personal equation must en-
ter in, as there should exist the complete consensus of
opinion of three people — the architect, the designer, and
the owner. The wise man will allow a free hand to his
architect and decorator, who in their turn should act in
I
I
A view of the first few steps leading from lower hall to upper floors
in the H. P. Davidson Mansion — The beautiful Houdon figure and
single urn are the only decorations
Lower hall and stairway showing excellent Italian Renaissance P»»iod
treatment in the New York residence of Mr. W. McXair, designed
by H. Van. Buren Magonigle
February, 1919
A R T S and D E C O R A T I O N
20S
[perfect cooperation. Recently a spirit of real Americanism
rather than imitation has crept into interior decoration
which gives promise of many interesting results. A pic-
turesque scheme should be adopted and carried out regard-
less of the opinion of disinterested critics.
The hallway presents unlimited possibilities For original-
ity to the ingenious decorator. It may be kept simple and
free from a clutter of furniture, yet be full "i suggestion
both rich and ornate, luxury expressed in a single rug,
opulence in a single tapestry. It' on the other hand there
is an abundance of furniture and decorations, the strictest
regard to harmonious colors and proper arrangement
should he observed, as many hue architectural halls and
stairs have been made an abomination by the lack of cor-
rect decorative treatment. A clever harmonizing of the
draperies and hangings may give an elegant yet simple
effect to any hallway. The stairway can he made a place
of surprises at every turn; a nook here, a window-seat
there, lamps ^i quaint design, all give an intimate touch
desired by true lovers of clever decoration. There is some-
thing subtly elusive about a winding stairway, a mystery
to "whither it winds," which can be effectively carried out
in the treatment of its decorations which, when properly
executed, enhance its attractiveness.
Consistencv should be the characteristic paramount in
the decorator's mind.. There is nothing more disconcerting
to owner or guest than architecture of one period, decora-
tions and draperies of another, and finally the furniture of
another. In order to obtain the desired result the owner
* r a house should constantly consult with the men who are
doing his work. All high-class architects are deeply in-
terested in the final consummation of their ideals, and to
permit them to complete only a portion of their work is
disappointing and disheartening. A perfect home has been
the hope of many men, but only through their own and
others' experiences and mistakes have they realized this
dream.
Pleasing Oh
Colonial treatment in the home of Mr.
Westbury, L. I.
|. Peahody,
tv. r k residence of Adolph Lewisohn designed by C. P. H. Gilbert
in the Italian Renaissance style— Stairs are of cement and rail of
hammered wrought iron
The Boardman house at South Hampton, L. I., designed hy Hill &
Stout, a good exampli of old Italian architecture
206
A R TS and I) E COR A TIO N
February, 1919
American flat-frame looking-glasses
of about the years 1770 to 1800—
Mahogany and gilt — From Metro-
politan Museum of Art
American looking-glasses of the' years
1790 to 1800— Compo and gilt— From
Metropolitan Museum of Art
American looking-glasses of the
Georgian period 1750 to 1800— Wal-
nut and Mahogany veneer — Metro-
politan Museum of Art
I
felt
LOOKING-GLASSES OLD AND NEW
By WALTER A. DYER
Author of "The Lure of the Antique," "Early American Craftsmen," "Creators of Decorative Styles,'' etc.
THE present widespread demand for the period styles
in home furnishings has resulted in the manufacture
not only of period furniture in reproductions both
good and bad, but also of accessories — clocks, candlesticks,
and a host of other things. Of these the period looking-
glasses are perhaps the most noteworthy. They are always
decorative and add a needed touch to a period room, and,
since they are not being turned out to any great extent by
the cheaper bouses as yet, they are for the must part of
first-rate style and workmanship. In almost every show-
room where period furniture is on display there are to be
seen examples of these modern reproductions of old
looking-glasses which offer a strong temptation to the pur-
chaser. For the instruction of the prospective purchaser
perhaps a brief resume of the historic styles in looking-
glasses may not prove amiss.
I use the term looking-glass in preference to mirror
because I find that some writers insist that the latter word
is applied properly only to circular glasses, sometimes
called bull's-eye mirrors, though the reproduction of all
the old looking-glasses are commonly called mirrors.
The first looking-glasses used in England and in this
An interesting modern reproduction of mantel glass of the Ameri-
can Empire period
country were imported from Venice, Murano, and other
Italian cities in the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries. In
England the first ones were made about 1670, when the
Duke of Buckingham introduced Venetian glass-makers
and started a factory at Lambeth. From that time until
the period of the Revolution most of our looking-glasse
were imported from England, though a few came from
France. Our present consideration will therefore deal
chiefly with the English styles of the eighteenth century.
The nearly lost Roman art of making plate glass was
revived about 1688, and from that time on looking-glasses
became more common and less expensive. They were
considered luxuries for a long time, however — a badge of
wealth.
The earlier ones were rather small except where imported
Venetian plates were used. A feature of the older English
glasses is the very shallow, hand-ground beveling, about
an inch wide, around the edge of the glass.
From the first, much attention w r as paid to the styles of
the frames. Brass, ebony, carved oak, and olive-wood
frames were made as early as 1700. During the time of
James II. silver frames were in fashion, and during the
reign of William and Mary frames were made of walnut
with Dutch marquetry. The commonest materials, how-
ever, were walnut or soft wood, gilded or silvered, gilded
compo, and, after 1690, lacquered or japanned wood.
Grinling Gibbons carved a few elaborate frames in soft
wood. During the William and Mary and Queen Anne
periods the frames were chiefly of walnut, solid or veneered.
The William and Mary looking-glasses were frequently
very narrow and often shaped at the top in curves. French
and Dutch designs prevailed until the more marked devel-
opments of the early eighteenth century. These and the
earlier Queen Anne glasses often had rather nan
February, 1919
A RTS and DECORA T 1 ON
207
lightly rounded walnut frames, following the contour of
the glass.
The frames of the Queen Anne period were more elab-
orate and more beautiful. They were for the most part
lat. fairly broad, and of solid or veneered walnut. One
should note carefully their salient characteristics in order
to distinguish them from a somewhat similar style that was
developed during the Georgian period.
The edges of these flat frames were cut into graceful
curves, the broken arch frequently appearing at the top.
Some of them bore urns which differed in shape from
those of the later periods. The later Queen \nne frames
were usually embellished with gilt ornaments at the sides,
similar to those of the Georgian frames, except that these
were carved in wood, while the later ones were usually
molded together in plaster and hung on wires.
Up to nearly 1780 only small plates of glass were made.
The larger looking-glasses were usually made in two
pieces, either to reduce the cost or because it was difficult,
if not impossible, to make one piece large enough. Before
1750 the lower piece was beveled to Overlap the upper one;
after that a molding was ttsed to cover the intersection, or
the frame was actually made in two sections.
To sum up the distinctive characteristics of looking-
glasses made from 1700 to 1750, look for the walnut frame
i though mahogany was occasionally used after 1730), the
two sections of glass without molding in the longer pieces.
the Queen Anne forms, of the urn, and the gilded wooden
ornaments. It should also be added that the glass of the
*e *lier period was usually shaped in curves at the top.
while that of the later period was square, though the top
of the frame was often shaped in the form of the
broken arch.
• During the period 1750 to 1780 the so-called Chippendale
styles prevailed, sometimes rich and graceful, sometimes
flamboyant or too fragile, Gilt frames were popular,
sometimes with three or more small panes of glass framed
in an abundance of gilt molding. Elaborate combinations
of French rococo and Chinese details were employed, with
Here again are splendid modern reproductions of eighteenth-cen-
tury looking-glasses. The one on the right shows typical Dutch
. characteristics
Modern reproduction of lacquered looking-glasses of the Queen
Anne period expressive of simple dignity and originality in designs
such features as pagodas and waterfall effects. At first
these gilt frames were flat, but ornate carving and pierced
work soon came into vogue. There were wide and narrow
ovals, square and oblong frames, and frames of irregular
and fantastic shapes, based on the French styles of
Louis XV.
Chippendale himself designed some of these frames, but
an even more prolific designer was Matthias Lock, who was
at the height of his popularity about 1765. Thomas
Johnson, Edwards & Darley, luce & Mayhew, and Man-
waring all made or designed looking-glass frames in
similar styles. Lock and Johnson made elaborate "frames
for girandoles and bull's-eye mirrors, pier glasses, ovals,
and chimneypieces, ornately carved and generally gilded.
They were designed largely in the Chinese rococo style,
with scrolls, shells, falling water, human figures, and
animals.
A little later Hepplewhite designed looking-glasses in
his characteristic shield and oval shapes, usually rather
delicate and fragile, and often made in pairs. Adam also
designed looking-glass frames, chiefly classic in type. The
frames of this period often bore medallions above and
below the glass, oval rosettes, beadwork, fan ornaments,
urns, eagles, the husk pattern, ram's heads and feet, and
other Adam and Heppelwhite details. Hepplewhite's in-
fluence is also displayed in such delicate ornaments as a
gilt vase of flowers or stalks of wheat standing in the
broken arch at the top of the frame.
Coincident with these styles we have the revival of the
Queen Anne type of flat-frame glass already referred to.
This revival had already begun before 1750. Flat frames
were made of solid mahogany or walnut, with gilt orna-
ments, especially at the sides, the bottom of the frame
shaped in curves, and with the broken arch or some similar
form at tbe top. A little later they were nearly all of
mahogany.
Many of the flat-framed glasses of tbe last half of tbe
eighteenth century have been confused with those of the
earlier period, but there are marked differences. There was
a change of type in the details, the glass showed a narrower,
208
ARTS and 1) ECORATION
February, 1919
deeper bevel, mahogany took the place of walnut, and the
glass was usually square at the top. Very roughly, the
development of the shape of the glass at the top was as
follows: from 1700 to 1725, rather narrow and shaped
in steep curves; from 1725 to 1750, curves much mod-
erated; 1750 to 1775, usually square at the top with
curved or slanted corners; 1775 to 1800, square corners.
About 1770 to 1790 a cheap form was common in both
England and America. The flat frame was of veneered
mahogany with the outlines cut by a jig-saw. Less gilt
was used, as a rule, though there was often a gilt molding
around the inside of the frame. A somewhat better type
had the broken arch or rather more elaborate jig-saw
work at the top, gilt molding next the glass, and usually
gilded compo ornaments, chiefly the wheat-husk pattern,
strung on wires at the sides. The upper part of the frame
was also embellished with gilt ornaments, a bird, feathers,
flowers, etc., sometimes being placed in a hole cut in the
wood of the frame.
From 1780 to 1790 the American eagle was much used
on looking-glasses made in this country. The so-called
Constitution mirror had a flat frame of solid or veneered
mahogany, cut out in curves at the bottom, with gilt
plaster ornaments on wires at the sides, and with a gilded
eagle of wood or plaster in the broken arch at the top.
Later — perhaps 1810 to 1815 — this style was revived, with
less gilt, more cutting out of points and curves at top and
bottom, and with a gilt eagle in bas-relief on the flat surface
of the wood above the glass.
Among the interesting forms that were popular about
1780 to 1800 were the circular bull's-eye mirrors and giran-
doles with their elaborate and often beautiful gilt frames.
The glasses were usually convex. The frames were heavy
and were made of carved wood or molded plaster, or both.
Frequently a rim of ebony or ebonized wood appeared on
top, usually a spread eagle, sometimes holding a string of
gilt balls in his mouth, and on the later examples a heavy
beading or row of balls ornamented the frame. These
mirrors were twelve to thirty-six inches in diameter, the
smaller ones often coming in pairs. Many of them had
two or more candle-holders at the bottom and sides, and
these were called girandoles.
Over-mantel glasses or chimneypieces had been popular
since the late seventeenth century, and were particularlv in
demand after 1760, when both oval and oblong shape
began to be popular. The latter were made with one large
plate of glass in three sections, divided by moldings, the
two end-sections being smaller than the middle one.
During the late eighteenth century there was also what
was known as the Pdlboa glass, with a frame consisting of
small, thin strips of salmon-colored marble.
Most of the early nineteenth-century glasses one meets
are of American make. After about 1805 Empire styles
began to appear in looking-glasses. Some had hat mahog-
any frames, with brass or gilt Empire ornamental mounts,
and some with marble columns at the sides. More of the
glasses of this period, however, had gilt frames in the style
that is often wrongly termed Colonial. There were rectan-
gular frames, rather heavy but generally possessing a
certain classic dignity. Most of them had overhanging
cornices at the top and were ornamented with straight,
formal molding patterns and also carved details, including
the acanthus leaf, lyre, eagle, bell-flower, swags, festoons,
and other survivals, often well executed. Pendant ball or
acorn ornaments were often placed on the under side of
the cornice. The sides of the frames, when not in the
form of square moldings, were sometimes spiral, reeded,
or baluster-shaped.
These frames were either all gilt or gilt with mahogany
or white enamel. The material was wood or plaster or a
combination of the two. Sometimes the glass was a single
oblong pane ; sometimes it was in two parts, separated by
a gilt molding about a third of the way down from the top.
Sometimes a picture was painted in the upper portion ( a
landscape, marine, or pastoral in colors and gilt, a historical
or allegorical subject, or perhaps merely a floral decoration.
After 1820 heavier frames became common. They were
of gilded plaster or soft wood, less pretentious in design,
baluster or rope-shaped on all four sides, and with no
cornice. These, even more frequently than the type just
mentioned, were furnished with a painted scene in the
upper portion. Practically none of the American glasses
of this period were beveled.
The over-mantel glasses of the period followed the
same styles. Those made in three sections became common,
first with a cornice and later with the baluster form on
four sides. After 1810 the separating pilasters became
heavier.
I
February, 1919
ARTS and DECORATION
209
EARLY ENGLISH FURNITURE IN THE
PALMEK COLLECTION
By JOSEPH BRECK
MADE between 1680 and 1(>N 1 >, and evidently for
royal use. two richly-carved walnut armchairs are
the oldest of the twenty-three pieces of English
furniture in the George S. Palmer collection. The earlier
of the two chairs may he dated in the later years of the
reign of Charles II. This date, about 1680-1685, is indi-
cated by the scrolled legs with cherub heads, as well as by
the design of the stretcher with its Tudor rose between
Flemish curves. The spiral twist, which is a notable
feature of this chair, came into popularity shortly after
1663, when Charles married the Portuguese princess,
Catherine of Braganza. The fashion for twisted rails and
balusters in English furniture is probably due to Indo-
Portuguese influence. The fashion is said to have arisen
in Portugal from the imitation of Indian furniture, in
which the spiral twist appears. It will be recalled that at
this time Portugal had several trading stations on the
northwest coast of India. The creating of this important
Charles II. chair is particularly interesting. A royal
crown surmounts an escutcheon, originally painted, which
is flanked by the lion and unicorn, the royal supporters of
* England. The crown is frequently used as a decorative
device, expressive of loyalty to the throne, in the furniture
of the Restoration period, but the use of the royal support-
ers would indicate that the Palmer chair was made for
royalty itself. Portugal has already been mentioned in
connection with the twisted rails : the cherub heads derive
more or less directly from Italy, and the carving of the
acanthus is distinctly Flemish. This susceptibility to
foreign influences is thoroughly characteristic of English
furniture design, as we shall have occasion several times
to note.
French influence was paramount during the brief reign
of James II. The revocation of the Edict of Xantes in
1685, as well as earlier oppressive measures, led to a great
exodus from France of trained craftsmen, particularly
weavers, who found in England ready employment and
protection. Something of this French influence is seen in
the low relief decoration of the second armchair in the
Palmer collection, although the principal carving would
seem to be Italian in character. On stylistic evidence, the
chair may be assigned approximately to the years 1685-88.
This date is confirmed by the cipher, which, with the
royal supporters of England, forms the cresting, and is
that of James II. (T 685-88) and of his consort Mary
Beatrice, a princess of the House of Este. The eagle, it
will be recalled, is the principal heraldic charge in the Este
arms, and probably for this reason has been introduced as
a decorative motive in the carving of this chair, which
^appears to have been made for Queen Mary Beatrice, who
was horn in 1658, married James, then Duke of York, in
1673, and died in 1718. The hack was originally up-
holstered and the seat caned. The present upholstery is
not original, although of contemporary date. The chair is
in wonderful preservation, although the painting and gild-
ing, with which it was originally enriched, naturally show
the effect of time. Both armchairs are of walnut, a wood
which came into use in England during the Restoration
period, at first only for light pieces of furniture, and con-
tinued in increasing favor until mahogany became the
fashionable wood in the second quarter of the eighteenth
century.
When Queen Anne died in 1714, the crown passed to
the House of Hanover. George I. (1714-1727) was a
Hanoverian exile in England, pining for his dear Herren-
hausen, and his sympathies were remote from the people
over whom he ruled in his transplanted German court.
Unlike Queen Anne, William and Mary and their predeces-
sors, the German prince and his entourage did not patron-
ize the arts, and his accession to the throne of England had
little effect other than a negative one upon English fur-
niture design.
A period of digestion ensued from 1714 to about 1745,
that is, from the death of Queen Anne to the appearance
in the world of fashion of the artist-craftsman, Thomas
Chippendale, who some ten years earlier, about 1735, bad
commenced his career in Eondon. During this inchoate
period, foreign fashions in vogue during the previous
reigns were assimilated, and from this heterogeneous in-
heritance a style was evolved which, although still marked
by foreign influences, was nevertheless distinctively British.
The dating of furniture in this early Georgian period
prior to Chippendale's rise to popularity presents many ob-
vious difficulties, and various attempts at classification have
been made. The scheme of classification proposed by Her-
bert Cescinsky in his monumental work on English fur-
niture of the eighteenth century has many points to
commend it, and his divisions have been followed in the
dating of the important group of early Geoi in furniture
in the Palmer collection. It is natural that the dates de-
fining the limits of Mr. Cescinsky's divisions should over-
lap, as the new styles did not immediately supersede the old.
The divisions are as follows: the Decorated 1 Queen Anne
(1714-1725); the Lion Period (1720-1735); the Satyr-
Mask Period (1730-1740) ; the Cabochon and Leaf Period
(1753 onward); and the Architects' furniture (about
1720-1750).
The Decorated Queen Anne Period continues the models
of 1702-1714, hut elaborates the carving of the arms, legs,
and backs of chairs and tables. Walnut is still the wood
210
ARTS and DECORATION
February, 1919 1
Rough Armchair, walnut, about 1685-1688
commonly in use, but a new note is added by the gilding of
the carving. Characteristic of this richly decorated fur-
niture is a small tripod of tea-kettle stand dating about
1720-1725, of mahogany, an early instance of the use of
this wood. It is also interesting as an early example of
tripod furniture, which from about 1750 to 1770 held an
important place in English fashions.
The Lion Period overlaps the preceding by a few years.
It is characterized by the fashion of carving heads of lions
on the knees of chairs and table legs and on the arms of
chairs and settees. To correspond, the feet are usually
carved with lions' paws. The genesis of this decorative
motive cannot be determined with certainty, but as the
lion head, together with the satyr mask, is of frequent oc-
currence in German cabinet work of the late Renaissance,
it is not at all improbable, as it has been suggested, that the
introduction of this feature in English furniture was out
of compliment to the House of Hanover.
Two side-chairs of walnut veneer with boldly carved
lions' heads on the knees are hue early examples of this
mode. They may be dated about 1720-1730. The backs
of the chairs, with leaf and husk carving on the splat, il-
lustrate the ornate character of the decorated Queen Anne
style. Another fine example of lion furniture, this time
of mahogany, the wood most frequently used for this kind
of furniture, is an armchair decorated with lions' heads
and the escallop shell of earlier fashion. This piece dates
from about 1725-1730.
In the Decorated Queen Anne period the eagle's head
was a favorite finish for the arms and legs of chairs and
settees, and was introduced as a decorative motive in the
designs of the backs. That this device continued in favor
into the second quarter of the eighteenth century is shown
by a mahogany canl-table of ingenious construction,,
which must be assigned approximately to the years 1735-
1740 on other evidence. The top is covered with green
baize, and has pockets sunk for counters. Card-playing"
was the fashionable vice of the eighteenth century, par-
ticularly during the late Georgian era, and card-tables were
indispensable pieces of furniture.
In the Soane Museum, London, there is an armchair of
most elaborate design which by some has been claimed as
the work of Chippendale. There is .said to have been in
the possession of the museum a receipt for the payment of
this chair signed by Chippendale. This document, how-
ever, cannot be produced, and is consequently a very doubt-
ful piece of evidence. Judging from the style of the chair,
it would date about 1730-1740, so that if it were by Chip-
pendale it would be the work of the elder, the father of
the great cabinet-maker. Six sidechairs and a settee of
the same design are in the Pendleton collection, Providence,
R. I. In the Palmer collection are an armchair and a side-
chair of this pattern. We know, two armchairs, seven
sidechairs, and a double chair or settee, which probably
represent the entire set, although the odd number of side-
chairs is unusual. These chairs are of exceptional impor-
tance not only for their unusual design but also for the
beauty of the carving. In the design such familiar mo-
tives as the eagle's head, the shell, the satyr-mask, and the
cupid's head may be noted. The basic form or outline is'.
Dutch in style, but very much modified by other influences.
In this connection we may note that the French fashion,
which played so important a part in the development of
Chippendale, is not indicated in these chairs.
A superb example of furniture design of about the years
1735-1740 is a mahogany armchair with an inverted fan-
back, a modification of the hoop-back type of the Queen
Anne period. The low relief carving is in harmony with
the graceful character of this chair, distinguished for its
beauty of line and proportions. It is said that a large set
of this pattern was made in the workshops of Chippendale
for Marie Antoinette, and according to Cescinsky there
was such a set made by Chippendale and since dispersed,
although there is no foundation for the Marie Antoinette
tradition. A considerable number of chairs of this pattern
are known ; for example, those in the Pendleton collection
and others in the possession of Sir Henry Hoare and else-
where. Undoubtedly these chairs were not all of one set.
As Mr. Cescinsky writes : "The probability is that the house
of Chippendale was merely commissioned by the French
monarch' to duplicate a well-known and fashionable pat-
tern." The ascription of our chair to the years 1735-1740
is based on design characteristics, although it is quite pos-
sible, as we know from other instances, that a fashionable
pattern might be repeated many years afterwards. A pair
of mahogany stools may be assigned to the same years,
1735-1740. The cabriole legs carved with leaf motives^
are particularly fine.
February, 1919
A R T S and DECOR A T I O X
211
Dating" a little later than the chairs which we have just
described and approximately contemporary with the early
work of Chippendale after his establishment in London, is
a richly carved armchair, hoop-backed, with elaborately
pierced splat, the cabriole leys terminating in dolphin heads
and the knees decorated with flowers in low relief. This
chair may be dated betwen 1740 and 1750. Even at this
late date the influence of Queen Anne models is felt in the
general shape of the chair, but the ornamental motives,
particularly in the splat, betray the growing influence of
the contemporary fashions at the court of bonis XV.
Chippendale may have made such a chair — centainly the
beauty of the design and the vigor of the execution arc nol
unworthy of bis hand ; but it is impossible to speak with any
certainty since it was not until 1754 that Chippendale
brought out his Gentleman's & Cabinet Maker's Director,
which conveys to us all that we really know of the Chip-
pendale style. It is interesting to add that the Museum
already possesses of the same pattern as this chair a settee
which formed part of the Cadwalader Bequest.
An unusual piece of furniture is a mahogany knife and
fork wagon, a low table with four legs, mounted upon
casters, and supporting a tray with a central partition.
The style of the carving, as well as the rather heavy charac-
ter of the piece, permits it to be classed among the so-
called Irish Chippendale furniture. This designation is a
misnomer, since the evidence for the English origin of
these tables appears most convincing, although a provincial
^origin, nevertheless, is indicated by the general style of
workmanship and design. The date of our piece is ap-
proximately 1740-1750.
The style which bears the name of Chippendale, we are
apt to forget sometimes, did not originate with him. No
historic style is ever the work of any one man. Thomas
Chippendale was not the only man in the metropolis to
work in the style to which we give bis name to-day, and
this very style was but the outgrowth of the years of as-
similation which had preceded it. Chippendale was, how-
ever, in all probability the most gifted of the cabinet-
makers of his time, not only in designing, but in the prac-
tical execution of his patterns. The name of Chippendale
does not occur in the inventories of furniture of bis time,
and it is only in recent years that we have used the name
of this cabinet-maker, made familiar to us by bis publica-
tion of designs for furniture, as a general designation for
work produced at this period by the English cabinet-
makers. When we describe furniture as '"Chippendale," it
does not necessarily mean that the furniture was actually
made in Chippendale's St. Martin's Lane workshop, but
may. include other pieces made by bis competitors under
this general beading.
Chippendale's father appears to have been a joiner and
picture-frame maker from Worcester who migrated to
London some time between 1720 and 1727. The son com-
menced business in Conduit Street, close to Longacre,
'j£>out the year 1735. It was not until some ten or fifteen
years later, 1745-1750, that be appears to have acquired
Royal Armchair, walnut, about 1680-1685
renown and commenced to exert any marked influence on
furniture production. In 1753 he removed to the more
fashionable region of 60 St. Martin's Lane, and in the fol-
lowing year published the first edition of his famous Direc-
tor, which had required several years in preparation. In bis
earliest work, which is undoubtedly his finest, Chippendale
shows his gradual development from the furniture fashions
of the early Georgian period. Upon this foundation of
good workmanship and design he imposed such novelties
as the fashions of his time demanded, catering to tastes so
divergent as Gothic, Chinese, and French.
About the middle of the century, strange as it may seem,
there was a distinct tendency toward a Gothic revival, but
such men as Batty Langley, for example, who were its
proponents, were sadly ignorant of the true nature of
Gothic. Such borrowed details as the trefoil, the pointed
arch, the champfered molding, and the triple column were
combined with other details so foreign in style as to show
a complete failure to understand the underlying principles
of Gothic art. The Chinese designs of Edwards and Darly
appeared in the same year as the Director and offered the
wealthy public a new opportunity for adventures in taste.
As one may imagine, Chippendale catered to his fashion-
able clientele by including in bis Director designs in both
the Gothic and the Chinese taste, and although many of
his designs in this direction are too extravagant to have
been carried out, there is no doubt that be produced a
quantity of furniture, often of great charm, in the Gothic
and Chinese manner.
A mahogany armchair in the "Chinese taste," with its
(Continued on page 236)
ARTS and DECORATION
February, 1919
c
February, 1919
ARTS and DECORATIO
N
213
A HOME AT THE WATER'S EDGE
A Story Concerning the Ideal from the Home- Lover's Point of View
OCCASIONALLY an architect, when called upon to
plan a home, is given a site so beautiful as to lead
to the putting forth of his best efforts to create a
building which shall be worthy of the spot upon which it
is to stand. The incentive then exists to use to the fullest ad-
vantage every natural resource and to clothe utility of plan
with beauty of exterior and to surround both with the most
picturesque of settings.
Scarcely anything in the way of a plot upon which to
build could be more beautiful than one which, in addition to
being situated in the midst of a rarely beautiful stretch of
country, possesses grounds which extend to the water's
edge and which are so covered with a heavy growth of
virgin forest. All of these advantages were evidently fully
appreciated by Frank J. Forster. architect, formerly of
Caretto and Forster of Xew York, when he planned the
very beautiful home of Mrs. C. H. Smithers at Great Neck,
Xew York, and he may have supplied something of the in-
spiration of which the estate is the finished and visible
result.
As one enters the grounds of this Long Island home the
house appears amid a grove on a slight eminence overlook-
ing the Sound with the New York and Connecticut shores
» plainly visible. The building is of dark colored brick, long
and low, and with sweeping roof lines and chimneys planned
with great taste and skill. Since the house is but two stories
in height many dormer windows are necessary but they
are so placed that instead of breaking the lines of the roof
and producing an effect of weakness, they are massed about
chimneys or so arranged in groups that the picturesque ap-
pearance has been heightened rather than marred. The low
building has been so planned that one of the long sides
faces the south which renders possible a southern exposure
for literally every room in the house. Above the brick
walls the slate roof overhangs in broad eaves which shade
the windows, and their long unbroken horizontal lines add
a certain picturesque quaintness to the structure. Much
shrubbery is planted about the building, and in its angles
an outside trim painted white, and shutters white below
and green at the upper windows, relieve the severity of brick
walls and slate roofs.
The floor diagrams of this very interesting house show
a residence planned for the free and informal and some-
what varied life which obtains in the countrv. The en-
trance is directly into a very large living room from which
the main stairway leads to the floor above. Casement win-
dows upon three sides of the living room face in as many
directions and at one end French windows, opening to the
floor, give access to a broad screened and brick-paved ve-
randa with the ever-changing beauty of Long Island Sound
beyond a stretch of green, shaded lawn. At the south side
of this long, low living room a great fireplace is built and
at the end opposite the veranda a wide doorway opens into
the dining room to which belongs another veranda, used
on many occasions as an out-of-door breakfast or dining
room.
The upper floor of the house is arranged with three very
spacious bed-rooms each provided with a bath of its own
and with many closets. All of the bed-rooms, as has al-
ready been said, have windows toward the south, and the
largest bed-room, that just above the living room, extends
over the veranda and possesses windows which face the
north and the west as well as the south.
Very rarely does one find a house possessed of service
quarters so satisfactory and so complete. An entire end
of the building is given up to pantry and kitchen with their
own entrance, hall and' veranda, and above are two bed-
rooms for servants with their own closets and bath room,
the entire service portion of the house being wholly sepa-
rate from that part occupied by the family.
Not far from the residence there stands a smaller build-
ing which contains a garage with living quarters above.
Planned with lines very similar to those of the house and
built of similar material this service building adds greatly
to the attractiveness of the little estate which represents,
upon the whole, an unusually successful adaptation of ap-
propriate buildings for a rarely beautiful site and a skillful
combination of highly practical plan and appearance of
great beauty.
A really successful home represents a satisfactory solu-
tion of a problem which is often somewhat intricate and
involved for the house must be appropriate to its site and
both the house and its surroundings must express the taste
and individuality of its occupants besides being suitable for
their manner of living, and happy indeed are the results
when a solution satisfactory from every point of view has
been attained.
214
A K T S and I ) E CORATJON
February, 1919
ANOTHER GLIMPSE INTO THE GEORGIAN HOME OF H. P. DAVIDSON.
THIS ILLUSTRATION SHOWS A CORNER OF THE LIBRARY— USEFUL AND
ROOMY AND REALLY PERFECT IN GROUPING OF FURNITURE.
WANDERLUST
GOD, with a dawning gaze,
Kindles the sun,
Forging the iron days
One after one :
Shapes and designs the trees,
And now and then
Fanning the furnaces,
Labors on men:
By WILLIAM GRIFFITH
Smiting and hammering
This from an ape,
That from a stammering
Primeval shape :
Giving them each the vast
Reach of the sky,
Since the dark ages passed
Tardily by.
Showing the way to choose
Rest and reward
From the green revenues
Next to the sward:
Urging and beckoning
City and town
Forth for a reckoning,
Now and anon
Over the open trail,
Clean from the din;
Sun — stars — a friendly hail,
Lights and the Inn.
February, 1919
ARTS and DECORATION
215
Proper Lighting in the Home
and Its Relations to the Beauty
and Comfort of Different Blooms
T
HERE is a psychology in the proper lighting of a
home that is realized by all architects and decorators
and which of recent years has given them much food
for thought in designing and building. There is always an
effect to be produced and a reason for this effect. Nothing
is more important to the beauty and comfort of a room
than the harmonizing of colors, and this harmony may be
enhanced or lessened by the correct or incorrect light that
is used. The shedding of subdued, colorful light by proper-
ly placed lamps can lend endless charm to a beautifully fur-
nished room.
To attain the best results there must exist a definite
scheme in the minds of the architect and decorator, a scheme
whereby furniture may be effectively and artistically ar-
ranged and a lighting system installed that will give a note
of cheerfulness and warmth.. In the living room for ex-
ample, if there is a fire place, and there usually is, the
obvious first group arrangement is around the hospitable
hearth. A large divan before it, with a sofa end table
bearing a reading lamp is at once suggested. The old
fashioned conventional green-glass reading lamp has been
superseded by lamps of every design and material that go
to make for beauty and style. There is something stately
about a floor lamp, with its high standard, topped by some
lovely fabric shade that lends an air of elegance to the room
in which it is placed. Often it is found close to a grand
piano olgjiear the tea table forrning a most picturesque group.
Side" lights are a real necessity, the spacing being selected
accordfng to the plan of the room. They are not only orna-
mental but the\' are a real convenience as one or all may be
lighted according to the temporary need of the occupant
of the room.
The delight fully wrought iron or metal fixtures for hall
or living room are always in good taste, and shaded silk or
painted shields a happy selection. The shaded silk shields
are of endless interest and can be tinted to embody the
color scheme of the room in which they are to be used. A
beautiful combination recently seen was a fixture in dull
finish bronze, the simple circular shield of silk, toning from
the rich Pompeian green through the brown tones to a soft
colden sflow in the centre.
For the dining room the reproduction in antique Shef-
field plate with painted parchment shields carrying a design
of fruit in Georgian style, is quite exquisite or a combi-
nation of bronze and pewter lend interest to a variety of
color tones.
For the bedroom the number and styles are infinite. The
simple fixtures painted in soft ivory or gray harmonize
with the wood work and color scheme of the room very
satisfactorily. The shields can be made of great decorative
value by repeating the design of the chintz used. Other de-
sio-ns more elaborate have shields of plain silk tinted in
o
sympathetic coloring.
Torcheres of bronze or silver, lanterns of wrought iron
or old brass, simple brackets of pewter, all have their ac-
ceptable positions in the different parts of the house. A
little time and study given to the selection of the important
detail will abundantly repay in beauty and service rendered.
216
ARTS and DECORATION
February, 1919
MUSIC AND ITS SISTER ARTS
By CHARLES D. ISAACSON
ALL arts are as one, sings the poet, and venders of
thought-chestnuts express the idea freely. Definitely
to point out the close relationship of music, paint-
ing, sculpture, literature, drama, and the dance, is the am-
bitious design of this article, which is written from the
viewpoint of a layman in all six arts, with the exception
of music and the spoken word as some grudgingly might
accept for argument's sake.
Let me therefore address these opinions to the painters
and sculptors as one who worships at their feet, glorying in
their magnificent work and finding in their canvases and
marbles that element of music which they may never have
realized resided there.
Benjamin Franklin having wisely said, "In union there
is strength," perhaps a more intimate blending of all the
arts will make for an easier victory for Art in these States.
If the forces of the musical, painting, sculpture, dramatic
world should make a grand combination in restraint of
trade, for the betterment of beauty — but that is for another
discussion.
Suffice it to say, that if painters and sculptors will listen
more to the strains of harmony and seek the rare inspira-
tion at the fount of melody, some new impetus may be given
their great work.
I make the broad statement that some paint with brushes
and oils and some paint with melody and harmony. Some
put the seas, the forest stillness, the living men upon a
canvas, and some depict these same pictures in accents of
music.
The painter conveys the world to a still piece of board
within a frame. The composer captures the soul of the
universe and sets it free.
The painting shows the subject at a definite moment. It
may be a running horse or a flowing stream, but the pic-
ture is a still life. Music paints the galloping steed gal-
loping, the flowing river rushing over its rocks and rapids
and falling over reefs. In the musical painting the sun
rises and passes its orbit and sets. Man is born, lives and
dies.
Compare the forest scene of the painter and the com-
poser. In the first you see all the brilliant colors, the con-
tour of trees and plants are nicely suggested. But all is
silent — like Coleridge's "painted ship upon a painted ocean."
Note the musical forest. There is the pulse of the very
stillness! You hear the beating of the quiet. It throbs.
Have you ever sat, on a summer's day, out in the coun-
try? You close your eyes as you lie in your hammock and
all nature is alive. You cannot see it, but it is there.
You cannot see it? Why, music is painting in flaming
colors. Some chords are red as carmine, some are drab as
steel gray ; some are dirty and muddy ; some lurid and
murky; some are the color of ashes, and some are the pink
of the rose-petals. You can listen to some music and see
only black — the blackness of infinity, of overwhelming
space. You will see cats' eyes, green and distrustful in a
phrase. Whitecaps dance in an arpeggio. The golden
beams of the sun are reflected in all their brilliancy in cer-
tain writing. You cannot mistake it.
But the golden rays are not flat as on a canvas. They are
warm and dancing. The whitecaps are wet. They smell
salt and sea-weed. They are surging and ebbing with rest-
less impatience. The rose petals are soft and velvety. A
sweet fragrance is wafted in the nostril. It is strange; diffi-
cult to understand.
Between the White Trunks — Bv Carl Larsson
February, 191V
A R T S and DECOR A T I O N
217
There is a simple little composition of Chaminade. It is
called "The Flatterer." At the first bars a brilliantly lighted
ballroom is painted. Later individuals are pointed out.
Here is a gorgeously gowned young lady — oh, so beautiful.
See what red, red lips! And this gentleman. He draws
on his white gloves and he bends over the girl and flatters
her. The laughter — the smiles, the pretty phrases. So
many paintings in one.
Schumann has painted "Scenes of the Forest." What
painter has done anything more realistic? Grieg has written
music of the Vikings. What illustrator has made them live
more truly? MacDowell has written o\ the sea. Have
you ever seen a marine canvas that smelled so of the ocean
and crashed with such vehemence against the rocks?
As St. Martin heard notes that shone and saw Mowers
that sounded. — can you see the speaking flowers and hear
the musical colors?
In listening to music you must see the picture. What is
the music painting? It is making a scene with rapid strokes.
Human life or nature stands revealed.
Many composers purposely gave names to their music
suggesting the subject for the imagination. Some have
religiously attempted to imitate the sounds of the thing they
are describing. Others try rather to create the atmosphere
by suggestion, to people the world in a total atmosphere of
color.
There are some compositions of Debussy which fill the
room with summer night stillness and a purple mist. A
nocturne of Chopin makes you see the sorrow of a man's
heart. Regret is painted for you. Melancholy stalks with-
out a definite shape to mark her.
But, oh, how a simple phrase of Beethoven's Pastoral
Symphony sets free the whole of the outdoors. You are
cooped up in the city and you find yourself in the forest.
"The glow diffusive lit each countenance," says George
Idiot in her poem to Tubal. "The sun had sunk, but the
music still was there. Is moonlight there? I see a face of
love."
See your music painting. See your paintings make music
for our ears !
Xow, have you ever realized that music is a sculptor
without equal, even to Michael Angelo ! It models and
adapts minds and souls. You cannot listen long to music
without its influence showing itself in your face, in your
eye. in your mentality, but, most important, in your soul.
Look at the man who hates music. Is he not a hard speci-
men — sinister, unsocial features, with desires not of the
most idealistic ? But look at the true music lover — Ik >w
kindly has nature modelled his features — soft and tender !
Recall your last symphony concert. You are seated.
The musicians come upon the stage. The director taps his
baton. The orchestra starts the Ninth Symphony of
Beethoven.
Xow, let us pause for a moment. Think of a piece of
level ground. Workmen appear. There are a foreman and
superintendent, an architect, and contractor. The level
ground is soon transformed. A steel structure is erected.
Spring Painting — By Toho Hirose
It is the framework of a great mansion. Soon mortar and
brick and stone are added ; paint and plaster, decoration.
A palace stands where nothing stood before. Now, in-
terior decorators, upholsterers, artists are working; the
place is ready for occupancy. The owners take possession.
They enter with all their hopes, ambitions, foibles, hatreds,
loves, and their little world centers about them.
Letters and telegrams and visitors come from near and
distant cities. Perhaps one man alone in that new house
directs a factory, with its thousands of toilers and their
families and friends. Perhaps one woman in that house
sings to hundreds of thousands and makes them vary happy.
Perhaps some other is manufacturing propaganda hateful
to this nation and its people. Perhaps — so much. That
level empty ground has been given every proportion.
Let us pause further for a moment and think of the
sculptor. He fingers a lump of cold clay, and with hands
imitative of the Master has modelled men and women.
218
ARTS and DECORATION
February, 1919
children, angels, horses, lyres, monuments. See it grow
under his finger! See the fine line become clearer; eyes
look at you, mouth quivers, hands uplifted!
Let us return to our symphony concert. The director
has lifted his baton. All the instruments respond. Soon
a structure like the stone house has been erected. The
dominant themes have been riveted unmistakably. You see
in your mind's eye the formation of this great palace.
Cement and stone are piled up by 'cellos Now violins play
decorations, flutes and oboes paint in the colors — the ex-
terior is complete. But the composer has only just begun.
The inside must be made habitable. How cosy and com-
fortable are those chairs. How real and material are those
pillars. The residence is open for occupancy. The people
come in — some romp like children, some so sedately and
severely, some drag themselves along with melancholy mien
and burdened trouble.
You see the men and women, modelled with true likeness.
Here, where the child is portrayed, like the transformed
lump of clay, the features are marked out. The mouth
quivers, the hands are upraised, the eyes look out at you.
But here is where music goes further. The child breathes.
It talks. It moves. Its very soul is made to love and to
express itself. Its whole past, present, and future, are ex-
tolled. All of its family, friends, and enemies are brought
into the group.
But hear that music. The tremendous structure is all
about us.
In all its bigness, coloring, modelling, — with all its hu-
manity and dramatic beauty. The final chord crashes. The
director bows. The men leave the stage. But still that
structure stands and still it remains with you forever.
Many have bemoaned the fact that the music, unlike its
sister arts, painting and sculpture, is fleeting. You hear
music and it is gone. You see a painting, or a piece of
sculpture. You can touch it, keep looking at it — it is there.
Those who imagine music so ephemeral do not really
know music. When you hear it you do not lose it. You
gain it. Yours it becomes when it seems to have gone.
You are holding it within you. Its melodies recur to you
time and again.
Let me show you how all music is dancing. You may
see painting without and in this thought alone. Does not
the note come dancing out of the singer's throat, setting
the air dancing as it goes? Does not the string of the piano
dance as it vibrates its joy at re-life? Does not the violin's
whole body dance — back, sides and top — with the rhythm
of the note that is sounding? All the molecules are swirling
about in complete abandon, it seems, but in reality governed
quite completely by the sound post, which serves as con-
ductor.
Music is vibration. Vibration is dancing. There you
have it. Play a piece of music and watch the listener re-
spond. If the composition is in march rhythm, instantly
the desire to mark time becomes apparent. The feet just
can't keep still. If the rhythm is of a waltz character the
body starts to sway.
It is a fact that the more native the individual the quicker
Tung Fong Su at the Golden Horse — By Pas Yung-ting
February, 1919
ARTS and DECOR A TIO X
219
r
is his response to music. The Negro is most whimsical in
this respect. The colored people are like sensitive recorders
when music is played. It takes hold of the whole system—
you see it in their eyes, in their dilated nostrils, in their
mouths, which seem to be opening with impulsive move-
ments. It gets into their joints — of the wrists, the elbows,
the knees. How in the world can you expect a colored man
to sit still when music is being played?
But did you ever feel the dance of nature — did you ever
realize that all nature is perpetually dancing? Look at the
country land. See the leaves and branches in the breeze;
They are happy. It is summer and everything and every-
body should dance a dance oi praise. Last summer 1 loved
to go up the little mountain passes of the Catskills. The
waterfalls and the brook dancing and singing. The trees
humming and dancing. One little stem I will never forget.
It must have been a dwarf tree. A tiny stem coming out
of the ground, — not six inches tali. A single leaf was at
the end and like a flag it kept waving — like a little girl it
kept dancing.
So it is a good thing and a natural thing that people
should dance. What is irreligious or disrespectful in the
dance?
Some chords suggest certain words. They are like some
•colors. A chord has just sounded for me and it said
"Death." Once there was a march I listened to, and it told
of all that is happy and joyous. It said "'Marry her, marry
her." Some 'music says "Dance." Some says "Weep."
Some says "Laugh." Some says "Cold. cold, told." Some
says "I'm colored, I'm a jolly negro man." Some means
to be an imprecation as vile as a longshoreman's drunken
oath, and some seems to speak a prayer as solemnly sweet
as a saint's invocation to the Lord God.
Some music is all but the spoken word. Some spoken
"words are all but the sound of music. Are there not pas-
sages in literature you recall which sound like the deep-
throated church organ? Thus I think of poems of Walt
Whitman — "Proud Music of the Storm," There are bits
of Wordsworth which weep with the sad accent of the
oboe. In Flaubert's "Salammbo" there are paragraphs so
harmonic that yon might imagine the chords of a sym-'
phonic orchestra being played. The French balladists, like
Yerlaine, du Nerval, Baudelaire, all were musicians in
words. They knew that the sound of certain words sug-
gested musical symbols.
Reverberating sounds "like a drum roll, tripping, skip-
ping" might suggest a pizzicato on the violin. "Quickly
the foe advanced," a trumpet call. The analogy might be
carried a long way. It is an interesting study, showing
the relationship of words and musical symbols.
Certain authors were masters in this respect. There was
first of all the morbid drug fiend de ' juincy, who knew how
to make a sentence sound like a strain of melody. And
who is there to compare with our own American, Poe? In
his "Raven" can you not hear the lugubrious bassoon ai
"Nevermore" But in his "Bells," he has achieved the
masterpiece ^\ melody writing in words. There are real
sounds of hells; you can hear them in the words ol the
"tinkling little sleighhells," "The hanging, clanging lire
hells," and the "tolling and the moaning of the funeral
bells."
Words suggest their companion notes — there is no doubt
of this. Notes suggest their words. In our work among
the school children this latter has been amply demonstrated.
Thus in Rachmaninoff's "C sharp Prelude," when the chil-
dren are asked to think of the chords as depicting a soldier
attempting to escape from prison, the last notes sound like,
"I am giving my life for my country."
Grieg's "Ase's Death" is a chant. Mendelssohn's "Spin-
ning Song" tells many children Priscilla's answer to John
Mien's proxy proposal for Miles Standisb, "Why don't
you speak for yourself?"
My father was a great violinist. Many famous painters
would ask him to play for them while the\ were at work.
It was easy for my father. lie had to practice — every
musician must do that or he is lost. While practicing he
inspired many beautiful canvases. I know a celebrated
sculptor who spends half his time listening to music and
the other half listening at his own work.
The remarkable relationship of the arts; particularly of
painting, sculpture and music is astounding in its possibil-
ities. Recently at a series of musicals I tried several daring
experiments.
One day, I placed some canvases on the stage ; and threw
a spotlight on each of them at the appropriate moment.
To a marine, I had played a piano solo of a Grieg sonata.
I urged the audience to watch the canvas while listening
to the music. Soon the water seemed to move — you could
smell the salt, the wind howled 1 . We were really out in
the wild night.
Another composition was played while concentrating on
a rural scene of sweet peace. The music was not written
for the canvas — but the initial inspiration was about the
same nature. I tried similar experiments with pictures of
children, old men, mothers. The results were amazing, and
helpful to composer, pianist, painter, audience.
Another time I had a row of canvases and asked the
audience to tell which one the music described. The vote
was unanimous every time.
The same thing was done with pieces of marble. Isn't
it remarkable? What are the artists going to do to avail
themselves of the relationship?
220
ARTS and DECORATION
February, 1919
NOTES OF THE BOOK WORLD
By CHARLES HENRY DORR
THE past month has been prolific in the dispersals at
auction sales of treasured books and manuscripts
bearing the signatures of noted authors.
Interest centered in the sale of the collection of literary-
treasures assembled by Herschel V. Jones, of Minneapolis,
which took place on the closing days of January at Ander-
sons, too late to be reviewed in this issue, but worthy of
comment later on.
One of the literary gems in this portion of the Jones
library was the famous dedication copy of Milton's
"Comus," formerly owned by Henry E. Huntington, and
known to collectors as the Bridgewater "Comus." The
Bridgewater library was preserved intact from early in the
seventeenth century until its purchase by Mr. Huntington,
which caused a ripple in the literary mart.
This rare old volume by Milton with its historic interest
has always been mentioned among the first of the treasures
in the Bridgewater collection.
Another rarity of interest was the first edition of "Uto-
pia," by Sir Thomas More, dated at Louvain, 1516. Com-
pleted in 1516, the manuscript, it appears, was sent to Peter
Giles, Tunstall and Erasmus, who were enthusiastic in its
praise.
Other items of interest were the first complete edition of
"Polychronycon," by Ranulph Higden, and containing the
first appearance of music in print in any English book ;
"The Royal Book of Hours," by Verard. printed at the
Court of France, during the reigns of Louis XII. and Fran-
cois I., 1503, on vellum, with illuminated initials and mini-
atures; a Flemish illuminated psalter about 1250, written
on thick parchment at Ghent, a work of great rarity, and a
Persian manuscript written on native glazed paper reciting
the chivalrous deeds and wars of the Shah.
Although no definite date has been announced for the
dispersal of the third division of the Jones library, the sale
will probably take place in March and will occupy three
sessions. Thus far the Jones collection of rare books and
manuscripts has maintained first place in the literary sales
of the present season.
The J. C. Young Inscribed Books
r I " 11 E feature of the sale of the inscribed books and other
-*- literary gems in the collection formed by the late James
Carleton Young, of Minneapolis, was the collection of one
hundred and forty-seven original manuscripts by Joaquin
Miller, poet of the Sierras.
This interesting collection of manuscripts by the Cali-
fornia poet was purchased by George D. Smith for $800,
the top price of the Young sale, which took place on Janu-
ary 15 and 16 at the Anderson Galleries, netting a grand
total of $5,327.
One of the Joaquin Miller items of more than usual in-
terest was the poet's farewell to Bret Harte : "Yon yellow
sun melts in the sea, a sombre ship sweeps silently," the
first two verses ending : "Good bye Bret Harte, good night,
good night."
Altogether the Miller manuscripts comprise about twelve
hundred pages in the handwriting of the author, with his
corrections.
The original manuscripts of ballads, prose, and prologues
by Paul -Verlaine, in three groups, brought $705, from
George D. Smith, who also secured the proof sheets of a
poem by Mrs. Lewis, entitled, "Lament of La Vega," with
a review by Edgar Allan Poe, in his handwriting, for $235.
The Robert H. Dodd Sale
ANOTHER literary collection dispersed in mid-January
■ at Andersons was part two of the rare books assembled
by Robert H. Dodd, which brought a total of $6,423.65 for
two sessions.
The notable features of the sale were "Fragments of
Rare Books," including early London Imprints, at $510,
and a quaint item, "Nova Britannia — offering most excel-
lent fruites by planting in Virginia," London, 1609, $400,
both acquired by George D. Smith.
Another Huth Sale
HP HE sale of another portion of the famous Henry Huth
-*■ library will take place at Sotheby, Wilkinson and
Hodge's, London, probably during the present season, al-
though no definite date has been chosen for this interesting
event in the literary auction mart.
Collectors in this country will doubtless be represented
at the coming Huth library sale, and will probably acquire
some of the gems asesmbled by the English bibliophile.
A number of the rarities dispersed at the last Huth li-
brary sale, found their way to America and are now in
private collections.
Quaint Literary Acrobatics
AN odd literary collection has been formed in London,
■ and includes books dealing with acrostics, anagrams,
labyrinths, palindromes, monosyllabic verse and other freak-
ish and rare volumes. It is the John Hodgkin collection,
and has been placed on view in the London Library. A
specimen of the "Retrograde" is illustrated by the "Ludus
Fortunae," Louvain, 1633, in which the couplets can be
read from either end of the line.
Collectors of rare manuscripts will be interested in the
announcement of an important sale in preparation at Sothe-
by's, London. The collection of illuminated manuscripts
formed by Yates Thompson, and including many rarities
(Continued on page 234) ,
February, 1910
A RTS and 1) ECO R AT [ON
221
IX THE AUTUMN
CONTEMPORARY ITALIAN PAINTING
By CARLO SIVIERO
Translated from the Italian by Helena van Perinyl de Kay
T
HE anient and discerning art-lover who has followed
the course of the International Expositions at Venice,
will have become aware of the great advance made
in the last twenty years by Italian art, in the research of
color and form.
And we must aknowledge that foreign painting, especi-
ally the efforts of the Northerners to express their sur-
roundings and atmosphere and their desire to direct the art
of painting towards new visual emotions, has contributed
not a little to diverting it from the old forms of romanticism.
If, however, on one hand, the contact and comparison
with world-art has been of aid to certain painters and sculp-
tors, one should recognize also that it has tended to and in
part succeeded in annulling the ethnical character and local
expressions, which by producing a quantity of diverse es-
thetic emotions have at all times contributed to Italian art
its highest value.
. The first to feel the impetus of these new currents and
the influence of the "veiled" visions of Northern painting-
were the landscapists, urged on by Nature herself towards
the research of more efficacious modes of expression. And
the most typical examples were first shown us by certain
Venetian painters, among whom one may cite Pietro Fra-
giacomo, Francesco Sartorelli and Ferrucio Scattola. The
pictorial visions of Fragiacomo are full of sentiment; they
express an intimate emotion and a sense of infinite repose.
He loves dearly the calm of the lagoon and effects of twi-
light and night and knows how to render them with a subtle
and penetrating poetry.
The Ciardi family possesses three interesting and taste-
ful painter's physiognomies. Old Guglielmo Ciardi is in-
tent on the research of "tones" and "rapports," is admired
for the cut and flaming of his "marines" and his "Cam-
pagna Veneziana" furrowed by the immobile waters of the
lagoon and the flaming sails of the Adriatic. Beppe, his
son, loves a richness of color reminding one of the dense
and juicy pictorial representations of Pietro Longhi, and
takes his pleasure in small canvases, the crowd of "tose"*
and children in the "campielli"t and on the "fondamenta."|
The sister, Emma, turns to eighteenth-century visions of
Venetian houses in moonlight or in the veiled light of a
pale sun, animated by vivid touches of "crinoline," by the
gayety of festive couples, by the mysterious and diaphanous
shadows of dances and cavaliers in love.
Marius Pictor (Mario de Maria ) is also fond of moon-
light intrigues and chevaleresque adventures and is in truth
the poet of the silvery languor of the moon. He renders it
with a technique slightly labored but convincing, and suc-
ceeds sometimes in producing real pictorial jewels.
Young girls, f Little squares. J Quays skirling the lagoons.
222
A R T S and DECORATION
February, l 1 '!'*
"Portrait of a Lady"
The painter of the noisy, agitated, kindly and sentimental
Venetian crowd, is Italo Brass. He delights in scenes of
Venetian festivities, afternoons at the cafe Florian, walks
in the Piazza San Marco or beneath the "procuratie,"* and
knows how to depict them with a nervous and synthetic
"verve" although abusive sometimes in his coloring of the
bituminous blacks and grays.
Ettore Tito has the most complex, vivid, and we may
say solid talent of the Venetian painters. He is a fervid
and imaginative decorator and seems sometimes the power-
ful echo of Giambattista Tiepolo. He is an excellent por-
trait painter, a clever and vivid landscapist and a fine illus-
trator, having given many fruits of this aptitude to English
and American papers and magazines.
Milanese painting is very well represented by Gaetano
Previati. pupil of Giovanni Segantini. Mystical figures and
the great religious and poetical allegories have attracted
bun for a number of years, causing him to abandon his
"first manner" in which he expressed with much objective
success the external world. Now he paints large decorative
panels where the figures, etherialized by his mysticism and
the flowers humanized by his pallet create accords of form
and harmonies of color full of infinite subtlety and poetry.
Previati has succeeded in inventing a delicate technique
which gives him a distinct personal character.
Among the painters that can be placed beside Previati
tor the intimate emotion of their art we must note Giuseppe
Mentessi (who has a pathetic canvas "War" at the National
Gallery of Modern Art in Rome) and Pietro Chiesa, who
loves scenes of maternal affection and expresses them with
a touching and sweet sensibility. And Angelo Morbelli, a
patient and careful "divisionist"* who exalts the spiritual
beautv of the good and humble old people in the asylums
and churches where they take refuge.
Beside these "spiritual" painters we have Ambrogio Al-
ciati who paints portraits and figures with great ardor and
ability and seeks to approach the "impressionism" of An-
tonio Mancini. While among the landscapists we may note
Lodovico Cavalleri, Giorgio Belloni, and Carlo Fornara
who is one of the most faithful and able followers of
Segantini, the robust painter from the high mountains of
Lombardy.
Piemonf counts one of the best Italian portrait-painters :
Giacomo Grosso, who expresses happily the objective world,
with a precision and a realism almost excessive; then Mar-
co Calderini, a powerful old landscapist, pupil of Fontanesi ;
Cesare Maggi, a young and vivid "divisionist" loving the
solemn and lonely plains on high snowy mountains. An-
drea Tavernier, and Felice Carena, a painter who used to
love the nebulous and pathetic visions of Eugene Carriere
and who now has decided to brave the violent colorings of
the French "synthesists" and is inspired by Van Gogh and
Matisse to the suppression of his own undeniable qualities,
Plinio Nomellini and Galileo Chini are the most vital
representatives of the Tuscan school. The first is a notable
divisionist painter. He loves the joy of the sun and of
children; the expressions of family life, and has depicted
with fancy life on the sea and certain episodes of the Gari-
baldian epopee. Galileo Chini is essentially a genial and
tasteful decorator. He descends from that Florentine fif-
teenth century which has given the most beautiful pages to
the life and history of Italian art.
The traditional school of Tuscan "macchiaioli"t boa-t-
two remarkable descendants ; the brothers Luigi and Fran-
cesco Gioli, painters of sensibility and lovers of the subtle
poetry of Tuscan country. Also Ludovico Tommasi, a
ready and vivid artistic intelligence; and at last, among the
representatives of advanced tendencies and worthy of at-
tention, Eugenio Cecchi, who is able to reconcile with dar-
ing forms the beautiful tradition of Giovanni Fattori.
Giulio Aristide Sartorio, Camillo Innocenti, Arturo
Xoci, Umberto Caromaldi, Pietro Gaudenzi, Ferrucio Fe-
razzi, Armando Spadini will be enough to represent Lazio
(province of Rome) in this flying note on contemporaneous
art. We should add to this valorous group two painters of
Neapolitan origin but of Roman artistic adoption : Anto-
nio Mancini and Enrico Lionne.
Mancini is perhaps the most expressive and representa-
tive painter' of our times. He is a powerful "impressionist"
and a wonderful compositionist, with an impetuosity worthy
Porticoes surrounding Piazza San Marco.
* Divisionisme : painter's technique; a process by which one tries
to reproduce the phenomenon of light as it appears in nature. The
colors are not mixed but employed as a succession of little points placed
one beside the other.
fAn impressionist school of painting which grew up in Tuscany
after the French movement. Among the best "macchiaioli" are
Giovanni Fattori, Lega, and also Boldini. the distinguished por- £
trait-painter living in Paris.
February, l l H9
AR TS and 1) E COR A T I O X
223
of the great masters of the seventeenth centun
le paints
everything that interests his pictorial sensibility and is
without the formulas and the preoccupations belonging to
certain painters. The joy of creating urges him sometimes
towards esthetic springs neither pleasing nor delectable hut
his high and solemn rendering of the real makes every
aspect of tilings created by him interesting. Mancini is
not distracted by any technical preoccupation; to express
his dream he uses anything that comes to hand; and some-
times in order to arrive at a successful rendering of the
vibrations of light, he employs in the color-paste pieces of
tin or glass or silverpaper, obtaining not rarely surprising
results. He has worked for some time in England under
the leadership of John Sargent, ami his portraits are dis-
cussed and coveted by the intelligent.
Enrico Lionne was one of the first and most fervent
"divisionists" in Italy. He is an intelligent and intuitive
painter. The technique, the laws and the evolution of divi-
sionism are profoundly known to him. The picture "Grassi
e Magri," now at the Gallery of Modern Art in Rome,
raised some twenty years ago considerable discussion.
Lionne dedicates himself to-day to the fatiguing divisionist
technique and paints floral panels of robust and intense
coloring.
One of the most cultivated painters of our times is with-
out doubt Aristide Sartorio, able and earnest painter, sculp-
tor and writer on art. His figured decorations are rich
and solemn and descend from the Italian Renaissance, fla-
vored with a solid culture of Grecian art. He has painted
recently the large frieze for the new Chamber of the Italian
Parliament ; an allegorical composition of more than a
hundred life-size figures, where he exalts the achievements
and the symbols of the Italian race in thought and action.
The solemnity of the Roman campagna has inspired in Sar-
torio a series of fine delineations of the country and the
life of Lazio where he glorifies, as in a poem, latin beauty
and latin force. He has modelled, a short time before
enrolling as volunteer in the war with Austria, a series of
horses worthy of attention and study.
Camillo Innocenti delights in feminine elegancies, the
fresh and vaporous "toilettes" of women, the intimate
"The Family" — Pietro Gaudenzi
"Via Tasso" — Napoli
adornments of the bedroom and knows how to express-
them with delicacy of tone and with aristocratic pictorial
vision. Noci also, who is one of the best Italian portrait-
painters, loves to depict feminine beauty. But he prefers,
the subtle and well-modelled forms of the nude and can
render them with excellent painter's gift.
The South of Italy has been traversing for several years
a period of slight artistic desertion and sleep. This is due
no doubt to the geographical position of Italy and to the
lessening of traffic and communications in the South. And
Naples and Sicily are almost cut off from the Italian artis-
tic movement. Nevertheless, these conditions have preserved
in southern painting a more living and intense traditional
character, and if the new currents have not succeeded in
favoring its development toward fresh horizons it has at
least been prevented from becoming the pallid imitation of
foreign models.
The most robust and expressive painter, the most sincere
and authentic representative of the South of Italy and who
shows the greatest traces of Latinity, is certainly Fran-
cesco Paolo Michetti. His canvases are vast and solemn re-
presentations of the country and the people of Abruzzo ;
they are songs of love and joy; poems of gentleness and
force; they are living and palpitating pages of customs, of
prejudices, of passions ardent and strong as the earth which
has nourished them from the mountains to the sea.
The art of Francesco Paolo Michetti has a potent echo in
the writing of Gabriele d'Annunzio. "La Figlia di Jorio,"
the tragedy of the poet of Pescara, is in fact derived from
the picture by Francesco Paolo Michetti; and certain d'An-
nunzian pages and touches recall vividly the great painter
of Francavilla.
We must not forget around the figure of this master a
group, various and rich, of Neapolitan painters. There is
Vincenzo Volpe, the director of the Accademia die Belli
Arti at Naples, who is a delicate painter of small sentimen-
tal pictures which tell of episodes in the lives of little white
nuns, in the convents full of sun and flowers, in the festive
224
ARTS and DECORATION
February, 1<>|<>
'The Feast of Divine Love" — Enrico Lionne
Mancini's Peasant Girl
gardens beside fresh singing fountains. And Yincenzo Mi-
gliaro, a painter of customs and their environments, executed
with the truth and the "verve" of an acute and profound
observer. The art of this fine artist is allied with the short >
stories, poems and plays of Salvatore di Giacomo, a writer
in dialect, who describes and sums up the Neapolitan soul.
Then too Caprile, de Sanctis, Postiglione and other painters
of less representative importance.
An ardent and impetuous landscapist, a rapid and fertile
painter, tasteful, significant, is Giuseppe Lasciaro. His
pastels and oil paintings are pure joys of color and composi-
tion and are much in demand with intelligent and enthusi-
astic collectors for their fresh emotion and their rich and
pleasing formal expression. He can say with Corot : "Le
reel est une partie de l'etat; le sentiment complete. Sur la
nature cherchez d'abord la forme, apres les valeurs en rap-
port de tons, la couleur et 1' execution; et le tout soumis au
sentiment que vous avez eprouve." ( The real is a part of
art ; sentiment completes it. In nature look first for the
form, then for the values in accordance with the tones, the
color, and the execution ; and submit the whole to the feel-
ing it has inspired in you.)
Italian art has undubitably an important place in the his-
tory of contemporaneous art. Born from the glorious ruins
of that opulent and pompous eighteenth century which
Gian Lorenzo Bernini and Giambattista Tiepolo had carried
to the highest pinnacle of dreams, its exuberant life was
drowned in the classicism issuing from the smoking ruins
of the French revolution. The courageous battle engaged
with romanticism was necessary to reconduct it towards
those springs of fresh and sensible emotions to which it
owes a great part of its beautv.
February, 1910
AR T S and I) E CO RAT [ON
225
A NOTABLE COLLECTION OF
PERSIAN POTTERY
P>V GISELLE D'UNGKR
THli greatest diversity of opinion exists as to Persian
Pottery. Some claim that porcelain was never made
in Persia, while others say that much of the porcelain
catalogued in our museums as Chinese is really Persian.
Long before the Europeans made china, the Persians made
such beautiful earthenware that it might have been taken
for Chinese porcelain as regards color, design, and form.
Wherever clay was found, men became potters. What part
the Byzantium civilization and the Persians played during
the early days of the world, we are beginning to realize.
At the time of the Mohammedan conquest, the potters' art
reached its highest expression. Methods confined to Egypt,
Syria, and Persia were spread from Spain and the south
of France to India and China. There is a beautiful and
mysterious ware called Gombroon, quite translucent and
made from a mixture of pipe clay and glass and glazed
with a soft lead glaze, so that a fragment would meet an
opaque glass. It was made as dishes, apparently bowls,
often mounted on feet, and saucers are more frequent.
"If by originality in art is meant the presentation of a
new idea. Byzantine art is highly original. It engrafted
Persian art upon old classical style and breathed into the
compound a totally new religion, philosophy, and idea of
life and death," says H. Cunynghame, an authority on
European enamels. The strong influence exercised by the
art of Byzantium on that of medieval Persia is unques-
tionable, it is asserted, and when a lover of antiques views
the collection in the Gunsaulus Gallery of the Art Institute
of Chicago, it becomes a pleasurable and reverent attitude
to study the intricacies of design and speculate upon the
origin of a lost art which has never been surpassed, but
closely adapted in later centuries by other nations. While the
tiles may present a more imposing appearance than the vases
of the same date as noted in museums, more richness and
variety than those of Seville, Granada, etc., there is an un-
speakable charm which claims the attention of the student
of ceramics. The magic of color, the joyous interpretation
of those potters of Persia whose curious buds and winged
beasts one sees resembling the Assyrian demons and guard-
ian angels, the opalescent hues pervading the decoration of
bricks, tiles, vases, and other examples of Persian art, arouse
a most fascinating vista of the past. The delightful un-
certainty of the origin of Persian art assists in the joyous
contemplation and speculation of the artists who have left
'to posterity examples of such great interest to artists, archi-
tects, connoisseurs, and collectors. The poetry of the Near-
East is most aptly transmitted in an harmonious whole
Conceive the brilliancy attending public and domestic build-
ings of Persia — the wondrous effect of color and design, the
motives around which flowed remarkable arabesques, in-
genious complications which resolve into a splendid delinea-
tion of art worth. A central motive, a figure subject oc-
casional!)' (always recalling to the connoisseur that old
Mohammedan law which followed this period, in which all
objects portraying the living form of men and gods were
destroyed ) with a suggestion of painting, possessing a charm
no less delicate than that period id" Terburg and Metsu,
those illustrious masters of Genre panting. The animals
show nothing of the elaborate finish of Paul Potter, but the
essential characteristics are of the living creatures in which
sureness and quickness of perception, which would have
pleased the delineators of animal life of the Dutch school,
are observable. But it is not animals or figures that attract
one, it is the street scenes, the flora, the butterfly, which
furnished endless motives for decoration.
The old city of Rhajia, or Rai, mentioned in the book of
Tobias, one of the ancient cities of Persia, near Teheran,
which was destroyed in 1220 by Genghis Khan, partially
rebuilt and again destroyed in the following century, so that
its existence, practically closed in the fourteenth century, has
furnished most remarkable examples where colorings of blue
turquoise, green, red, purple, olive green, indigo, flashed a
scintillating brilliancy. It was considered an important
center in ceramic industry. But this was transferred to the
neighboring town of Veramin in the thirteenth century.
Certain excavations were made and much interesting light
has been thrown on the development of the potter's art
in these countries between the fourth and twelfth centuries.
Nature was not imitated, for, if a purple cow harmonized
better than a dun or brown one, the artist did not hesitate
to depict it so. His impressionist sense of color was ap-
plied whether others understood it or not.
Persian Pottery is a lost art as the tiles exemplify. When
they were first employed as architectural decorations, it has
not been discovered, but there are panels or painted plaques
which mark a distinct advance in the art during a later period.
Wall decorations are the historical data of a nation, usually,
regardless of the medium employed 1 , and these relics serve
to accentuate the assertion. "The system of decoration by
glazed tiles was a special characteristic of Persian architec-
ture and this would serve as an attainment of the highest
artistic excellence in their ornamentation, hence it must have
been an important part of the potter's art in Persia. The
advantages of glazed wall decoration are obvious, as a rich-
ness of effect is attainable in vitrified glaze which gives
brilliancy and transparency to the color. Glazed bricks had
been employed in the architecture of the Babylonian and As-
syrian empires." In the palace of Susa bricks, as shown,
the colors were separated by what appears to be a vitreous
wall, something after the manner of the metal walls of
Cloisonne enamels. Early Egyptian tiles reveal only one
color — purple on a blue ground.
226
ARTS and DECOR AT [ON
February, 1919
This method of wall decoration had long ceased to be
practised in Persia previous to the twelfth or thirteenth
centuries with the removal of the seat of government to
Byzantium when the mosaic decoration came into use.
The collection of potter)- of the Near-East at the Art In-
stitute of Chicago given in memory of -Mrs. .Mary Jane
Gunsaulus by her son, Frank W. Gunsaulus, has recently
been enriched by the addition of a number of beautiful and
important pieces. Among these, the following are repro-
duced, — Veramin lustre tile, script pattern in relief in light
and dark blue on ground of brown lustre and cream color;
Persian tile, blue glaze with pattern in relief ; MesopOtamian
vase, almost completely covered with iridiscence, scroll pat-
tern bands incised and in relief ; Phages modeled jar, blue
with decoration in black of fish and leaf motifs.
Other objects recently presented for this collection are
as follows : blue Rakka Vase with black decoration ; Phages
bowl of the thirteenth century with radiating bands of
script; Ispahan bowl (small), exterior of bright blue with
bands of brownish lustre, interior a flower pattern in lustre
on white ; deep Koubatcha bowl, cream ground with pattern
in blue ; Persian plate, allover pattern in black with birds
and flowers reserved in white ; blue, black, and white water
bottle with pelican and flowers; Kutahia mug; Koubatcha
bulb jar; Anatolian wall tile with flower pattern in colors
on white ground ; Rhages bowl, blue with decoration of birds
and scrolls in black; two small Rhages bowls — lapis lazuli,
blue, decoration in white with touches of gold — one with
arabesques, the other with fish.
It is not difficult to conceive of the artist drawing inspi-
ration from the daily theatre of humanity, with all its vivid-
ness of color and activities before him. Persian pottery re-
flects the Past in its many vicissitudes of every-day life.
The more opalescent hues are characteristic of the earlier
work. That the ruby may have been more effective than
burnished copper and corresponding coloring, the elements
of design in ornament serve to reveal a spontaneous imagi-
nation. As examples are limited, the closest scrutiny by
accepted authorities has been given to the world as accu-
rately as possible, yet much doubt remains. The Arab char-
acters mingled with the composition or ornament reveal
"a picture resplendent in color, its curves moving in a mea-
sure either graceful or piquant and pregnant with suggestions
of the mystery and splendor of the East." Joy, gladness,
dignity, quaintness, tragedy, or comedy, passed in review
before the artist wdio seized upon a motive and developed
it with avidity. Decoration with iridiscent metallic films
is one of the most astonishing and beautiful inventions ever
made by the potter of these lustred tiles.
Rhages Jar — Top illustration
Persian Plate
Mesopotamian Jar
At the Grolier Club
AN exhibition of rare liturgical books is open at the Grolier
• Club, 47 East Sixtieth St., and will continue to March
15. One of the features of the display is a celebrated
psalter printed at Mayence (1459) and said to be one of
the finest books of this type in existence.
Many of the volumes exhibited are books of the Hours
or Horae, with Paris imprint.
February, 1919
ARTS and DECORATION
in
Chinese Paintings from T'ang
to Ming
w
HILH the interest in the Oriental pictures is steadily
growing, the Metropolitan Museum has added sev-
eral Chinese paintings to its collection; they are oi
different periods and kinds and will be most welcome to the
many who wish to study the subtle art of the Far-East.
The earliest is a most decorative large scroll ascribed to
the later Tang period. A long procession of ladies and high
dignitaries passes in serried ranks over a bridge or along
the railed borders of a lotus pond. The flowing garments,
the ribbons and banners form a rhythmic, uninterrupted de-
sign, which fills the space of the long scroll with an unusually
decorative design, spaced at regular intervals by the heads
of the ladies and courtiers. The heads are drawn in simple
outlines : without being realistic, they are so personal that
they almost seem to be portraits. The picture has all the
characteristics of T'ang art and reminds one of the famous
bas-reliefs in the Lung-men grotto, also a procession of dig-
nitaries and well known from the reproductions in Cha-
vannes' book. The drawing is firm but shows as yet no sign
of the brilliant brushwork of the later painter-calligraphers ;
the interest of the artist has been in the decorative lines with
which he built up his composition and the splendid drawing
of the faces.
Of a somewhat later date is the painting attributed to Li
Chao Da. We see in a simple hut, the secluded dwelling of
a sage, the great man receiving a visitor in the quiet atmos-
phere of a sheltered room, which contrasts strongly with
the snow-covered, lonely surroundings. The picture, painted
during the period of the Five Dynasties of the early Sung,
shows the intimate communion with nature which is the
great quality of the paintings of this period. The real sub-
ject is not the sage receiving his visitor, but the wintry feel-
ing of the lonely mountain scene, the trees laden with snow
on a quiet day in early winter, and the contrast of the cold
outside with the sheltered, comfortable room.
A very fine example of the well-known subject of the
dragon in the clouds has been attributed to Chur Sun San.
The dragon does not represent to the Chinese mind the cruel
monster which the idea conveys to use westerners; besides
its more abstract meaning as the emblem of celestial power
and might, the dragon is, so to speak, the patron of rain,
rain the fertilizing power, bringer of wealth andl plenty, a
blessing to the country. Therefore, the Chinese see in the
heavy thunder clouds, gathering after threatening drought,
the dragon bringing relief and the promise of coming rain.
It is this aspect which is masterfully rendered in this picture.
Furiously rolling and unfurling clouds of a coming thunder
storm, which seem to sweep down ready to burst in abundant
rain, suggest the tortuous lines of a powerful dragon; here
and there the dark masses are rent and show parts of the
benevolent monster, more grandiose than fearful, whose
claws, piercing the stirred masses, suggest lightning piercing
the clouds. The almost realistic, surging thunder clouds are
masterfully studied from nature and composed with great
skill and taste. Evidently the picture has been slightly cut
1
!
s
1
i
1
l
i
i
I
i
i
i
l
n
i
i
i
i
l
i
ii
I
i
1
I
I
I
1
i
i
I
i
The Highest Class Talking
Machine in the World
^^£_TOE INSTRUMENT OF" QUALITY
CLEAG
SELL
THE wonderful tone which has made the Sonora
famous is rivalled by the beauty of the period
cabinets in which the mechanism is placed.
The Sonora plays all makes of disc records
perfectly without extra attachments and won
highest score for tone quality at the Panama
Pacific Exposition,
To hear the Sonora and to see the Sonora is to
be convinced that it is unequalled.
A complete line of standard upright styles and
these magnificent art models are available:
l
S
!!
|
|
i
s
Gothic
Louis XV
Louis XI 7
Chippendale
Chinese Chippendale
William & Mary
Jacobean
Adam
Colonial
Duncan Phyfe
Special designs or complete
equipments will be made to order
$50 to $1000
sonora phonograph g>alea Company, 3htc.
GEORGE E. BRIGHTSON, President
NEW YORK— Demonstration Salons:
Fifth Avenue at 53rd Street 279 Broadway
50 Broadway (Standard Arcade)
TORONTO: Ryrie Building
Dealers Everywhere
\\
I
|
I
j
1
i
1
1
i
I
i
i
I
n
I
1
s
I
i
1
I
1
I
i
I
i
i
1
1
Sonora Duncan Phyfe
228
A R T S and D E C O R A T I O N
February, 1919
in Hun J i in hi 111111111 iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii linn minim i i i ■«■ i i i i ■■ ' ' Iii ,lii |
The COLONY SHOPS
GINSBURG dr LEVY
ANTIQUES
Seventeenth Century Italian Wrought
iron table, a specimen from our vast
collection of antiques
/'"W the first floor you will find early
English and Italian pieces, on other
floors French eighteenth century and
Georgian antiques, as well as a repre-
sentative collection of early /American
specimens.
397 MADISON AVENUE
NEW YORK
-I 111 1,1 IB 11:1 111 SH 1 ' ill IHIIiH'lli "111 Fi! iH.l I'll. 1 1 ,111. i IH 111! LifliElllllll'l llll 1 ;! HI 1 1 111 fHH'llll , ,!»S 1 11111,11 1 ; '111; 1 1 1 ' "I If, II I f! Hiff ,1 i HI.:
rfEft'i-CHfc
»*«*.'
INTERIOR DECORATOR
TO those who desire homes in which culture and good taste are
expressed in interior decoration, my organization offers the
utmost facilities. I will handle the entire problem of interior
decoration of the home for you or I will co-operate with you in
purchasing bits of furniture, draperies, etc , to fit into the various
rooms and halls of your town and country houses.
I am now showing specially painted furniture, also chintz and
net curtains for country homes. My collection of antique mir-
rors and frames is indeed unusually attractive.
MRS. GERRIT SMITH
31 East 48th Street New York City, N. Y.
down, especially at the top — probably the edges had boon
damaged owing to repealed remounting — the trail of the
thunder eloud, which after a beautiful sweep ends in a streak
of light rain cloud in the right-hand upper corner, may have
been a few inches longer, but very little of the original pic-
ture is lost. In its splendid preservation the picture gives
us one of the most beautiful and attractive renderings of
this poplar subject so often hard and commonplace.
The head of Buddha, Gotama the Saviour, has been at-
tributed to Wu Tao Tze, but this very early origin seems to
me at least risky. The painting may be founded on tradi-
tions of the early master's work, but it is much more likely
that it should be the work of Yen Hui, a master of the
Yuan period. The head of the Buddha, not represented as
the glorified deity, but as the man who has given up wealth
and position to follow his mission and to be the saviour of
mankind, is full of compassionate, thoughtful expression.
Realistic in conception, it shows the peculiar cranial forma-
tions, to the Oriental mind the outward sign of superhuman
gifts, which in more conventional pictures are represented
by symbolic decorative, sometimes jeweled forms. The
drawing", full of feeling, and the expression of the face are
the real beauty of this picture.
The Ming picture of an elderly lady in a wonderful cos-
tume of harmonious brocades is a fine example of the por-
traits painted for the ancestral hall, where they were hung
on the anniversary of the death and on the occasion of cer-
tain celebrations in memory of the deceased. They were
often posthumous portraits, sometimes, however, painted
during the lifetime and put away till the inevitable day had
come, always done in a formal, never varying position and
in robes recalling early ages such as the person had 1 never
worn in life. The faces, very simply done without effects
of light and shade, recall the European portraits of the six-
teenth century, wonderfully impressive in their quiet dig-
nity and simple Holbein-like lines.
From Ni Tsan, a well-known painter of the Yuan period,
there is a simple and very charming landscape, the shores
of a lake in the late autumn where a few tenderly drawn
trees retain their last leaves. These leaves, cleverly painted
with the calligrapher's consummate art, form the main fea-
ture and remind one of the skill with which Korin, the fa-
mous Japanese painter of the seventeenth century, applied
his wet, masterly touches. The long series of inscriptions
by different well-known artists of the Ming period shows
that the picture was considered a gem which gave Ni Tsan
at his best. One of the inscriptions is by T'ang Ying, the
famous calligrapher, and precious as a specimen of his art.
This picture and the Seven Pines by Tang Tze Hua, also
of the Yuan period, are of the kind most prized by Oriental
connoisseurs, and it seems easy to understand their appre-
ciation. Nature is rendered just as seen, simply and truly,
in the Tang Tze Hua with a realism which makes it difficult
to understand that such a modern, direct vision was the
work of a painter of the fourteenth century. What escapes
the casual observer is the wonderful brush-work which could
be produced only by an Oriental painter-call igrapher.- i
(Continued on page 230)
February, 191')
A RTS and 1) E COR A TIO X
229
| I^^^M^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^S^^^^^S^SS^S^^g^^^^^^^^^;,
If
3
I
=
i
I
!
Authentic Period
Furniture and Decorative Accessories
Rare and beautiful pieces, authentic antiques of Italian Renaissance and
other Decorative Periods may be seen in the enlarged and newly
arranged galleries of Emil Feffercorn.
The completeness of the exhibition is most exceptional — it includes
Antique Furniture, Reproductions, Tapestries, Needlework, Decorative
Accessories and fine Architectural Cabinet Work.
In addition to presentations of Furniture and Art Objects, the complete
handling of home decorative problems is a major feature of my galleries.
Mr. Feffercorn will be pleased to
make appointments for consulta'
tion with out-of-town clients.
/ 26 and /2<5 East 23th Street
ii
is
I
I
1
m
§
iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiih iiiiiniiiiiiiiiiiitii ■ i in iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiniiiiiiiifflii iiiiiitmi iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiini i in
:
230
ARTS and DECORATION
February, 1919
CHINESE PAINTINGS FROM T'ANG
TO MING
i Continued from page 228 I
A scroll inscribed with grand, bold letters in which Mi Fei,
the great Sung painter and calligrapher, puts down some of
his ideas on the technique of painting, shows how splendid
Chinese letters are when written with the strong hut subtle
and eminently dexterous brush of the calligrapher. The
seemingly free and careless but in reality very studied letters,
each in itself a splendid ornament, make us understand why
an Oriental of the old school who prides himself on his beau-
tiful writing has to practise at least an hour a day to keep
his hand in training.
Then there is a scroll representing Lohans at rest and at
play, saintly persons who have reached a spiritual higher
plane hut are quite human still in other respects. The paint-
ing is in the freer style of Li Lung Mien; the expression of
the faces, admirably drawn, is rendered by a great artist
even if it is not by the great master himself.
Another scroll by Kung Kai shows us philosophers in their
different artistic occupations rendered in a free, almost im-
pressionistic way with a keen eye for the funny side and a
very life-like expression.
It is announced that the Annual Exhibition of the
AMERICAN WATER-COLOR SOCIETY will be held
at the National Arts Club, 11 ( > East 19th Street, New York,
from February 6th to 28th, inclusive.
Common Sense in Home Decoration
AS in all that touches us very intimately, interior deco-
ration is more a matter of "why" than of "how."
It is of little use to examine samples of wallpaper
until we have some personal convictions about wall cover-
ings and what they should accomplish in the complete
scheme of the room. It is unnecessary to decide whether
we shall buy William and Mary or Louis XVI chairs, un-
less we ourselves thoroughly understand the basic reasons
that are to govern our purchases. A definitely conceived
purpose is the sine qua non of the successful room. We
must know first of all what effect we wish to achieve, for
it is only then that we can intelligently adopt means to
obtain this effect.
But broader than this conception of the particular room
is the underlying idea of the purpose of interior decoration,
in general. Setting aside the few isolated instances in
which money and taste make it possible to indulge whims
or fancies or even "grand ideas," the purpose of interior
decoration is to make the house more livable. "Livable"
is a comprehensive word, implying many things to many
people. But it is safe to say that to all of us who cherish
ideals of home and the expression of home in material
terms, "livable" will signify qualities of charm and interest
and the comfort, which is a much more subtle thing than
can be attained by a collection of easy-chairs and luxurious
sofas.
Interior Decorations
furniture, hangings,
^h\H'i^aAL§ 9 wail.il, a:\* n
FLOOR COVERINGS
ALSO
ILT N I <Q TLT IE 3])115(UOEATIVB
ARTICLES SHTITAB1L1E
['•<0>1R A1L.IL, II NT IE III I © US 8
February, 1919
A RTS and 1) ECO RATIO X
231
p€MOTT€
of Ptrte
27 rue de Berri
For many 5>ears the House of Demotte has
occupied a unique field in Paris, specializing in
FRENCH ART OF THE MIDDLE AGES
We extend to you a cordial invitation
to visit the American Branch at 8 East
57th Street, where a Private Collection
of the finest Masterpieces, brought from
Paris owing to the War, is on view
SCULPTURES
TAPESTRIES
FURNITURE
STATUARY
PAINTINGS
RARE FABRICS
The interest now being taken by Americans in French Gothic
art is particularly fitting, because the noble appeal and
humanity of this art typifies France and her beautiful cathedrals
Z B Saat 5rti? Stmt Nrw fork ^
232
ARTS and DECORATIO N
February, 1919
T^il/nf IXFpkf The most beautiful of
i lie i ii ci all curtains . Hand .
made in original and exclusive designs.
$9.00 Pair Up
If you prefer to do this simple, interest-
ing work yourself, we will supply NET
BY THE YARD— THREADS BY
THE SKEIN. (Exclusive sale of
threads used.)
Send for circular with designs illustrated.
Instructions Supplied With Each Order
HARRIET de R. CUTTING
Interior Decorator. Color Schemes Submitted
Studios: 6 East 37th Street, New York City
Interior Decoration
Selection, not price, is the genius of good taste in
choosing decoration for the home. The House of
Huber manufactures its own reproductions from
rare antiques with strict adherence to the originals.
In the Huber Galleries you will find exclusive de--
signs of furniture of our own creation as well as
period furniture and imported fabrics.
We make a specialty of furnishing
and decorating homes. Our booklet
on this subject is of interest — it will
be sent upon request.
Exact Reproduction
of Georgian Chair
by Huber
H. F. Hubert Co.
New York, 13 East 40th St.
FACTORY
18th to 19th Sts. & Ave. C
Paris, 18 Faub. Poissonniere
•53
Comfort is so much likelier to be a state of mind than a
condition of body that its incorporation in a house calls
for the rarest sort of skill, the most careful looking to de-
tails. Our homes are the backgrounds of our social exis-
tence and must be planned to accommodate our needs and
desires, and to reflect and gratify our taste. A room which
is cluttered and overcrowded irritates because it clashes
with our sense of order and repose. A room which is
under furnished, or too stiffly and formally arranged, ap-
peals to us as bleak and forbidding, and discourages even
the most cheerful and congenial of companions. If no at-
tention is paid to the creation of decorative "incidents,"
our homes, though planned with the utmost attention to
comfort and good taste, will be lacking in character and
interest.
An invitation to ■friendly talk may be tacitly extended
by a judicious grouping of chairs, or a quiet hour with
books suggested by a low table with conveniently arranged
reading-light. It is in planning of this sort directed toward
making human association in the home a pleasanter and
more significant and fruitful thing, which constitutes "in-
terior decoration" in its best and in its truest sense. To
know how to create gracious or beautiful or interesting
interiors is indeed the aim of the decorator or the home-
maker. But unless there is first full realization of what
these interiors are to mean in human terms and what they
are to effect in human associations, there can be small hope
of real success. The "how" of interior decoration belongs
to talent — sometimes a talent for starting or adapting a ^ *■
sensational fad — and is superficial ; but the "why" is in the
realm of genius, and is revealed to those who make patient
and loving study of their subject in general and of each
specific problem in particular.
It is almost as necessary for the person trusted with the
furnishing of rooms to know human nature, as it is for the
writer of fiction, and to be as ready in intelligently relating
causes with effects. Observation and common sense and
an infinite patience with detail are other qualities which the
creator of rooms and the creator of stories should hold in
common. They must both possess more than ordinary
humanness and the ability to interpret or express it for the
enjoyment of others.
Nowhere is this purely human and common-sense side
of interior decoration more in evidence than in the ar-
rangement and grouping of furniture. Perhaps if we paid
less attention to the specific period or the individual attrac-
tions of our tables and chairs and sofas, and gave greater
thought to their disposition in the whole scheme of things,
our rooms would be more coherent and more expressive
of our lives and interests. We love the cheeriness of the
open fire — and isolate all the comfortable chairs in the
opposite corner of the room, with not so much as a fender
bench to invite us to the magic circle made by the glow of
the flames. We enjoy nothing so much as intimate talk — -
and arrange our chairs at impossible distances from each
other, as if offering to maintain diplomatic relations with
our friends, but suggesting that they do not attempt undue*
familiarity.
■ ■ -. : :! i i i. m : ^ ,! ;r i! -ii M ;i ,i ,: .1 :: i i 1 ;! ;, .,■ i ' ! , i: - i: .: i :i ,' :: mi ,i .:; !. : ; r , : : ■!■ . i
" : . : : ' ! 1 1 ' I , - 1 1 I ! ' 1 1 1 - 1 ' ' I - 1 : 1 1 1 : 1 i : - 1 1 ' 1 1 1 ' : 1 . 1 1 . 1 1 . . 1 1 : ' . . 1 1 1 1 1 1 T 1 1 ! : 1 1 ' 1 1 ' 1 1' I M 1 1 1 ! ' 1 1 ! 1 1 ' . 1 1 ' : 1 1 i 1 1 ' : Mil
lllillllllllllllllilllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllli
tJ C~J{ei.ngings
^/Intiques
lOl Park Ave at 40* St ■• "Newjybrk
Qccomlionc
Uurniture
The HUTAFF
GALLERIES
The furnishing and decoration of
a home to-day calls for a knowl-
edge of furniture, paintings, tap-
estries, etc. The service Mr.
Hutaff extends to home-owners
is relatively the same as an archi-
tect's to a home-builder.
The Hutaff Galleries are show-
ing an interesting collection of
Needlework.
You are invited to view this col-
lection as well as many pieces
of antique furniture on view.
1 minium iiiiiiiiinii mi ii mi : immiimimiiiiiiiiiiiimiimmimii mini miiiiiiiiii i mini inn i i mimimmii minimi immiii iiiniminiiuiniiiiiiiiniiniinl
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIHIIII Illlllilllllllllll Illilllllllllllllll IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIM Il!l!lll!l!lllllllllllllllllll!llllllllllllllllllllllllllll!!lffi!!!illll!l» ^ Illllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll ,
234
ARTS and DECORATION
February, l'M'»
MINNET DINING-ROOM SET (stained), 45-inch oak-tot) table and
four chairs, the latter cushioned with plain rep or figured cretonne,
$67.51); Buffet, $41; Serving Table, $24; Tray Wagon, $22.50; Fern
Basket, $5.25. Express prepaid 100 miles; freight 500. Upholstery
samples and catalog on request.
Atmosphere
Loads of it. You can do any-
thing with Minnet Willow.
The free, graceful lines and
variety of desikn afford end-
less possibilities for the coun-
try home. Leading decorators
favor Minnet furniture because it
is solidly constructed of the finest
French willow, more valuable than
ever because of importing diffi-
culties. Minnet Spring designs
suggest many inviting interiors.
Catalog gladly sent.
<ntp"
&Qo
Manufacturers of High
Grade Willow Furniture
365 LEXINGTON AVE.
Between 40th and 41st Streets
NEW YORK CITY
The Highest Type
Small Player Grand
VTRANICH-ff-BACH
Rg| GRANDETTE Player Grand Piano with its
Player mechanism hidden from view is the most beau-
tiful possession with which the home is adorned.
Inventive minds have developed for Kranich &
Bach this exquisite type of small Player Grand, mak-
ing it possible for those who cannot themselves play
to secure all the tonal qualities possible to hand-
playing without study or practice.
Three generations of music-lovers have been captivated
by the never-to-be-forgotten loveliness of tone which has
made the Kranich & Bach Pianos the world over.
KRANICH & BACH
235 East 23rd Street, New York
Send for illustrated catalogue Convenient Terms of Payment
WYANT— THE NATURE-PAINTER «
(Continued from page 200)
ring sleep that swallows up the littleness of man in its
immensity ."
Tin's last quotation unquestionably describes Wyanl and
the soul of Wyant far better than the others. This writer
sees more than paint, style, technique — he gets into the
heart of things.
Wyant was a nature painter, as were Corot and Rous-
seau. Daubigny was rather a painter of the country, of
the landscape in its relation to mankind — not that he in-
troduced figures, for he seldom did (and Corot often
did) — but that the spirit of man reigns in all his pictures.
If Wyant had painted with words, he would have been a
Wordsworth rather than a Tennyson; and his poetry would
have been lyrical rather than idyllic or pastoral. He would
rather sing of more serious things than tell of the glad-
someness of smiling nature, with its fragrant meadows and
sun-kissed fields. As a painter he preferred to interpret
Nature rather than to use it for a setting for his own
thoughts and ideas, in which respect he resembles Rousseau
and Daubigny rather than Corot. His profound devotion
to Nature gave him the ability to interpret her with a
subtlety of tone that is bewildering; and some of his works
suggest infinity. He was the Thoreau of Art. He is the
American Angelo; for, as Michael Angelo painted the soul
of persons and angels, Wyant painted the soul of Nature."
NOTES OF THE BOOK WORLD
(Continued from Page 220)
will probably be offered at Sotheby's soon to the highest
bidder, unless some ardent collector secures the lot at'
private sale.
Altogether the collection comprises about one hundred
items, and the first portion of about thirty manuscripts is
now being catalogued. Yates Thompson has been for many
years a discriminating collector in Europe of medieval
manuscripts and his treasures of early literature are widely
known in Great Britain.
In New England
A COLLECTION of rare and fine books from the pri-
vate libraries of the late General Walter Harriman.
Governor of New Hampshire, and of the late Isaac Adams
of Sandwich, New Hampshire, was dispersed by C. F.
Libbie & Co. in Boston last month. It included some in-
teresting items of Americana, and the early Tulley's Al-
manac, printed in Boston, 1696, and originally in the pos-
session of Zachariah Symmes, first minister of Bradford,
Mass. In the sale were a number of items of Lincolniana,
and others relating to Washington.
A February sale at Libbie's includes some items pertain-
ing to Washington, and other Americana.
Autographs and MSS.
A NUMBER of interesting autographs and manuscripts
are included in a recent catalogue issued by James F.
Drake. Several bear the signature of militarv leaders of
and D E CORA! tO X
m
a
" v v
ANCI&NT & MOD&RJM
7&
\^~A^
SHAHRISTAN RUGS ^
t ^ WOVfcN TO SP£f»IAL ORDCR.
ON OUR. OWN LOOMS
^
.
IN TH6 OF
; P
12 fAST 40TH STR&&T
rsF
NgW^iYohk
^ i KT
^
"§'
^' S% **ir " $k W^itM, ■
iC
Fifth Avsnus Branch: Coil 52nd St.
j i
UPPPFlWffiBfPf
SS^Sgf
WfPP""n
236
ARTS and DECORATION
February, 1919
(Continued from Page 234) |
the Revolution and the Civil War. A remarkable letter to
General Knox is signed by Baron von Steuben. It was
written to General Knox with a view to inducing him to
interest Washington in behalf of the soldiers.
Another letter of the same period is signed by Richard
Montgomery, Major-General in the American Revolution.
This epistle was written on the day that Montreal sur-
rendered to General Montgomery.
History of the Salmagundians
A HISTORY of the Salmagundians has recently been
-^~* completed by William Henry Shelton, for many years
librarian of the society of artists.
Mr. Shelton has a wide acquaintance among the artist
members of the Salmagundi Club, and is well equipped to
chronicle the many interesting events which have taken
place within the boundaries of this unique organization,
which gave its first exhibition at Leavitt's, Broadway and
Thirteenth St., the sales gallery of the metropolis in the
early days, when the favorite foreign masters, according to
Mr. Shelton, were Meyer von Bremen and little Preyer,
who painted the bubbles in the champagne.
It grew up with the great magazine movement led by
Scribner's Monthly, afterwards the Century Magazine.
Almost everybody in the "Who is Who" of the art world
has been present in one season or another at the annual
"Get Together" and "Get Away" dinners of the Salma-
gundians. It will be interesting to see what Mr. Shelton
has to say about Salmagundia, his story of the Artists' ^'fe*
in Gotham.
THE PALMER COLLECTION
(Continued from Page 211)
elaborate frets and clustered legs, is an admirable example
of furniture in this exotic manner. It may be dated about
1755-1760. A few years later, about 1760-1765, is an
armchair combining certain Gothic motives, the pointed
arch, for example, with others French in origin. It is
hybrid in design, but nevertheless pleasing in result.
The fashion of tea-drinking as an afternoon function,
which raged between 1760 and 1770, gave a decided im-
pulse to the production of tilt-top or tripod tables, made
popular by Chippendale and his school. As we have seen,
the tripod-table used as a teakettle and candlestand occurs
in the early Georgian period, and presumably furnished
the suggestion from which the tripod tea-table was evolved.
Although Chippendale included in the first edition of the
Director various designs for tripod fire-screens and candle-
stands, no single tripod-table is illustrated. Since Chip-
pendale's designs were compiled with the hope of securing
new patronage, it would seem that, had tripod-tables been
fashionable at the time, they would have been included in
the Director. It is a reasonable inference that the fashion
for tripod-tables, which were made in considerable num-
bers, during the later half of the eighteenth century, com-
menced shortly after 1754.
A remarkably beautiful example of the tilt or snap-top
February, 1919
A RTS and D E CO R A TIC) N
237
finely designed. The date is about 1760-1765. Another
fine piece is a three-tier waiter with tripod feet. This
piece dates about 1760-1770, and although the carving is
not of the superlatively fine quality of the tea-table, it is an
exceptional example o\ an unusual type.
If the furniture of the first halt of the eighteenth century
is anonymous in character, in the second half of the cen-
tury designing was in the hands of artist-craftsmen of
marked individuality.
Although the brothers Adam were not cabinet-makers,
they designed furniture which was executed by others,
Chippendale among them, and the classical style which
they made fashionable necessarily had a vast influence upon
furniture. A mahogany round-about chair in the Palmer
collection is an excellent example of the Adam influence
in furniture design, and may be dated about 1770.
The delicate and refined style of Hepplewhite is well
exemplified in four armchairs of satinwood ornamented
with carving and inlaid decoration dating about 1780-1785.
The shield back favored by Hepplewhite is finely illustrated
in these chairs.
WILLIAM SAVERY
(Continued from Page 203)
copied after those on an Inigo Jones bookcase, Plate CLXI
of Chippendale's "The Gentleman's and Cabinet Maker's
'A rector," London (1754), and the female head and bust
frequently appeared on the plates of the various architec-
tural books of Langley. The peculiar designs of the beau-
tiful fretwork beneath the cornice on this, as well as that
which appears on the desk we are next describing, may
well have been worked out from Plate 31 of "The Cabinet
and Chair-Maker's Real Friend and Companion," by Rob-
ert Manwaring, cabinet-maker, London (1775), a copy of
which is in the Metropolitan Library. The original flat plate-
handles have been replaced by those shown in the illustra-
tion. Instead of the characteristic shell and foliation on
the lower drawer, a design of floriated scrolls and birds has
been used.
The beautiful desk which had lived its quiet life at Cam-
den, across the river from Philadelphia, until brought to
light by the omnivorous Palmer, is also thoroughly Chip-
pendale in feeling. Its whole workmanship stamps it as
almost a companion piece to the highboy just described.
The evidence in regard to the tripod-stand and the re-
markable tea-table is as yet purely circumstantial. The
tripod-stand has long been in the Lawrence family, and
was. bought by Mr. Palmer at the same time as the superb
highboy and lowboy. This allows the inference that the
three pieces were originally purchased together and that
the table-stand is the work of Savery. The carvings on
the bases of the two tables show great similarity of motive
and treatment. The guilloches on both are identical and
must have been obtained from the Batty-Langley books,
as they are not found on the Chippendale plates. The pie-
crust table is remarkable not only for its extraordinary
I
m
THE Old English model of Living room or Li-
brary Sofa, loose cushions, spring edge seat,
spring back, soft and comfortable — one of the
smartest we carry. In denim or imitation linen with
down cushions. The price is $115.
Polychrcmed Mirror, size 3 ft. x 3 ft. 6 in. Price $75.
Oak Floor Lamp, rose silk shade. Price $60.
Iron Floor Lamp, hand painted vellum shade, land-
scape subject. Price $70.00.
ATTRACTIVE interiors not only depend
upon harmony of color but the correct
grouping of well chosen furniture. Wt will be
glad to furnish color schemes and estimates to
those interested in correct Home Furnishings.
U!r(Stbbmt & (Cnmpamj
3 West 3rth g>trrrt
N«u IJnrk
EliBH;ffiE«g.",riJ1 iE rasgi^B» I Ill Ill— I
Annual
Stock-taking Sale
<&m
Beg to announce that dur-
ing January and February
they will make reductions
of from 10 to 50 per cent,
on a great number of Din-
ner Sets, Plates, Cups and
Saucers, Bric-a-Brac, Glass
in Sets, odd Dozens and
Single Pieces.
Fifth Ave. &- 30th
New York City
St.
K1
238
A k TS and I) ECO R A TIO X
•'ebruary, I'M 1 )
YALE SCHOOL OF THE FINE ARTS
YALE UNIVERSITY, NEW HAVEN, CONN. SERGEANT KENDALL, Director
Departments of Drawing and Painting, Sculpture and Architecture
GLASSES IN COMPOSITION. ANATOMY AND PERSPECTIVE
j|f<F '"*■■■
Painted from life by member
of the life-painting class, Yale
School of Fine Arts
FACULTY — Painting — Sergeant
Kendall. Drawing — Edwin C. Tay-
lor, G. H. Langzettel, T. Diedrick-
sen, Jr. Sculpture — Robert G.
Eberhard. Architecture — Everett
V. Meeks, Franklin J. Walls, A.
Kingsley Porter. Composition,
Perspective — Edwin C. Taylor.
Anatomy — Raynham Townshend,
M.D.
DEGREE — The degree of Bache-
lor of Fine Arts (B.F.A.) is
awarded for advanced work of
distinction.
The Winchester Fellowship for
one year's study of art in Europe,
the English Scholarship for study
of art and travel in Europe during
the summer vacation, and School
Scholarships are awarded annually.
Illustrated Catalogue: Address G. H. LANGZETTEL. Secretary
HOLLAND HOUSE
WILLARD H. BARSE. Lessee
FAMOUS
FOK A GENERATION
Fifth Avenue at 30th Street
(Avenue des Allies)
NEW YORK
Room Tariffs Conform to Government
Recommendations.
Bronze MemorialTablets"
Designs. Estimates. Illustrated Booklet. Free'
Jno.Williams.Inc. Bronze Foundry (Est. 1875)
555 West 27XhStreet.NewYorkCity
JAPAN ART STUDIO
Oriental
Decorators
J^~
Fine Lacquer
Work
Repair of Art
Objects
562 Lexington Ave., Near 50th St.
Phone. Plaza 4538 ]\KW YORK CITY
\ n]uab)e Furniture,
s. i .'rii. Porcelain,
Pottery, Piaster,
Ivnry. Wnoil. Sione
Metul, < rloisoune.
Tapestry, Brocade,
Etc.
SIUr^BKT ART 5OFL°^rACffK A5I
■<-£ Caitwa:
~ "ARTKRAiT5
Mm HJI 1T m accpiem
Ull-iALI MONDAY B E,RK.E,LEjy CALIFOR Nl
i^ w diik4*^ im\*m.iMitr*i**w*r\nm*T*
Washington University
ST. LOUIS SCHOOL
of FINE ARTS
Fully equipped to give
instruction in Drawing.
Ceramic-Decoration, Pot-
tery, Painting, Applied
Arts, Composition, Mod
eling, Bookbinding, Crafts
Illustration. Interior dec-
oration.
For full information and
free illustrated handbook
apply to
E. H. WUERPEL, Director
45th year. Next term opens September 23, 1918.
Skinker Road and Liodell Boulevard, St. Louis, Mo.
(Continued from page 237)
workmanship as to its carvings, hut
lor its proportions and the delicac)
ot the form of its base.
The two sideboard tallies are of
great merit and are typically Euro-
pean in general character; the) ran
not as yet he definitely ascribed to
Savery. The less elaborate was found
in an old house in Baltimore and is
generally agreed to he of American
workmanship. Authorities differ as to
the origin of the other. It appears to
be more French than English in char-
acter, but at this period Philadelphia
had almost no trade with France. \\ e
know, however, that for a hundred
and fifty years its home was with the
Cadwalader family in Philadelphia,
and a careful study of some of the
carving allows more than a mere con-
jecture that the work may have been
Savery 's. The query naturally arises,
if these tables are American and of
the vicinity of Philadelphia, who hut
Savery could have made them?
No attempt has been made to de-
scribe in detail the superb workman-
ship of the various Savery pieces ;
only upon the closest scrutiny are re-
vealed the beauty of their moldings,
the strength and simplicity of design
of their carvings, and the variety of
form and ornament. Ever}' bit of th<»>.
detail invites careful study. Certain
pieces of the furniture have been de-
scribed minutely in Mr. Lockwood's
book on American furniture.
(Courtesy Metropolitan Museum of Art)
T
The Master Ornamentalists
Notes On An Exhibition
HE ornamentalist differs from
the decorator in that he is the
designer of decorative motives
which the latter assembles into a har-
monious ensemble. From him came
the patterns and pattern-books which
were widely circulated among the
crafts and had an immense influence
on the formation of the styles of dec-
oration. The Gothic designs are chiefly
for ecclesiastical silver objects. In the
Renaissance, Italy and Germany are
particularly rich in ornamentalists,
Michael Angelo, Raphael, Beham,
Holbein, Aldegrever, among many,
figuring as designers of doors and
windows, friezes, grotesques, silver-
ware, garden ornaments, and much
more. In the 17th century the art is
fully developed, France taking the
lead, and in the 18th century the ar-
tists of all other countries became
mere copyists of the French masters.
Besides the designers of articles of
luxury there were those, — Moreau le
jeune, Choffard, ct at, — who made tJae
charming
18th century books
things they are.
the
February, 1919
A R TS and D E CO R ATI ON
239
■*ar. r- ~ j r. . ii'Mi'.' i mi ■ ill tu JN !■ i ilu w 1 1 1 " ~
IRVING IfCASSON; I
DESIGNERS AMD MAKERS OF
FINE FURNITURE AND INTERIOR. FINISH
DECORATIONS- UPHOLSTERY
WALL HANGING J
BOSTON NEW YORK.
570-575 BOYLSTOIN ST GOI FIFTH AVENUE
COPLEY SQUARE
nHJHUininnmiinnmwillliHiLM' I : '
l«l
F. N. DOWLING
Furniture and Decoration
57th Street at Madison Avenue
NEW YORK
EXCLUSIVE PERIOD FURNITURE
IMPORTED MARBLE and WOOD MANTELS
ELECTRIC FIXTURES
SILKS — LINENS — TAPESTRIES
"HEARTH FIRE" EQUIPMENT
For the practical and
suitable
FURNISHING
of the
FIREPLACE
Appropriate for Gifts
Catalog free on request
Your Architect Should
Plan Your Building Now
Colonial Fireplace Company
"Everything for the fireplace"
4620 W. 12th Street CHICAGO
BIGGINS'
At Dealers Generally
Chat. M. Higgins & Co. , Mfr*
271 Niath Street, Brooklyn. N. Y.
Branches: Chicago, London
DRAWING INKS
ETERNAL WRITING INK
ENGROSSING INK
TAURINE MUCILAGE
PHOTO-MOUNTER PASTE
DRAWING-BOARD PASTE
LIQUID PASTE
OFFICE PASTE
VEGETABLE GLUE, ETC.
ARE THE FINEST AND BEST INKS
AND ADHESIVES
Emancipate yourself from the
uae of corrosive and ill-
smelling inks and adhesive*
and adopt the Higfiru Ink*
and AdhetiTM. They will be a
revelation to you, they are eo
eweet, clean and well put up.
ANCIENT and MODERN
RUGS
(o^tikVan & (a>
Shahristan Rugs Woven to special
order on our looms in the Orient
1 2 East 40th Street - New York
The Tobey Furniture Co.
Interior Decorations
Our aim is to assist the client, developing
his individual ideas in harmonious form.
Tobey- Made Furniture
— the original designs of our studios,
executed by hand in our own shops.
*EW YORK : Fifth Avenue at Fifty-third Street
CHICAGO : Wabash Avenue and Washington Street
Tliis great repertory of art has ap-
parently remained until now virtually
unknown in this country to collectors,
and to students of design. Of late
years reproductions of the principal
works have been published : the de-
signs of Marot, Berain, ( )ppenord,
Meissonier, La Londe, etc. These
facsimiles arc not, of course, for the
collector, but as "laborator) material"
for the student they are of great use,
- not to he used textually. but as
sources of suggestion for the artist.
Let us hope that the present exhibi-
tions will arouse an interest in this
most charming of the minor graphic
arts, so that we may, in the dawn of
what we expect will he a long era of
peace, see gathered together a great
collection representing it, both of or-
iginals and of hne reproductions.
Thus the Master Ornamentalists may
live among us, too, to continue their
beneficent influence on the arts which
stand so largely for civilization.
—Lloyd Warren.
Some of the originals to which Mr.
Warren refers in the foregoing note
may be found in various public art
libraries. The reproductions are more
easily available. But, originals or re-
productions, the designs are there for
the student to see. It is with the
object of emphasizing the great value
of this mass of "documentary" or
"source" material that the Art Divi-
sion of The New York Public Library
will arrange in the Stuart Gallery of
the Central Building, an exhibition of
books as well as individual plates, the
latter lent by Mr. Warren.
This exhibition, to be on view dur-
ing January and March, follows one
at the Grolier Club, just closed, and
precedes an important one at the Me-
tropolitan Museum.
Obviously, all this has relation to
the movement for offering better op-
portunities for the training of design-
ers, and just as obviously it is not
slavish copying that is aimed at, but
study and assimilation and inspiration.
As part of the bigger educational
movement, such exhibitions have their
share in that general work of recon-
struction and preparation, the neces-
sity for which is increasingly appre-
ciated.
Many noted names appear in the
present exhibition : Androuet Du Cer-
ceau, Marot, Berain, Germain, Pille-
ment, Boucher fils, Delafosse, Moreau,
Oppenord, Gillot, Delia Bella, Percier,
Pergolesi, Chippendale, Sheraton,
Adam, — to name a few, — as well as
16th century engravers and the lace
designers. Arrangement in groups
(goldsmithing, lighting fixtures, lace,
etc. ) makes its appeal to various spe-
cialties. Of course, the object of it
all is to bring before students the ac-
tual designs from which artists
worked in those days, instead of adap-
tations and compositions. Equally,
of course, completeness is out of the
question. One cannot display all of
the material, any more than one can
show more than one plate of a given
pattern book. But the way can be
shown : such exhibitions are guide-
posts for those who will read.
EST. m If, 1S52.
Oriental Rugs
UNUSUAL SIZES AND COLORINGS
I APR EM ELY LARGE CARPETS
JosephWildSCo.
Fifth Ave. at 35th St. -New York
i. l >uHkiw mi %£ta2, I ■
RUGS-
FINE RINTIQUE S. MODERN
OR I ENTR US ■ VRST ASSORT-
MENT- MODERATE PRICES
SPECIAL DESIGNS S. PLPiHN
COLORS IN WESTERM RUGS
OF 1-1 I C H QUALITY
Kgnt-Costikygm
_ TRADING CO. INC.
485 FIFTH AVENUE- NEW YORK
OPPOSITE PUBLIC LIBRARY
j^pectalisfs in (Sn^IiskJIWttJure
qJj[<=/j>ol
re/ho)
°P
tonczoTij/zirniTure
in, 3\exO jlotr)
AUDI SON AVE., J VST SOVTH ^"342
D
q5
JOSEPH P. NFHUGH &SON
JAMES SLATER WnWCH
fittest 42"- rf Street, J^ r ew Iforkj
Designers and Alakers of Quaint furniture
Importers of exclusive Tia/tpapers and 7nb
( ^fabrics
hL
cj
LaPLACE
ANTIQUE
SHOP
Objects of Art, Curios, Rare Old Crystals and
Sheffield Plate, Period Furniture and Replicas
242 Fifth Ave.
near. W. 28th St., N.Y.
DANIEL ADAMS.
Ugr.
11 East 48th St.
near Fifth Ave.
R. H. KINGSBURY
Mgr.
"Good OAK FURNITURE is more nearlv 'boy-
proof than any other ennallv fine cabinet-wood."
AMERICAN OAK MERS. ASSN. answer all
letters. Addr. 1403, 14 Main St., Memphis, Tenn.
JAP-ART BRUSH CO., 154 Nassau Street, New York
ARTS and DECORATION
February, 1919
DEVOE
Artists' Oil Colors in Tubes
Are prepared from carefully
selected pigments — thoroughly in-
corporated with the purest oil —
single and double size tubes. Used
and endorsed by leading artists.
At the request of a number
of prominent artists we are
now putting up a line of
Devoe Artists' Oil Colors
in studio size tubes.
Canvas, Academy Boards, Brushes,
Water Colors, Artists' Materials, &c.
Write for Pamphlet on Our
New Equalized Spectrum Colors
The Oldest and Largest Color Makers in America
ESTABLISHED 1754
DEVOE & RAYNOLDS CO., Inc.
NEW YORK CHICAGO KANSAS CITY NEW ORLEANS
TN artists' studios in
L every quarter of the
world, the famous
VENUS Pencils have
made their mark,
establishing] a lasting
reputation.
PFMCILS
17 black degrees
ond .? copying
For bold heavy lines.
6B 5B - 4B - 3B
For ireneral writing
and !.kelchinc. ut.e
2B-B HB-F-H
For clean fine lines.
2H-3H-4H5H-
6H
Fordelicatcihin lines,
maps, chart*.
7H-8H-9H
SPECIAL 14c OFFER
Send 14 cents for 3 trial samples, men-
tioning degrees. After you find how-
perfect VENUS Pencils are, buy them
at any dealer.
American Lead Pencil Company
234 Fifth Avenue, New York
and Clapton, London, Eng.
Of all stationers and stores throughout the world
w— SI "a , i, = . „f ;. ,,.;n A*(,, ,
w
"A sheet of it will defy you to put it
out of business." — Alonzo Kimball.
ATER COLOR paper always means 'What-
man' to me and a hot pressed sheet of it
will stand anything and defy you to put
it out of business. I know, for I've enjoyed using it
and it's a good, reliable friend.
"To ask me what I think and know about 'What-
man' is like asking me what I know about
'Sterling' or whether 2x2=4. They are in the same
category. I've been brought up to know that all
three are proved facts in their dif-
ferent lines and all three can be
depended upon. To advertise
'Whatman* it is only necessary to
write a eulogy on water-color paper.
Genuine Mand -iMade
DRAWING PAPERS
— for a century and a half the preferred paper of master and
student alike. Get- at your dealer's— the kind that, will best
bring out your technique.
H. REEVE ANGEL & CO. Inc., 7-11 Spruce Street,:New York
Sole Importers for the United States
TF and Canada.
A Message to American Book Lovers
from L'ACADEMIE FRANC A1SE, the World's Highest Authority
"America may rest assured that she will find in this series of crowned works all that she may wish to know of France at
her own fireside— a knowledge that too often escapes her, knowledge that embraces not only a faithful picture of contem-
porary life in the French provinces, but a living and exact description of French society in modern times. Americans may
feel certain that when they have read these romances, they will have sounded the depths and penetrated into the hidden
intimacies of France, not only as she is but as she would be known." /O
Secretaire Perpi-titel de L'Acadcmie Francaise
r~
A
-
mm
France Offers America
Her Rarest Gems
America has been missing the greatest masterpieces of French literature— the writings
by which France wants to be known to the world. But now the famous French
Academy, the "World's Supreme Court of Literature," has acted to give to America
the most splendid romantic and dramatic novels ever produced in France.
In full session, L'Academie Frangaise selected the finest examples of French writing,
and formed them into a set called "The Immortals." These works, translated into Eng-
lish, are now offered to American Book Lovers in the name and under the seal of the
celebrated Academy.
Every Work Is Crowned By
The French Academy
and this is the world's highest literary honor.
Every Author represented is. or was during his
life-time, a member of the Academy. Every
volume has an introduction by a living Acade-
mician and the general introduction is written by
M. Boissier, Permanent Secretary of the Academy.
This set. without doubt, will be one of the most
famous in print, for it represents the richest cream
of all French literature and is sponsored by the
highest authority in the literary world. Not only
was literary excellence considered in selecting
these works. Each one had to picture faithfully
some phase of French life, and the result is a
most vivid and intimate insight into the lives of
the French people.
FREE
Flaubert's Romances
To everyone who orders "The Immortals" with-
in thirty days, we will send absolutely free the
complete works of Gustave Flaubert, in ten vol-
umes. Flaubert wrote with sensational truth and
startling frankness. In his novels he lays bare
the lives of his characters with a directness and
understanding that are irresistible. Among his
works you will find Mine. Boi'ary, one of the
greatest examples of realistic writing, which de-
scribes the life of a girl who took the wrong path
in her search for happiness; Salammbo, a superb
romance of the Orient; Sentimental Education, a
powerful and vivid portrayal of Parisian life,
showing all that is lofty and all that is base; and
many others of the same gripping interest. This
set admirably supplements "The Immortals" in
giving the reader the fullest jnderstanding of all
phases of French life.
Let These Frenchmen Intro-
duce You to France
Among the superb novels in this set you i" :i I
find Cinq-Mars, by Alfred de Vigny. This stirring
story of the great conspiracy against Richelieu
was proclaimed by Dumas to be the greatest his-
torical novel ever written. The Red Lily, the
story of a heartless coquette, by Anatole France,
is one of the most powerful warnings against
faithlessness to duty, falseness to love, and yield-
ing to temptation, ever produced. Fremont and
Risler, by Alphonse Daudet, is a powerful romance
which introduces the reader to the life of the
Parisian working people, and shows their gaieties,
sorrows, temptations. Madame Chrysantheme, by
Pierre Loti, is a piece of oriental writing of ex-
traordinary beauty and charm. It is the love story
of a French naval officer and a pretty little
Japanese mousme. Zibeline, by Philippe de Massa,
is a sparkling and original story of an American
girl who captivates Paris. Fascinating glimpses
are given into the drawing rooms of the most
exclusive Parisian society, into the historic green
room of the Comedie Franchise, etc. There are
many others, and each has an individual charm.
After Reading These Books You
Can Say "I've Lived in France"
So truly and in such intimate detail is the so-
ciety of the time depicted in these works that one
obtains a much deeper knowledge of the true
psychology of the French people than could be
hoped to be gained from a superficial visit to the
country itself, for the passing stranger is not
admitted into the inner circle of French homes nor „
favored with the close friendships made possible i
through the works of these great writers. '
Some of
"THE IMMORTALS"
Serge Panine,
By Georges Ohnet.
The story of an unprin-
cipled Prince.
Jacqueline,
By Thi'6 lientzon.
The p'ory of a young
girl in high Parisian life
is drawn with the vivid-
ness and accuracy of one
whd knows thoroughly the
intimate sides of French
society.
The Ink-Stain,
liy Rem- liazin.
A charming story of
joyous youth and inno-
cent love.
A Woodland Queen,
liy Andre Theuriet.
An exquisite idyl of the
finest, full of annealing
glimpses iuto-French ru-
ral life.
Gerfaut,
liy Charles de Bernard.
The story of a man's
snuggle between the wiles
of Venus on une hand
and the call of duty on
the other.
Confessions of a Child of
the Century,
By Alfred de Musset.
'fins story incorporates
the passionate experience
ut de Musset with George
Sand.
Monsieur, Madame, and
Bebe.
By Gustave Droz.
The veil is lifted from
tlie romance of matri-
mony by a hand as deli-
cate as it is daring.
Monsieur de Cantors,
By Octave Feuiliet.
The wild career of a
man who cared nothing
for men or women except
as lie could use them for
pleasure ur advancement.
Prince Zilah.
By Jules Claretie.
This story of strong
emotions and passionate
deeds describes the tragic
love affair of Zilah and
Marsa the Gipsy girl.
Conscience,
By Hector Malot.
Cosmopolis,
By Paul Bourget.
An Extraordinary Offer — and Generous Terms
Order on
This Coupon
Current Literature Pob. C».
/ 63 We,t 36th Slreel
I New York City
Only a most unusual opportunity makes it possible for Americans to secure the great "Immortals," / Gentlemen- Send me the
for in forming this set the French Academy has taken an unprecedented action in order to give f 20- volume set of THE
Americans the very best of French writings. The twenty volumes of this set are bound, as » IMMORTAIS and the 10
befits their value, in rich half leather. They are illustrated with fine photogravures and have volume set of FLAUBERT'S
illuminated title pages. The terms are extremely generous considering the value of the work. / WORKS I enclose $3 If the
The complete set of "The Immortals", and the ten volumes of Flaubert will be sent you on / S ets are satisfactory I will oav
. payment of a deposit of only $3.(10. If you do not decide to keep the sets, return them within / $3. each month until I have paid
5 days and your $3.00 will be refunded. If you do keep the sets, you need pay only $3.00 a $43 j n a |] jf , he sets are not
month until $48 in all has been paid for "The Immortals." The ten volumes of Flaubert are / satisfactory I will return ttem
yours, free. Do not delay, but send the attached coupon immediately. Remetnber, the abso- » t " V q U w j t hjn n days and you will
lute money-back guarantee protects you from loss or dissatisfaction.
CURRENT LITERATURE PUBLISHING CO.
refund my $3.
63 WEST 36th STREET
NEW YORK CITY #
/ Name
I
Address
City
State
ijiiaiiiiiiiiiiiiniiiiiiiiii i niiii in nil mm iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiniii iiiiiiiiini ni iiiniiiiiiiiiii i urn in in in iiiniHiiiiiiiiui miniumi iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii i i hiii miiiioiiiii iiiim 11 i|
i
New York City Studio
of
JOHN BARRYMORE
showing Nairn Linoleum in use.
The sturdy, clean-cut, "tile" pattern shown here
is especially appropriate to the room scheme.
Complete Booklet of designs in full
color promptly mailed upon your request.
Nairn Linoleum Company, Newark, N. J.
* <
K»
W. &- J. Sloane
573 Fifth Avenue, New York
Chicago St. Louis
Los Angeles
Sole Selling Agents
Denver
Seattle
216-218 Sutter St., San Francisco
Galveston Kansas City
Portland, Oregon
llllllllllllllll iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii :U i:!j.i.!.i.i:!:!' t : i-.. :. ': i:iM i Mr m ■'■:! i, 1 1; 'nn 1 !:! :m ini: '.i-.i-i, i!iiiiiiiiiiiii!IIii!::iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii iiiuunii iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiuiiiip
(
■ ' ■■ '
A R^ T S
DECOI^ATIlOTsf
FORMERLY.
ART WORLD and ARTS
35 CENTS
$4 00 THE YEAP,
MAKCH, 1919
[ m ;
■NIM
United States Tires
are Good Tires
IV
I
-Ji
'Royal Cord'
One of the Jive
/
I
A Titan Among Tires
The 'Royal Cord' is super-strong. It has more than enough
strength in the carcass. More than enough thickness in the
sidewall. More than enough toughness in the tread.
The tire structure is built up of powerful, sinewy cord r -*
tens of thousands of them in many layers. Each adds its
individual strength to the tremendous sum-total of the tire as
a whole.
'The layers of cords are placed diagonally in opposite direc-
tions. Each cord and each layer has free play — entirely un-
restricted by cross-weave. Also, cords and layers are im-
pregnated with live, springy rubber.
So, in addition to giant strength, there is about the 'Royal
Cord' an aliveness and responsiveness that is amazing.
The 'Royal Cord' is one of five distinctive United States
Tires — all GOOD tires — all built with the surplus strength
that means long life and lowest cost per mile.
No matter what type of car you drive, or
what kind of roads you travel, there are
United States Tires that will exactly meet
your needs.
Also Tires for Motor Trucks,
Motorcycles, Bicycles and Airplanes
£Sted9
^
V*
tt**
March, 1919
ARTS and DECORATION
241
L L
as
HIBAUT'S lovely papers sound the
new note in wall paper Style— they
reflect the Spirit of the Dawning
Future !
Japanese Grass Cloths
Direct Importations from Japan
to
\ • .--V...
*
A Wonderful Fabric Woven from the
Shredded Bark of the Honey Suckle
In Many Attractive Colorings and
Metallic Finishes
A Complete Assortment of Unusual
Wall Papers for those who desire
Only the" Best
Samples upon request, if you will mention
Arts & Decoration
Richard E. Thibaut inc.
Wall Paper Specialists
Madison Ave. at 32nd Street
NEW YORK
BRANCHES
BOSTON ; NEWARK
96-98 Federal St. 141 Halsey St.
BROOKLYN WASHINGTON HEIGHTS
Flatbush & DeKalb Avenues (New York City) 3621 Broadway
BRONX
485 Willis Ave.
The Largest Wall Paper House in the World
:■■/•■•
m
1
jtV"'
..!-•:■ 'iv/~V,;»;':..-".-vv-
*J>K ■ -
iii--"
'•*v
•»!<-
.41
°o*
A-*l * *•> #
%
»
«
242
w
ARTS and DECORATION
March, 1919
Jin
ARTS & DECORATION
VOLUME X
MARCH, 1919
NUMBER 5
CONTENTS
DECORATIVE PORTRAIT Cover
BEAUVAIS-BOUCHER TAPESTRY Frontispiece
BEAUVAIS-BOUCHER TAPESTRIES By George Leland Hunter 245
THE POPULARITY OF ETCHINGS By Charles de Kay 249
THE HOME OF WILLARD E. DAY 252
THE FAN By Vance Armstrong 254
RUSKIN CENTENARY 255
THE HOME OF ALFRED NATHAN, ESQ 256
JEROME MYERS— ERNEST LAWSON 257
THE ROMANTIC STORY OF WALL-PAPER By Stockton W. Woodruff 260
APPRECIATION By A. M. Graham 261
THE WENTWORTH-GARDNER HOUSE
Printed by Courtesy of Metropolitan Museum of Art 263
PORTRAIT OF WASHINGTON 265
THE GARDEN OF E. P. THOMAS, ESQ 266
NOTES OF THE BOOK WORLD By Charles Henry Dorr 267
THE NEW YORK HOME OF MR. BERNARD POLLAK 269
THE GARDEN OF MR. SAMUEL UNTERMYER 270
EXHIBITIONS IN THE NEW YORK GALLERIES By Peyton Boswell 271
Published Monthly by HEWITT PUBLISHING CORPORATION
470 FOURTH AVENUE, NEW YORK
London: 407 Bank Chambers, Chancery Lane
Subscription $4.00 a year in the United States, Colonies and Mexico. $4.50 in Canada. $5.00 in Foreign
Countries. Single copies 35 cents. Entered as Second Class Matter May 27, 1918, at the Post Office at New
York City, under the Act of March 3, 1879. Copyright 1919 by Hewitt Pub. Corp. Registered U. S. Patent Office.
MIMB
March, 1919
ARTS and DECORATION
243
I
i . ■■
I «
Early English FvrniIvre
and Objects of Art
Antiqve Tapestries
HandV^ovghT^ep^odvcTions
—Decorations—
Floor Coverings
Fac -Simile of XVII Century
English Dresser
W&J. SLOANE
FIFTH AVE &47tk.ST.
NEW YORK CITY
244
ARTS and DECORATION
llllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll Illlllllllllllllllllll! Illlllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll
March, 1919
minimi
I k
i*
"The Chinese Fair." One of the set of
Chinese tapestries designed by Boucher
and zvoven at Beauvais. No. 21b.
!lllllllll!lllllllllllllllllll!llllllllllllll!lllllllllll!lllllllllllllllllll!lllllllll!ll!llli
IIS
1 ■
A ICT S 3 i^
D E C O BAlil O Tsl
Formerly— ART WORLD and ARTS fir DECORATION
urn iiiwff : ■ :
Volume X
MARCH, 1919
Number 5
111
BEAUVAIS-BOUCHER TAPESTRIES
By GEORGE LELAND HUNTER
Author of "Tapestries, Their Origin, History and Renaissance,"
"Decorative Textiles," "Italian Furniture," Etc.
BEAUYAIS-BOUCHERS are the finest tapestries of
the eighteenth century, surpassing even the wonder-
ful cloths woven at the Gobelins, which during the
seventeenth century stood preeminent. Beauvais-Bouchers
get their name from Francois Boucher, by whom they were
in the middle
designed
eighteenth
third of the
century, and from the
Beauvais Tapestry
fc Works, where they were
woven between 1736 and
1778, inclusive. As the
dates and the name of the
designer would indicate,
Beauvais-Boucher tapes-
tries are warm with the
spirit of Rococo and of
Louis XV., and gracefully
passionate in form and
color as well as in sub-
ject.
The records of the
Beauvais Tapestry
Works shows that Bou-
cher designed for them
six sets of tapestries to-
taling forty-five separate
pieces. The Italian set
consisted of fourteen
pieces; the Story of
Psyche of five pieces ; the
Chinese Set of six pieces ;
the Loves of the Gods of nine pieces; the Opera Fragments
of five pieces ; the Noble Pastoral of six pieces. I have for
convenience of reference numbered them serially in the fol-
lowing table, and would call the attention of my readers to
the fact that this is the first attempt to illustrate and de-
*cribe Beauvais-Boucher tapestries on the scale merited by
"Psyche abandoned by Cupid."
One of the Psyche set of five designed by Boucher and woven at Beauvais.
their importance as art objects. Although many of the
pieces were woven ten or a dozen times, Beauvais-Boucher
tapestries in good condition are rare in the open market, and
extremely difficult and expensive to acquire. The only
Beauvais-Boucher in any American Museum is the inferior
Vertumnus and Pomona
in the Altman Collection
of the Metropolitan Mu-
seum of Art.
LIST OF BEAUVAIS-BOU-
CHER TAPESTRIES
Italian Set (Les Fetes
Italiennes, \7 36-62)
(Set of fourteen tapes-
tries)
( 1 ) The Quack Doctor
(L'operateur).
( 2 ) The Fortune Teller
(La Bohemienne).
The Hunters (Les
chasseurs).
The Fair Fisher-
man (La Pecheuse).
lie Peep Show
(La Curiosite).
The Girls With the
Grapes (Les filles
aux raisins).
The Dance
(3
4)
(5)
No. 16.
(7)
(La
danse).
(8) The Luncheon (La collation).
(9) Music (La musique).
(10) The Gardener (Le jardinier).
(11) The Shepherdess (La bergere).
(12) The Taverner (Le cabaretier).
(13) The Parrot (Le perroquet).
246
A R TS and DECOK A TIO N
March, I'M')
"Psyche at the Basket Maker's.''
Another of the Psyche set of five designed by Boucher. No. IS
(14) The Egg Seller (Le marchand d'eeufs).
Story of Psyche (Histoire de Psyche, 1741-70)
(Set of five tapestries)
(15) Psyche Arrives at Cupid's Palace (L'arrive de
Psyche).
(16) Psyche Abandoned by Cupid (L'abandon).
(17) Psyche's Toilet (La toilette).
(18) Psyche at the Basket Maker's (Le vannier).
(19) Psyche Displays Her Treasures to Her Sisters (Les
richesses).
Chinese Set (La tcnturc chinoise, 1743-75)
(Set of six tapestries)
(20) Chinese Luncheon (Le repas).
(21) Chinese Fair (La foire).
(22) Chinese Dancing (La danse).
(23) Chinese Fishing (La peche).
(24) Chinese Hunting (La chasse).
(25) Chinese Toilet (La toilette), also called Chinese
Garden.
Loves of the Gods (Les amours des dieux)
(Set of nine tapestries)
(26) Bacchus and Ariadne.
(27) Pluto and Proserpine.
(28) Neptune and Amymone.
( 2° ) Jupiter en Raisin.
(30) Mars and Venus.
( 31 ) Boreas and Orithya.
(32) Jupiter and Furopa.
( iZ ) Vulcan and Venues.
(34) Apollo and Clytie (Sunrise).
Opera Fragments ( /■rat/incuts d'opera,
1752-76)
(Set of five tapestries)
(35) Rinaldo Asleep (Renaud en-
dormi).
(36) Vertumnus and Pomona.
(37) Slumber of Isse (Sommeil
d'Isse).
t (38) Venus and the Cupids (Venus et
les amours).
(39) The Castanets (Les Castag-
nettes).
The Noble Pastoral (La noble pastorale,
1755-1778)
(Set of six tapestries)
(40) Fountain of Love (La fontaine
d'amour) ; also called Country
Pleasures.
( 41 ) Flute Player (Le joueur de flute ) .
(42) Fisherman (Le pecheur). *
(43) Bird Catchers (La pipee des *
oiseaux).
(44) Luncheon (Le dejeuner), also
called Vintage.
(45) Shepherdess (La bergere).
Perhaps nothing illustrates better the success of Boucher
as designer of tapestries for the Beauvais works than a
petition presented to the Government in 1754 by the three
shop managers of the Gobelins, Audran, Cozctte and Neil-
son. They say that "to prevent the decadence of the Gobe-
lin factory it is necessary to attach to it Sr. Boucher," giving
him the assistance of other painters of the Academy, such
as "Sieurs Dumont le Romain, Jeaurat, Halle, Challe, Vien.
For lack of suitable designs the Gobelins cannot get private
work, "and for nearly twenty years the Beauvais factory
has been kept up by the attractive paintings made for it by
Sr. Boucher." No wonder that Oudry, the artistic director
of the Beauvais Works, prided himself on his good sense
in having employed Boucher so generously, or that the direc-
tors of the Beauvais Works were ready and anxious to give
Boucher an interest in the business in 1755 in order to make
sure of retaining his services. The efficient proprietors of the
Beauvais Works during the years when Boucher tapestries
were woven there, were Nicolas Besnier (1733-80) and
Andre Charlemagne Charron (1753-80). Among signatures
that appear on the bottom selvages of Boucher tapestries
made by them are BESNIER.ET.OUDRY.A.BEAVVAIS,
and A. C. CHARRON, or A. C. C. BEAVVAIS. with a^j
fleur-de-lis. The name of Boucher is conspicuous by its ab-
March, 1919
ARTS and DECOR A T I O N
247
sence, with one or two exceptions, such as the reversed F.
Boucher, 1757, in the panel of "Vertumnus and Pomona."
Boucher was much greater as a designer of tapestries than
as a painter of pictures. The decorative qualities with which
his work so richly abounds arc expressed more completely
and more satisfactory on the loom than with the brush.
The ribs and hatchings and horizontal slits and stepped slits
of tapestry accentuate his contrasts so powerfully thai in
tapestry he is able without losing or neglecting detail to
play with elusive graduations of tone, and mysterious blend-
ings of hue, just as did the Chinese who inspired him with
their marvelous silks and porcelains. Perhaps the fact that
his father who taught him to paint was a designer of em-
broideries may have developed his texture sense exquisitely
at an early and unforgetting age. Certainly his texture
and color treatment of nudes — skin rosy with blood flushing
hot beneath — transforms them from the least attractive to
one of the most attractive parts of tapestry. It was pre-
cisely the tapestry qualities of his genius that caused his
paintings to be despised by the bad taste that arrived even
before the Empire, and that dominated most of the nine-
teenth century. Already in 1761 Diderot wrote of Boucher's
exhibit at the Salon : "What colors ; what variety ; what
wealth of objects and ideas; this man has all but truth ; his
figures do not belong to one another, or to the painting."
For nearly a century the art of Boucher
was neglected until restored to public atten-
tion by the general exhibitions of his paint-
ings and engravings held in Paris in 1860.
Since then sale prices show that the painter
| of all the graces is once again brilliantly in
vogue.
The brothers Goncourt wrote of Boucher
with justice: "Boucher is one of these men
who typify the taste of a century, who ex-
press it, personify it, and incarnate it. The
French taste of the eighteenth century is
manifested in him in every particular of his
character. Boucher will remain not only the
painter of it, but the witness, the represen-
tative, the type of it."
An important and significant contemporary
opinion of Boucher is that of M. de Ma-
rigny, the king's director general of build-
ings, and brother of Madame de Pompadour,
whose friendship and patronage meant much
for Boucher. She studied drawing ami
etching with Boucher, had her portrait and
her dogs painted by him, and followed his
advice in the purchase of furniture.
M. de Marigny wrote: "M. Boucher has
all the talents a painter can have. He is
equally successful in history, landscape,
architecture, fruits and flowers, animals,
etc. He composes well, he draws well: his
compositions are always rich, profuse and
in the high style. His color is agreeable
fresh, his brush facile, flowing and light, his
'touch spirituelle: there is little expression;
his female heads arc rather pretty than beautiful, coquettish
rather than noble; his draperies almost always have too
many folds, and the folds themselves are too much broken
up: sometimes they are a little heavy and do not follow the
line of the figure sufficiently. He has painted many large
ami very rich pictures from which excellent Beauvais tapes-
try has been executed These pictures are not highly fin-
ished, they are completed almost in a stroke; but that is
enough for tapestry, as witness thereof M. Oudry."
The three years that Boucher spent in Italy (returning
at the age of twenty-eighl in 1731) did not mark him for
long. From the religious canvases painted by him there, he
soon turned to the kingdom of Venus enshrined in Ro-
coco. Even about the Italian set of tapestries designed by
him for Beauvais, started on the looms in 1736, and en-
titled by him "Italian Village Scenes (Fetes de village a
l'italienne), there is comparatively little that is distinctly
Italian — principally the background of ancient architec-
tural ruins treated in the Rococo manner, and a suggestion
in some of the costumes.
Boucher is not only always a Frenchman, but especially
and characteristically always Boucher, with a style so unique
and individual that he may perhaps be excused for often
doing what many of his contemporaries also did — copy
Boucher. He was so successful and had so many lucrative
"The Hunters."
One of fourteen of the Italian set designed by Boucher and woven at Beauvais. No. 3.
248
ARTS and DECORATION
March, 1919
orders that we find him repeating himself over and over
again with comparatively unimportant variations.
Of Boucher's Italian set, tapestry No. 1, The Quack
Doctor, was more than once woven in a combination with
No. 5, The Peep Show. My illustration shows The Peep
Show on the right, and on the left The Quack Doctor, in
Oriental costume, holding out a bottle of his wonderful nos-
trum to the crowd, while his trumpeter attracts attention with
shrill blasts, and his monkey tries to avoid the thrusts of
a stick in the hands of a mischievous boy, and his mistress
of ceremonies, sceptre in hand, sits resplendent and admired
for her royal robes. In the foreground a wheel of fortune
amuses other children, while fragmentary classic architec-
ture supplies the background, suggesting the Roman Forum
and the temple of Vesta.
The Fortune Teller, that is No. 2 in the Italian set, is one
of Boucher's happiest creations, presenting as it does a sub-
ject peculiarly suited for Boucher foliage and costumes, and
throwing the charm of polite and graceful rusticity about
the gypsy who plays the part of a modern sibyl. The Hun-
ters, that is No. 3 in the Italian set, was one of the most
admired tapestries in the famous Doucet collection, and is
also by Boucher, despite the fact that M. Badin in his book
on the Beauvais tapestry works attributed it to Oudry. The
Luncheon, that is No. 8, is less interesting in all the ex-
amples that I have seen, and seems to lack the grace of com-
position and pose that distinguished the style of the master.
Music, on the other hand, that is No. 9, possesses not only
charm but also unusual dignity, especially in the example
illustrated in Les Arts of May, 1902, where it is entitled
the Concert Champetre. The classic background is sup-
plied by a fountain with huge dolphins on the right, and by
a large stone vase on the left, while the musicians in the
foreground seem quite as much in love with love ami one
another as with music and their musical instruments.
The Story of Psyche in a series of five tapestries, Nos.
15, 16, 17, 18, 19 of my list, achieved an immediate suc-
cess that placed Boucher at the head of tapestry designers
of the eighteenth century. This ancient romance that the
modern world has borrowed from the pages of Apuleius,
was admirably suited for Boucher's method of interpreta-
tion, and gave a story interest absent from most of the
tapestries of the Italian set. Psyche's Arrival at the Palace
of Cupid is found in the Tuck collection effectively joined
to Psyche's Treasures, in which she displays her riches to
her jealous sisters. The magic of the architecture and
decorations and costumes makes vanish the improbabilities
of the story and, if I may be permitted to coin the words,
contemporizes Psyche quite as completely as the Gothic
tapestries of the fifteenth century made all of ancient his-
tory and ancient life sensuously Gothic. Strong also in hu-
man appeal are Psyche Abandoned and Psyche at the Bas-
ket Maker's, while Psyche's Toilet enshrines the heroine in an
environment worthy of Venus herself, the ancient goddess
of love, or of Pompadour, the Boucher goddess of love at
the Court of Louis XV.
1
"Psyche's Toilet."
One of the most decorative of the Psyche series of five designed by Boucher and woven at Beauvais. No. 17.
$
March, 1919
ARTS and I) ECO R A TIO X
249
THE POPULARITY OF ETCHINGS
The Seven Cardinal Sins of An Amateur
Bv CHARLFS Dli K \Y
I
HAVE a friend who has a gallery full of pictures and
a library beset with finely bound hooks — crowned with
busts from Homer to Edgar Allan Poe — but among all
his costly things the object that really arrests and holds the
eye and soothes one's nerves is a little etching. In the pic-
ture mart it has no great value. It is a small thing by
Appian of level lines and no consequence; but there is a
large yet intimate quality to it that disposes one to dream.
I have another friend, much worse equipped to figure in
the world of collectors, who confined himself to picking up
etchings. Is he a type. I wonder? At any rate he's guilty
of the Seven Cardinal Sins of the amateur, one for each
day of the week. Beginning with all the fresh innocence
of youth, he gradually became sophisticated and with time
has come to regard me with barely concealed contempt,
having caught me several times in errors regarding recon-
dite matters as to prints, and though I have plead forget-
fulness, I know he sets it down to ignorance.
He began by judging etchings from their near relatives,
illustrations in books, having in his callow youth haunted
the stalls where old volumes turn yellow in sunshine and
squalls of rain — a venial sin — and followed this by per-
i| suading himself that etchings are more easilv understood
'than other forms of art, since they often tell an obvious
tale. From this point he slipped into the sin of thinking
them cheaper than pencil sketches, water-colors and pastels
of original handiwork, and thence departed only to land in
the fourth stage wherein he showed that he feared, if not
positively disliked, positive color. It was at this period of
his career as a collector that he indulged himself with wall-
papers of dull indeterminate hues, perhaps because he liked
the crisp contrast of the etchings that now covered his
rooms in rather bewildering numbers. So far all was well
enough, but next came a step upon which his true friends
can scarcely look back without a tear. In this fifth period
he began to cram on First States, Before Signatures, Re-
marques, etc., and became so learned that he would argue
with dealers by the hour and coming away explain to his
friends just where he was right and the dealer an igno-
ramus. From now on the downward path was steep and
sudden. He ceased entirely to buy for the pleasure in the
story or some beauty intangible, yet positive, like that in
the little Appian just mentioned, and presently we found
that, to speak by metaphor, he had become a lean and slip-
pered one, babbling the slang of etchers and printers, men-
tally bald and prematurely aged. Not feeling, not beauty,
not the story — just the dry methods of statement was all
he had gained for his trouble. O yes, there was something
more : he had learned how to make an investment certain
to pay for itself — double, perhaps quadruple, give it time,
f This harrowing tale of the descensus Avcrni of a guile-
less collector of etchings may act as warning to others who
are embarked on the same slippery path. For the fact is,
owing to various reasons etching is the most widely spread
and popular art in America to-day and has been for the
past hall" century. It presents some special attractiveness
for Americans. Whether we hail this as an aesthetic gain
or slur it as a mere fashion, it remains that etching leaves
crayon work, pastel, water-color far behind, although these
are simple, more direct and individual, and for the most
part have the colors that etching usually lacks. The reason
for this somewhat singular phenomenon does not lie on the
surface.
After all, an etching is a method invented or rediscov-
ered in comparatively modern times to manifold a sketch
in pencil or ink. Now if there is a branch of pictorial art
which is not popular, one that seems to have the least at-
traction for the layman in this country, it is the sketch. It
has proved useless from the financial point of view for
artists to form sketch clubs because of the lack of public
interest in such exhibitions; that has been true from the
days of the New York Sketch Club which antedates and
in a way was the founder of our venerable Century Associa-
tion in New York. It has proved useless also for artists
to explain and repeat that the sketch often contains more
meat for the connoisseur than the finished work of which
it is the first rapid draft : the American public will have
none of it. Dealers fight shy even of paintings to which the
term "sketch" might be applied. Where art museums
have sketches and drawings by old masters, no one except
specialists ask to see them. And yet the etching which
copies a drawing for the purpose of multiplying it, and for
the most part a "sketchy" drawing too, and has to be drawn
with the needle in no hasty fashion and reversed, will boast
of ten collectors to one who acquires a painting", water-color
or drawing.
A phenomenon all the odder when one reflects that, a
number of prints being taken from the etched plate, the
collector is not getting a unique work straight from the
hand of the artist, as he is when he buys a drawing" or
painting. To say this is merely to testify that the etching-
has an attractiveness above the ordinary which it might be
interesting" to plumb. Certainly etchings hold their own at
the summit of the graphic arts. To many minds so pleas-
ing are they, that a language of the print has grown up
which is employed by adepts in that maistrie. Slight varia-
tions that have nothing one way or other to say about the
artistic or aesthetic value of a print affect tremendously
the financial result at a sale. As with rare books, so rarity
also affects prices of etchings, but the experts have much
to say on points wherein one print differs from its brother,
points that raise or depress the print by comparison with
others of the same kin, points that are canvassed in a dia-
lect peculiar to connoisseurs.
250
ARTS and DECORATION
March, 1919
S: -i-a
Etched by J. Aldcn Weir — Courtesy of Kennedy & Co.
There is indeed one explanation for the long-standing
popularity of etchings which has naught to do with aes-
thetics. No other branch of art is to the same degree classi-
fied and laid down in catalogues and tabulated' as to price ;
so that buyers of etchings know very closely what they are
buying. In no other field is the investor who is without
reliance on his own opinion and diffident as to his own
Etched by Whistler — Courtesy of Kennedy & Co.
taste SO bolstered up by the advice of dealers and the rec-
ords of previous purchasers. And with regard to mani-
folded art versus the unicum the very fact that there exist
more than one specimen of a print only helps to confirm
the hesitating buyer, hearten the timid collector who dares
not trust his own taste and knowledge, lie has the moral
support of other investors. As a form of investment etch-
ings promise sooner or later the agreeable prospect of
letting go at an advanced price. So that while some buyers
of etchings follow their own tastes or whims and collect
for the sake of beauty they recognize in prints, many hesi-
tate to invest except under guidance. Without exactly real-
izing it, he is laying out his money as if on well-authenti-
cated stocks and bonds. Etching has become a species of
art which, closely resembles merchandise.
Prints from the etched and graved plate have an intimate
quality that comes in part from their small size, in part
from their simplicity. Perhaps one underlying element of
their attraction is the close relation they bear to woodcuts
and other engravings made as book illustrations. The col-
lector of books is apt to branch out into prints in general
and then centre his attention on impressions from the metal
plate etched by artists of note. Such transitions are nor-
mal enough.
Painters with extraordinary powers have shown by the
care and time bestowed on etching that there is something
appealing if not directly useful to them in the game. Line,
mass, distribution of light and shade, the silhouette, these
are some of the advantages gained by painters who dally
with etching as a side issue.
In the early days of etching when Prince Rupert swung
his etching needle and his sword there were Claude the
Lorrainer, Jacques Callot and, not mentioning the greatest,
there were Diirer, Ruysdael, Berghem, Paulus Potter, An-
thony van Dyck. A revival occurred in France and Eng-
land about seventy years ago and soon affected America ;
whence in 1877 the New
York Etching Club, in 1880
the etcher clubs of Philadel-
phia and Cincinnati, in 1881
that of Boston and the So-
ciety of Etchers in Chicago.
Not before 1634 do we meet
in books with the word "to
etch" or bite with acid, and
not till 1762 do we learn that
Prince Rupert of the cen-
tury before was reputed to
be the inventor of etching.
In recent years we have
M i 1 1 e t, M anet, Corot,
Charles Jacque and Dau-
bigny etching as well as
painting. The Frenchmen
Meryon and Lalanne were
rather exceptional in being
etchers pure and simple, but
so were Raj on, Bracqu«)
mond and Jacquemart. In
March, 1919
A R T S and DECORATION
251
•
America we see Julian Alden Weir turning aside from
painting at one period in order to etch most charming
plates, while Joseph Pennell, like Lalanne in France and
Sir Seymour Haden in England), denotes his life to etching.
Mot only is there a peculiar pleasure in etching as the vehicle
of impressions but there is a gain to the workman in the
color field. Take Rembrandt for example.
It is said that in his great love and capacity for work he
grudged the hours when night or cloudy weather forced him
to quit the brush for lack of daylight and so turned to
etching, which could be pursued under the lamp as painting
could not. Though it seems hardly likely that Rembrandt
produced the hundreds o\ etched plates assigned to him for
the purpose of "keeping his hand in" — somewhat as a musi-
cian plays the scales — there is reason to believe that in the
long run etching had an important reflex influence on his
painted work. The strong contrasts of black and white on
a simple scale may well have encouraged that individual
style which marks the middle and end of his career if it
did not directly lead him to it. The serious character which
led him to religious and philosophical ideas — by no means
to the taste of his fellow burghers in Amsterdam — is re-
flected in many, nay, in most of his etchings. In modern
days Whistler turned to etchings. He had a very different
character from Rembrandt with a very different method ;
he displayed equal genius, one more akin to Watteau, Fra-
gonard and other French painters of the ancien regime,
full of gay, restless wit, light of touch, aristocratic. As to
style : he was the antithesis of Rembrandt, yet in his own
way not less eminent. In painting it has been a fashion
' to suggest for Whistler an influence exerted by Courbet,
though the proof is lacking ; but as to etching, on his part
there is no one to whom reverence from him is due. He
was never an inwtator.
Although artists like Rembrandt and Whistler who were
verv strong on the color side
have scaled the pinnacles of
etching, yet etching appeals
also to laymen who have
very little appreciation of
color as such. In this coun-
try, especially, the circle to
which it appeals is of the
widest. In fact one may
note among some collectors
a progress from etchings and
other prints in black and
white to etchings printed in
colors, then to water-colors
and finally to paintings.
One special quality of
etchings from the practical
side should be mentioned
when we consider their pop-
ularity, this being its perma-
nence in time as opposed to
the slow deterioration of
y water-colors and pastels un-
der the actinic effects of light
Etched by Whistler— Courtesy of Kennedy & Co.
and, in the case of paintings, through the subtle changes
that take place in the canvas and in varnishes. Of course,
paper, the best of paper will slightly discolor with age, but
the etching that is properly defended by glass and an ade-
quate frame holds wonderfully against the tooth of time.
Here we have another cause, perhaps, for the overwhelm-
ing popularity in America of etchings as compared to draw-
ings in pencil, sepia, pastel and water-colors.
Etched by Piatt — Courtesy of Kennedy & Co.
252
ARTS and DECORATION
March, 1019
• ■• . !"!!lllllllllll!!!l!! I!l!|i|!l|i!lll!llll!!lllllllllllllllllllllllllllll IlllllilllllllllllllHIIIIII Illllllllll I Illllllllll llllllllllll!llllllllllllllllllllllllllll!l!:i;>li:HIII!llll!l Illiil'llli'l
The Home of
WILLARD E. DAY
White Plains, New York
Perfectly proportioned,
this splendid example of
Georgian Architecture has
a serene dignity, most un-
expected in a new house,
which is at once the foun-
dation of all that means
home.
The graceful portico
columns are crowned
by capitals of particu-
lar beauty which find
a grate fid background
in the plain walls and
upper window treat-
ment, a combination
that throws into relief
the fine door, arch and
lighting arrangement.
The promise of the home atmosphere given
by the outside of the house is made good with-
in where everything, correct in taste, offers
comfort, enjoyment and satisfaction.
mi
Illllllllllllllllll!l!llllllllllllllll!lllllllllll!lllllllllllllllllll!llll!!lllllllllll!l!llll!ll!ll!U
March, 1919
ARTS and D ECO RAT [ON
lil|lll!l!llll!llll!llll!llllll!lill!l![||l!!lli:il!lllllllill!!illlll[lllllll II I '..^'.illlllllllllllllllllll!
KEXXETH M. MURCH1SON,
. Irchitfrt
Photographs by
JOHX WALLACE GILLIES
•
The latch of this
gate almost begs one
to enter if for no
other reason than to
examine at close r
range the good-look-
ing awnings w h i c h
carry out the archi-
tectural feeling of the
house.
On entering t h i s
architecturally deco-
rated hall, one might
make many compli-
ments, yet, after all,
there is but one thing
to say — it is as it
should be. However,
note the curve in the
ceiling which breaks
satisfactorily the rec-
tangular lines of the
stair well.
It tvas a wise taste that introduced into this
extremely simple dining-room furniture of
flowing curves. /Is will be guessed, this room
flanks the hall on the right, while the living-
room is on its left.
i!lilll!!i:illll!i:illI!IDII
,,..,,,,,;,:,, m.i..,, ,.,.i:i.:.'., ,:,'.,,,,',.!.. :„.u !:,„,., .liiiiiiLi.i.i.n.ii
254
ARTS and DECORATION
March, 1919
No. 1
THE FAN
By VANCE ARMSTRONG
No. 2
THE antiquity of the fan is so great that its origin must
be traced back to that nebulous period which precedes
the dawn of history. Many enchanting fables have
come down to us recounting the story of its birth, but some-
how one instinctively endeavors to prove for it a more re-
mote ancestry than that furnished by even the most primitive
legend. It is not difficult, indeed to imagine the Garden of
Eden as the scene of its inception. One can easily picture
Mother Eve toying with a fan cut from the palm tree as
she listened to the blandishments of the serpent. However,
the first account in the Scriptures to enlighten us as to its
existence is found in Isaiah, where we make its acquaintance,
not as an ornament in a woman's hand, but as an object
used for the purpose of winnowing the provender for cattle.
The Latin vannus from which we get the word fan is witness
to its early agricultural usage. But even before the time of
the Prophets it is certain that fans were in common use
throughout Assyria, Egypt and China.
Fans have even been found dating back to these archaic
times by the unearthing of the old cities of the East, and the
old sculptures and paintings on the walls clearly explain
their different uses. The Orientals employed them as they
do to-day in various ways, making them serve in their reli-
gious, household, ceremonial and warlike pursuits. In many
nations of the East the fan played a most important part as
a symbol of power and authority. In India we see it car-
ried majestically along in the procession of Jaganath. These
fans made of peacock feathers were waved in a slow, im-
pressive way to give the most imposing effect, and inci-
dentally, too, it may be said to drive away the flies and othei
insects. Behind the car holding the great idol arose an
enormous fan, solemn in its grandeur, well calculated to
strike awe into the souls of those about to throw themselves
under the crushing wheels.
In Greece, as one notes on the Corinthian and Mitylene
potteries, the fan was also a feature of grand processions.
It was made for the most part of the woods of myrtle,
accacia or of the jagged leaves of the plane tree. Euripides
tells us how the lovely Helen, overcome with the heat during
the siege of Troy, fanned herself with the tail of a peacock.
The fans used in the Greek church were made of palm
leaves, feathers and a very fine quality of parchment. They
were attached to a rod, and their manipulation contributed
not a little to the impressiveness of the ritual. The Chris-
tian church adopted the fan along with many other symbolic
objects from the Pagans. To-day in Russia it is still made
use of in the ordination of deacons, and by stepping into
St. Peter's when some particularly solemn procession is go-
ing on, one may see the huge peacock fan, once such a fea-
ture of heathen ceremonial, carried before the chair of the
Pope.
The Armenians used the circular form embellished with
bits of metal and tiny bells. There are only a few of these
in existence to-day it seems, and these are preserved in cer-
tain churches with as much care and veneration as the pre-
cious reliques of the saints.
Indeed to some of these fans are attributed peculiarly
{Continued on page 27 S)
No. 3
No. 1 — The Chinese influence
is seen in this Louis XIII fan
which, with the others pictured
here, is from the collection of
Mr. Duvellroy, Paris.
No. 2 — The very spirit of the
time is depicted on this Louis
XV fan whose sticks are gems
of carved and painted art.
No. 3 — Carved and inlay
work of classic design make
the sticks of this Louis XVI
fan its chief beauty.
No. A — Exquisite as arc the
sticks of this Regence fan, the
painted scene has a charm that
nicely balances the whole de'
sign.
March, 1919
ARTS and DECOR AT lO\
RUSKIN CENTENARY
255
THE all-absorbing interest in world politics lias over-
shadowed so many lesser matters that American ad-
mirers of John Ruskin will be glad to know that his
old friends in England did not forget his centenary nor neg-
lect to honor him on that day, February S, 1919. Itself a
tribute to their greatness as well as his own.
The tendency, on the part of nnthinking people, to be-
little Rnskin is donbtless the national outcome o\ an ignor-
ance of the conditions, social and political, in which he grew
up. Appreciation and taste in art matters had sunk to a
maudlin state and against this he struggled with all his tre-
mendous powers.
What England thinks of his worth may best be gathered
from the following extract in the Morning Post of Feb-
ruary 8th :
AUTHORITY STILL INDISPOSED
In England to-day Ruskin's authority in art and economic
science is still recognized by all thoughtful people. His bit-
terest detractors are those who are themselves blinded by
prejudice, or musty-minded with the mildew of documen-
tary eyidence, long hidden in airless archives. Ruskin's
passionate generalizations and errors of judgment and of
fact place him at the mercy of specialists, and bring sneers
from the "little men" who make his oppostion to Whistler
a raison d'etre for their own critical existence and their
defence of any fumiste movement in art.
■ Sift generously the honestly formed prejudices and the
fierce denunciations in moments of exaltation, and there re-
mains of his life-work a dynamic and moral force unparal-
leled in the history of art. By incessant study of Nature
Rnskin was able to bring a new meaning to art, to clear
our vision to its aesthetic and spiritual purposes. To the
students of Oxford University he said : "Whether in Gothic
or Classic Art, it is not the wisdom or the barbarism that we
have to estimate — not the skill nor the rudeness — but the
tendency.''
Thus, also, with economic science, he saw that the facts
on which it rested in his day were valuable only as far as
they were applicable to the growth of human happiness and
hope. Each principle of art and economy was traced by
him to some vital or spiritual fact, and preference accorded
to one school over another was "founded on a comparison
of their influences on the life of the workman."
Many of Ruskin's suggestions in regard to political econ-
omy have been carried out, yet so bitterly were they resented
when published in the Comhill and Frascr's magazines that
their editors, Thackeray and Fronde (both brave men),
were forced to stop the publication of his articles. The
ideas and suggestions which were "howled out" of those
periodicals include "a system of national education, the or-
ganization of labor, the establishment of Government train-
ing-schools, old-age pensions, and the provision of decent
homes for the working classes." All are now more or less
^in active operation, and any failure in their working is due
not to impracticability but to the lack of "honorable per-
formance ot" duty," to competition, selfishness, and class
distinction, causes ni schism never more evident than in the
present deplorable labor unrest, llis message was epito-
mized by himself in a sentence: "There is no wealth but
life — life connoting all its qualities of love, joy, and admi-
ration."
Lord Bryce's eulogy before the Royal Society of Arts
reads in part :
"I [e was an amazing master of style. I think we may say
that he was one of the first two or three greatest masters of
English prose in his lifetime.
"I do not know anyone, indeed, whom we should put as
his equal except Cardinal Newman."
Rnskin was the man who first wakened up his generation
to a sense that there was something else outside the old
conventional opinions. Those who did not remember the
pre-Ruskin age could hardly understand with what different
eyes everybody since the appearance of "Modern Painters"
had thought of pictures and of the things which pictures
are meant to represent.
Rnskin was also a great interpreter of Nature. He was
in many respects the best successor of Wordsworth.
He gave the most full development to the fundamental
ideas which animated Wordsworth. Under the simplicity
of Wordsworth and the luxuriant prolixity and variety of
Ruskin you could feel the same spirit.
He taught us not only appreciation of natural scenery,
but also how to appreciate scenery in landscape painting.
RUSKIN AND CARLYLE
In the sphere of social ethics, Ruskin certainly showed
himself an extraordinary and vitalizing force. A great deal
of Carlyle's teaching was changed through the process of
such a different mind as Ruskin's, and made a more direct
moving and emotional appeal to many people than when
made with the vigorous abruptness of Carlyle himself.
Perhaps it was in that way that Ruskin had most effect
on what he might call the younger half of the generation to
which he belonged.
In this respect he did make a great difference and had
been the parent of many movements and of many new cur-
rents of opinion which had been playing backwards and
forwards over the face of the country during the last twenty-
five or thirty years.
The inconsistencies of a man of genius were a mark of his
greatness, for he saw things under many aspects. In Ruskin
we found such a variety and diversity of matter that we
never knew that what he uttered on one page would not be
modified, altered, or even contradicted on another.
New critics would arise from time to time, and new
prophets, but the inspiration of Ruskin would never be lost,
and he would always stand in the place of honor in English
literature.
Whatever his shortcomings — and they appear to have
been the outcome of his intense earnestness in modern art,
and artists owe him an immense debt.
256
ARTS and DECORATION
March, 1919
March, 1919
ARTS and DECORATION
257
JEKOME MYERS
O most lovers of the graphic arts the creative artist is
a vague, more or less disembodied, spirit. The actor's
chief asset is his own physical personality. Even the lite-
rary man has the peculiarities of his physiognomy, the inner
secrets of his kitchen, thrust upon us, not always against
his will by an eager press-agent. But the painter is gen-
erally considered a mere showman who dexterously produces
for our delectation a hit of nature seen through eyes some-
what different from our own, hut not too different. At the
best he is depicted as blessed with a dual personality, one
part of which leads a life of more or less doubtful value to
the State, while the other is occupied with extracting the
silver lining from the cloud of existence and putting it on
canvas for us.
It is a pleasure to assure the lovers of Jerome -Myers'
life-work that it actually is a life-work — the distillation in
exquisite tone and color of thousands of days and nights
spent in living with and among the children whom he paints.
The accident of birth made Jerome Myers a Virginian,
but his sympathies and his peculiar genius have conferred
upon him the citizenship of Manhattan's great East Side.
For twenty-four years the summer day dedicated by most
artists to green fields and salt waters have seen him with
tireless enthusiasm transmuting the tarnished brass of that
sordid melting-pot into the pure gold of his paintings.
Training in the art-schools of New York and occasional
living visits abroad did not leave the trade-mark ol any
technique or tradition upon his work.
It is the exemplification of his own theory that technique
should he the subconscious result of an effort to express the
artist's deepest feeling and purpose. It should grow from
within rather than he imposed from without.
In the clear eyes and unaffected manner of the man him-
self can he read the sincerity of his purpose, and the cer-
tainty of the fact that his metier has keen found, that his
message is getting over in line fashion.
Jerome Myers has been especially fortunate in the appre-
ciation and support of his wife, Ethel Myers, whose quaintly
modeled statuettes of New York life are full of keen and
good-humored satire, and in his daughter Virginia, the most
naive and 1 poetic of little dancers, who is already beginning
her art-student days under her parents' guidance.
The recent exhibition of Mr. Myers' work is the first
that has been held in twelve years, for as a rule his canvases
are sold before they can reach a dealer's hands. Some ex-
cellent examples of both drawing and painting have found
a permanent place in the Metropolitan and Brooklyn Mu-
seums, although most of them are in private collections.
Here is one poet-artist who has not been obliged to await
the questionable pleasure of post-mortem appreciation.
ERNEST LAWSON
THE profession of painting in the twentieth century has
taken on many of the characteristics of the social and
husiness life by which it is surrounded. The belief that a
discreet amount of self-advertisement is necessary to secure
public appreciation is a fundamental commonplace in artis-
tic circles — and rather bad form to mention. Of course as
in the case of the doctor and the lawyer, announcement of
one's virtues in the public prints, other than in the news-
columns, would be an irreparable shock to the ethical tradi-
tion of the painter.
Be this as it may, the sheer merit of his work has given
Ernest Lawson a secure place in the affections of art-lovers.
A many-sided, delightful and companionable personality, he
has instinctively shrunk from the usual methods of the
business-artist in placing his work.
His name has found a place in the membership of the Na-
tional Academy of the Institute of Arts and Letters, and of
the'National Arts Club, but invariably because of the quality
of his painting. And for a landscape-painter of forty-six
this is a most commendable record.
If there is one outstanding virtue of Ernest Lawson's work
it is that of distinctive Americanism. He has spent in all his
visits not more than a year abroad. Although he has learned
'from the great impressionists the secret of light and at-
mosphere, as have all modern painters, he does not find it
necessary to attempt to change our fine Westchester Hills
into the Vosges or the Ardennes, and has been content to
paint the Hudson river and Connecticut valleys so that they
look like part of Uncle Sam's country.
The fact that Lawson first studied art in Kansas City may
or may not account for the United States quality of his
rocks and rills. At any rate, for the American artist it is
a better place to begin work than in the forest of Fontaine-
bleau, inspiring as it is.
For many years he was privileged to live near Twacht-
man in his Connecticut home and to be his personal friend
and companion. Although the work of the two men is quite
distinct in view-point and technique, there is in both the
same sincerity, the same poetry and the same feeling for the
exquisite changing moods of nature. At the present time
the Westchester Hills are among Mr. Lawson's most inti-
mate friends in his Manhattan studios.
The character of the man is the character of his work —
full of color, appreciative, honest, vital, solid and full of
subtle charm. The damnation of cleverness and self-con-
sciousness so prevalent in our exhibitions has passed him by.
If you wish to know more about him do not consult "Who's
Who" — go to see his pictures.
258
ARTS and DECORATION
March, 1919
New York
the
Beautiful
Paintings on View in
the Daniel Gallery
"The Big Tree"
Ernest Lawson
March, 1919
ARTS and DECORATION
259
New York
the
Colorful
Paintings Recently
Exhibited in the
Milch Galleries
The Wooden Indian"
Jerome Myers
260
ARTS and DECORATION
March, 1919
THE ROMANTIC STORY OF WALL^PAPEK
By STOCKTON W. WOODRUFF
INDUSTRY and Manufacture arc terms that have come
to have stodgy meanings to many of us. Vet all busi-
nesses have their romantic stories — many have beauty
as well — while some, like wall-paper, are so enfolded by
them that it is hard to consider it without its story.
Here is the romance of the wall-paper industry — which
has its beginnings in the Art of Nature and its end in the
Art of Men.
Back in the Dark Ages, long, long before our present
state of civilization had even been
thought a remote possibility, when
our ancestors were more or less
beasts of prey, there seemed to be an
impelling force toward the decorat-
ing of ones surroundings. The blank,
cold walls of cave or dugout afford-
ed the most promising field for dec-
oration which found expression in
crude drawings and chiselings rep-
resenting the conquests of the master
of the family.
At a later stage, in the evolution
of the human race, skins were tan-
ned and upon these were drawn the
pictures previously engraved upon
the stone walls. These skins were
used as hanging for the walls, and
undoubtedly were the foundation for
the present international desire for
wall coverings. At this period the
art of designing merely for an ef-
fect of beauty had not been con-
ceived, and it remained for the Chi-
nese many, many centuries later to
bring forth what was to be the
foundation of modern wall-papers.
The original Chinese papers were
hand-painted and usually took the
form of a scroll some five or six
feet in length, which was suspended
from the ceiling and allowed to ex-
tend its full length to the iloor. Later
it was found advisable to cover the
walls with paper, and then an art-
ist was employed to paint the design
which was always left to his own
imagination. Many of these papers
were imported by the Furopeans,
where it was not long before an
enterprising person discovered the
commercial possibilities of wall-pa-
per and the process of printing it in
quantity from woodcuts which were
usually copies of the original Chi-
A beautiful Chinese zeall-paper in the Victoria
and Albert Museum, London, probably
tzvo hundred years old
nese painted papers. After this period wall-paper be-
came a recognized commodity and its progress was rapid.
It would seem that the Fates were fearful we would forget
the far-off origin of wall-paper — hence they baptise us
Americans — once more in the fount of Romance. The first
scene of our paper industry is laid in our northern forests
— fabled in all our history.
From these forests of the far North, spruce saplings
chosen for their suitability are rafted together and floated
down the rivers in great rafts. The
preparation for a drive is an all-
winter task. The lumberjacks are
kept busy chopping down the select-
ed trees and "snaking" them down
to a distance from a river or creek
which will enable them to be readily
floated when the spring thaw comes.
Who has read Gilbert Parker's fas-
cinating logging-camp stories but
will not experience a thrill over the
wild excitement of the spring thaw
and its attendant floods? The mad
rush of the logs in the river — the
jams that end only when the rafts
are tied up above the mills, where t
after the logs have been properly*"
trimmed and prepared, they are cut
into lenghts and the process of re-
ducing them to pulp begins.
And there is beauty even here
since the machinery itself is marvel-
ous in its exactitude and power.
Oscar Wilde once said: "I have al-
ways wished to believe that the line
of strength and the line of beauty
are one — that wish was realized
when I contemplated American ma-
chinery. The rise and fall of the
great steel rods, the symmetrical mo-
tion of great wheels is the most beau-
tiful rhythmic thing I have ever
seen." This can be said of the pulp
machinery. After the pulp has been
reduced to the consistency of dough,
it is treated with sulphite, which
gives to the finished paper the de-
sirable toughness and whiteness nec-
essary for the colors which are to be
applied during the printing process.
Wall-paper, though sometimes
printed from metal, is usually print-
ed from wooden rollers or "blocks"
as they are called in the trade. |-
.(Continued on page 285)
March, 1919
ARTS and DECORATION
261
APPRECIATION
By A. M. GR Ml AM
TO appreciate is to awake. Appreciation is the awaken-
ing of onr dormant senses. It is the attitude of
response, the projection of ourselves into new ami
future ranges of feelings and emotions, with a resultant
expansion of our personality.
Unless we can thrill to the Beauty of Nature, quicken
to the throb of human life, its burdens and joys — unless we
find answers to our needs in the sunlight and the storm —
unless each new day is a gift and opens up new opportuni-
ties, then we have not learned to interpret the real meaning
of life, nor solved its riddles.
I should have little hope of interesting you in my pres-
ent analysis, did I not realize the vital issue of my subject,
as associated with so many of your daily pleasures. I know
it to be the root and essence of all
excellence, to know the truth and his-
tory of earthly things, so far as it is
within our power, is good for all of
us. It is good because of the larger
horizon it gives us, because of the
insight we grasp of the marvelous and
fascinating depth of Nature.
To have imagination and taste, to
love the best, to be carried by the con-
templation of Nature, to a strong
fcaith in the ideal, is more than gold.
A sunset is not to be described, but
it must be felt and enjoyed. Obser-
vation will not do — appreciation is
, needed to awaken the intellectual life
within us to the object of average
worth about and near us every day.
Go into the open. The sky is blue
— that marvelous blue dome encir-
cles us wholly. Buttercups sprinkled
throughout the grass. The bright
sun casts a thin yellow glow over all.
Birds chant their heavenly songs.
Clouds wondrously sail over our
heads. Surely all is very beautiful.
How many of us see it all and feel
it? Go into the woods. Open your
heart. The pines sigh and beckon to
you. The lights are softened. There
is an influx of joy and beauty. Theo J
dosia Garrison has understood and
felt and appreciated it, else she could
never have written "The Green Inn."
Nor could Van Dyke have com-
posed the poem containing the lines :
"These are the things 1 prize
And hold of dearest worth :
Light of the sapphire skies,
" Peace of the silent hills,
Shelter of forests, comfort of grass,
Madonna and Child — Rubens
Music of birds, murmur of little rills,
Shadow of clouds that swiftly pass,
And, a iter showers,
The smell of flowers
And of the good brown earth —
\ i n 1 host of all, along the way, friendship and mirth."
It is worth) of note that an appreciation of the beautiful
has followed rather than accompanied the greatest inspi-
rations, hut once having awakened that sense within us, we
will never behold them again, without the deepest thrill.
Our sense of beauty has been enhanced by the primary
charm at the outset. Bright flowers, gaily plumaged birds,
all colors and sounds attracted primitive man. Truly
Beauty lies in the domain of perception, it is perceived in
the ratio in which the mind is edu-
cated and developed, spiritually, mor-
ally and esthetically. The very mean-
est of man is said to perceive some-
what of Beauty and to be aware of
color effects. The neglect of the esthe-
tic — the failure to cultivate taste is a
great fault.
Things ugly awaken in most of us
a sense of amusement, a mockery, and
can only be touched upon as the op-
posite of things of Beauty. But we
must not fail to keep in mind, "that
Beauty is in the eyes of the beholder."
As Crousaz held, "Beauty is not
known by us as an absolute, but that
the word expresses the relation in
which the objects we call beautiful
stand to our intellect and to our feel-
ings." The characteristics of Beauty
are varied.
There are Beauties so sublime, so
striking that all minds recognize them
as such — and again a higher order
which requires more penetration to
discern, more delicacy to feel.
Albrecht Diirer says, "Men deliber-
ate and hold numberless different
opinions about Beauty, and they seek
after.it in many different ways. I cer-
tainly know not what the ultimate
measure of true Beauty is . . . but we
must find perfect form and Beauty in
the sum of all." More important are
his words, "Depart not from Nature,
neither imagine of thyself to invent
ought better — for art standeth firmly
fixed in Nature and who so can thence
rend her forth, he only possesseth
her." This is true, for we find in Her
a Beauty so far surpassing our under-
262
ARTS and DECORATION
March, 1919
Ville D'Avay Morning — Corot
standing that not one of us can fully bring it into our works.
The deep-thinking men of all ages have been touched by
and expressed their views on this subject.
Plotinus says, "Beauty is the word of reason of the Uni-
verse dimly shadowed forth by symbols in matter."
Bellard, the Italian essayist, writes (and you will find his
opinion quite different from that of Albrecht Durer), "Na-
ture is inferior to art. The higher artist does not paint man
as he is, but as he ought to be. He advances are above Na-
ture itself."
Van Alphen of Holland (1746-1803) states, "We can
call all that pleases our senses outward and inward, beau-
tiful."
Heine says (1799-1856), "Beauty has no quality in things
themselves. It exists merely in the mind which contem-
plates them, and each mind perceives a different Beauty."
And further, a wise American has said, "I am doubtful
of the possibility of determining the universal and real es-
sence of Beauty."
Another theory which lies very near the lowest rung of
the ladder, and one which is held by many in our time is,
that Beauty is that which pleases us. The discussion of
Beauty leads necessarily to that of Art, Art being primarily
the result of the perception and appreciation of the beau-
tiful.
Art is the original universal language of mankind. In
the early life of the ordinary man or woman, a life crowded
with diverse interests and perhaps increasing demands, a
few moments of the time are accorded to an interest in Art.
As a layman they remain frankly, and for some, happily
on the outside, they feel none the less that art has an inter-
est even for them. They enjoy beautiful things, books,
plays, a beautiful building, attractive rooms, statues, pic-
tures and generally have a full appreciation of music. But
is this enjoyment awakened through the higher sense of
appreciation? No. We are most of us so apt to use our
books, our plays, our paintings, Nature herself, as a tem-
porary escape, a momentary refuge from the cares of life.
Not careful in our selection for the value of education and
culture we ought to receive, but rather as material pos-
sessions to be classed with fashionable clothes, a fine
house, automobiles and steam yachts. Culture (unfor-
tunately) to many people is a kind of ornamental furniture,
maintained to impress visitors. Of course we do not be-
lieve this, but we do know people who do. "While the true
end of Culture and education is the building up of person-
ality, the making of human power and its fruit is wisdom."
Mastering the subject of Art and its objective points
requires the work of a life time. But there is a place for the
"outsider" in art. A strong meaning of art to the ordinary
man, indicating methods of approach, and tracing the way
to appreciation. For art is not remote from common life
after all, as we shall see in rambling through its field.
It is important that we point out that art is not merely
a pleasant past time, but that it contributes to the highest
and most earnest purposes of life. The possibilities of art
lie withjn, the scope of any man, no matter what his calling,
given the right conditions, and I would impress the fact upon
you that the measure in which a work is art is established
by the worth, intensity and scope of its maker's power to set
forth his telling in sympathetic and harmonious forms, no
matter what medium he employs to convey his ideas to us.
The emotions represented in Primitive Art are narrow and
crude. Its forms are poor and coarse, but its essentials,
motives, means and aims are at one with the art at all times.
There is no people without art.
Its very development was accomplished under the law of
natural selection, and if we study more closely we find three
{Continued on page 276)
Madonna and Child — Raphael
March, 1919
ARTS and DECORATION
263
THE WENTWORThLGARDNEPv HOUSE
Printed by Courtesy of the Metropolitan Museum of Art
THE policy adopted by the Metropolitan Museum of
acquiring fine examples of American decorative and
industrial arts of the colonial and early federal
periods is strikingly exemplified in the purchase during the
past year of the Wcntworth-Gardner house at Portsmouth,
New Hampshire, well known to the public as one of Wallace
Nutting's chain of colonial houses which has been open to
• visitors for some years past. While the Museum is entirely
•
sympathy with the prejudice against the demolition of
historic landmarks, the circumstances of this purchase can
not but justify its consummation. Had the Museum not
purchased the building, it would have passed into the hands
of a private owner who planned to remove the building in
toto and reestablish it as a dwelling. It is obviously prefer-
able that it should be in the possession of a public institu-
tion where all of the fine interior woodwork may be installed
in its original arrangement, and where the skill of the
eighteenth-century craftsmen may serve as a joy and inspi-
ration for generations to come.
In the third quarter of that century, Mark Hunking Went-
worth (1709-1785), a man of wealth and one of the most
prosperous merchants of New England, built in Portsmouth
two houses, one for each of his grown sons. The first, lo-
cated on the water front
and finished about 1761 for
the younger son Thomas
(Harvard, 1758; M.A.
1761), is the one which the
Museum has just acquired.
The "second was completed
in 1767 in time to receive
the elder son, John, upon
his return from England
bearing his commission as
Royal Governor of the
^Province of New Hamp-
shire. In comparing the two
HTHE METROPOLITAN MUSEUM
OF ART has again placed the Ameri-
can public in its debt by acquiring for us tke
Wentworth-Gardner House at Portsmouth,
I\J. H., since by so doing it not only pre-
serves it for us but fosters and gives impetus
to all American Arts and Artcrafts.
houses, it would appear that upon the first had been lavished
a care and an elaboration which, by making too great a de-
mand upon either the time of the builders or the pocket-
book of the owner, led to a very much simpler form of
decorative treatment in the second house.
Thomas Wentworth occupied the house for a period of
only eight years until his death in 1768. The property then
came into the possession of a Colonel Gardner locally promi-
nent during the Revolution, and after his death in 1834, the
house passed into the hands of a series of owners until its
reclamation by Mr. Nutting.
The rectangular plan of the house, similar in the two
main floors, follows the usual two-chimney type and is di-
vided symmetrically by the hallway running through from
front to rear, whence open the doors of the four rooms on
each floor. The house faces the water and in its original
estate a large garden was laid out at the back.
The wood exterior frankly meets the requirements of the
simple plan. The symmetrical fenestration and the ample
doorway, the simulated rustication of the front elevation,
and the quoins are all characteristic in their handling and
present no unusual features. The cornice with its block
modillions is well proportioned in its size and members to
the height and general scale
of the building.
It is, however, in the in-
terior that the chief interest
centers. The front door
opens directly into the en-
trance hall-way, which is
marked off from the stair
hall by an elliptical arch
spanning its width and
springing from a pier group
of three fluted Doric pilas-
ters. A wainscot thirty-
eight inches high runs
264
ARTS and DECORATION
March, 1919
around this entrance hall as well as the stair hall, where
it follows the easy rise of the stairs to the second floor.
This dado with its low basehoard and rather heavy cap
molding is divided into two series of nicely proportion-
ed panels, a lower approximately two feet square, an
upper of equal width but only five inches high. These
panels, as indeed all of those in the house, are beveled, set
within moldings, and composed of single pieces of pine.
The great panel along the first flight of the stairs is of a
single piece of wood. The architrave of the door frames
takes the familiar form of the five-mitered corner with the
applied rosette, and is carved on some of its moldings. The
cap is formed by a denticulated cornice returning against
the wall. The inside frame of the front door is similar in
design without the overdoor cornice, but is broader to en-
frame the five-light transom and the fifteen-paneled door-
leaf. The ceiling cornice in the downstairs hall has dentil
and egg and art moldings below the carved modillions and
above are the usual cyma recta and fascia. This cornice
is carried in all its members above the archway, thus mark-
ing strongly the square entrance hall from the rear or stair-
case hall.
The stairway has many points of interest. The newel
post is made up of turned base and a cap upon which rests
the termination of the hand-rail, while the shaft between
is formed of five pieces, a central spirally turned spindle and
four carved ribs. The spindles of the rail are of three types,
three to the tread, and take in succession the form of a thin
Doric colonnette, a spirally turned column, and a graceful
gourd-shaped baluster. The hand-rail is heavy and broad.
The newels of the landing and the upper floor are alike,
the four faces of each carrying out in simplified form the
Doric theme of the archway piers below. The balustrade
around the stair-well is of unusual height and adopts the
somewhat intricate shape of the opening whose vertical faces
are finished with beveled panels set in moldings which fol-
low the curves of the corners. A particularly interesting
detail is the paneled soffit of the second flight of the stairs —
a large elliptical panel, beveled and surrounded by successive
moldings which form subsidiary panels, filled at the corners
by rosettes carved from the wood and applied.
The stair landing has received much care in its treatment.
The transition to the Ionic pilasters of the second-floor hall
is made on this landing by the employment of pedestals be-
low the bases of the pilasters. The round-arched window
is set in splayed and paneled 1 jambs surmounted by a key-
stone carved with a woman's head (legend says that of the
queen of the period) and flanked by narrow strips of carv-
ing set between the window frame and the pilasters.
The upper hall is paneled from floor to ceiling. The wall
is separated into corresponding bays on either side by fluted
Ionic pilaster strips which carry the cornice and coved ceil-
ing. The symmetrically placed doors to the rooms are
flanked by pilasters and the space between the two doors
on either side is divided into six panels. The remainder of
the wall space is treated with panels conforming to the
available space, and in the corners the Ionic pilasters are
inhered against one another.
Just what explanation accounts for so elaborate a treat-
ment in this upper hall is a mystery, and it would seem as
though certain domestic uses of this hall, as well as the front
upstairs chambers, had disappeared in the interval between
that day and this.
In the eight rooms of the first and .second floors, the inter-
est is concentrated upon the fireplace walls, which are pan-
eled in wood from floor to ceiling. In all but two of these
rooms the fireplace is flanked by Corinthian pilaster strips,
supporting the cornice, and the remainder of the wall to
right or left is occupied by simple paneling or doorways as
the exigencies of the plan demand.
The south parlor has on the fireplace wall the treat-
ment of fluted Corinthian pilasters supporting a full entab-
lature with convex frieze, the cornice members being car-
ried completely around the room; the lower part of the
pilaster fluting is filled with reeding. The fireplace opening
is framed by an architrave molding and surmounted by a
broad frieze with applied carving and a mantel shelf with
a row of dentils below. The carved decoration consists of
garlands of the flowers, fruit, and leaves of the pomegranate
and two small vertical panels of more formal decoration but
similar scale. It is suggested that this "mantel arrangement
is a later addition, but the form of carving, obviously a
simple craftsman's interpretation of an English prototype,
is so similar to other carving in the house, and other carving
in other houses of the period in Portsmouth, that it may
well have been part of the original scheme. The fireplace
and breast are flanked by a section of four panels on the
left, and a narrow panel and door to the right. The roonuj
immediately behind this one has the two Corinthian pilas-
ters raised on pedestals, and above them a cornice without
architrave and with simple, flat, broad frieze. The chimney
front is paneled with one large panel above and a narrower
one below, while the frame of the fire opening is an archi-
trave molding. Doors flank the chimney breast and the
whole treatment is less elaborate than in the front parlor.
This room overlooking the garden was probably another
parlor or living room, rather than dining room, as its recent
furnishing would suggest. The corner cupboard here was
not part of the original installation.
The north room on the front of the house, connected
with the kitchen by a narrow passage, would seem to have
served as a dining room. Here the pilasters are again raised
on pedestals, the cornice treatment is without architrave or
elaborate frieze, the breast is treated with two unequally-
sized panels, and the opening is framed with an architrave
molding with five-mitered corners. Two doorways open
into a closet and the passageway respectively. An addi-
tional elegance is given to the room by the leaf and tongue
decoration carved upon the principal molding of the frames
of the fireplace and doorways.
The kitchen is by no means the least interesting room
in the house. The great fireplace, measuring six and a half
feet across, is set in splayed recess and surmounted by a
long shelf and a broad panel. The remainder of the walls
is fitted with doors and necessary paneling. On the opposi^
(Continued on page 281)
March, 1919
A RTS and DECO R A TlO \
265
GEORGE WASHINGTON— Portrait by Gilbert Stuart
From the private collection of Mr. James Speyer, New York
According to Mason's "Life of Stuart," there were three
portraits of General Washington painted by Gilbert Stuart
from life. One painted in 1795, of which this is a photo-
graph, showing the right side of the face. Then the so-called
"Lansdowne portrait," painted in 1796, and the picture in the
Boston Athenaeum, both showing the left side of the face. It
is from the last-mentioned picture that the many well-known
copies of "Stuart's Washington" are made.
Of the first picture, and its history prior to 1815, little is
known generally. It is not known for whom it was painted,
but there are five known replicas of it. According to an ar-
ticle in "The Curio" for September, 1887, the original had
been in the possession of a Mr. Michael Little, of Greenwich
Street, New York, from whom, in 1815, Mr. Samuel Betts
purchased it when he bought the house in which it was hang-
ing, together with the other contents of the building. The
picture remained in the Betts family until 1912, when Messrs.
Knoedler & Co. secured it from Miss Emily H. Betts, of
Jamaica, L. L, a daughter of Mr. Samuel Betts. Messrs.
Knoedler, in 1913, sold the painting to the present owner, Mr.
James Speyer, of New York, and it now hangs in his Library,
at 1058 Fifth Avenue.
266
ARTS and DECORATION
March, 1919
The Garden of
E. P. THOMAS, Esq.
Plainfield, N. J.
Photographed by John Wallace Gillies
Simple and artistic tho small, this garden is in-
formally formal, if one may so nominate it, since
it possesses the best qualities of both types — full
use having been made of Nature's provision in the
way of trees.
Here is perfect balance of plan and ornament
without overcrowding. The tea-house beside the
placid pool gives a sense of permanence felt in few
gardens and fits well into the scheme.
And there is poetry here! Do you not imagine
that just around the corner lurk Jessica and her
famous lover? Who shall say that it was not in
such a garden they made the age-old speeches be-
ginning, "On such a night as this!" That is what
gardens should be and inspire — poetry — and this
one does.
March, 1919
ARTS and DECORATION
267
NOTES OF THE BOOK WORLD
By CHARLES HENRY DORR
ENGLISH literature proved the feature of the sale of
the second portion of the Herschel V. Jones library,
which took place late in January at the Anderson
Galleries, when new records were established, and high
values achieved by the gems in this notable collection.
It was known that many of the rarities assembled by Mr.
Jones, the Minneapolis publisher who made pilgrimages
abroad in quest of literary prizes, would bring substantial
figures in the auction mart, but no one could tell until the
sale occurred just how high Milton's "Comus" would soar,
or how much the same author's "Lycidas" would command.
The first edition of John Milton's celebrated "Comus,"
known among collectors as the "dedication copy," orna-
mented with the Bridgewater crest, achieved new flights in
the final session of the second portion of the Jones library,
when it brought the record price of $14,250 from George
D. Smith after spirited bidding, which enlivened the sale.
This famous old mask by Milton has a history and cre-
ated something of a furore when it was sold about a year
ago at the Anderson Galleries for $9,200.
The work was formerly in the Bridgewater collection and
was preserved intact from early in the seventeenth century
until its purchase by Henry E. Huntington. At the Hunting-
ton sale of duplicates it was secured by George D. Smith,
1 who disposed of the old play to Herschel V. Jones.
Now it has returned again to the possession of George
D. Smith, who was obliged to pay a marked advance in
price for this coveted trophy of early English literature.
The "Comus" was dedicated to the Earl of Bridgewater,
the young Lord Brackly, who took the part of the "Elder
Brother," when it was first acted before his father on
Michaelmas night, 1634. The title page of this rare work
reads :
"A Maske Presented at Ludlow Castle, 1634, on
Michaelmas Night, before the Right Honorable John
Earle of Bridgewater, Viscount Brackly, Lord Presi-
dent of Wales, and one of his Majesties most honorable
Privie Counsell.
"London, Printed for Humphrey Robinson at the
signe of the Three Pidgeons, in St. Paul's Churchyard,
1637."
The "Comus" was rebound about 1800, when the Bridge-
water crest was impressed upon its sides.
Another interesting Milton item was the rare first edition
of the volume containing the author's "Lycidas," dated
1638. This copy of "Lycidas" was also acquired by George
D. Smith for $4,400, the second highest figure of the sale.
The first part of this collection of verses by various writ-
ers on the death of Edward King, who was drowned while
crossing the Irish Sea in 1637, contains twenty-three poems
in Latin and Greek; and the second part (which has a sep-
j arate title) has thirteen English poems, the last of which is
the prized "Lycidas," signed with the initials of Milton.
There was some rivalry for the possession of the rare first
edition of poems by John Milton in the original binding, with
London imprint, 1645. This copy was secured by the Rosen-
bach Company of Philadelphia for $1,050, who crossed
lances with Mr. Smith in the bidding for a number of the
gems of English literature. Several books of the hours
written on vellum and illuminated with miniatures were in-
cluded in the second division of the Jones collection of lit-
erary treasures.
A. remarkable Franco-Spanish manuscript of the fifteenth
century, written about 1450 in Paris (?), brought $2,850
from George D. Smith. The origin of Horae is compara-
tively recent, it is stated, although still very obscure. None
earlier than the beginning of the fourteenth century are
known. According to some authorities the books of the
hours were introduced by the Benedictines.
Only one other copy of the gem, the Royal Book of Hours,
by Verard, printer of the Court of France, during the reigns
of Louis XII. and Francois I., 1503, is known.
This book containing" one hundred and ten leaves in a fine
state of preservation, with illuminated initials and mini-
atures, was secured by Mr. Smith for $1,000.
An illuminated manuscript of one hundred and seventy-
two pages, with initials in red, blue and gold and- ornamented
with miniatures in brilliant colorings, a specimen of the
seventeenth century, brought $1,000 from James F. Drake.
This work was executed by N. Jarry entirely on vellum,
with each page ruled in gold. The arms of "Claremont"
appear laid down on the inside cover.
A copy of an early English play, "A New Interlude Called
Thersytes," by Jasper Heywood, and said to be founded on
Homer, a first edition (1550-1560), was acquired by the
Rosenbach Company of Philadelphia for $3,300. This early
play was acted at Oxford University and for years it was
unknown to collectors. Only two other copies of this early
dramatic work are known to exist. It is the scarcity of
these early works, often invested with historic interest, which
sends the prices upwards.
For the poems of John Keats, a presentation copy of the
rare first edition, London (1817), the Rosenbach Company
paid $2,400. The volume was presented by Keats to Charles
Wells, and one of the sonnets is inscribed : "To a friend who
sent me some roses." On the title page is the inscription:
"From J. K. to his young friend Wells."
"The Imitation of Christ," by Thomas a Kempis, Augs-
burg (1470), one of the most famous books in the world,
was purchased by George D. Smith for $3,450. The copy
from the first printer of Augsburg is in perfect condition.
A work of great rarity, "The Historie of the Two Valiant
Knights," by George Peele, the first edition with London
imprint, 1599, was acquired by the Rosenbach Company for
$1,420. This work is known as the Heber-Huth copy, with
book-plate of the latter. Another George Peele item, "The
268
ARTS and DECORATION
March, 1919
Battell of Aleazar," a first edition printed in London, 1594,
the Bridgewater copy with book-plate, brought $1,100 from
W. M. Hill of Chicago.
One of the gems of the second portion of the Jones library
was the great Bruges Boccaccio manuscript on vellum and
with illumination (Bruges, 1462), purchased by George 1).
Smith for $4,000. The first page of this work contains a
large miniature showing the translator presenting his book
to a noble, possibly the Duke of Burgundy, for whom the
manuscript was made. There is a landscape scene with por-
trayals of Adam and Eve, and numerous and large initials
appear throughout; the larger with the arms of Jehan de
Croy, Seigneur de Chimay. It is said that about fourteen
years later after the completion of this manuscript there was
printed at Bruges the first printed edition of this book on
type founded on the same script. The legend on the scroll
of this script is "Souviengne vous." It is still one of the
mottoes of the Croy family.
"Fanshawe," a tale by Nathaniel Hawthorne and the rare
first edition of the author's first book, brought $660 from
F. W. Morris. This work was published in Boston, 1828.
The two divisions of the Jones library dispersed have al-
ready netted a total of more than a quarter of a million
dollars, or to be exact, $255,708.35.
The high prices realized for the gems of English liter-
ature emphasizes the fact that these works are a profitable
investment for the collector.
THE J. C. YOUNG LIBRARY
The inscribed books and original manuscripts in part two
of the collection formed by the late James Carleton Young
were dispersed early last month at the Anderson Galleries
and yielded a total of $4,822.25.
Interest centered in the original manuscripts of Paul Ver-
laine and Eugene Field, which commanded good figures.
Verlaine's famous work "Elegies," with the signature of
the author, was acquired by James F. Drake for $265.
The original manuscript of four poems in "Amour," by
Verlaine, brought $260, and a collection of sonnets and
ballads by the author realized $225.
Eugene Field's original manuscript of "Felice and Petit
Poulain," with the author's book-plate, was secured by Ga-
briel Wells for $180.
THE F. R. HALSEY LIBRARY
The feature of the sale of the library formed by the late
Frederic R. Halsey, which, took place at Anderson's late last
month, was the famous first edition of Edgar Allan Poe's
"Tammerlane, and Other Poems," with Boston imprint
(1827), a rare souvenir of the author of "Annabel Lee."
"Tamerlane" was acquired by Gabriel Wells for the
high figure of $11,600, the top price of the Halsey sale,
which included many rarities of literature by American and
English authors.
Jt is significant that a first edition of an American author
brought the highest price at the dispersal of the Halsey
library. Only four copies of this work are known to ex-
perts: one in the British Museum, another in a Philadelphia
library, one in the Huntington collection, and the Halsey
copy, now in the possession of Gabriel Wells.
One of the gems of the sale was the copy of VerardA
"Romaunt de la Rose" on vellum, by De Lorris and Meung
(1496), embellished with miniatures of the fifteenth cen-
tury, which was acquired by James F. Drake for $4,500. An
illuminated manuscript of this romance of a later period
(1530) was sold at Sotheby's not long ago for more than
$10,000. According to reports from abroad this manuscript
was destined for America.
A 'rare French manuscript, "Prieres de la Messe," of the
late seventeenth century, by Rousselet of Rennes, with two
full-page miniatures of Christ and initial letters in colors on
burnished gold ground, brought $1,450 from George D.
Smith. The scarce Theodor De Bry's "America" in French,
with "Adam and Eve" plate (1590), was secured by the
same buyer for $2,300.
"The Vicar of Wakefield," by Oliver Goldsmith, a first
edition and said to be the only known presentation copy of
this work, Salisbury (1766), with inscription from the au-
thor, was purchased by Gabriel Wells for $2,350.
A collected set of first editions of "Mark Twain" yielded
$2,100, and at this figure the Clemens items are doubtless a
good investment, for they were secured by George D. Smith.
At the closing session of the sale the Jean Grolier copy of
"Arcadia," by Jacopo Sannazaro (1534) brought $3,350
from the Rosenbach Company of Philadelphia.
As an illustration in the advance in values it may be noted
that this work was purchased by Quaritch in 1883 for $625.
It is a fine copy with the four Aldine anchor devices.
The Halsey library netted a grand total for the five ses-
sions of $158,749.50, thus taking rank with the notable
literary sales of the present season.
GIFTS OF RARE MANUSCRIPTS
Of interest to bibliophiles is the announcement of the
gifts of two rare manuscripts by Henry A r ates Thompson
of Trinity College, England, to the British Museum and the
Fitzwilliam Museum. Mr. Thompson, who is widely known
as a connoisseur, has presented to the British Museum the
remarkable illuminated manuscript known as the Psalter of
the St. Omer family, which ranks as one of the finest speci-
mens of English art of the fourteenth century.
The group to which the manuscript belongs is of great his-
toric interest. The earliest of these works is the De Lyle
Psalter bound with another fragment in the Arundel manu-
script, which is in the British Museum.
The other gift made by Mr. Thompson is the noted work
of art known as the Metz Pontifical, produced for Raynaud
de Bar, Bishop of Metz, and described by connoisseurs as the £
most famous French liturgical manuscript in the world.
March, l'HQ
ARTS and 1) ECO RAT [ON
269
-
4
~^"
I*].
1 i 1
^^^v^flr^
ai?i"
fc^* ' L.'tf
|:ok^u
. /.\-/</i- frowt ///(■ furnishings, correct and beautiful as
they arc. the architectural features of this bedroom claim
first attention. Note the gracefully arched inset of the
fireplace, the mantel itself, the mirror-paned door, the
nice placement of the lighting fixtures as well as the
pilasters which, framing fireplace and doors, break the
wall faces, support the henry molding and give dignity
to the whole room.
TAYLOR & LEVI
Architects
miss sin FT
Decorator
In this glimpse of the
breakfast room, it is diffi-
cidt to decide whether one
is most impressed by the
cleverness thai has used
square wooden parquetry
in juxtaposition with a
marble floor, the charming
combination of wood and
iron furniture, or the beau-
tifully pointed zvall decora-
tions. Whatever the deci-
sion, they form an artistic
and thoroughly satisfying
scheme worthy of study
The New York Home of
MR. BERNARD POLLAK
Simplicity in furnishing, there arc no decorations-
other tJian the medallions, exact appreciation of light,
natural and artificial, and utility form the chief con-
siderations given this room, the office. As will be seen,
it is in excellent taste and perfectly equipped for ex-
pediting work, the table and chairs being good-looking,
roomy and comfortable.
270
ARTS and DECORATION
March, 1919
The Garden of
MR. SAMUEL UNTERMYER
Yonkers, N. Y.
Photographs by John Wallace Gillies
Splendid columns — long vistas — formal plantings
that border the edges of pools whose slow - moving
waters are broken at intervals by low splashing foun-
tains — reminiscent of the water gardens of Persia —
are all found here in splendid completeness of detail.
Yet Nature has not been robbed of a single contribu-
tion and as a result she has paid a heavy interest to the
beauty of the whole.
As interesting in its way as the
Temple of Love at Versailles,
the Colonnade seen here across
the long pool is as artistic a pic-
ture as one could hope for. Sil-
houetted against the greenery,
the marbles take on an alabaster
quality that gives the scene a
kind of a dramatic point.
Seen closer, the Colonnade, with its background of
distant hills, is reminiscent of those fabled isles of
Greece where goddesses reigned in voluptuous enjoy-
ment of life. In some such temple Iphigenia found
Orestes and lived forever happy. And tho the day of
fables is past, happy are we that beauty is kept alive.
March, 1919
ARTS and DECORATION
271
' EXHIBITIONS IN THE NEW YORK GALLERIES
By PEYTON BOSWELL
IMAGINE a National Academy exhibition rigorously
culled to one-tenth of its proportions and brought down
to its essentials, revealing only the finest and most rep-
resentative in contemporary American art ! Fundamentally,
that is what the Macbeth Gallery's annual exhibition of
"Thirty Paintings by Thirty Artists" really is. The only
variation is that the display always has an example by
[nness and one or two by others of his generation. The
"jury of selection" is composed of the three members of
the firm — Messrs. Macbeth, Miller and Mclntyre — and then-
judgment is based on years of experience in selecting pic-
tures that will appeal to the collecting instinct of Americans.
The place of honor in the present exhibition, which will
last throughout March, is held by Inness' "Golden Sunset —
Medfield," a rich and deeply glowing example of that transi-
tion period when the great American's art was passing from
the positive colors of the 70's, as shown in his Italian sub-
jects, to the synthetic subtleties of the late 80's and early
90's, as revealed in his Montclair pictures. It was painted
in 1881, and this is the first time it has been exhibited after
having remained continuously in the possession of its orig-
inal owner. It is a pastoral scene, shown a farmer driv-
ing his cows over a bridge, beyond which a small stream
widens into a lake. Inness used his best talent in planning
ft this picture's composition, and his most pleasing color-sense
in imparting the deep and luminous glow of evening.
There are two other pictures by great Americans of the
past — "The Daughter of the Concierge," a cool harmony
by Whistler, through which bursts the warm and abundant
vitality of a comely young girl, and "Marine — Moonlight,"
one of A. P. Ryder's dreamy and spectral glimpses of a
sailboat at sea.
Three pictures are from the Corcoran Gallery's 1919 ex-
hibition by the group known as "The Ten" : "The Red
Kimono," by Joseph De Camp, a work with a fine sense of
light, with a girl standing before a window; "Mother,
Mercie and Mary," a genre subject by Edmund C. Tarbell,
with a woman and two girls reading and sewing in a room,
the lighting of which from a window is charmingly handled;
and "Interior," a typical example by Thomas W. Dewing,
with two young women before a fireplace.
"Afternoon Light," beautiful in its blending greens and
yellows and faint reds, is an important 1913 picture by J.
Francis Murphy ; "The Open Fire," by Gari Melchers, has
all the fine elements of a still life painted on a grandiose
scale ; "Little Boy Blue," by Frank W. Benson, is a charm-
ing conception showing a youngster toddling on a hillside
in a field of wild flowers against a sky full of pinkish, fairy-
land clouds; and "Still Life" is one of Emil Carlsen's most
delicate and refined pieces of color. "The Quiet Light of
Evening" is probably the most satisfying work by Charles
H. Davis that has been shown. It reveals a hilly section,
whose deep green verdure is illumined by the light reflected
by diaphanous clouds that are kissed by the sunken sun — a
most difficult subject and therefore a triumph.
The other artists of the thirty are Louis Betts, Elliott
Daingerfield, Louis P. Dessar, Charles Melville Dewey,
Paul Dougherty, Ben Foster, F. C. Frieseke, Albert L. Groll,
Guide Hassam, Charles W. Hawthorne, Robert Henri, Wil-
lard L. Metcalf, Kenneth Hays Miller, Ivan G. Olinsky,
Chauncey F. Ryder, Gardner Symons, D. W. Tryon, J.
Alden Weir and F. Ballard Williams.
A combined exhibition of sculpture by Malvina Hoffman
and paintings by Arthur Crisp is being held at Mrs. H. P.
Whitney's Studio, 8 West Eighth street. It makes one of
the most interesting displays yet seen in the studio, where
many goods things have been revealed in the last four art
seasons. Mrs. Whitney's studio has taken a high place
among New York's galleries, where the best of contem-
porary art is to be seen.
Fifteen examples of Miss Hoffman's art are shown.
Much attention is attracted by the remarkable portrait of
Boris Anisfeld, which wins for the sculptor the same place
as a portraitist that she had previously attained through
"Russian Dancers" as an interpreter of movement. "Shiv-
ering Girl" is a most charming fountain figure, and "Mort
Exquise," a symbolic subject with its kiss of youth speeding
death, serves to confirm the sculptor's versatility.
Some vulgar person recently remarked that the world was
"going batty over batiks," and now Mr. Crisp has shown
how high an achievement in art a batik may be. One wall
of Mrs. Whitney's studio is occupied by "Hospitality," a
colorful Persian garden scene which the artist has done for
the Hotel Dupont at Wilmington, Del. Besides this painting
on silk there are seven other pictures by Mr. Crisp, including
"October Days," a rich autumnal theme, and "Night," an
impressive work whose subject is a great spacious garden
with strings of lanterns, the whole appearing before the eye
in cool bluish and purplish tones.
Closing the doors on a matter-of-fact world, the visitor
to the exhibition of works of Odilon Redon at the Ehrich
Galleries is confronted by a mysticism that carries him into
a realm akin to that which sprang from the brain of Poe.
The symbolic representations of the great Frenchman grip
one with an unearthly spell. It is the originality of a mas-
ter, conveying his visions with a directness and a sincerity
that completely win the beholder. Somehow one is pos-
sessed by the awe of eternity and the fatefulness of mortal
things by these visions. Redon himself wrote : "I have said
nothing of which there is not the grand presentiment in the
engraving of 'Melancholia,' by Albrecht Diirer." One can-
not help thinking, while gazing at Redon's work, of the pro-
found spell which "Melancholia" casts over the beholder.
This exhibition of etchings and lithographs is in a way a
272
ARTS and DECORATION
March, 1919
as a painter. Because he was an illustrator, much sought
alter by publishers, lie was able to keep those ideals and paint
as he pleased, without regard to what anybody wanted to
>uy. At first his pictures were not popular. Exhibition
after exhibition was held and not a picture was sold. But
ie kept to his ideals, and the last three years has seen recog-
nition for his work among collectors. During March four-
teen of his paintings are on exhibition at the Kraushaar
( ialleries.
The two best pictures are the two latest,
"Wayside Inn" and "Hill, Main Street," both
of them glimpses of Gloucester, Mass., where
the artist teaches his summer class. In its
quaintness and its hue treatment of sunlight,
"Wayside Inn" is especially notable. One can-
not help thinking of the beaut v which ten years
will add to it by softening its lines and blend-
ing its "colors. An example of this mellowing
process of time is seen in "Spring, Madison
Square," which he painted thirteen years ago,
also in the exhibition. "The Dust-Storm," also
a Madison Square subject, dates back four years.
"Moving Pictures, Five Cents" is an example of
the painter's earlier predilection for sociological
themes.
Both figures Copyright by The Gorham Co.
"The Thread of Life" and "Joy of the
Waters" by Harriet Whitney Frishmulh,
shown in the exhibition of the "National
Association of Women Painters and
Sculptors" won for her much admira-
tion and praise from the critics.
memorial to Redon in this country, for he died in 1916 at the
age of seventy-six years. The works date from the early
80's, when he did the series of lithographs dedicated to Poe,
showing the influence of the poet on the artist, down to the
early years of the present century, to a series of portraits,
including two of his brother artists, Vuillard and Bonnard.
Redon's mastery is reflected typically in "L'Aile," in
which the mythological winged steed appears as the eternal
symbol of art, arising solidly out of darkness into light.
Vastly different in theme is "Le Jour," a technical achieve-
ment, simply contrasting bright daylight glimpsed through
a window from a dark room, but in such a way that the
beholder is poignantly conscious of a sudden feeling of joy
at the vision. Altogether one hundred works are in the
exhibition.
John Sloan is both illustrator and painter. He won fame
and income as an illustrator, all the time cherishing his ideals
Those persons wdio have been watching the
development of the art of Jerome Myers in the
last few years with the feeling that the painter
would one day fulfill the promise vouchsafed by*
his interesting and colorful glimpses of the
streets of New York's alien quarters, were
amply rewarded by the exhibition held at the
Milch Galleries, which revealed a fullness and
a finality of color never attained by him before.
In the past Mr. Myers' canvases, no matter how
much you admired them, carried a jarring note,
not exactly strident, not exactly crude, but still
leaving the beholder with the feeling that there
was something unfinished, something missing.
These new works present in many instances complete har-
monies, and those art-lovers who had faith in Mr. Myers
now feel justified.
An example of this change is "Childhood Charm," an
oval work which simply presents here and there over the
canvas heads and shoulders of children, grouped as suited
the painter's fancy. It has two major qualities : one is its
spontaniety, the other is its refinement of color, which would
do credit to a master of the most exquisite period of eigh-
teenth century French painting. Its prevailing colors are
pale reds', yellow greens and tonal browns. Even in the pic-
tures which suggest his earlier work, for instance "The
Madonna Bearers," a visualization of an Italian procession
as seen on New York's East Side, and "Recreation Park,"
presenting a row of "kiddies" at the water's edge, Mr. Myers
has attained a harmony of colors that sings, even though its
notes be high. Much credit is due this artist for the faithfu^
pursuit of an ideal that has yielded such rich results.
March. 1919
ARTS and DECO RATIO N
273
iBiII»^ i i 1 Illlllllllliliillllllliii!l!ll,llliilnillllllllllllllllllll liiiliiiiiii liliJliMMlHMiJ
(r
m The Oriental Store
f ARTISTIC
ORIENTAL GOODS
RUGS, CURIOS,
SILKS, BRONZES,
IVORIES, JEWELRY,
FANS. LAMPS.
A.A.VANTINE Z/ CO.
INCORPORATED
Fifth Avenue at 39^ Street
NEW YORK
HiJM: .IIMlH: lill'illlilllllUlllillllllllillllllll j jjjjjjjjjjl lillillllllllllllllllllM
274
ARTS and DECORATION
March, 1919
A novelty in art exhibitions is the display of vellum por-
trait drawing's by J. S. Eland at the John Levy Galleries.
This medium affords both crispness and beauty, to which is
added Mr. Eland's power in portraiture and character in-
terpretation in his masculine subjects, and his tenderness and
expression when his sitters are women or children.
"Miss Parsons" has vivacity and beautiful color. "Miss
Leonie Bun-ill" is an example of distinguished composition.
The artist is probably at his best in depicting men, as is evi-
denced by the portraits of Cardinal Gibbons, Murray Young
and Guy Bates Post, Jr.
If one has a love for technical achievement in art some-
times he can get as much pleasure out of a tiny little drawing
or a print as he can out of a big picture. The Knoedler
Galleries have afforded a treat to art-lovers by exhibiting a
collection of seventy-nine lithographs by Whistler.
A delectable half hour can be spent with them. For in-
stance, where can one find more charm and surety of han-
dling than in "A Little Draped Figure — Leaning"; where
more daintiness and delicate pencil work than in "Model
Draping" ; where a finer poem in line than "Nude Model
Reclining," or where a more precious "artist's document"
than "Study — Maud Seated," of which only ten trial proofs
were before the artist erased the stone ?
At the Knoedler Galleries also is being held an exhibition
of works by the Boston colorist, Louis Kronberg, whose
fame, like that of Degas, is founded on his portrayal of
ballet girls. "Ballet Papillon" is brilliant. Among his other
subjects "Repose," a nude, has beauty and fine color.
The mysticism of Ryder married to the color of Renoir
has brought forth an interesting progeny in the exhibition
of eighteen canvases by Kenneth Hays Miller at the
Montross Gallery. Ryder proved the more prepotent parent,
and it is mysticism that is the distinguishing feature of the
group, while the Renoir color, with its sharply tingling com-
binations of greens and browns and carnations adds a flavor.
The combination, of course, is disturbing — at first. Mr.
Miller's pictures are like olives — they are not liked when
first tasted, but are relished by and by.
The Ryder-Renoir combination is seen in its completeness
in the picture called "The Source." On a high plateau,
rounded rocks, whose contours suggest living forms, arise
from the greenish-brownish earth, while even the clouds, in
complementary masses, help along the symbolism. The place
of honor in the exhibition is given to "Meditation," present-
ing an aged woman, seated nude by a forlorn pool, sur-
rounded by a waste, with dead and blasted trees, and over
all a bleak and cheerless sky, — not exactly a work for my
lady's boudoir. Mr. Miller when he places a human figure
in bis pictures usually takes so much liberty with it in order
to get a desired effect that its abnormalities negative the
artist's effort, but "The Bather" is an exception, for its
beauty of line makes it a joy.
portraits. The subject naturally brings to mind the nanus
of Stuart, West and Sully, but these painters were in reality
the fruition of the earliest school of American art. In the
present display are works by such artists as Joseph Badger,
who lived from 1708 to 1765; Jeremiah Theus, who died
in 1774; John Woolaston, who flourished in 1750; Ralph
Earl, Jeremiah Paul and Edward Savage, as well as four
examples of Copley. These men worked in the very dawn
of American art, and there is a sentimental interest in their
pictures which helps to make this exhibition a rare treat.
One is genuinely surprised at Jeremiah Paul's portrait of
Mrs. Clarkson, an elderly woman whose gentle lineaments
are traced with the minute faithfulness of Holbein. The
artist attained a striking revelation of character, with a
draughtsmanship so apt that it concealed his methods. An-
other surprise is the softness of color and grace, not unlike
that of Gainsborough, revealed by Savage in his portrait of
Colonel William Perkins. Both these portraits are works
of art, as well as precious art documents. Historical interest
surrounds Copley's small portrait of Elizabeth Page Stark,
wife of General John Stark, of Revolutionary fame, and
daughter of Caleb Page, a captain in the French and In-
dian War.
William Jean Beauley is probably doing more than any
other painter to restore the popularity of water colors. Ex-
hibitions of his work, held each year in New York, reveal
to the public, not the limitations, but the possibilities of this
(Continued on page 285)
The Ehrich Galleries have added another chapter to their
educational work in their latest exhibition of early American
We are indebted to Gutson Borglum for another magnificent head oL
Lincoln. Different from his others and done in Grecian marble, *'
this heroic work was executed to order for Col. S. P. Colt
March, 1919
A RTS and 1) RCORA TIO X
275
THE FAN
{Continued from payc 254 )
beneficent powers, and for that reason many pilgrimages
are made to them. Tourists will remember the Cathedral
oi Mouza in Lombardy — in this edifice reposes one of these
curious fans that is supposed to have a particularly gracious
influence on marriages. So famous has it become in the
region about Milan that the young people of the district
never fail to do it reverence before entering on the conjugal
-state. It is interesting to note that the form of the fan has
changed but little throughout the ages. The ivory fan can
be traced as far back as 1000 B.C., while the feather fan,
its precursor, belongs to the age of table that precedes his-
tory. The oldest form is the circular and after that the
rectangular. Assyrian and Egyptian sculpture prove con-
clusively that the flag and the crescent form were in use in
that far away period. The flag form is especially note-
worthy, as it was the inspiration of a decorative motif that
has appeared in many countries all through the ages.
It is towards China and Japan that one's thoughts turn
instinctively at the mention of fans. The folding fan prob-
ably originated in China, but at any rate it was quickly
adopted in Japan. The Portuguese were the first to bring
this novelty westward in the sixteenth century, where its
introduction created a veritable sensation in court circles.
Portugal lost no time in adopting the new form, and soon
we see her fan-makers as well as those of Spain and Italy
embellishing it with their exquisite art. In Italy indeed the
art of fan-making and decoration reached its greatest height.
The materials used for the leaves in the Italian variety were
* (the most part of vellum and mica.
The method called decoupe was originated in Italy, and
was seldom if ever improved upon by even the greatest
eventaillistes of France.
"Gay France shall make the Fan her artists' care,
And with the costly trinket arm the fair."
It is to France that we must look for the fan in its
most charming loveliness as interpreted by Chevalier, Josse.
Hebert and Madame Verite. Fan-making in these days of
Louis Ouinze developed into its special manner and reached
the dignity of a distinctive art. Both men as well as women
of this frivolous and gorgeous time cool themselves and
punctuate their conversation with light taps of the fan.
The fans of the Louis Seize period preserved the same
daintiness and beauty of the preceding reign. Bcrgcrs and
bcrgeres flit across them with all their lighthearted coquetry
and grace. The golden age of the fan as a female ornament
now passes and the luxurious toy of a Marie Antoinette or
of a Princesse Lamballe is followed by I'eventail revolution-
naire with its pictures of Pagan gods and goddesses and the
almost inevitable inscription "Liberte on la Mort!" Under
the Directoire and the Consulat the ladies of France carried
fans of an astonishing lightness. The military fan of the
Duchesse d'Abrantes and the Princesse Pauline follow the
tiny imperceptibles of the Mcrvcillcuscs.
In looking at the fans that are manufactured to-day the
future does not seem to hold for it such a reign of sump-
tiK^isness and power that it has enjoyed in the past. It rests
with woman herself whether or not this graceful sceptre
drift the way of other articles of abandoned coquetry.
^Ae Wealth^
Su^estion at ' tJ\e
m
ANY a delightful room owes its in-
spiration to sources seemingly incon-
spicuous — its color-scheme to a bit of
ancient pottery or an old and time-worn rug;
while its keynote perhaps might well have been
an unusual piece of Furniture.
tfj] Here and there among the twelve New
-" York Galleries are the very objects which
give characterto a room. Even the Furniture
on view here which convention demands for
the Dining Room and Chamber transcends the
commonplace — though available in wide variety
and at moderate cost.
tfT] A stroll through these interesting Galleries
-" will revive memories of those historic ages
when the cabinetmaker took rank with the
painter, the sculptor and the architect.
De luxe prints of
charming interiors
gratis upon request
Jfurniture
decorative ©bjects
©dental IRims
Grand Rapids Rirmture Company
INCORPORATED
34~36 West 32 n ~2 Street
New>brk City
276
ARTS and DECORATION
March, 1919
refri CHINA AND GLASS
CAULDON CHINA AND REPRODUCTION OF WATERFORD GLASS
FOUNDED 1887
JflGGins&sarat
9 811 EAST 37 T -* STREET
NEW YORK CITY
M#n CHINA AND GLASS r^i
Buckingham Palace Chair
ATTRACTIVE interiors not only depend
upon harmony of color but the correct
grouping of well chosen furniture. We will be
glad to furnish color schemes and estimates to
those interested in correct Home Furnishings.
iWrdtbbmt & fflompatuj
3 Heat 37ttf S>Irwt. Nnu $ark
£
APPRECIATION
{Continued from page 262) 4
elements by the cooperation of which it originates — The
Race, The Climate and The Period.
To attain a scientific knowledge of the art of civilized
people we must investigate the nature and conditions of the
Art of the Savage by following in the course of civiliza-
tion, we see especially in architecture that certain forms oi
culture forbid certain forms of art and favor others, that
through its assent, from the hut to the Cathedral, it co-
ordinates with the development of life.
Utility has been a guiding element in all arts. The arts
of use and decoration have an important message. There
is no object fashioned by the hand of man so humble that
it may not embody a true thought, a sincere delight to our
spirit. There is not a design so simple, so delicate or so
crude that it is not the overflow of some human mind and
heart adequately touched and brought into expression.
The message of art is for all. Individually we may pre-
fer Raphael to Rubens, Whistler in a greater measure than
Sargent. We may read Stevenson with more pleasure than
Kipling. Wagner may thrill us more deeply than Strauss.
Each in his work of art has stirred us by his creation,
awakened our appreciation through the enjoyment we have
received by his message.
Art is a challenge, a reinforcement. Its action is to make
us more conscious, its effect is to help us to a larger and
justifiable appreciation of Beauty, and worth of Nature and
Life. "It is a means to an end. Its end is personality."
"We live," says Wadsworth, "by admiration, hope and love."
The man whose eyes see more in Nature, who has*Jv
power to portray her phenomenal forms of shape and color,
so that we thrill with the joy of his expression, is truly an
artist, and his highest function is to mediate between man
and Nature. And all high Arts to a certain extent reflect the
artist's personality, and in his finished production we be-
hold the embodiment in form, sound and color of his
thoughts and feelings.
To the way in which an artist uses his mediums for ex-
pression and to his methods in the actual handling of same
is applied the term we so often hear used, technique. The
general conception of his picture, its design, choice of mo-
tive, selection of detail, main scheme of composition, fall
within the province of technique.
In the results reached by the art of painting, its achieve-
ments are accomplished through the mediums of oil or water
color, pastel or glass, the original productions of the engrav-
ers' tools on copper, steel, glass or wood. The freedom of
the composition allowed by light and shade, form and color
combined, can at once and the same time aid him in repre-
senting and idealizing the subject with which he is dealing.
The origin of painting like all other prehistoric arts is
lost in the haze of antiquity.' The earliest paintings discov-
ered are mural, done in tempera, figures, single or in groups,
heads being the most difficult to reproduce, were dealt with
in the easier sidewise position, the bodies usually front view
or profile. The discovery of the laws of perspective and of
light and shade by Apollodorus was undoubtedly the gj" ;at-
est even recorded in the history of painting.
(Continued on page 278)
(arch, 1919
ARTS and DECORATION
277
177,
©1919
o/fie
Permanent ^RoJJ
a
vnor
IN every business institution and
in every factory, in every club
and in every lodge, in every
store and in every church/there
should be some visible record of
' those who foughtof those who
suffered, of those who died
for humanity and freedom.
cMe£vrha/n Company will gladly
furnish jpr ices, and invites correspond-
ence where advice is desired on
the subject of^designs.
A Portfolio of
Gorham Honor Rolls
free on request
THE GORHAM COMPANY
FIFTH AVENUE AT THIRTY-SIXTH STREET
NEW YORHL
fti
jsa
#
\SF
m~
r r
WPl
"F-?.Md*fl
278
ARTS and DECORATION
March, 1919
A DESK CABINET
Lacquer and C. o\d
Antiques and Reproductions
Furnishings and Interior Decoration
H. F. HUBEK y CO.
New York, 13 East 40th Street
FACTORY: 18th to 19th Sts. &- Ave. C.
PAKIS: 18 Faub. Poissonniere
ElMIM
MUM
MINNET DINING-ROOM SET (stained), 45-inch oak-top table and
four chairs, the latter cushioned with plain rep or figured cretonne,
$67.50; Buffet, $41; Serving Table, $24; Tray Wagon, $22.50; Fern
Basket, $5.25. Express prepaid 100 miles; freight 500. Upholstery
samples end catalog on request.
Atmosphere
Loads of it. You can do any-
thing with Minnet Willow.
The free, graceful lines and
variety of design afford end-
less possibilities for the coun-
try home. Leading decorators
favor Minnet furniture because it
is solidly constructed of the finest
French willow, more valuable than
ever because of importing diffi-
culties. Minnet Spring designs
suggest many inviting interiors.
Catalog gladly sent.
ffltpmt
&Go
Manufacturers of High
(jrade Willow Furniture
365 Lexington Ave.
Between 40th and 41st Sts.
NEW YORK CITY
APPRECIATION
(Continual from page 276)
*
To intellectually enjoy a painting yon recognize at once
the subject, note what the artist has represented, and un-
consciously become interested in the picture portrayed; you
are impressed by his power of execution, moved by the actual
beauty and pleased by the color scheme. In fact satisfied,
and this is the average man's viewpoint, but to see beyond
the bare picture, to live with the artist and in the atmosphere
he has created you must throw yourself into the attitude
of full appreciation or you cannot respond to the appeal of a
painting. Take for instance a landscape, unless you your-
self have felt something of the charm of landscape in Na-
ture there are elements which the painter may render more
intensely and vividly than we perceive them, but to enjov
the painting we must be able to throw ourselves into the atti-
tude of understanding, his sensitive decision of line, the
might or delicacy of form, the splendor or subtlety of color
which he has employed. The final meaning of a picture lies
in the total harmony of color and form.
Color is felt — the crimson of the rose — the blue of the
sky and the yellow of the field have left dyed impressions
on our very souls ; when we behold them we are thrilled, we
cannot forget them.
There are certain effects of color which give pleasure —
on the other hand, effects which jar almost as vividly as a
false note in music. The more delicately and less pro-
nounced we combine the colors, the more pleasing the effect.
The value of colors change by virtue of their different s| ; il
ulation of the senses. We have our widest relations with
actual environment or quickest warning of approaching im-
pressions through our visual contact with color, and we
become most easily aware of objects through this agency.
A person especially sensitive to the appeal of color finds
himself at once in the open, as it were. There is revealed
to him an inner principle on which his imagination can play.
Color and form perceived in the things about him dominate
his being and find expression in his life and work.
There is beauty of Form as well as that of Color. There
can be no doubt in our minds that even prehistoric man
showed an appreciation of form as portrayed by its use in
ornament. From his earliest phase of art, from tracing
rude figures in partial relief to the molding of vessels — all
essential functions of ornament have emphasized this.
Symmetry of line helps us also to distinguish objects.
The charm of line undoubtedly consists in the relation of
its parts, one to the other, or of their position rhythmically
combined as a whole which enables us to fix their boundaries.
In memory stand again in the Hall of the Academy of
Florence. At the end of the long corridor towers a superl:
form. It is the figure of a youth. David the shepherd boy.
He stands, head erect, calm and confident awaiting the
Philistine. He fronts the oncoming of the foe. At a glance
you have read the story. To what Michael Angelo shows
you, you add what you know. Recognition, memory, knowl-
edge, facts and ideas mingle with your instant emotion, and
you turn with a feeling of gratitude for this inborn «£ use
of selection and discrimination, which affords us the spirit
of appreciation.
ARTS and D E CORATIO \
279
mi
I
- ii itz —
1 mmw
THE NEW HOME OF
THE ANDERSON GALLERIES
PARK AVENUE &■ FIFTY^NINTH STREET
NEW YORK
PAINTINGS, PKINTS, BOOKS, MANUSCRIPTS,
AUTOGRAPHS, OBJECTS OF ART
BY WAY OF AUCTION
lliiiilliililllililllllllllllllllllllllllllllll Illllllllilllllllllllllillllllllilllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllliiilllllllll
lHlllllllill
1
280
ARTS and DECORATION
u!iji!iiiiiiiii!ii!iiniiiiiii minimi mi minimi mi imiiiimiiiiiiniii null iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiini i iiiiiiiiiiiiniiiiii iiiiiuiiiiiiniiii i i mini i »■ mi i «m« mimmi imiimimmin niiiiiiiiiiinii
March, 1919
iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiimiiiiiiiiimiimimiiiiiiiiiiii
lid,
ii
MISS SWIFT
11 EAST 5STH STREET
NEW YORK
Interior Decorations
furniture, hangings,
materials, wall and
floor coverings
ALSO
UNIQUE DECORATIVE
ARTICLES SUITABLE
IFOR ALL INTEKI©KS
ite|
iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiimiiiiiiiiiiiimiii;miiiiiiiiiiiii!iiiiiiiuiiiiiiiiiiiiiiimmiiiiiimiimiiiiiimiiiimiy
3T
DECORATOR
A T the present time I am holding a particularly rich
and complete exhibition of Painted Furniture, also
stocks of Chinz and Net Curtains for country homes.
I specialize in handling the entire problem of Interior
Decorations for homes — or will cooperate with you in
originat.ng decorative effects.
MRS. GERR1T SMITH
31 East 48th Street New York City, N. Y.
m
March, 1919
ARTS and D E C O R A T I O N
281
THE WENTWORTH-GARDNER HOUSE
k (Continued front page 264)
wall is the great dresser, where the proud housewife dis-
played her pewters and coppers — four long shelves above a
counter fitted with drawers and cupboards. The simple
cornice runs completely around the room and gives a most
pleasing finish to the top of the dresser. In the back of the
fireplace is the bread oven. A staircase from the room leads
upward to the second and third floors.
The most important room on the second floor is the cham-
ber above the south parlor. Here the paneled wall is en-
hanced by four Corinthian pilasters on low bases surmounted
by the full entablature with architrave, cornice, and frieze.
The fireplace opening and breast are trated with architrave
moldings, with five-mitered corners and rosettes, the broad
member of the molding applique with a square fret pattern
of cut-out pine. The remainder of the wall is paneled sim-
ply at the left and at the right fitted with the doorway lead-
ing to the small lobby of the rear chamber.
This latter room and the second-front chamber have a
similar treatment with pilasters upon high bases, simple
cornices, and paneled chimney-breasts. The kitchen cham-
ber is verv simply paneled without pilasters and with a
fireplace set in a splayed recess. This paneling, charming in
its simplicity and innocence of striving for effect, gains by
contrast with the more elaborate room.
The whole house exemplifies in its plan and decorative
treatment the restraint which was one of the fundamental
characteristics of colonial New England building. What-
wvt ■ the decoration may lack in imagination is gained in
the consistency of scale and motif. At first glance the
scale appears somewhat coarse and appropriate to a larger
building, but its success lies in the robust and masculine
quality which distinguishes it without any suggestion of the
feminine attenuation which at a later period becomes the
predominant feature of the better colonial building.
The carving in the house would seem to be the work
either of a marine carver or a local craftsman who was
familiar with the work of the marine carvers. The Corin-
thian capitals, though different in size, are similar in all the
rooms and show little delicate detail; the garlands on the
parlor mantel, the keystones on the arch in the hall, the
rosettes, the stair carvings, and the pendent decorations at
either side of the window on the landing are applied and
show an elementary craftsmanship where, starting with a
flat board, the effect is obtained bv the use of the jig-saw
and a few carving tools.
There is an amplitude in the architecture consistent with
the life of its owner, whose ships from abroad came into
his own docks at the water front nearby and whose ante-
cedents and education made him proud of his English
ancestry as well as his colonial forebears, a double pride
which is reflected in the choice of English precedent for his
architecture and the selection for his work of a local archi-
tect-builder whose popularity is conclusively witnessed in
other fine houses of the time and place, a suggestion which
is not without its significance in this present day of the
glo'nfication of important craftsmanship.
c. o. c.
MRS. MUCHMORE
One Thirty Nine East Nine-
teenth Street, New York City
CONSULTING DECORATOR
Old Chinese Paintings, Silks and
Porcelain, Furniture, Hangings,
Wall and Floor Coverings
The COLONY SHOPS
GINSBURG &• LEVY
A N T I Q U E S
Illustrating a Sec-
tion of our Eight-
een! h Century
Showroom.
Jn this arrange-
ment is shown an
Adam Mantel in
C a r v e el Marble.
I'. ighteenth
liny Portrait.
French School —
i Derby Por-
celains — P air of
Carved wood
Sconces by Hep-
pelwhite — Pair of
Waterford Candle-
sticks on Wedge-
wood bases.
(~)N the first floor you will find early English and
Italian pieces, on other floors French eighteenth
century and Georgian antiques, as well as a repre-
sentative collection of early American pieces
397 MADISON AVENUE
NEW YORK
282
ARTS and I) ECO RAT ION
March, D19
MAGGS BROTHERS
,'34 & 35 Conduit Street; New Bond Street
LONDON ENGLAND
CAKltY ONE OF THE LARGEST AND
CHOICEST STOCKS IN ENCI.ANU OF
FINE AND RARE
BOOKS, PRINTS
AND
AUTOGRAPH S
Illustrated Catalogues in each department
regularly issued
These Catalogues appeal especially to the
Connoisseur, Collector and Antiquarian
Customers "desiderata" searched
for and reported free of charge
Shipments to America every week
ITEMS OF RARITY AND INTEREST ALWAYS
GLADLY PURCHASED
Established over fifty years
m
ran
Countess of
Rothes. Mary,
daughter of Gres-
ham Lloyd, Esq. ;
married 1703,
when she became
the second wife of
John, 9th Earl of
Rothes, who was
representative peer
of S c o t 1 a n d in
1723 and made
Knight of the
Thistle 1753. In
1770 she married
Bennett Langton
who was one of
the original mem-
bers of the Liter-
ary Club and a
friend of Dr. John-
son and Sir
Joshua. She sat
twice to Reynold-,
first in 1704 and
again in 1760. She
died 1785.
"COUNTESS OF ROTHES"
By Sir Joshua Reynolds (1723-1792)
Size of Canvas 30" x 2554"
1 ME "Old Masters" sold from our col-
lection are always exchangeable at full pur-
chase price.
BhTEhrich (Balleries
Dealers in "Old Masters" Exclusively
707 FIFTH AVENUE at 55th Street NEW YORK
March, 1919
1
A R TS and n ECOR A TIO N
283
iniiiiiii i i mil "I miiiimiimiiiiiimiimmiiiimiiiimiimiimiimimiimiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii i mill mm iiiiuimiiiniimiimimi iiiiiuu mmiiiimiiiiii iiiiimi iimiiii ii iiimm inn miiiiiimimiimiiiimi i i iiiiiini|
Sixteenth-Century Umbrian Walnut Table
Rectangular plain top with apron carved in design of flutings and astragals. Legs are carved with
acanthus leaves and end in lions' paw feet.
m$W U tc\fR G
Q)ecor&tionc
furniture
j
iiiiiiiiimmiiiiiiiiimm imiimiiuini
J{<xngings
^Antiques
lOl Park Ave- at 40 * St- . -"Newyork
iiiimmimmiiiimiimiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiniiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiffl
Isimwiiiimiiiiiiiii
iiiiiiiiiimiimiimiimmiiiiimimiiiiiiiiiiiiimmiimmiiiiiiiiiiiiiiimmiiiiiiimiiiiiiiiiiiiim^
Sfc
HEIRLOOM (ABINETWOOI ?
"Good OAK FURNITURE is more nearly 'boy-proof than any othei
equally fine cabinet wood."
Its elegance, dignity and artistic adaptability are backed by its sturdy
resistance to dents and scratches. (Really a quite important point. Don't you think so ? )
"There is no finer heirloom than good OAK furniture." There is no more safe and
enduring investment — none better worth insisting upon. (This is a fact, isn't it?)
American Oak Mfrs. Assn.
know about Oak. Ask them any sort
of question. Address Room 1403.
14 Main St., Memphis, Tenn.
/ — ~
American Oak Mfrs. Assn.
know about Oak. Ask them any sort
of question. Address Room 1403.
14 Main St., Memphis, Tenn.
nil n iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiniiiiii iimiiiimmii mini iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiuiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiim uiiim mimmimiimimiimiiiiiimiiiiiimiiiimimiii iimiiminiii limn u mi
284
ARTS and DECORATION
March, 19H||
in hi mm in .11 m. i iiimimimimii. I imiiiiimimmiimiiii immimiiiiimii mm
iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiniiiiiiiiiiii ii ii iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiniiiiii in uiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii i iiiiiii mil iiiiiimi mil
Illlllllllllll!llllllllllllllllllll!ll!lllll!l!ll!ll!lllllll!lllllllll
llll
Exposition of
Period Furniture
The Feffercorn Galleries are now showing one of the most complete
collection of Period Furniture ever offered in this city.
Beautiful Italian Renaissance Pieces and especially expressive of their
period Tapestries, Needlework and Decorative Accessories; also fine
Architectural Cabinet Work all on view.
Mr. Feffercorn will be pleased to
make appointments for consulta-
tion with out-of-town clients.
/26an£)/26Y^STZ<5th Street
NEWWRK CUTTY
SWUM
iiiiiimiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiniiiiiiiiiii
iimiiiimimmiiiiiiiimiiimiiiiimii miiimmiiiimimiiiinimiiiimiinmimmim
iiiiimiimiiiiii
Hill.
March, 1919
THE ROMANTIC STORY OF
WALL-PAPER
ARTS and DECORATION
285
(Continued from page 260)
These rollers are made of maple,
and the design is hand-cut upon the
surface. The printing surfaces are
then built up with felt and brass to
give the necessary shading of color.
In some of the more expensive wall-
papers, as many as forty rollers have
been used in making up a single pat-
tern. And in the printing of wall-
paper much more care must be exer-
cised than in ordinary four-color-
process printing, since the distribu-
tion of ink and pressure must be un-
varying throughout "the run." If
the ink distribution should not be
perfect then different lengths of
wall-paper would be of different
shades, and a room when papered
would produce a terrifying spectacle.
It is easy to imagine with what
anxiety "a run" of expensive wall-
paper is watched while it is being
completed.
As one views an artistically paper-
ed room noting design and color, it
is good to hark back through the
Ages to the original Chinese de-
signer who laid the foundation for
one of the world's greatest industries
and be thankful for the Romance
that has blended the spirit of the
Orient with the strength of our own
northern woods for our enjoyment
and satisfaction.
EXHIBITIONS IN THE NEW
* YORK GALLERIES
(Continued from page 274)
medium both in its decorative and
its illustrative aspects. The exhibi-
tion this year is held at the Rein-
hardt Galleries.
New York is the theme of the ma-
f jority of these water colors, with a
few landscapes and seashore sub-
jects thrown in to show that the
artist's versatility is not confined to
the city. "The Little Shop" is a
color arrangement showing that
there is beauty outside an art gallery
looking in, as well as merely inside.
"Old New York" with its "brown-
stone front" has quaintness. "Roofs
and Chimneys" is a solid piece of
workmanship demonstrating that all
of the city's "atmosphere" is not
figurative. "Spuyten Duyvil" is a
charming example of color, with
deep blue of foreground verging in-
to gray sky, relieved by red-roofed
houses on the way. "Moonlight"
has the joy of deep, pure color.
ANTIQUES °' t " *•"»»
Bedstead,
Sheraton
Chairs, Old Oak Chests and other pieces.
Trade Supplied. All genuine goods. H.
HOPKIN, 19, 20, 83 Westgate, Grant-
ham, Lines, England.
ANTIQUE Welsh Oak Dresser, £18 10s.; Chip-
pendale Mahogany Bureau Bookcase, £35; Old
Chipciendale Settee, £12 15s. ; Antique Chest,
carv.P Gothic front, £14; Fine Antique Jacobean
Chest of Drawers, £25. Old Chippendale, Shera-
ton, and Queen Anne Furniture for sale. Mrs. F.
A. Tighe, 31 Sidney Road. Brixton, London S.W.,
Eng.
YALE SCHOOL OF THE FINE ARTS
YALE UNIVERSITY. NEW HAVEN. CONN. SERGEANT KENDALL. Director
Departments of Drawing and Painting, Sculpture and Architecture
GLASSES IN COMPOSITION. ANATOMY AND PERSPECTIVE
FACULTY — Painting — Sergeant
Kendall. Drawing — Edwin C. Tay-
lor, G. H. Langzettel, T. Diedrick-
sen, Jr. Sculpture — Robert G.
Eberhard. Architecture — Everett
V. Mecks, Franklin J. Walls, A.
ECingsley Porter. Composition,
Perspective — Edwin C. Taylor.
Anatomy — Raynham Townshend,
M.D.
DEGREE— The degree of Bache-
lor of line Arts (B.F.A.) is
awarded for advanced work of
distinction.
The Winchester Fellowship for
one year's study of art in Europe,
the English Scholarship for study
of art and travel in Europe during
the summer vacation, and School
Scholarships are awarded annually.
Painted from life by member
of the life-painting class, Yale
School of Fine Arts
Illustrated Catalogue: Address G. H. LANGZETTEL, Secretary
Bronze MemorialTablets
Designs. Estimates, Illustrated Booklet.Fp.ee
Jno. Williams. Inc. Bronze Foundry (Est.1875)
555 West 27 ^Street.New York City
mw^ m art sm^tM c c°ast
tfu
a\
jQctwa sen
fc^CRATOl
LB 5TATI itCCBLDITID gjg
InigALUTONw BER K.E,LELir cal i for nia j
v\'jjk**i m i« mA»Mui
James F. Drake
Incorporated
| BOOKS of RARITY I
Earl}) EnglisK Literature
First Editions
Sporting Books
Colored Plate Books
Association Books
AutograpKs and
Manuscripts
Catalogues upon request
1 Four West Fortieth Street New York
Jllllllllllllllllllllllllllll
S MAGAZINE
- Publishes cash.
■Jfi**^ J^ ■Lrr— 1 ^ — -"i^HJ art assignments,
lessons and articles on Car-
tooning, Designing, Illustrating,
Lettering, and Chalk- Talking. Crit-
icises amateurs' work. Full of in-
teresting and helpful information
• artists and art studentB. Satisfactory or
money refunded. 10 cents a copy, $1 a year.
Send $1 NOW, stamps or bill.
STUDENTS ART MAGAZINE.Depi 482^ Kalamazoo. Mich.
W
□
Distributors for U. S. A.
FAVOR, RUHL & CO.
NEW YORK CHICAGO
Washington University
ST. LOUIS SCHOOL
of FINE ARTS
Fully equipped to give
instruction in Drawing,
Ceramic-Decoration, Pot-
tery, Painting, Applied
Arts, Composition, Mod-
eling, Bookbinding, Crafts
Illustration. Interior dec-
oration.
For full information and
free illustrated handbook
apply to
E. H. WUERPEL, Director
i
45th year. Next term opens
Sk'mktr Road and Lindell Boulev
September 23, 1918.
ard, St. Louis. Mo
286
®£&srs l i ^^^^^^L?r^cs^3^^S^JQ -m
ANPI&NT
ARTS and DECORATION
?$> Co
MODERN
SHAHRISTAN RUGS
WOV£N TO SP£(MAL ORDfcR.
ON
OUR OWN LOOMS
-N TH6 ORIGNT
12 &ST 40TH STR£&T
XT i A 7
.^7,
7^
<;
T/LARGGST STOCK IN THC WORLD
g
^--^
3uJSC
i || g BPI l ) ! l ii |ii i ) ll li i JIJ ! l) i yi^|
jgT53SC^&^3^:^H38Gl^HSr^
March, 1919
ARTS and DECOR A T I O N
287
EST.
1852.
Oriental Rugs
UNUSUAL SIZES AND COLORINGS
EXTREMELY LARGE CARPETS
JcxsephWildCCo.
Fifth Ave. at 35th St. • Newark
iiiitiiiiuUiiKl
RUGS
FINE PUNTIQUE R MODERIN
ORIENTALS • VRST ASSORT-
MENT • MODERATE PRICES
SPECIAL DESIGNS S. PLPvirS
COLORS IN WESTERN RUGS
OF HIGH QURLITY
KeNT-CoSTIKYRN
_ TRADING CO. INC.
485 FIFTH AVENUE- NEW YORK
OPPOSITE PUBLIC LIBRARY
PffliP^^
19
"V"
QSl \c*L>OTl3,(
Xe~%0 JlotA>
zutre/Iioi
znizure
°P
MADISON AVE., JVST SOVTH3/*\34 T -*
*-
JOSEPH P. MCHUGH
AND SONja^sSUrM^a
Q "West 42nd Street -New York
Designers andjAakers of
Quaint Jurniiure
Dmporlers of exclusive
WallPapers SFabrics
LaPLACE
ANTIQUE
SHOP
Objects of Art, Curios, Rare Old Crystals and
Sheffield Plate, Period Furniture and Replicas
242 Fifth Ave. 11 East 48th St.
near. W. 28th St., N.Y.
DANIEL ADAMS,
Mgr.
near Fifth Ave.
R. H. KINGSBUKY
Mgr.
JAPAN ART STUDIO
Oriental
Decorators
Fine Lacquer
Work
Repair of Art
Objects
J$fr,
Valuable Furniture.
Screen. Porcelain.
Pottery, Plaster,
Ivory. Wood, Stone
Metal, Cloisonne.
Tapestry. Brocade.
Etc.
562 Lexington Ave., Near 50th St.
Phone. Plaza 4538 NEW YORK CITY
*
iA^ASTBttl)5rl£5
H'l Mil 1 Hi!
BfU'TBt yi.ir
fflrlffil
DISTRIBUTING JOBBERS:
F WEBER ft CO Philadflpbl.. Pm A H ABBOTT ft CO .. Chicaf r, n 1
JAP-ART BRUSH CO., 154 Numu Street, New York
CALENDAK of
EXHIBITIONS
Arden Studios, 599 Fifth Avenue
Painting's by John G. Johansen,
to March 17.
Ardsley Studios, 110 Columbia
Heights — Works of art by Fan-
tin-Latour and Albert ( ilei/es,
Japanese prints, to March 31.
Babcock Galleries, 1') East 49th Streel
— Paintings by Expressionists, to
March 14.
Bourgeois Galleries, 668 Fifth A\enuc
-Paintings and drawings by Jen-
nings Tofel, to March 10.
Braus Galleries, 2123 Broadway
I iarden paintings by Miss Anna
Winegar, to March 11.
Cosmopolitan Club, 133 East 40th
Street — Paintings by Maurice
Fromkes, to March 15.
Daniel Galleries, 2 West 47th Street-
Paintings by Ernest Lawson, to
March IS.
Ehrich Galleries, 707 Fifth Avenue —
Lithographs and etchings by
Odilon Redon, to March 12.
Early American portraits, to
March 6.
Ferargil Galleries, 24 East 49th Street
—Paintings by Charles Rosen,
to March 31.
Folsom Galleries, 560 Fifth Avenue —
Paintings by Daniel Garber,
March 10 to 31.
Kingore Galleries, 24 East 46th Street
— Paintings and sculpture by a
group of artists, to March 15.
Knoedler Galleries, 556 Fifth Avenue
— Portraits by Albert Sterner,
paintings by Louis Kronberg and
Whistler etchings.
Levy, John, 14 East 46th Street-
Portrait drawings on vellum by
John S. Eland, to March 15.
Macbeth Galleries, 450 Fifth Avenue
— Thirty paintings by thirty
American artists.
Milch Galleries, 108 West 57th Street
— Paintings of the sea by William
Ritschel, to March 15.
Montross Galleries, 550 Fifth Avenue
— Paintings by Horatio Walker,
March 11 to 29.
National Arts Club, 19 East 19th
Street — Exhibition of war hous-
ing, to March 31.
Ralston Galleries, 567 Fifth Avenue
— Paintings by Frank De Haven,
March 3 to 15.
Reinhardt Galleries, 565 Fifth Avenue
— Water colors by Wm. Jean
Beauley, to March' 8.
Satinover Galleries, 27 West 56th
Street — Paintings by old masters
and Art Objects.
Whitney Studios, 8 West 8th Street-
Sculpture by Malvina Hoffman,
and paintings by Arthur Crisp,
to March 15.
IRVING fc-CASSON;
A-H-DAVEN PORT £8
DESIGNEES AND MAKERS OF
FINE FURNITURE AND INTERIOR FIN L3H
DECORATIONS- UPHOLSTERY
WALL HANGINGJ
BOSTON
573-07D DOYLSTON ST-
OOP LEY SCJJAKJ* '
NEW YOR.K.
GOI riTTH AVCNUE.
F. N. DOWL1NG
Furniture and Decoration
57th Street at Madison Avenue
NEW YORK
EXCLUSIVE PERIOD FURNITURE
IMPORTED MARBLE and WOOD MANTELS
ELECTRIC FIXTURES
SILKS — LINENS — TAPESTRIES
HIGGINS'
DRAWING INKS
ETERNAL WRITING INK
ENGROSSING INK
TAURINE MUCILAGE
PHOTO-MOUNTER PASTE
DRAWING-BOARD PASTE
LIQUID PASTE
OFFICE PASTE
VEGETABLE GLUE, ETC.
ARE THE FINEST AND BEST INKS
AND ADHESIVES
Emancipate yourself from the
use of corrosive and iil-
smelling inks and adKetives
and adopt the Hifgiu Inks
and Adhesive*. They will be a
revelation to you, they are so
aweet, clean and well put up.
At Dealers Generally
Chas. M. Higgin»&Co. , Mfrs
271 Ninth Street, Brooklyn. N. Y.
Branches: Chicago, London
1 HEARTH - FIRE " EQUIPMENT
ror the practical and
suitable
1
FURNISHING
of the
FIREPLACE
Appropriate for Gifts
Catalog free on request
Your Architect Should
Colonial Fireplace Company
"Everything for the Fireplace"
4620 W. 12th Street CHICAGO
ANCIENT and MODERN
RUGS
(o^tikVan $ (o>
Shahristan Rugs Woven to special
order on our looms in the Orient
1 2 East 40th Street - New York
The Tobey Furniture Co.
Interior Decorations
Our aim is to assist the client, developing
his individual ideas in harmonious form.
Tobey- Made Furniture
— the original designs of our studios,
executed by hand in our own shops.
NEW YORK : Fifth Avenue at Fifty-third Street
CHICAGO : Wabar.h Avenue and Washington Street
288
ARTS and DECORATION
March, 1919
CftS
mmwmtimm
DEVOE
Artists' Oil Colors in Tubes
Are prepared from carefully
selected pigments — thoroughly in-
corporated with the purest oil —
single and double size tubes. Used
and endorsed by leading artists.
At the request of a number
of prominent artists we are
now putting up a line of
Devoe Artists' Oil Colors
in studio size tubes.
Canvas, Academy Boards, Brushes,
Water Colors, Artists' Materials, &c.
Write for Pamphlet on Our
New Equalized Spectrum Colors
The Oldest and Largest Color Makers in America
ESTABLISHED 1754
DEVOE & RAYNOLDS CO., Inc.
NEW YORK CHICAGO KANSAS CITY NEW ORLEANS
%'
LL "A sheet of it will defy you to put it
out of business." — Alonzo Kimball.
WATER COLOR paper always means 'What-
man' to me and a hot pressed sheet of it
will stand anything and defy you to put
it out of business. I know, for I've enjoyed using it
and it's a good, reliable friend.
"To ask me what I think and know about 'What-
man' is like asking me what I know about
'Sterling' or whether 2x2=4. They are in the same
category. I've been brought up to know that all
three are proved facts in their dif-
ferent lines and all three can be
depended upon. To advertise
'Whatman' it is only necessary to
write a eulogy on water-color paper.
<Z>en»cjirio Hand -N-fade
DRAWING PAPERS
— for a century and a half the preferred paper of master and
student alike. Get — at your dealer's — the kind that will beft
bring out your technique.
H. REEVE ANGEL & CO. Inc., 7-11 Spruce Street, New York
Sole Importers for the United States '__
and Canada.
Facsimile of The
DECLARATION
of INDEPENDENCE
Lithographed in 17 Colors
Suitable for Schools and Libraries
A splendid and faithful reproduction of the world's
most important political document
THE original is now locked in the steel vaults at
Washington, hidden away from the light, both for
safe keeping and because very little of the writing
can now be deciphered, it having faded through the action
of time and light.
When the document began fading, the Government pre-
pared an exact facsimile of the original and thousands,
who visit the State Department every year to see the
Declaration of Independence, look upon this facsimile, as
the original is now never exhibited.
We are able to make you an owner of one of the fac-
similes, each one bearing the official certificate of the
State Department under seal, attesting that it is an exact
copy of the ORIGINAL DECLARATION OF INDE-
PENDENCE.
The document is surrounded by the Coats of Arms of the United
States and those of the thirteen original States, all reproduced in beau-
tiful colorings of blue, red, and gold on parchment, and considered
merely as a picture, would be a pleasing decoration in any iibrary or
living-room ; but its greatest value lies in the fact that it is an exact
counterpart of the GRAND OLD DOCUMENT in which our sturdy
ancestors boldly proclaimed to the world the rights of man ; and to the
upholding of those principles pledged their lives, their fortunes and their
sacred honor.
Price, One Dollar per Copy, postage prepaid
Arts & Decoration, 470 Fourth Avenue, New York
t
How joyously guests are 'welcomed,
when beauty fills the home!
The superb records of Columbia
artists place at your instant
command the unrivaled charm
of good music. The graceful
loveliness expressed in the
Grafonola Period Designs gives
the added delight of artistic
excellence in form and color.
The exquisite Period Model
illustrated above is Chinese
Chippendale. There are 26
other distinctive Columbia de'
signs, expressing the individual
beauty of every artistic period.
A handsome illustrated catalog
of Period Grafonolas sent upon
request.
Cohimoia Grafonolas in Period 'Desigm from $250 to $2100. Standard SModels up to $300.
COLUMBIA GRAPHOPHONE COMPANY, New York
London Office: 10? Clerkenwell Road. EC
ISAAC GOLDMAKN COMPANY
NEW YORK
m
lliiimiiiiiiiiii minimi illinium iiiiimiiiiin i i mil i mm mimii mm mm""'"" i""" 1 """ »"" Mi«iiimiiiiiii
Kitchen in New York Studio of Mrs. Harry
Payne Whitney covered with Nairn Linoleum
THE selection of Nairn Linoleum for Mrs. Whitney's New
York Studio was simply in accordance with her instructions
for the very best of everything that could be secured.
Interior decorators generally will understand the selection of
Nairn because they appreciate its superiority. The wide range
of patterns permits the selection appropriate to the color scheme
of any room.
LIM
f
Nairn Linoleum Company, Newark, N. J.
W. £r J. Sloane
Sole Selling Agents
573 Fifth Avenue, New York
Chicago St. Louis
Los Angeles
Denver
Seattle
216-218 Sutter St., San Francisco
Galveston Kansas City
Portland, Oregon
liiri'i minuuilin
m
liililiillllllllillilM i mi iiiiiiiiiimiiii iiiiiiiiiiiiiii mini iiiiii iiiimi in i in i mil i iiiiiiiiwiiiiiiiiiiiiimiiiii m iiiiiiiiiimmimmiiim
A R^T 5
DECORA
/^URLIN6A«7^\ FORMERLY
pi' r -;r: library n RT world and arts & decoration
OTS[
;.me, Cj^-
35 CENTS
54.00 THE YEAR,
APRIL. 1919
(ftAS E
c
'llilttir
1L ^llMMOUSUMKIi
-^tyl^
For Closed
(Rase
Motor- Cars
MR VELVET,
Made By Sanford Mills
The all-season car is the trend of the times — limousines, sedans and convertibles. This has brought about a
veritable revolution in motor car upholstery, because an all-season car requires an all-season upholstery. The
rapidly increasing popularity of Chase Mohair Velvet is unquestionably because of its unique characteristics.
Mohair, according to the government tests, has more than two and a half times the
strength of wool, and affords the longest wearing surface known to the textile world.
The standing pile of Chase Mohair Velvet together with the peculiarity of weave brings all the wear on the top ends of the
fibre, thus insuring long wear without any of those bare or fuzzy spots so common to fabrics where wear comes on the sides
of the fibre.
The original brightness and color of Chase Mohair Velvet remain unchanged through years of hard service. Patterns
and color combinations of unlimited number.
Samples at your
Dealers or
Trimmers
L. C. CHASE & CO., BOSTON
NEW YORK SAN FRANCISCO CHICAGO DETROIT
Leaders in Manufacturing since i$-i~
Write us if Ur,-
able to get
Samples
April, 1919
ARTS and DECORATION
»
293
,v
J?
**•*
:
dntrrinrs nf Subtle (Uharm
at tlir $jamfitmt Bliops
THE joy and lightsome charm ex-
pressed by an interior reminiscent
of Fontainebleau reflects to-day the
spirit of the joy of peace, bringing a need
for surroundings happy in the colorings of
soft textiles harmonious with their archi-
tectural backgrounds, and furniture ex-
quite in line and detail.
At the Hampton Shops, assembling de-
lightful interiors of every worth-while
epoch in infinite variety, yon can find that
w hich meets your especial needs and avail
yourself of the resources, the skill and
sympathetic understanding of the Hampton
Decorators who have collected these rare
treasures, designed their backgrounds and
assembled the appropriate accessories for
completing these interiors.
nampKiuSw
irroratton
AnliquitiPB
iFurntlurr
Q-i
w
U;^
w
r
kV/
-m&fflw
wry
=55 i
i
/
Hi
I
<^
294
A RTS and DECORATION
April, 1919
m
ARTS & DECORATION
VOLUME X
APRIL, 1919
NUMBER 6
CONTENTS
INTERIOR OF BURGOS CATHEDRAL, SPAIN Frontispiece
From the Original Drawing by John Vincent
AMERICA'S ART FUTURE REMAINS WITH OURSELVES 297
INSPIRATION OF THE CRUCIFIXION By A. M. Graham 299
GLIMPSES OF BEAUTIFUL GARDENS FROM FAR AND NEAR 302
DECORATIVE TREASURES FROM ENGLAND, FRANCE AND ITALY 304
AMERICA'S HEROIC VISITOR— LIEUT. JEAN JULIEN LEMORDANT 305
EXHIBITIONS IN THE NEW YORK GALLERIES 307
FREDERICK THEODORE WEBER— PAINTER, SCULPTOR AND ETCHER 308
ETHEL FRANCES MUNDY— HER WORK 309
KING MINOS TO MATISSE— GREETING! By George M. Richards 311
THE HOME OF GEORGE MARSHALL ALLEN, ESQ 314
SAINT-PORCHAIRE POTTERY IN AMERICA By G. H. McCall 316
BEAUVAIS-BOUCHER TAPESTRIES— Continued from March, 1919. .By George Leland Hunter 319
THE HOME OF ARTHUR WHITNEY, ESQ 322
THE HOME OF ALFRED C. BOSSOM, ESQ 323
ART AS THE PERSIANS SAW IT By Dorothy Dent 324
Published Monthly by HEWITT PUBLISHING CORPORATION
470 FOURTH AVENUE, NEW YORK
London: 407 Bank Chambers, Chancery Lane
Subscription $4.00 a year in the United States, Colonies and Mexico. $4.50 in Canada. $6.00 in Foreign
Countries. Single copies 35 cents. Entered as Second Class Matter May 27, 1918, at the Post Office at New
York City, under the Act of March 3, 1879. Copyright 1919 by Hewitt Pub. Corp. Registered U. S. Patent Office.
April, 1919
ARTS and DECORATION
295
♦It
til
o
•!•
•I*
A Reproduction of the famous Bagdad Carpet
ORIENTAL RUGS
Woven on Our Looms in the Far East
In Any Desired Design and Coloring
The reproduction of the famous Bagdad Carpet, shown above, in
which each detail of the interesting design and all the beautiful color of
the original Rug are brought out with amazing fidelity, illustrates the
unlimited possibilities in fine weaving of which our private looms in the
Far East are capable.
Thus, any requirements as to weave, size, design, and coloring can
be met by having us prepare sketches to harmonize with the decorative
scheme in view, and weave the Rugs in exact accordance with the
sketches finally approved.
As it requires approximately one year to produce such Rugs, it is
advisable to place orders as early as possible. We will be pleased to
submit full particulars and estimates upon request.
W. &. J. SLOANE
Direct Importers of Eastern Rugs
Interior Decorators Floor Coverings and Fabrics Furniture Makers
FIFTH AVENUE AND FORTY^SEVENTH STREET, NEW YORK
WASHINGTON. D. C. SAN FRANCISCO. CAL
fZ*
\&
2% ARTS and D E CORATION
iiiiiiiii iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiniiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii iiiiiii uiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii
April, 1919
niiiiiiiii iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiniiiiiiii iiniiiiiiiiiiiiiK
m
Burgos Cathedral, Spain
Original Drawing by John Vincent
m
A R^T 5 J.
DECOKAlTIOTsl
Formerly— ART WORLD and ARTSlSr DECORATION
aui....!
Volume X
APRIL, 1919
Number 6
,iiiiiii!iiiiiiiiiiiiifliiilijiiiiii
America s Art Future Depends on Ourselves
An Appreciation of To-day
T
HOUGH I've grown up with three warming pans
whose ages pass the century mark, I had never seen
one at work until last winter in France. 'Twas after
a thumping hard day's
march and the pan had
done its task so well that
as I lay in comfort,
laughing silently over the
strangeness of it all, I
suddenly came to the real-
ization that we Americans
'0 do not half appreciate the
tilings we possess either
for their own value or the
pleasure and comfort they
might give us.
Many times during the
year this thought has re-
turned with ever growing
conviction. Nor we do not
sufficiently recognize the
true worth of our own arts
and artcrafts. Somehow it
has come almost to be the
rule to speak flippantly of
any effort on the part of
American artists or crafts-
men. The same thing ap-
plies to our musicians and
our writers. To this day
Longfellow is given second
place, almost never read
by his own people. Poe's
work is shivered over as
the product of a drug fiend
while the exquisite lyrics
of Sidney Lanier are ut-
terly unknown to the rank
and file — yet in England all three are not only appreciated
Hit widely known and enjoyed.
Unfortunately the list does not end with those who have
passed. However conscientious and hard-working the
artist, musician, singer or craftsman anywhere, he has a
long, hard and thankless road to travel to success, for to
put it boldly and inversely,
success means fame with
money, for the artist must
eat and money means the
capitalization of apprecia-
tion by the public.
Whence comes this lack
of appreciation of Amer-
ican Arts and Crafts? One
would be tempted to say
flatly from ignorance if
one did not continually
hear cultured, traveled per-
sons bewail the lack of this
or that delightful thing in
America.
One hears that the very
last word has been said
throughout the world on
architecture. That in
America there is only a
slavish copying of old de-
signs. Yet foreign archi-
tects of reputation come to
visit us especially to study
what they call the Amer-
ican styles of architecture
and grow enthusiastic over
what they affirm is a
triumph — the method of
treating sky - scraping
buildings in such a manner
as to cut off their height.
This is done by including
some half dozen of the
lower floors in the base decorations and a number, depend-
ing on its height, within the roof architecture. This gives
strength, breaks the long lines of windows and is beautify-
The Bush Terminal Building, New York, from 40th Street.
298
A R TS and DECORATION
April, 1919
Photograph loaned by
American Artistry is Entirely Responsible for this Magnificent
ing beside. It is purely American. Foreigners hail it as
such and like it.
Compare the Woolworth Tower or the Bush Terminal
Building illustrated here, with the best examples of Gothic
extant. Structurally there is nothing comparable. They
differ more from all the old forms than do any two of
them with each other. Yet Gothic they are and of high
order and very beautiful. They are in fact the first indi-
cations of what some day will take its rightful place in
architecture as American Gothic.
And that is but one kind. There is that fascinating
adaptation of the adobe house, the California bungalow.
I make no brief for architecture further than to mention
it as a reason for a sympathetic appreciation of American
art by Americans. These cases are clear.
Some years ago at the crest of the futurist and cubist
wave in painting — a sad wail was heard everywhere that
so far as the United States was concerned everything had
been said in painting. This was said in the face of the
long list of our worthy artists who have found world
fame ! Many wise people affirm that at best there remains
but to express art feeling in a decorative manner. I do
not know if this is true or not but I am sure that if a story
is good it can be told in many entertaining ways, always
be interesting and often with a new and vital thrill. This
vital thrill is the thing to look for, to inspire, to espouse,
and all the while there have been and are artists following
"their lamp" and reaching after their goal — unnoted by us
whose privilege, whose duty it has been merely to show
appreciation.
Hie same thing is true as to crafts. Few of us realize
that superb textiles are fabricated in this country. Silks,
damask, cut velours in colors that vie with the best in beauty
and durability. It is true that many of these are made up
after old designs, yet in this art trade there is a marked
advantage to the modern artist for which full credit must be
given. The manufacturers foster the spirit of design
B. Altman & Co.
Piano.
wherever they find it by buying all worthy
designs offered, since worth while motifs
can be found in nearly all of them and
frequently a pattern of first value comes
to hand. This practiced idealism always
cheers me — because I know that like
mercy — it blesses both. Certainly it is
bound to win fame as it has already won
financial success.
Carping critics anathematize American
furniture and the unthinking ones also
name names and fold their hands prayer-
fully before other gods.
Dear reader of my plaint, it is not that I
do not admire or possess other furniture.
I do. It is because of these possessions
and some good home-made ones that I
raise my voice in appreciation of a craft
that receives our scant attention.
If we do not find it, the fault is ours. It
is made. It is as good as any, for, by,
common deduction, we have recourse to
the same forests as the rest of mankind, the same libraries
on furniture construction, our machinery is the best in
the world, and our native intelligence is, at least, as good
as the average. Yes, it is here. Nor is it a forbidden art
to us now more than in the days of Phyffe, whose designs
are as charming, distinctive and as valuable to-day as
those of any of the masters'.
In the matter of reproduction of antiques American'
craftsmen do remarkably fine work — and, as will be seen
in the piano illustrated, their cabinet work is superb. This
splendid piece is American-made throughout, and compares
favorably with the best old ones.
It would seem as though our Art effort lies rather in
the development of the practical side of the arts and that
our art future might be in itself a means of a general fur-
therance of all the arts — crafts — and their kindred
sciences. For example, while one cannot include the talk-
ing- machine among the arts, it is not to be gainsaid that
any one device in the world's history has in so short a time
been the means of widely disseminating a knowledge of
an art as has this instrument, which has carried to the
remotest corners of the earth and developed a taste and an
appreciation of music that could not have been hoped for
in many generations through the old means.
This tidal wave of music appreciation covering the globe,
emanating from us, has travelled faster by far than did the
Renaissance through Furope.
Whatever lies before us in art matters just as certain
as that the old order of world politics has fallen into the
melting pot of the great war with the new ones still untried,
though sure to endure in some worth while form, just that
certain is it that the glory in art has not passed us by. The
last word has not been said. If our architects repeat the
tale in a new and compelling way, so can our painters and
our artisans. And they will. But there must first be a
renaissance of appreciation which can come only fromV
calm consideration of living art in all its phases.
April, 1919
ARTS and DECO RAT 1 ( ) \
299
INSPIRATION OF THE CRUCIFIXION
B£ A. M. GRAHAM
•
ON contemplation, our first impulse is to shudder, the
subject is harsh and terrible, and again it as quickly
awakens in us a human response, a bond of sym-
pathy, a sort of happiness in sorrow, which, though it brings
its pain, bears its message, and satisfies seme longing of the
heart, will make itself felt in spite of all theories of art and
religion.
There is something about the subject as a whole which
bids us lower our voices and move gently as in the house
of prayer, there are depths of mystical communion, which
hold our thoughts and reverence.
We find ourselves gazing spellbound before this pictured
tragedy, gazing upon the distress of this Man, a distress so
profound, so intense that it has set Him apart in the world
to come, even as His personality had set Him marvelously
apart in His own day, and so long as the power of imagina-
tion is left to play upon the mind of man, so long will the
crucifixion stand out as a symbol of sacrifice.
The life of Christ began in the Bethlehem manger, and
culminated on the Cross of Calvary.
We are told of the incidents which cluster about
His infancy, His birth, the visits of the Shepherds
and the Three Wise Men from the East, but of
the life of the Christ Child, little has been given
\is upon which our imagination can play or lend
us a means toward expression.
Our conclusion is that He grew like other boys,
was brought up with simple wisdom, modesty, and
kindness, which were exemplified by His acts in
later life. He lived in humble poverty and ob-
scurity as a Galilean peasant, working at the trade
of a carpenter. About the age of thirty years He
entered upon His great mission.
The first year of His ministry was the golden
year, but this was followed by a period of flight,
persecution, and months of concealment and peril,
ending by a crisis of agony and a death of pain.
Near the place where He was crucified, there
was a garden, and in the garden a new sepulchre
hewn out of a rock. There they laid Jesus.
This is the brief history of His unique life.
Alas! So great a man to go so soon.
His simple direct messages have become the
guiding words of every home. In these He
touched so tenderly upon the common things of
life, .yet with power enough to move the universal
heart of man; endearing them to us forever.
"This doctrine so mighty, so divine, has gone
out like a great star, leading the world, a bright
star shining as humanity's guiding light, above all
the troubled chaos, bloodshed and war."
^ Everyone probably has a different thought in
regard to the appearance of Jesus, and when the
idealist represented Him, he tried to portray as
many n\ these different ideas as possible. We, however,
know nothing except that He was a Jew and probably had
all the characteristics of the Jewish race.
The pictures that have been commonly shown of Him in
the history of the church are undoubtedly outgrowths of
grossest caricatures, especially those which represent Him
as emaciated, sad and suffering — the crucifixion excepted.
The life of Christ, however, until the very last, was not
a sad life, although His torturous death so vividly pictured
and constantly before us does leave us ever with this im-
pression. We must think of Him, then, not as a man
weighed down with sorrow, but rather as a good man with
a life of joyousness and gladness and as happy as anyone
could hope to be, who cherished that wonderous trust of
God in his heart.
For a period of sixty years after the death of Christ,
the idealizing tendency was at work, as it had been, by
many, even before His crucifixion.
Suddenly the human Jesus of simple life, the tender
comforting friend, merged into the King Eternal. All
The Crucifixion — Van Dyck — Flemish, ]627.
300
ARTS and DECORATION
April, 1919
■ s
i
A 1 JflV t
ri
i Wk
The Crucifixion — Rubens — Flemish, 1613.
relics of His life dropped into obscurity, and only the mem-
ories of His divine work were retained. They no longer
even cared to indicate, to future ages, the location of His
birth, His transfiguration, His crucifixion, or His grave.
In this tendency to reshape and misinterpret facts, His
whole life was recast. Jesus came to be in the thoughts of
the world, the suffering Messiah, and so the scenes of the
sacrifice of their ideal dominated the Church and ruled the
future trend of art.
Let us glance for a moment at a figure that in almost
every stage of the world's civilization, since His coming, has
stood foremost, reverenced and adored, and picture Him,
through His earthly life, leading up to the fatal night, the
sorrow of which nothing can ever surpass, and we wonder
little that this has been a theme to move the pathos and
spirit of the great masters.
The crucifixion, that symbol of sacrifice, was the interest
« > f soul enlargement and expression, and though the most
distressing subject a painter could select, was also the most
important in Christian Art.
People were dependent at that time upon paintings, just
as we are now upon books, and this means was employed
to stimulate and awaken the public mind to an interest in
this theme, for if the appeal is made to the elemental things
in nature, it is a big step toward the readiness of mankind
to respond to any work of art that deals with joys and sor-
rows, or to that which quickly appeals to the passions and
emotions. Go back in imagination to the time when the
first crude pictures of "Christ on the Cross" were made. +
The conditions were rough, cruel, brutal and art likewise
took on this phase. Gradually struggling to interprel
throughout the years with ceaseless patience, suiting itself
to the cravings and emotions of the artist. When lo!
Symbol gave way to Ideal, and the movement of art trended
and expressed itself accordingly. This leads us to con-
sider the different versions of the masters as wholly due
to the teachings of their times.
The brief history of the early masters suffices to show-
that the church and its traditions were the first creative
powers in art, its usual aim being to portray in the most
graphic manner the various scenes influencing and sur-
rounding the life of Christ. The earliest representations
were of Mosaics in glass or marble, the designs made up of
well-known Christian symbols. At the Council of Con-
stantinople, held 692 A. D., it was decided that the lamb,
formerly used as a symbol of Jesus, should give place to the
human representative of Christ in Christian art, and from
this time we may definitely date the pictures of the cruci-
fixion, although there are a few which critics believe belong
to the 5th century.
The artists first pictured Him as a youth, fully clothed,
standing with open eyes and repose of feature, erect upon
the cross, but shortly followed this with realistic treatment,
showing Him with drooping head, contracted muscles and
agonized face, characterized by Byzantine barbaric splendor.
The figure hangs upon a jewelled cross, against a back-
ground of Mosaic or solid gold, assuming an elaboration
equally proportionate with the elaboration of the Faith. -*
This school flourished until the thirteenth century. At
this time the different Italian cities each aspired to produce
a school of painting, which soon grew into renown.
The New Crucifixion — Jonas — French, 1919.
April, 1919
A RTS and D E COR AT I ON
301
4k Giovanne Chimabue ( 1240) achieved a fame which en-
titled him to be called the "Father of Modern Painting."
He perceived the ideal, but it was under the masterful hand
of Giotto, his pupil, that his new theory was illustrated.
Giotto so improved upon the theme of his master as to con-
vey some expression of suffering, love and resignation in
his pictures.
We pass over the many able artists who each in their
style and theme stand for much that has been handed to
us. and hasten to the golden epoch of Da Vinci, Raphael
and Correggio, not omitting Albrecht Diirer of the German
School. Velasquez of the Spanish, Rubens and Van Dyck
of the Flemish, each in turn having given us wonderful ex-
amples.
The legendary portrait of Christ became, under the hands
^i these masters, a man of stately figure, slender, dignified
in appearance, with a countenance inspiring veneration, and
their stories are told in glittering reds, azures, greens and
gold, with much light and mystic illumination.
They paint Him with dark and glossy hair, falling in
curls about His shoulders, parted in the middle after the
manner of the Nazarenes, with a forehead smooth and
serene : the nose and mouth faultless, and usually with a
beard of medium length ; His eyes, large and bright and
of varied color; thus creating a type which has passed al-
most into that of divinity, and has been continued by most
painters since that period.
It is difficult to imagine the crucifixion or the body of
Christ in such a placid form as they conceive Him. Never
fc death so utter, never form so prostrate as manifested in
these early paintings.
The accompanying illustrations have been chosen from
among mam- as the most interesting interpretations because
of their varied artistic expressions.
Perugino's crucifixion, in Florence, is one of the best of
the earlier works on this subject that survives. It is dis-
tinctly characteristic of the painter, and one of the artist's
greatest conceptions. This fresco represents the scene un-
der three arches. In the central one is the crucifix with its
solemn burden, standing forward in the picture, on top of
the cross is a small inscription board bearing the Latin let-
ters I. N. R. I., indicating the words of Pilate, and in the
sky over all are the eclipsed sun and moon. At the foot of
the cross kneels Mary Magdalene, gazing intently at the
crucified Christ, her hands folded in the attitude of prayer.
Her kneeling figure is so still and placid, her beautiful face,
so full of intense sorrow and pity for the distress and suf-
fering of the object of her devotion. In the left arch we
find 1 the figures of the Madonna standing with St. Bernard
kneeling. He represents the mother as a dignified, stately
woman, the years have touched her face but lightly, her
tender nature overwhelmed with grief. In the right arch
are the figures of St. John, standing, and St. Benedict,
kneeling. There is no crowd, no wasting of grief, the spec-
tators, five in number, are more artifically arranged rather
than as the real mourners at such a tragic scene.
The figures are draped in garments with little elabora-
tion of detail, and are painted in the deeper accentuated
colors of the Umbrian School. Beyond is revealed a grand
Umbrian landscape in Perugino's warm and transparent
coloring, so clear and sunny. Its sweeping outline of the
hills, the single delicate trees, the distant town at the foot
of which runs a placid stream, and above the blue and
(Continued on page 330)
The Crucifixion — Perugino — Italian, 1493.
M)2
Tlllllllilllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll
A R TS and 1) ECO RAT [ON
1 1 1 :-;.;m i !i;, i.! im. in i .■!;;■ ■ 1 1 1 ■ ■ !":'■! : : m : i 'MiiuiMiMinMi hm ■ ;" — '■:■ ' -i ' :i i 'i ! :n : i ■; ! : ill
April. I'll')
♦
Glimpses of Beautiful
Gardens
from
Far and Near
HAVE you ever observed how an opera audience
settles itself comfortably when Mignon begins
to sing "Knowest Thou That Land?"? It gets
them, absolutely, for it is instinct with home-longing
— that vivid memory of gardens full of blooming-
flowers, humming bees and carolling birds.
Her memory of her childhood home is of its gar-
dens and flowers, and tho it is only a story, it car-
ries convictions to every listening ear, for it is Na-
ture's forms that the human memory retains longest.
One remembers the shape of the big tree in the pas-
ture at home long after the contour of the house
itself fades, and the flower
gardens of our lives outlive
them all.
This is as it should be —
and it is up to us to develop
our gardens, whatever their
size, so that every nook and
cranny will be full of inspi-
ration.
That we are awakening
to a full realization of this,
is evidenced by the charm-
ing glimpses of gardens pic-
tured here, the most inter-
esting of which is the small
garden of Mr. Myron Hunt,
of Pasadena, California. In-
credible as it may seem, this
garden, with the house,
covers a plot less than 200
feet square. Needless to
say, every inch has been ac-
counted ; but what is im-
portant for us to know is that Mr. Hunt choose and
bought the land because of the splendid old cypress
trees, seen here, and expressly to use them as a back-
ground for small gardens. The house surounds it
on three sides ; the vine-covered pergolas break its
wall faces in a manner to enhance the open, free feel-
ings of the garden itself. This garden plan might
3e followed anywhere with as great success. It is
at once intimate and suggestive of boundless space.
Most of all, it bespeaks loving thought and a clear
perception of balance. Another interesting bit that
garden lovers should absorb is in the picture, show-
ing the cherub sentinels, who, embowered in flower-
ing shrubs, welcome, invite one to enter. These
figures are lead — reminiscent of the old English gar-
dens ; they can be had to-day in new metal, quite as
good-looking. It is a nice idea — this of having gates
within the garden, old, but always good, when ar-
ranged with shrubbery backgrounds. This fascinat-
ing scene is found in the garden of Morton Nichols,
ic
. :.: ;''i;i.i . ,:,ir .1;. J-,. ; : ' : ; ; i: 1 : :i:i 11 ,i 1 ..: : 1 .' .1 1 1 : 1 .: 1 .u .1 1 .1 1 1 1 1 1: i i. i 1: i n: in 1111111111 11111111111111111111111111111111111111 1 1111 iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiniiiiiiiiiiiii iniiiii iiiiiiiiiiiiilliiliiiiiiiiiiiiiiillllllilililiiiii.
April, 1919
A R T S and DECORA T T O N
303
iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiHi
Esq., Greenwich. Conn. The walled garden illustrated
here is the child of necessity — as it is built to protect the
delicate flower friends of the owner, Mrs. Robert C.
Hill, of East Hampton, From the chilling sea winds tha
Frequently sweep the extreme end of Long Island even
in midsummer. Its chief appeal is its extreme simplicity
oi treatment.
Simplicity speaks, too, in the brick and wall treat
ment of the splendid old tree in the garden of Mrs.
Cameron Rogers in Pasadena, California. It is — the
effect of a house in the garden yet is better. Here
breakfast and tea are served to the enjoyment of a
ourselves included. May the idea become rapidly wide-
spread !
The rock-garden hit pictured here speaks for itself
the reminiscent for me, as there is a country garden 1
know, covering less than two acres and combining in its
little space three distinct features which might be worked
out anywhere. This arrangement covers a smooth and
gently declining hillside on which the house was built, a
short stretch of flat land, not more than fifty feet in
width, and a little ridge of Connecticut rocks backec
by spruce.
Ordinarily, the flat would have been turned into a
formal garden with more or less
disaster: but here, the house
being Dutch Colonial and the
owner a wise woman, the formal
gardens were laid out on the
three terraces below the house,
and the flat left to plainsward.
So far, very good, but the best
of all is to come, for it is in
combining the formal with the
informal that we humans go on
the rocks, and the rocks in this
case are very real. We all know
the unwisdom of clipping grass
around rocks naturally placed.
But how do otherwise? — that is
the question. In this instance
it was solved by turning the
little gully that was the natural
drain in wet weather into a
cement-lined stream, widened,
dammed at intervals and fed by
a water-pipe concealed beneath
a rock at Nature's starting-
point — the basin following the natural
windings of the drain until it reached its
ultimate goal — the brook just outside the
little domain. And, further, to prepare one
mentally for the transition from clipped
hedges, smooth sward, to rocks ; from for-
mality to informality of treatment, low,
rough shrubs were planted along the stream
on the lawn side, while a rustic bridge was
thrown across. Here began the rock-garden
in truth. Not a stone was moved. Only a
few flat ones laid as an approach to the
bridge. No pretense to regulate planting —
just a few seeds dropped here and there
where color was wanted, and those of field
flowers having strong hues. It is charm-
ing, and we hope to enjoy it many years.
||!ll||||||l!ll!lll!!lll!!U!l!lll!!IUII!!l!!lll!llill!!!llll!ll!!!lll Illllllllllllllllllllllllllillllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll Ill Illllllllllilllllillllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIUIIIIIIIIIIIIIUIIIIIIIIIIUi llll!lllllllllllillllll!ll!IIIIIIIIIIIIIIII|||||||||i
304
; mi in || lllllllllllllllllll Ilillll Illillllllllll IlllllllilllllllllW
A RT'S and I) E CO RATION April, 1919
niiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiniiiiiiiii it iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiini nmimmm 11 iininiiiiii %
From France comes this
lovely Eighteenth-Century
Secretaire. There is un-
usual grace and dignity in
its floriated marquetry pan-
els and the nice distribu-
tion of the metal decora-
tions.
Young in years but rich
in beauty is this European
reproduction of a French
Commode that was in the
Brussels Muse u m — t h e
carving is excellent and the
brass handles superbly
worked out to the last
detail.
DECORATIVE TREASURES
from England, France
and Italy
One seldom finds such
perfect grace, propor-
tion and finish as in the
English ancient.. Observe
the width of seat, the
unusual splat back, fine
top carving and cabriole
legs.
•yt^m^ L
There is a magnificence in this
Italian desk that one feels only
in furniture that has architec-
tural design. Because of their
use in columnar effect the mul-
tiple carved figures framing the
plain faces are rich without op-
pressing.
From England too
comes this splendid
Chippendale chair which
is one of a set of six,
rare enough to find them
a place in a museum.
Note the exquisite legs,
feet and delicately inter-
laced back.
Note — These articles
may be found by ad-
dressing Art Service Bu-
reau of this Magazine.
mill
April, 1919
I ♦
A R TS and DECORA T [ON
AMERICA'S HEROIC VISITOK
Lieutenant Jean Julian Lemordant
THE WAR-BLINDED ARTIST
305
HE heard the groans, the death-rattle oi the dying, the
voices of the wounded who called to him. lie
dragged himself in their direction and asked them
questions: "Why does the night last so long?" They an-
swered it was broad daylight. Then he understood. "I
had thought of everything — of death, of the most horrible
wounds, but not of that!" and after a silence, "But as long
as that too was necessary!"
Of such stuff is our honored
guest, Lieut. Jean J. Lemor-
dant — "sea-fire" by charac-
ter as well as by name.
Coining as he has to re-
ceive the Howland prize,
conferred on him last year
by Yale University, while the
war is being borne home so
crushinsrlv
the
upon us by
return of our own wounded,
it is difficult to discuss the
work of this young artist
apart from his personality.
• And it gives all art lovers
_reat satisfaction that we
are enabled, through Yale
University, to at once honor
a great artist artd a great
hero. This second award of
the Henry E. Howland '54
Prize should also be given to
one of our Allies — this first
having been conferred post-
humously on Rupert Brooke
— adds to our pleasure. All
the more so as this award
is intended for the "citizen
of any country in recogni-
tion of some achievement of marked distinction in the field
of literature, fine arts or the science of government" — and
"an important factor in the selection shall be the idealistic
element in the recipient's work."
This latter phrase is the key to the man as well as to his
work. That he saw the glory in the common things about
him is paramount in his canvases, in the story of his short
life, -which, fortunately for us, is not ended — rather, just
begun! The idealism burns almost fiercely. Seldom is it
given to a man to live in three ways for his fellowmen.
Lemordant has accomplished two of these so gloriously that
we look forward eagerly to his future, whatever it may be,
wherever it leads us. Before the war Lemordant was a
^reat artist. Our sympathies are captured at once on seeing
his landscapes and sea-faring people in their heavy clothes,
following their business of life, pictured against the ele-
ments in their varying moods, or pursuing their simple
pleasures in a manner so natural and naive that our hearts
are tugged at through pure joy.
Joy — that is it. He feels it, and gives it to us at every
turn, in every stroke of the brush. I lis Breton country-
side rejoices in its work beside the wide-sweeping ocean,
i >n the rocks, the sands, in
storms, under brilliant skies
— all magnificently alive and
pulsating, yet keyed to a
naturalness that one recog-
nizes at once as correct.
Never does one lose his
idealism, his understanding
of the very working of the
souls of his people. It seems
right that this great gentle-
man who so well understands
his people should have had
his first opportunity to work
out his decorative ideas
among them. 'Twas in the
little old Hotel de l'Epee, in
the quaint town of Quimper,
well known to the Doughboy
during the past two years,
that he saw this chance.
Here in the dining-room,
some 60 feet long by 30 feet
wide and 15 feet high, after
two years' labor, he finished
five exquisite panels dealing
with the beloved Breton
country and sea, which estab-
lished him securely.
His next decorative ven-
ture was the ceiling of the Municipal Theatre of Rennes,
where all Brittany is woven into a garland of dance. It is
said that he had intended to bring the dancing human chain
down the curtain to the stage floor — the sketch having
been finished when the war intervened.
The work speaks for itself, but what needs to be told is
his remarks on his theme: "I found my subject in the re-
gion itself. We are cloyed with Apollo and the Muses. I
was in Amorica and it was to Amorica I looked for inspira-
tion. Why should the decorator strain after noble motif?
Just take life and concretize it in its movements. It will
mount of itself to style."
Born in 1877, at St. Malo, the old Breton port famed in
history and quaint romance and brought close to American
hearts as the summer rest-camp and playground of our sol-
.306
A UTS and I) ECO R AT fON
April, 1919
diers, lie studied fust at the Ecole des Beaux Arts in Rennes,
going later to Paris to the studio of Bonnat, winning the
Chevonard prize in the Paris Beaux Arts.
Dividing his time between Paris and Brittany, lie exhib-
ited in all the salons with increasing fame until the fateful
4th of August, 1914, when with the same burning spirit he
volunteered instantly, changing from the reserve to active
service. At ( harleroi he was badly enough wounded to be
sent to an hospital, but he refused to go. He was made a
Sous-Lieutenant on the battlefield. Wounded again on the
Marne he refused to quit his post. Through all these ago-
nizing days in Champagne he was again wounded in Artois.
This time, after his thighs and back had been plowed with
shell splinters, his right arm almost useless, he was struck
again in the leg, his knee smashed and his joint made stiff.
Yet when the attack before Arras began, in order to walk,
he had to have his leg in splints made by bayonet scabbards,
and in this condition he attacked the German trench!
At this moment of glory he was struck in the forehead by
a German bullet — he fell — and then the question, why is
the night so long!
Five days he laid among dead and dying, yet still he had
the strength to drag himself to his knees to comfort a
little Breton and help him die.
Then began his interminable journey from German hos-
pital to hospital. A prisoner, his wounds badly attended,
he twice tries to escape. He was ordered, after a third at-
tempt, to a reprisal camp where he suffered all the horrors
of war. His eyes had been put back into place and he began
to see a little, to draw in large characters. Hope loomed
large. Serene and calm as ever, he thought first of his fel-
low-humans and used to amuse them and himself with lec-
tures on Art. On the day before the one set for his removal*
to the reprisal camp, while he was giving one of his talks on
Art in the dingy, dusky quarters, referring from time to
time to a large charactered chart, came his great hiatus. A
halo danced before him, obscuring everything. By a terrific
effort of will he mustered his emotions and improvised the
remainder of his address. The audience, alive to the fact
that something had happened, rushed forward at the end of
the lecture, to be stunned at the new tragedy that had befallen
civilization.
His blindness was so classified that he was sent to Swit-
zerland for a time before finally being returned to his be-
loved France. He awaited the moment of crossing the
frontier in a kind of ecstacy. Writes his friend, Charles le
Goffic :. "He hoped for a miracle, but expected one only from
himself, from the power of his own will. He asked the Red
Cross nurses, who had charge of him, to tell him the moment
the train crossed the line. He zvould see it — France — at
least something belonging to it, no matter what — a hedge,
a tuft of grass, a pebble. They took him to the door of the
compartment and there he exerted all his strength, all his
power. The frontier was left behind — the 'fiat lux' had
not come to pass."
Weary months of agony and days of glorious victory have
intervened since then, and now this blind soldier-painter has
come to us somewhat recovered physically, dauntless as ever
in facing life, believing as strongly as ever in it — in his fel-
lowmen and in himself. Already assuming the tremendous
new role thrust so brutally upon him with the high courage
he has always shown, wringing, through memory, the last
drop of joy in experience for himself, and carrying to us *
message so instinct with love, power and heroism as to in-
spire us to the very heights of feeling.
k
******
The Oyster Beds — Lemordant. Photographs by Courtesy Yale University and Gimpel & Wildenstein.
(
April, I'M')
A R TS ami D E CORATIO i\
30?
♦
EXHIBITIONS IN THE NEW YORK
GALLERIES
GEORGE BELLOWS is both dramatist and painter,
uniting the qualities of both in Ins pictures. And
just as he loves the big punch in his drama, so does
he love to employ both pure color and deep color in writing
it. If the fact be added that Mr. Bellows is a master in the
harmonious arrangement of these colors, that he makes
them all sing together without a false note in his high
octaves, we have a pretty good basis for considering his
art as an abstraction, if such a thing can be done with an
art that is so intense and personal.
The exhibition of Mr. Bellows' recent work, in the main
gallery at Knoedler's, affords the public a better oppor-
tunity to know him than it ever has had in the hitherto
meagre displays of his paintings here and there. The
artist has been especially prolific in the last few months,
perhaps under the urge of the spirit that is now felt every-
where, and has turned out pictures that will undoubtedly
come to be considered as his masterpieces.
The greatest work in the display is "The Return of the
Useless," a dramatic composition involving the entrain-
nient of the Belgian exiles in Germany preparatory to their
repatriation, as provided by the armistice. Through the
door of a box car ma)' be seen pitiful figures, while on
the ground in front lies a youth whom a German soldier
has felled and who is still menaced by the Hun's rifle.
The center of the picture, and the real subject around
which the drama turns, is the figure of a young woman,
tense in her defiance, standing in the doorway of the car —
her attitude and whole appearance screeching malediction.
Mr. Bellows has written this drama of "The Return of
the Useless" in crimsons, purples, blues and greens. The
central note is the deep red of a spot on the side of the
car near the door, which passes on into the blue of the girl's
skirt, thence to the yellow of the pine boxes beneath the
doorway. Overhead is a deep and menacing sky, forming
a canopy for the whole picture.
Two other large war canvases in the exhibition are "The
Murder of Edith Cavell" and "The Massacre at Dinant,"
both of which will undoubtedly live forever in the docu-
mention of the Great War.
The rich resonance of Mr. Bellows' color, aside from
its dramatic uses, may be studied in a new work which he
calls "The Studio," a picture made great by the manifest
joy which the artist took in painting it. It presents his
own studio on Christmas night, with his wife and two
little girls as companions. Mr. Bellows himself is there,
but he compromised with his dislike for a "self-portrait"
by so placing himself that only his contour, and not his
face, is seen. The composition makes a most pleasing
genre picture aside from its fine color harmony.
"Portrait of Ann" is a real flesh and blood presenta-
tion of a little girl. It has spontaneity and charm, and an
exquisite color scheme expressed in a key high enough to
give it ringing vitality. "The Globe Trotter" is another
line portrait, in which the artist has conveyed even without
the words of the title that here is an alert old man who
has seen many interesting things. "Harbor at Monhegan"
is one ol" Mr. Bellows' marine subjects, too few of which
are seen.
In nearly every artist who has given an exhibition this
season ma)' be seen changes wrought by the quickening
spirit of the times. The exhibition of fourteen recent
paintings by Horatio Walker at the Montross Gallery was
no exception, despite the fact that this artist's fame already
rests on a secure foundation and conservatism is naturally
to be expected of him. It is not that Mr. Walker has
adopted any new style of subject or of technique, for there
is nothing to shock his old admirers, but rather that he has
used color more freely than he ever did before — deeper
and with more translucent purity — the result being that
new admirers have joined the old ones.
The depth and resonance of color shown in "Dea Gratias"
mark this new mastery in Mr. Walker's art. Indeed, the
color and drama of this picture remind one a little of
George Bellows, although the subject matter never would.
It is a nocturne; a Canadian peasant and his wife stand
bareheaded in a road, before a wayside image, while above
them rides the moon, spectrally seen through drifting
clouds. Behind them, seen dimly, a white horse and cart
form part of the picture. The dimness and shadow of the
main subject, on the ground, and the contrast with sil-
houetted, silver-edged clouds in the sky above, give a
dramatic value that holds the visitor for a long time.
Bright with light and color, illustrating the new influence
that has come over Mr. Walker in portraying his French-
Canadian habitant subjects, is "The Golden Dew — Woman
Milking," which is a lyric of the simple, every-day life of
the people the artist loves so well. "A Pastoral — Sow and
Pigs" is lightsome and joyous with glorious daylight.
One painting shows Mr. Walker in a classical mood —
"Hippocrene," illustrating a fable of ancient Greece. The
winged steed Pegasus, whom Minerva tamed and presented
to the Muses, has risen into the air from the top of Mt.
Helicon, and the fabled fountain has sprung from the earth,
while astonished satyrs gaze upward at him and timid
nymphs hide behind trees.
This Pegasus, leaving the earth, and causing a fountain
to flow, is symbolical of the reawakening of art, and maybe
Mr. Walker had this in mind.
When Mrs. H. P. W'hitney set aside the front part of her
studio building at 8 West Eighth Street as a gallery for
public exhibitions, she did so in order to give the initial
push to young painters and sculptors whose work, in her
(Continued on page 310)
308
ARTS and DECORATION
April, l'H")
FKEDEKICK THEODOKE WEBEK
Painter, Sculptor, Etcher
SINCE time began, the wanderer's return to his native
land has found a place in song or story. He in-
trigues imagination by his very presence. This is
as true to-day. And if he brings us something, ah, then!
Frederick Theodore Weber, wanderer, has brought us
much, for he has been accredited by the French Salon as
painter, sculptor and etcher, his work having been ex-
hibited there in all three forms at the same time.
Painter, sculptor, etcher, is a good deal to say for a man
in his early thirties. Usually years pile on years before
an artist is so reputed, and it gives us considerable satis-
faction to claim this fellow countryman who hails from
South Carolina and has come to live in New York after
ten years in France.
Born in Columbia, S. C, Mr. Weber spent much of his
youth abroad, owing to his father's business interests there.
Scandinavia, Finland, in particular; Germany, Holland,
England, and France are known to him in a way that
few Americans can know them.
It is but natural that, knowing
many people and many tongues,
he should have retained some for-
eign language; yet he is essentially
American in appearance as well
as in thought.
Best of all — notwithstanding his
long absence from his native land —
he believes in and is enthusiastic
about our Art future. I use the
word enthusiastic advisedly, as he
is quiet and self-contained. To quote him: "I had been
told by Americans abroad that there was no general ap-
preciation of Art here; so imagine my surprise to see the
crowds before the windows of the Fifth avenue art shops.
One does not see that on the Rue Lafitte. People stop to
look at paintings only because they are interested. Then,
too, in my studio, I find that even people who have had
little or no training will choose at once the best work.
Given such taste and such wide interest, something great
is bound to • come forth in American Art."
Studying under Ferdinand Humbert and Jean Paul
Laurens, he passed his Beaux Arts examination in 1910,
winning the Prix Talrich in anatomy. In sculpture, he had
Raoul Verlet as master.
He exhibited in the Salon first as an etcher, then as
painter, and finally, in 1914, added sculpture to his list
of works there.
Sympathy is the key-note of this artist. One feels it in
everything he has done — above all
technique of pencil, brush and mal-
let. It is Gallic sympathy, tender
and whimsical, coupled with a just
sense of proportion, which makes
for success in every line of endeav-
or. He sees things as they are —
finds inspiration in them, and gives
us all these feelings in his work,
whatever the medium. Examples
of Weber's work are on exhibition
now at the Ehrich Galleries.
Margaret Tiers, Daughter
of Mr. & Mrs. Cor-
nelius Tiers.
Bobby Bliss, Son of
Mr. & Mrs. Cornelius
N. Bliss, Jr., on left.
Frederick de Peyster,
Son of Mr. & Mrs.
Frederick Ashton de
Peyster, on right.
***!
■
• I4< &
<
April, 1919
A K TS and O ECO R A T TON
309
*
Ethel Frances
Mundy
HEK WOKK
Edward Robertson, Jr.
VISITORS at the recent ex-
hibition of Ethel Frances
Mundy's miniatures in wax
at the Ackerman Gallery would
hardly have guessed that the slen-
der, brown-haired young woman,
modestly keeping in the background,
was the author of that charming
exhibit and the rediscoverer of this
fascinating art. Yet it was she, and
tthe story of her student life is that of every art student up
to a certain point. Born in Syracuse, N. Y., she studied
in Rochester, Boston and New York, before going abroad,
where she worked in various places. Like every artist who
has visited the European museums, Miss Mundy was en-
amored of the quaint wax portraits to be seen in the gal-
leries, especially in the Kensington Museum, and wondered
much at them. But unlike the others, she set to work to
discover how they were done, with the happiest results.
If one attends strictly to what Miss Mundy says, it
wasn't much of a job; yet, considering her modest bearing
and the fineness of her modelling, not to mention color,
etc., one feels that, well — that she is far too modest. Par-
ticularly when one considers that in prosecuting this deli-
cate work she employs only the ordinary orange stick,
adjunct of the manicure table, and one delicate steel tool
beside! Simple enough the story runs, but it doesn't tell
of the long search for the proper material to "set" the wax
■ — they will not melt under normal conditions — nor the
difficulties overcome to find colors that would not fade.
Imagine the travail of soul an artist must suffer in learn-
ing that one's pet miniature languishes and grows pale in
sea "air, usually considered tonic. This is one of the cli-
matic troubles Miss Mundy met and overcame, but not
until she had found pigments that had stood the forty-year
test.
If one desired to be critical — and the charm of these
dainty portraits at once disarms criticism — it must be said
^that in comparison with the museum pieces the old ones
suffer, since Miss Mundy's portrayals have a vitality and
Virginia Murray Dangler.
James Humphrey Hoyt, II.
life the antiques lack. Not only are
they alive, but they are caught, as
tho by the movie camera, in the act
of living — a feeling none of the old
ones have. Yet there is neither un-
rest nor stiffness felt in any of the
many poses exhibited. This is due,
to some extent, to the fact that she
refrains from using much color in
the clothing, preserving the rich-
ness of the deep blue background thereby. Yet when color
is necessary in vestments it is used judiciously and with
good taste.
Essentially a portrayer of children, as the carefully de-
tailed clothing reveals, Miss Mundy has equal success with
her miniatures of the grown-ups. Curiously enough, of
these her best work is of sitters who have passed the prime
of life; and the best of it all is she recognizes this herself,
which is our guarantee for better and even more interest-
ing work in the future.
As will be noted in the reproductions, the artist pos-
sesses ability in modelling in keeping with her understand-
ing of character. All three of these children show markedly
different characteristics of temperaments in their poses, as
well as in their faces, the two boys having the greatest
difference, yet both are thoroughly masculine — a trait the
usual miniaturist frequently fails to record, to the never-
ending disgust of male sitter and his male relatives !
There is in the portrait of the Laughing Boy (Edward
Robertson, Jr.) a steadiness of pose that one fully expects
of so finely a modelled head, whose halo of curls but em-
phasizes its strength. On the other hand, the thick-bobbed
hair of the girl-sitter does exactly the same thing.
Of an exhibition of thirty-two miniatures, including an
old portrait of Joachim Bonaparte, these three are the best.
Miss Mundy adds interest to her work by designing
special frames for her portraits, w ith cases of exquisitely
tooled leather, on which are wrought the name of the sitter
and her own device. Altogether, it is happy work, this
gentle art of Miss Mundy's, for which we give thanks.
310
ARTS and DECORATION
April, 1919
EXHIBITIONS IN NEW YORK GALLERIES
(Continued from page 307)
opinion, entitled them to public recognition. The public,
in turn, lias had much for which to thank Mrs. Whitney.
It has enjoyed many meritorious and stimulating art dis-
plays in cosy surroundings.
Two young women sculptors have just made their bow
at Mrs. Whitney's studio— Miss Grace Mott Johnson and
Miss Florence G. Lucius. The former's specialty is ani-
mals, the latter's figures. The ten specimens of Miss John-
son's work are thoroughly enjoyable. There is humor and
sympathy in them, and one does not have to be at all "high-
brow" while considering their merits. They form a plea-
surable interlude in a serious world.
There is "Fred," an enigmatical goat, who looks amiable
enough to pet, but, withal, serious enough to butt. There
is "Greyhound Eating," his long head at one side right on
the ground, dog-and-bone fashion. Then there are three
lacteal subjects. One shows a lamb, on his knees, enjoying
his luncheon, while his mother crouches down to give him
the opportunity. "Mare and Foal" and "Cow and Calf"
carry the same subject into other sections of the animal
kingdom. "Ox" is a very sedate brother of man and,
like his biped kinsman, hungry.
Miss Lucius' sculpture falls under the definition of "mod-
ern," inasmuch as she takes liberties with the human form
in order to achieve a desired result. "Draped Figure" has
an Egyptian motive. "Indian Mother" is a 100 per cent.
American work of art. "Bronze Figure," with alliterative
contours, has merit and mass.
Beauty, sunshine, joy! The old world, after the last
tragic five years, needs all of them it can get, and will
eagerly thank such artists as Lillian Genth for their part
to provide them.
Miss Genth loves the woods — the birches, the elms and
the maples. She also loves to depict human flesh, warm
and glowing in the sunshine. Therefore, when she poses a
favorite model among the branches, the leaves shimmering
and the sunshine filtering through in patches, a picture re-
sults which the beholder knows the artist delighted to paint.
He senses the artist's enthusiasm as well as her singing
color, and there is — beauty, sunshine, joy !
In her exhibition of thirty-two works at the Milch Gal-
leries, perhaps the most typical as well as the most delightful
subject is the one she calls "The Oriole," which presents
a charming fancy, a bird of the forest, saucily and unafraid,
making the acquaintance of the young woman who, nude
and nymphlike, returns the admiration. "This is the home
of my own pretty self!" the oriole seems to say, from her
twig nearby. "I like your home and you too !" is the reply
in the young woman's smile.
"Golden Dreams" is another vision of beauty, a nude
reclining in the sunshine, a sylvan glade stretching beyond
her. "The Bather" reveals another nude, ensnared in
dickering sunshine and dancing leaves, the glowing, youth- Q
fill flesh conveying a sense of warmth and vitality.
Of all the trees of the forest Miss Genth seems to love
the birch the best, and a group of them is the real subject
of "Children of Nature" in spite of the title, for the two
figures are merely notes completing the forest harmony. In
"Reflections," a pearl grey subject, fine as a gem, birches
overhang a cool shadowing pool, in which a lone figure
relieves the solitude.
However, it seems that Miss Genth has reproached herself
for too much lightsomeness, for she has painted a serious,
allegorical work, "Beyond Life's Vale of Tears," and has
enthroned it in the place of honor in the exhibition. A
solitary figure is seated on a huge rock, with his eyes fixed
on the distance, while up its side other figures toil, totter-
ing, failing. The visitor, with sobered feelings, stays long
before this picture, paying his tribute, as the artist did, to
that which is not all beauty, sunshine and joy.
Guy C. Wiggins is another painter who, like Miss Genth,
has been identified by the public with a certain easily recog-
nized subject. Heretofore when anyone has thought of Mr.
Wiggins he has immediately visualized Fifth Avenue, or
Madison Square, or Broadway, in a snowstorm or other bit
of atmospheric envelopment. And now Mr. Wiggins has
deserted the city for the country and has found a revela-
tion in the change. By far the best work that he has ever
shown forms an exhibition in the Howard Young Galleries.
One painting in particular deserves the highest praise."
It is "The Silvery Trail," a winter impression, and it is
without doubt one of the best pictures of the year. Com-
parisons are not relished by artists, but to say that "The
Silvery Trail" is Twachtmanescjue may be atoned for by
adding that it merely reminds one of the great American
impressionist by its refinement of color, which is as super-
lative as that of the master himself. The subject of the
picture is a hilltop, with a road faintly traced in the snow,
flanked by slender trees marshalled in the distance in a
sparse wood, softly revealed in the purplish gray haze.
"Earliest Spring" is still another revelation in Mr. Wig-
gins' art. Most painters, when they attempt to show
"Spring's awakening,' achieve an utterly obvious result —
something trite and without imagination. Everybody
knows that in the Spring the landscape begins to turn
green and the trees to show budded color. But Mr. Wig-
gins' "Earliest Spring" is still sere in the garments of
winter, and he has suggested rather than portrayed the first
faint, warm flush over the wood and roadside.
"Morning Light" has a crisp, incisive quality, with its
spare bit of forest, sharp and distinct, suggesting such a
winter day as makes the blood tingle. "Broadway Bliz-
zard" and "Madison Square" are atmospheric New York
subjects in the style with which the public is familiar.
Daniel Garber. veteran Philadelphia painter, has shown*-
New York ten of his latest works at the Folsom Galleries.
■VRTS and I) E CO R A T ION
311
KING MINOS TO MATISSE— GREETING!
By GEORGE M. RICHARDS
IN the year 2000 Before Christ, on the Island of Crete,
there flourished a complete civilization. Many a year
. was yet to vanish beyond the Pillars of Hercules before
Homer smote his lyre. Not yet had the beauteous Helen
fired the Argive chieftains to set sail for cloud-capped
llion. The Pharaohs to be sure were indefatigably piling
huge monoliths upon each other, and chiseling their empty
histories thereon, so that we may say in Egypt stirred first
the chrysalis of art. But in Crete, the living butterfly
spread her wings for maiden flight.
This civilization of King Minos was undoubtedly com-
plete. For proof to the doubter we present the Lady
carrying a Casket whose portrait adorned some palace wall
of Tiryns. The style of skirt, the shape of slender waist-
line, the calm poise of the figure, all proclaim the civilized
woman, easily recognizable by the devotee of modern
fashion. And yet this portrait is a product of decadence,
an imitation by barbarous Greeks at their north of some
Cretan masterpiece.
No race of men, unless freed from the constant terror
of natural forces and beasts of prey, four-legged and
human, by the guardianship of a settled and orderly society,
has yet found time to produce a distinct artistic advance
such as marks the Cretan remains. The wonderful group
of the Cow and her Young, seen on the following page,
from Knossos, can hardly be surpassed in aesthetic quality
by any later period — with due respect to the Sculpture So-
ciety — or in exquisiteness of technique.
With the advent of marauding Greeks from the North,
passed the Golden Age. There had been a quality of abun-
mmt life, a youthful exuberance in experiment among the
Cretan artists perhaps never again attained as a common
spirit by the artists of any race. Beside their work the per-
fection of Attica is sculptured ice. The power and dignity
of Egypt obviously, but the product of a people tyrannized
over by king and priests, living in constant dread of the
Judgment of Osiris.
We know the daily life of the dweller by the Nile, of
the Athenian freeman, owner of slaves, and can be thankful
that our imagination is left free to build in Crete a primeval
paradise for the artist, thence a paradise for the common
man.
Given such perfection of environment, an approximate
perfection of product might be looked for. There have been
many speculations, scientific and otherwise, as to the reason
for the limitations in delineative powers of the primitive
artist. We wonder why he did not draw and model as
we do, why he ignored the laws of perspective, played hob
with the human anatomy, and showed a sublime indiffer-
ence to chiaroscuro. His eyes were like ours, probably
better, (for we have yet to find a statue of Pallas Athene
with spectacles pushed up on her helmet) ; his hand was
as firm and responsive to the technical will. It has been
suggested that the character of his material was the limiting-
element, but his material with the exception of a few un-
necessary pigments was identical with ours or could easily
have been made so. Perhaps, some say, the inhibition of
religious formula was the cause. True enough, in Egypt.
certainly not in Crete — for we may fairly judge the validity
of such priestly restraint by the wideness of range in the
artist's field. Indeed it would be difficult to find more
unsacerdotal subjects than the fresco of a cat hunting a
pheasant from Hagi Triada or the carefree circus poster,
shown at top of page 313, from Knossos.
312
A R TS and DECORATION
April, 1919
The artistic archeologist, granted there be such an animal,
will notice, indeed has noticed, that the primitive draughts-
man is satisfied to render objects by outline instead of by
mass except as mass may have a decorative value, that he
naturally draws the face and limbs both of men and animals
in profile, rarely in front view, never in three-quarters.
The problems of perspective are a matter of total indiffer-
ence to him, and generally the matter of setting and back-
ground, enormously important to the modern artist, is only
of value when the elements he selects are absolutely in-
evitable to the telling of his story.
Possibly, as Professor Loewy maintains in his Natural
Forms in Early Greek Art, the question is entirely one of
the' imaginative vision. Try to recall the face and figure
of a friend or of some well-known animal. If you are not
a school-trained professional, you will see him in full-face
or profile and if you attempt to draw his likeness, will
find difficulty in doing it from any other angle. In all
probability the primitive artist did not feel the necessity
of a model. Plis imaginative concept preoccupied him
from beginning to end of his labors.
It is of interest in this connection that primitive sculpture
excepting the relief, presents its figures in three planes
only with perhaps a rounding of corners and a quite cheer-
ful disregard of the character of the subject's back.
The drawings of a child not too precocious or studio-
ridden, if compared with those of our pre-classic artist,
show a similar inability to conceive the subject in any
attitude other than that most easily remembered. No child
in his natural mind would ever attempt to draw directly
from nature. The modern conventional artist, who con-
siders himself a culmination of the centuries, is a product
of elaborate school training, based on the ideal of accurate
and photographic copying of natural forms. If by chance
some inward vision project itself through the academic
crust of this habitual thought, there remains but one refuge
for him — the model and the attempt to fit his original con-
ception into the form which he actually sees before him.
As the tree of philosophy is overshadowed nowadays, and
choked by the quick growth of economic theory and prag-
matic science, so is a poetic thought often strangled by the
tyranny of mechanically accurate drawing of light and
shade, of atmosphere and a thousand and one tricks of a
pathetic realism.
@HlEBIliPgMlliMggIlil^ll§)Wllll§l@lMl^llBil^
The primitive artist, like the child, appears to have gone
on his way rejoicing, free from scholastic habit and from
the incubus of knowledge.
The progress of the realistic idea is responsible also for
the invention of the easel picture. To the benighted an-
cient a picture was not a thing in itself, a precious and
painstaking imitation of nature, to be cut out, surrounded
by a gilt fence and hung indiscriminately upon a chance wall.
From the beginning his concept was adapted to a definite
use, either to form part of the actual surface of a certain
wall space, of a vase or pottery form, or of a textile.
Sculpture also was seldom produced for its own sake.
Either it had an architectural value or a religious or political
symbolism. Gradually we are beginning to recognize the
good taste of this simple-minded and wise point of view.
The men of the bronze age had minds as lucid and clever^ '
as ours. If we strip ourselves of scientific prepossession,
it is difficult to believe that they could not have produced
thoroughly realistic painting and sculpture, had they thought
that their message would be clearer or its aesthetic value
greater. The famous Head of a Bull from Knossos is an
exception in masterly realism which is proof of this con-
tention.
Perhaps they knew that the essential value of a work of
art lies in its spiritual significance — in its perfect selection
of purely necessary elements and its adaptation to a definite
usefulness. They argued and philosophized about spirit and
matter with as far-reaching a vision and as keen a subtlety
as any of their successors. Doubtless the controversial
field of art was also threshed out as thoroughly and these
very arguments passed back and forth over the honey of
Hymettus and the wine-cups in the palace of King Minos.
We can use our brains no better than Socrates and Plato
— perhaps, indeed, we are no better artists than Phideas
and Appelles, to say nothing of their predecessors.
There can be no doubt that the continual struggle of the
Archaic Greek artist, as of all artists, consciously or not,
was toward the goal of accurate representation, but it is
very doubtful if his progress w T as marked by an equal ad-
vance in taste or in the essential beauty of his work. As
for the message of a picture or statue, unquestionably the
crudest and most primitive drawing carried it to the con-
temporary beholder just as forcefully and with as much
aesthetic satisfaction as in the days of Michel Angelo an<>
Rembrandt.
April, 1919
A I
v r s
;ui(
1 I) E COR A TIO X
313
»
In our own time we have come freshly in contact with
a primitive art — that is, primitive from the realist's view-
point — and have been obliged to take off our hats to it,
to alter our palettes and our theories of design. The most
exquisite of Japanese prints does not surpass in balance of
composition, in simplicity of presentation or delicacy of
drawing, such a vase painting as the Return of Hephaistos
to Olympus, from an oinochoe of the fifth century before
Christ.
The exquisite technique of Greek vase-painting has
formed the subject o\ many learned works and will inspire
many more before our more sophisticated designers are
able to excel it. In this period the Greek vase-painter had
mastered his art, but we can without hesitation challenge
a comparison of his most cultivated work with that of the
unknown Cretan who conceived and executed the master-
piece of the Minoan Circus. It is true that the details and
proportions of the figures are more accurate in the former,
but are they more beautiful, more full of vitality or more
satisfactorilv disposed on the surface to be filled?
The classical vase-paintings of the Creeks may be divided
into three styles, progressing from barbarism to perfection
and thence to decadence from the academist's viewpoint —
all equally exquisite from the decorative artist's and pos-
sibly descending in the scale of interest for the plain human
being. As well as by the manner of drawing, these styles
may be distinguished by their technical treatment.
In the first archaic style, a dark color was used upon
the natural clay as a background. The outlines of the
design were incised with a sharp point and filled in with
black. Other colors were also used — red if the clay-back-
ground were light in tone, white and purple if the color
of the vase was dark red. Sometimes the body of the
vase was covered with a white slip upon which the black
figures silhouetted strongly.
As the Attic vase-industry became more prosperous, and
began its export trade to surrounding nations, the design-
ers' technique underwent a change in the direction of ease
fflMtflfffSMIKHrw
Tel! ^
,UM \MttttttV,UW\7.UW,\"
, ( !iIIW.I!III«M1M"I
i
■'■•'■vattHiwwiumuiiniiii
v *
<\»
■If" * •" **
mi i mm- m
mum ii iillllilijiiif iii'l'ii'iiliiiiililliiiiTiiriii
irtwwwjtmmuwMHMiiniiiimitimiimiuiniuiiii,
of execution. The former scheme was reversed — the back-
ground painted black, and the figures left to appear in the
red clay. Less color was used and more delicacy and pre-
cision in rendering. The human figure was much more
accurately drawn and an innovation in the use of the three-
quarters view gave a spice of adventure to the Hellenic
artist. The painting of the Old Man with a Dog belongs
to this period, the fifth century JB. C.
With the overthrow of Athens as a political power came
the gradual decline of Greek vase-painting. It is marked
by the reintroduction of many colors and a general floridity
of style. Painting on a white ground was also popular
with solid tints of various kinds used for garments and
other details. The exquisiteness and rather feminine deli-
cacy of drawing is marked. One has a feeling that the
designer of this period was not working to express his own
visions but to please the luxurious Macedonian who had
become his political suzerain. Yet the perfection of ar-
rangement and composition seem to show that some stan-
dard had been attained which even lack of vitality could
not rob of its charm.
For the past two or three winters the Hambidge theory
of the Whirling Square has been gaining an increasing-
number of adherents in various art centers. It is a theory
of absolute perfection in design based on the geometric
ratios of natural forms and the adaptability of these ratios
and proportions to every conceivable kind of artistic ex-
pression. As the Roman Church has established a hier-
archy and dogma of religion deriving its authority from
St. Peter, so Mr. Hambidge seems to prove an artistic
hierarchy and dogma derived from the Greeks of classic
times. He goes so far as to claim an infallibility for the
best period of Greek art — that is the discovery or develop-
ment into perfection of intricate rules of proportion and
composition which are quite as absolute in the aesthetic
domain as the Ten Commandments in the moral. Indeed
they are more so since they are based on Mathematics
the Ultimate Deity of Science.
Now whether or no a race of artists shall be produced,
who, guided by the rediscovered touchstones of static and
dynamic symmetry, shall surpass us immeasurably in ease
and perfection of technique, there is a charm in the vital
fallibility of the Guild of the Minotaur which cannot be
attained by rule of thumb or even made easier of attain-
ment thereby. It is the charm of Youth — the Youth of
the World.
{Continued on page 334)
.U4
ARTS and DECO RATION
April, l'M9
Outside the house vistas have been preserved and
where necessary created. That this decorative phase
is most important is evidenced by the work of all the
great landscapists of Europe.
»
Bf w flai^l'i^'i us .wflflflfll
.#
IS? JtjfBHJBi
| IHIIIUiaJBI
B^flBBflfl ■"■ 9* 'BB_- ^BBflfl
:
The Home of
George Marshall Allen
Charles I. Berg, Architect
IF eyes are the windows of the soul, certainly the
windows of this house speak as plainly of its feel-
ing. Observing" them in all their forms shown
here, the sunlit carven stone grill is perhaps the most
interesting of all pictorially, tho one is torn in such a
decision by the exact beauty of the stained glass one
and quaint charm of those seen in the upper left-hand
picture. ♦
Throughout, architecturally, it is a house to marvel
over. The roof, the gable ends, the chimneys and
their grouping. And after all one's eyes return to the
rough beams and plaster work that so closely stimu-
lates the ancient, and the able manner in which the
eave faces have been treated. This simulation of age
is marvelously expressed in the unevenness of the roof.
How much better this is, and how much more in keep-
ing with the spirit of the whole than would be a clear-
cut smooth roof.
Equally satisfying is the courageous and entirely
proper use of the several types of furnishings employed
I
MB
Wr i ^VB BBBBB^mm «
Br- «r Bfl ^^■H BBBt^QJI
fl— ^t-4—fl 1 -Bfl J
bbEmbbbbbbbbw 8
^^^^■MMfiSBSRfll IBBV^BBJ B M *Jc^^^^
!^s=*a»a a '^__l^fl]
April, 1919
A R T S and DECORATION
315
At Convent
New Jersey
within where, as will be seen here, a formal Georgian
dining-room is closely associated with a magnificent
early English great hall, a method that throws both
into exquisite relief. We Americans have thought in
decorative periods somewhat to our hurt, forgetting
that in those countries where the period types we copy
originated, they were mixed rather freely, not slav-
ishly followed throughout.
f This feeling may be noted also in the different floors
that appear here. The flagging of the entrance hall
ci mtinues the architectural idea as one enters. The
wide board floo+", in keeping with the great hall, pre-
pares one for the carpets that are used in the more
formal apartments. The same wise choice is noticed
in the lighting fixtures which keep their places most
modestly. Unfortunately for the reader, the simple
but beautiful carvings that appear in the arches and
elsewhere have been lost in reproduction. Restraint
in its use adds to its beaut) 7 and throws into higher
relief the decorative accessories.
English types of architecture seem to adapt them-
selves to American landscape with as much facility as
do we ourselves to their feeling — the latter being due
doubtless to our inherent Anglo-Saxon predilections.
316
ARTS and DECO RAT i . <> N
April, 1919
SAINT-PORCHAIRE POTTERY IN AMERICA
By G. II. McCALL
THE history of ceramics records through its lengthy
pages the work of more than one vanished figure,
but no chapter is enshrouded with such tantalizing
mystery as that which deals with the earliest of French
faience, known during the last thirty years as the
Faience of Saint-Porchaire. For upwards of seventy years
various well-known and lesser archaeologists have busied
themselves with the ever-baffling occupation of theorizing
as to the origin of this most beautiful and distinct class
of earthenware. The mosaic of conjectures has been so
frequently pieced together that the results have, each in
their turn, established with a semblance of certainty, either
the birthplace of the ware, the originator's name, or both
conjointly. Each succeeding theory has had its day, the
last always the cause of its predecessor toppling to the
ground, and destroying all confidence in previous testi-
monies. The most recent theory, however, has stood the
test of three decades, and not having been proved to the
contrary, it may now be safely accredited, since a reason-
able provisional period has elapsed, although there are still
many adherents to the older term of Henri Deux Ware,
which satisfies both popular imagination and sentiment.
Several have been its names, but probably none will find
more supporters than the two above mentioned, whatever
fresh discoveries may yet be made in regard to its origin.
For a time the ware was known as Oiron Faience, and
this denomination stood its ground with considerable sup-
port, owing to a series of conjectures which, in themselves
so incontestable at the time, justified the term. At an-
other time the examples, as a whole, were considered to
be limited to a table service specially fashioned for
Henri II. himself, and enjoyed for a while the term de-
noting it — the Service dc Henri Deux. The Ware of
Diana of Poitiers helped to extend the nomenclature, as
did also the Faience a Nicllure.
The names of three or four painstaking individuals stand
out in the course of archaeological research, to whom must
be given due appreciation for their enthusiasm and patience
in the endeavor to unravel the mystery surrounding the
origin of this faience. These are Andre 1'ottier, who was
the first to call attention to the ware in 1839; the De-
langes, father and son, who issued, in 1861, the first illus-
trated monograph upon all the then known examples;
Benjamin Fillon, the indefatigable theorist, who proclaimed
it as having been inspired by Helene d'Hangest, and carried
out by her librarian and potter, in her chateau at Oiron;
and finally Edmond Bonnaffe, who brushed aside all ex-
isting conjectures with the result of his researches, giving
the palm to an unknown potter in the village of Saint-
Porchaire. Briefly, Bonnaffe's discovery was supported
by substantiating documents, and though they failed to
name the master, the evidence is clear enough as to the
locality, besides bringing forward the individual names of
some of the unknown master's patrons, chief among them
having been Anne de Montmorency, Grand Constable of
France.
The greater part of these little monuments in miniature,
now amounting to about eighty examples, have been found
in Touraine, Anjou, or Poitou, or, to be more precise, in
the neighborhood of Tours, Saumur and Thouars, but the
question yet to be solved, as indicated above, is the name *.
of the potter. Could the archives but rescue this secret
from oblivion there would undoubtedly be revealed a very
interesting and artistic personality, perhaps one whose life
had been surrounded by brilliant and courtly favors, equal
to those of his contemporary Cellini, and, let us hope, free
from the long and heartless privations which enveloped the
life of Bernard Palissy, who followed so soon, in a different
measure, the mysterious potter of Saint-Porchaire.
The atelier was in activity for about thirty years, prob-
ably between 1525 and 1555, without the production ever
being considerable. These delicate potteries, of little use
m& #..
■;>^0
SBSLiZ
Saltcellar in the Collection of Mr.
J. Pierpont Morgan, New York.
Saltcellar in the Collection of Mr.
Joseph Widener, Philadelphia.
i
Saltcellar in the Metropolitan
Museum of Art, New York.
April, 1919
\ R TS and D E COR A TIG N
317
»
# • 3
ft>
p^aN
lija^ l&MMiK
yir^ii?:- "jils^W'
^^^grj^^ -^r:^-"^^*^
~?jS? ~'jMHJBj?|l
^3&~~ '^^SS^I
-*^|
Ciborium in the Metropolitan
Museum of Art, New York.
Stoup for Holy Water in the Metro-
politan Museum of Ait, New York.
Ewer in llic Metropolitan Museum
of Art, New York.
in the daily life (except the saltcellars and altar-pieces, to be
mentioned later), had never been, as far as is known, put
into commerce. These are the decorative fantasies of an
independent artist, working in his own leisurely manner,
and exclusively for a small number of patrons close to the
conrt of France, who probably presented them to the
noblemen of their day for the embellishment of their
dressers and cabinets. There is no record that the court
itself patronized the worthy potter. The royal accounts
of Francois I. and Henri II. are still preserved, and no
command, purchase, or payment of these faiences is re-
corded in favor of these princes. Often an example bear-
ing the royal cipher bears also the emblem of one of lower
degree. This contention, then, minimizes
vthe reason for applying the name of
Henri II. to the ware — it would be just
as correct to credit the patronage to Fran-
qois I. seeing that his emblem also appears
on one example (this example, by the way,
is in the collection of Mr. J. Pierpont
Morgan, New York).
Vaguely designated works of art sel-
dom attract the attention they deserve,
because of the difficulty to make them the
object of discourse. In the case of this
delicate pottery, however, we have before
us the achievement of an unknown genius,
whose work alone reveals his creative
talent. It is much to lie regretted that
the fastidious creator of this faience lias
left us no trace of his identity. Whether
this arose from a commendable spirit of
modesty, or whether the worker in clay
alone had not an ecpial dignity of a Cellini,
is doubtful. Still, for decorative effect
his ware attained a degree of perfection
which has never been surpassed in origin-
ality. The influence of the Renaissance
aroused a certain passion with which men
sought to make beautiful things in the
most minor provinces of art. The same
subtle passion was the unconscious cause of a tiny clay
bowl developing, in the hands of its maker, the significance
of a sculptnred frieze, establishing at the same time its
importance as a human document, and the record of an
effort, the ideal and conception of which is not easy to
translate into the verbal idiom of to-day.
Unlike the Renaissance pottery of Italy, which was sub-
stituted for the rich gold and silver vessels of princes
ruined by the German and Spanish invasions, the work of
the French potter kept a parallel existence with that of
the goldsmith. The French were fortunate enough to
retain their works of orfevrcrie, though warfare had re-
duced their country in material magnificence time and
again. Therefore sixteenth century French
pottery is not so abundant as Italian, but
it has the quality of the French soil, a per-
sonal note, an accent which is entirely
native and without foreign influence, ex-
cept perhaps in some of its forms. The
Italian was a painter of faience, the
Frenchman a potter as well as a sculptor.
Ciborium Cover, Metropolitan
Museum of Art, New York.
With regard to the work of the master
of Saint-Porchaire, his little models, simple
or complicated, are singularly distin-
guished. His clay, of an extreme finesse,
remains uniformly white, and takes under
its thin and transparent glaze, a creamy
tint ; the ornaments imprinted in the paste
vary from a dark brown to a carnation red,
with here and there some discreet touches
of enamel. Upon this very soft and ele-
gant ground, the master disposed colo-
nettes, pilasters, caryatides, entire figures,
batracians, and masks. These little sub-
jects, sometimes alone, sometimes linked
one with the other, the milky paste, the in-
crusted ornamentations, in the manner of
niello, without considerable care in the way
they were made to unite, give to the pot-
tery of Saint-Porchaire an original charm,
with a great amount of fantasy, grace and
unseen emotion inspired alike the humblest and the loftiest distinction; a fact recognized at first sight. When we con-
#effort, and, though it did not create equal importance in sider these faiences in their ensemble, we easily distinguish
each, the same quality of value accrued in the result. This a certain difference of style which indicates different
Interior of Above Cover.
318
ARTS and DECORATION
April, 1919
periods. Like all products of the human intelligence the
fabrication followed a gradual and logical progress. It is
possible, in fact, to divide the productions into three dis-
tinct periods, although the division is not so evident as to
separate the details of workmanship entirely; indications
arc recognized of the same tools having been used through-
out the whole assembly.
The first period, which corresponds to about the first
quarter of the sixteenth century, and contemporaneous with
Francois I., preserves still the characters of the middle
ages, sober and majestic in style, with severe and archaic
outlines, perhaps inspired by the types in use during the
fifteenth century, and still having an oriental influence.
The prototypes of this period in America are the cone-
shaped ewer and the shallow cup and cover in the Metro-
politan Museum of Art, New York. The former is a truly
remarkable specimen of early Renaissance earthenware.
The decoration of this piece has been carried out with
astounding patience, equal to the united work of any en-
graver and goldsmith, and it remains a splendid example
of primitive skill in the manipulation of minute potter's
tools. The shape itself is unique, and the little figure of
the Virgin and Child, which decorates the spout, indicates
its function in church ritual. No similar piece has yet
been handed down to us ; there are, however, allied ex-
amples in the Louvre and the Petit Palais, Paris, in the
Hermitage, Petrograd, and in the Rothschild collections,
but each are distinct in shape and treatment. The shallow
cup, mentioned above, is one of four known examples,
and is similar to those in the Cluny Museum, the Her-
mitage, and the Victoria and Albert Museum in London;
the Cluny cup is the only one which has had the good
fortune to retain its cover. Although the proportions and
size are the same, the cup and cover in the Metropolitan
Museum do not belong together; the inlays are of different
tint and the pieces were originally in different collections.
These cups, although some of them have no eccleciastical
indications upon them, were probably used as ciboria, and
accompanied the chalice in the ritual; and being of a shal-
low form were, therefore, not intended for drinking pur-
poses. A coat of arms on the interior of the cup in the
Metropolitan Museum allows us to !i\ the date of theseA
specimens at about the year 1528.
The second period came upon the scene in a smiling
manner with a certain pomp and eclat, and the products
of the mysterious craftsmen became happier and more
monumental in character. Except for a free use of some
of the motives incrusted in the clay, the decorations lie-
came more sculptural and architectonic. Of this period
there are five examples in America, — the most remarkable
and important bowl in the Metropolitan Museum, as well
as a saltcellar in the same vitrine; another saltcellar in the
collection of Mr. Joseph Widener, at Philadelphia, and
two others in Mr. J. Pierpont Morgan's collection in New
York. One of the most interesting examples among the
entire ensemble of Saint-Porchaire faiences is the quaint
shallow vessel in the Metropolitan Museum. It is unlike
any other known piece, and though possessing certain
niello decorations ' of the first period, it is essentially a
product of the second, or more flamboyant period. Archae-
ologists and amateurs have long busied themselves as to the
intended utility of this vessel, and many have been the
names applied to it; such as a "dish warmer," a "mortar."
a "saltcellar," a "vessel for a floating light," besides a few
others equally incongruous. Although the decoration is
not essentially ecclesiastic, the little cherubs around the
frieze give it an air of religious purpose, and practically
acclaim its usefulness in the manner intended. It has the
undoubted appearance of a stoup, or benitier, to contain
holy-water, the pillars being raised above the margin to
prevent the sprinkler or asperge, from rolling off when i
placed across the vessel. This altar-font has a peculiar
beauty of its own, and of a design unique in the history
of ceramics.
The whole of the saltcellars, eighteen in number, scat-
tered throughout the various collections in Europe and
America, belong to this second period, and each has similar
characteristics which allies it to the other. Some have
little human figures standing or sitting at the angles or
facades of the exteriors, as in the one in the Metropolitan
Museum, and in Mr. Morgan's examples; and in a few
(Continued on page 337)
Saltcellar in the Collection of Mr.
./. Pierpont Morgan, New York
Cibarium in the Metropolitan
Museum of Art, New York.
Ewer in. the Collection of Mr. Henry
C. Frick, New York.
April, 1919
A R T S and I) E C O R A T I ( ) N
319
»
BEAUVAIS^BOUCHEFk TAPESTRIES
By GEORGE LI 'I WD HUNTER
Pari II, following Part I that was printed in the March number of Arts and Decoration
Note : — Owing to limited space available, it has been impossible to illustrate all the series as was originally planned. -Editor
A masked hall gave her the
JEANNE D'ETIOLES was a personage important nol
only in the life of Louis XV, but also in the artistic
career of Boucher, and in the artistic development of
France. Born plain Jeanne Poisson (Jane Fish) during
her father's banishment for loose handling of Government
money, she was brought up luxuriously and given a fashion-
able education at the expense of her mother's friend, Lenor-
mant de Tournehem, who crowned his paternal beneficence
by marrying her to his nephew, Lenormant d'Etioles, and
giving her half his fortune as dowry. Soon the beautiful
and brilliant young bride gathered around her a notable
circle of the wits and artists of Paris, among them Voltaire
and Boucher, and began to plan to satisfy an ambition that
had been hers since childhoo<
opportunity. She
dropped her hand-
kerchief and the
King picked it up.
When she begged
for protection
from her hus-
band's vengeance,
| the King promised
that her husband
should be banished,
and that she should
be formally ac-
knowledged as the
Favored One.
On September
14, 1745, Madame
d'Etoiles was pre-
sented to the Court
and to the Queen,
and at the age of
twenty-three given
the title of Mar-
quise de Pompadour. Forthwith "Uncle" Lenormant de
Tournehem was appointed Director General of Build-
ings, Gardens, Arts, and Factories of the King, and be-
came a powerful element in the advancement of Boucher's
interests. It took Pompadour only three years to become
the most powerful person in France, and for sixteen years
she made and unmade ministers, and disposed of offices,
honors, titles, and pensions at will. Under her direction,
affairs of state were discussed and arranged, and in her
boudoirs ambassadors and generals transacted their busi-
ness. Only through her favor would the prizes of the
Church, the Army, and the Magistracy he obtained.
Boucher gave up his position as decorator of the Opera
in order to work for her in the celebrated theatre in her
private apartments. Over and over again he painted her
"The Peep Show" on the right and "The (Juaek Doctor" on the left.
Xos. 1 and 5 (woven as one) of the Italian set of 14 tapestries designed by Boucher and woven at Beauvais.
portrait. Especially characteristic is the Rothschild one,
done in 1756. Here she poses as an artist distracted from
her art by affairs of state. At her feet are portfolios,
rolls of music, a crayon-hold containing red chalk, and a
-raxing tool. On the rosewood bureau beside her chaise-
longue are inkbottle and pen, a ministerial portfolio, and
a forgotten and neglected flower. The lace on her robe
is said to have been painted by Roslin.
Boucher also painted for Pompadour, in order to help
her keep the King entertained — the spicy pictures later
became part of the Wallace collection. In 1751 Lenor-
mant de Tournehem died, and a youth of twenty-five,
Pompadour's brother, Abel Poisson de Vandieres (later
created Marquis de Marigny), succeeded him as Director
of Buildings. One
of his first acts
was to get for
Boucher the pen-
sion of a thousand
livres a year left
vacant by the
death of De Troy,
director of the
Academy of
France at Rome.
Not long after,
Pompadour's
brother also se-
cured for Boucher
the studio and
apartments at the
Louvre left vacant
by the death of
Coypel. The year
after Pompadour's
death the same in-
fluence brought to
Boucher, in his sixty-second year, the long-coveted appoint-
ment of First Painter to the King, left vacant by the death
of Van Loo. Boucher held this appointment only five
years. He died May 30, 1770.
Returning to the story of Psyche tapestries that were
started on the looms at Beauvais in 1741, the year of Pom-
padour's marriage at the age of twenty, to M. d'Etoiles,
and four years before her conquest of the King, I would
emphasize the fact that while the story is one likely to
have been pleasing to Pompadour, the Psyche designs are
a monument to the beauty of form, not of Pompadour,
whom Boucher had not yet met, but of Marie Jeanne, the
dainty wife of Boucher, who not only painted and etched,
but also posed for her lord and master. The pastel por-
trait of her at the age of twenty, by Latour, shown at the
320
A R TS and DECO R AT ION
April, 1919
"Vulcan and Venus."
One of "The Loves of the Gods." No. 33.
Salon in 1737, portrays a blonde with tender blue eyes and
roguish smile, neck befrilled, as was then the mode, wear-
ing a white satin dress, cut low, and playing with a closed
fan, held in pretty fingers that peep out of mittens of
white lace. At the age of forty-five, she still held her
own, as is evidenced by the portrait Roslin painted of her,
which persuaded even the cynic Diderot to admit that she
was "always beautiful." Her importance in the Psyche
tapestries is indicated by the advice Bachaumont gave
Boucher when the latter received the commission to illus-
trate the famous fable: "Read and read again the Psyche
of Lafontaine, and above all things study well Madame
Boucher."
The Psyche tapestries show that Boucher followed the
advice. The form of Madame Boucher
is generously revealed, and the story fol-
lowed is not the ancient narrative of
Apuleius, dating from the second century
A. D., but the vastly enriched version, with
poetical advertisements, which Lafontaine
composed for his lifelong friend and pa-
troness, the Duchess of Bouillon, one of
the nieces of Cardinal Mazarin, at Cha-
teau-Thierry, where Lafontaine was born
and where, more recently, American sol-
diers fought to some effect!
Anciently in Greece, writes Lafontaine,
there was a king with three marriageable
daughters, all beautiful, but most beauti-
ful of all, Psyche the youngest. Indeed,
she was so beautiful as to arouse the
jealousy even of Venus, the goddess of
Love, who complained bitterly to her son
Cupid. Presently the two sisters of
Psyche married, but because of the en-
chantment of Venus, no suitor sought the
hand of Psyche. Her parents, in distress,
questioned the oracle, who responded :
"The Husband that destiny reserves for your daughter is ^
a cruel monster who lacerates hearts, destroys families,
feeds on sighs, bathes in tears. ... He is a poisoner and
an incendiary, a tyrant who loads young and old with
chains. Let Psyche be given unto him; let her try to
please him. Such is the decree ot Fate, of Love, and of
the gods. Conduct her to a rock on top of a mountain,
where her monstrous husband is waiting. Celebrate her
departure with funereal pomp, since she must die for her
sisters and for you."
What the oracle urged was done, and Psyche was duly
abandoned in a desolate and terrible part of the mountains,
inhabited by dragons, hydras, and other terrible beasts.
Fainting with fear, she suddenly felt herself raised gently
by a god whom she learned to be Zephyr, and conveyed to
a wonderful palace, where she was welcomed by a troop
of lovely maidens, who complimented her without end,
but failed to answer clearly her questions as to the owner
of the splendid estate.
This is the part of the story illustrated by Beauvais-
Boucher tapestry No. 15, "Psyche Arrives at Cupid's
Palace." In the middle of the scene flies Zephyr, a beau-
tiful youth with butterfly wings, ushering into a Louis
XV palace Psyche, beautiful but timid. On the floor a
savonnerie carpet, loosely laid in large folds. On the right
and on the left welcoming maidens with flowers and music,
and on the extreme left an altar of Love, richly garlanded,
with Cupids flying above.
Having shown Psyche through the magnificently fur-
nished halls and apartments of the palace, the maidens 4
finally ushered her into a spacious bathroom and started
to assist her to disrobe. At first she made some resistance,
but finally let them have their way, and all the arts of the
boudoir were employed to render her body fresh and
fragrant and more beautiful.
"Psyche Displays Her Treasures to Her Sisters."
One of the Psyche set of five designed by Boucher and woven at Beauvais. No. 19.
April, 1919
A RTS and D E'G'O K A TION
321
9 After the bath, Psyche was attired 'by the maidens in
wedding garments, and adorned with a wreath of dia-
monds and precious stones. Joyful, indeed, was Psyche
to see herself so smart and to survey herself in the mirrors
that lined the room. This is the part of the story.
Boucher has chosen to transfer the scene to out of
doors. Backgrounded by a classic fountain and pool,
and 1)}' a terrace with classic marble steps and balus-
trade and vase, which are themselves backgrounded by
woods and sky. sits Psyche, innocent of the fact that
her maidens have not yet clothed her in the wonder-
ful wedding' garments which are to replace those that
have been removed. In the Foreground, a bowl and
pitcher in solid plate, artfully placed. Altogether, one of
Boucher's best efforts. In an adjoining room stood a table
served with ambrosia of every variety, and with divine
nectar for beverage, lint Psyche ate little. After the meal,
music of lute and voice was heard without instrument or
singer being visible. Of the songs the one that pleased
Psyche most began: "All the universe is obedient to Love.
Beautiful Psyche, submit your soul to him. Without Love
all these exquisite objects, these gilded frames, woods, gar-
dens, and fountains, have a charm that soon fatigues. Love
is of your hearts the happiness supreme. Love, only love,
for naught else counts.''
The next morning the only thing about Psyche's wed-
ding night that troubled her was that her husband had left
before daylight, warning her that she must never try to
see him either by the light of day or by lamplight. Never-
theless, the honeymoon passed agreeably and rapidly, until
Psyche began to miss her sisters and long to see them
again. Against his will, her husband had them brought
bv Zephyr, god of the softest breeze that blows. Psyche's
joy was supreme? She kissed her sisters a thousand times,
and her caresses were returned as warmly as their jealous
natures permitted. It was bad enough for her to have a
palace, each chamber of which was worth ten kingdoms
such as their husbands had: but to be a goddess! It was
too much ! And she the youngest of all !
Eagerly Psyche hastened to show them her treasures
her dresses first, bureaus and cabinets and closets in end-
less succession, all crowded with the most precious and most
delicate materials fashioned into robes by fairies with
more than mortal skill. And then vases and bowls of gold
and silver, chased in finest relief, and bracelets, and rings,
and collars, and jewels, and pearls, and diamonds in ropes
and bands — and so on, until her sisters sighed while smil-
ing and secretly hated Psyche for what she had as well as
for what she was.
This is the part of the story illustrated by Beauvais-
Boucher tapestry No. 19, page 320, "Psyche Displays her
Treasures to her Sisters." The background is a Louis
XV palace, with columns and pilasters and arches, while
Psyche on a bench that stands on a platform, on the upper
step of which is signed "F. Bouche," displays her treasures
to her two sisters on the left. They almost equal her in
— beauty, and are also lightly clad. The furnishings are luxuri-
ous to a degree possible only for a great decorator, such
as Boucher was.
"Chinese Toilet."
One of the Chinese set. No. 25.
On a subsequent visit, Psyche's sisters questioned her
closely about her husband, and finally compelled her to
admit that she had never seen him. The rest was easy.
They reminded her of the oracle and insisted that her hus-
band was the dreadful monster meant, shunning the light
because of his ugliness. Ultimately he would destroy her,
and her only hope of escape was to slay him while he slept.
So Psyche took knife and lamp, with intent to do her
sisters' bidding, but no sooner did she see the divine beauty
of her sleeping husband than she thrilled with love for him
and — but, alas, a drop of hot oil from her lamp fell on his
shoulder, burning and awakening him. Forthwith he re-
proached her disobedience and flew away. This part of
the story is illustrated by Beauvais-Boucher tapestry No.
16, pictured in part one, "Psyche Abandoned by Cupid."
Again, a scene transferred by Boucher from inside to out-
side. Beside a mountain pool lie Psyche and her maidens :
Psyche with hand upraised appeals in vain to Cupid, whose
childish figure rapidly recedes heavenward.
Deserted and disconsolate, Psyche sets forth in search
of her husband, finally arriving at the home of an aged
fisherman, whom Boucher transforms into a basketmaker.
The patriarch, who has two youthful granddaughters, re-
ceives Psyche kindly ; and when she has told her story, treats
her as a goddess. This part of the story illustrated by Beau-
vais-Boucher tapestry No. 18, pictured in part one, "Psyche
at the Basket Maker's." On the left, the grandfather
gently assisting the always lightly clad Psyche across the
mountain stream that separates them from the equally
lightly clad granddaughters with their baskets and withes.
Especially rich and effective are the woods and vegeta-
tion of this tapestry. Like most modern love stories, the
ancient one of Cupid and Psyche has a happy ending, and
Venus finally smiles upon her grandchild, Pleasure.
The only Beauvais-Boucher set of Psyche tapestries in
the United States is owned by Mrs. Alexander Hamilton
Rice.
322
^lllll
A RTS and D ECORATION
lillllllll Ill!llllil!lll!llllll!llll!l!lll!!llllllllllllll!lllllllllll!l!lllll!!llillll!!l II IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII Illllllllllllllllllllll
April, 1919
A Sincere
Atmosphere of
Colonial Times
hi the Home of
IRTHUR WHITNEY, ESQ.
Bemardsville, N. J.
Lord & Hewlett, . Irchitects
SERENELY
situated on a
gentle rise of
ground, embowered
by fine old trees, the
house of Mr. Ar-
thur Whitney at
Bemardsville, N. J.,
gives forth an at-
mosphere of peace
and quiet, desirable
above all else in a
h o m e, emanating
from love and a gen-
tle appreciation of
life and nature.
Sincerity is expressed everywhere
and the true following out of the
early American decorative idea has
gained rather than lost the feeling
of comfort and intimacy that is the
spirit of home. The generous fire-
place, with wide windows, the open
corner cabinet, the large uncovered
floor spaces, all offer hospitality.
The wall papers and chintzes are
gay without being flamboyant, while
the few necessary modern pieces of
furniture have taken their places
most agreeably.
Altogether this house is a lesson
in gentle home atmosphere.
t
: i : i . i . , . . , i ■ ! i ' 1 1 ■ ■ i i : . i i . 1 1 ; 1 1 ; i ; I . ! . : l ■ I i i . i . : i , : , I . I ; . 1 1 , , i . I . : , ! , . ! . i : ■ I : . i. ; . l i : , i : i , i . . , ; . ! . i : . i i i . : , ■ . : . , ' , i . i : , i . , : . i . i j 1 1 ; i ■ , m ■ , : , : , ! . i . , ■ , i , ! , i . , : , i . , m ,!.,;.'., , . , . i m j , i . , . 1 1 . i i . : i , i . 1 1 1 1 , i m , . l , : . 1 1 : . ! i . i. i i , iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiw^
April, 1919
ARTS and D E COR A T [ON
323
M l|[ HinmiiHiiiiimiiii iiniiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii iiiiiniiimiiiiiiiiiiimiiiiiiiiiiiiiiniiiiini iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiitiiiiiniiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii iiiiiiiiiiiiniiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii! nnni ,,.,,,,, r r- ^ —-',-,'.. : : : - : "i:'r,
Skill in the
Harmonizing of
Art with Comfort
The Home of
ALFRED C. BOSSOM
Nezv York City
T
HEY are so full
of intimate charm
and feeling that it
is hard to believe that
these pictures are of
rooms in a New York
apartment. While looking
at them one has the sen-
sation of being in the
room. This effect is due
to the wise selection and
combination of different
kinds of furnishings.
The fine old Welsh
dresser loses much of its
austerity by close asso-
ciation with the Italian
furniture and lamps.
Combination of different
kinds and periods are as
correct as they are beauti-
ful if one chooses pieces having
similar lines.
Another view of the same
dining-room shows a further ad-
mixture — Spanish and English,
with a modern portrait that in no
manner seems out of place. This
home has an atmosphere that is
home — all the while remaining 1
the epitome of good taste.
324
A RT S and DECOR AT ION
April. 1919
ART AS THE PERSIANS SAW IT
By DOROTHY DENT
IN order to fully appreciate any art we should approach
it in a mood harmonious to the spirit of the people
and period of life during which it developed. Thus it
would seem that Persian art may best he enjoyed and
understood by bringing to it a joyous, youthful, spring-
time mood. As Omar himself suggests:
"Come, fill the cup and in the fire of spring
Your winter garment of repentance fling!"
The "fire of spring" is pictured again and again most
graciously in the numerous Persian pastorals of the
miniature painters, whose work constitutes, in my
opinion, the most characteristic of all the varied
branches of Persian art expression.
Whether we study the metal work, the lustre
ware, the carpets and embroideries, the wrought
ivory, the miniatures or the carved and inlaid
wooden articles of this beauty-worshipping
people, we are impressed by the infinite pains
taken to secure the greatest possible delicacy
and refinement of forms and colors. The
charm deepens as we examine the details
of lines and patterns.
We occasionally see now, in antique
shops, some of the gay tiles which
were formerly used in the orna-
mentation of walls and domes of
mosques, gateways, caravanseries,
important buildings and tomb-
stones marking the graves of
saints. Being used so exten-
sively, they were made in nu-
merous patterns of much vari-
ety: geometrical designs, scenes of garden and court
festivities, and intricate interlacements of flowering vines
with narrow bands passing over and around them. Some
of the tiles were several feet in length and were further
enriched by the addition of borders of Arabic characters,
usually texts from the Koran. The charming iridescent
glaze was obtained by mixing a proportion of gold with
the tinted glaze before baking. The Persian love of variety
is again shown in the unique shapes of the tiles. We
might suppose that they were always made square, or ob-
long like bricks, that they might be easily fitted together,
but it is refreshing to find octagonal, triangular and star-
shapes among them.
The dim, subtle beauty of the metal work is very rest-
ful after seeing many rich colors. It has the double charm
of being exquisite in form and proportion and of having
delicate designs engraved upon it. Gracefully interlacing
ribbons form medallions, in which are groups of dancers,
acrobats, lovers, huntsmen and animals Pitchers, water-
basins, jars and boxes were ornamented in this way, as
well as implements of war. The sets of armor of dama-
Garden Scene — Adapted from a
Museum — By Dor
scened steel, with inlay of gold and silver, are justly
famous. So, too, are the exquisitely delicate rugs and
carpets, which need no comment in so short an article, as
this branch of Persia's great contribution to art has become
quite generally appreciated.
Wonderful embroidered shawls and wall hangings, re-
quiring many years to complete, show patterns of hunters,
animals in combat, plants, birds in blossoming trees, and
flower, arabesques of the most enchanting kind, similar
to those used in the weaving of floor coverings.
There are fewer examples of wood carving and
wood mosaic, but they have a closely related charm,
and also bespeak the patience of the Persian crafts-
men. As with the western craftsmen, geometrical
designs were the most favored for inlaid work.
The fortunate circumstance of a continued
national existence has greatly facilitated the
development and progress of art among the
Persians. The characteristic and distinct
style of the art has changed but little in
hundreds of years, contact with other
nations having but slightly influenced it.
Its roots lie deep in the national char-
acter. So widely diffused is artistic 4
feeling that the craftsmen, often
simple peasants, design as well as
execute the most elaborate motifs
in textiles, metals and other ma-
terials. Modern fabrics compare
not unfavorably with the most
ancient specimens, as also some
kinds of metal work.
The re-awakening of Nature in the spring months and the
swelling of the sap-fed buds ever wakes a responsive thrill
in human hearts, giving them renewed buoyancy. And it is
at this season that Persian miniature art — a whole fairy
world in itself — will have its greatest influence upon us. It
is a phase of painting too little known and one that offers
many joys to the student.
Preserved within the covers of priceless books are all the
lavish, sun-gilt hues of former springs. All the splendor
of Oriental court life is spread before us as we examine the
delicate pages painted so many centuries ago. It would
seem that life in Persia must have been one long day-dream
among flowering trees and bushes, set to the music of laugh-
ing brooks and the songs of most decorative and sociable
birds; one long feast, at which wines and fruits and deli-
cate sweets were served, and partaken of to the accompani-
ment of gentle melody from stringed instruments played by
graceful young musicians.
In this dreamland of leisure it seems impossible for
any element to interrupt the happy spell. We sense thd£
absolute tranquility of the East in their calm charm, which
Miniature in the Boston
olhy Dent.
ARTS and DECORATION
325
•mmwmmmmsmP^
ml"'
\W\
H>
©1919
jjflm
c//ie
^ermanem
Oj
v/ior
IN every business institution and
in every factory in every club
and in every lodge, in every
store and in every church,there
should be some visible record of
those who foughtof those who
suffered, of those who died
for humanity and freedom.
<7he &brliam Oompanu will gladla
furnish prices, and Invites correspond-
ence where advice is desired on
the subject of~designs.
A Portfolio of
Gorham Honor Rolls
free on request
THE GORHAM COMPANY
FIFTH AVENUE AT THIRTY-SIXTH STREET
NEW YORK,
#
Is -i
m
I
lip /fsL
:-%VJ
r r
fr
":m
( I
^^n^
»g-hriM*n
326
A R
S and DECOR A TIO X
April, 191!
cr (9Ae Living Room
ofrAe Courviiy House
CERHAPS no other room permits such
adequate expression of a predilection
for harmonious surroundings as does
the Living Room of the modern country house.
tf|T The inviting sense of comfort, the spirit
Til of hospitality — withal, the decorative
distinction, which should characterize this
important room may be realized quite readily
by recourse to this interesting establishment
— and without the objection of prohibitive
cost. Here, indeed, are reproductions and
hand-wrought facsimiles of which the master-
makers of Early English, French and Italian
Furniture might well be proud.
tfjj A visit to these twelve Galleries will
J reveal a wealth of suggestion not alone
for the Living Room, but for the dignified
Hall and Dining Room, the garden-bordered
Breakfast Room and the
daintily arranged Chamber
and Boudoir.
De luxe prints of
charming interiors
gratis upon request
furniture
decorative ©bjects
©dental IRnos
Grand Rapids furniture Company
INCORPORATED
34-36 West 32 n -2 Street
New~Ybrk City
A Princess Reclining by a River — By Shah Quli Naqqash, a
Pupil of Mirak,
Copied from the antique. Borders by Dorothy Dent.
rests and soothes our hurried spirits and lures us back into
luxurious fancies of things we have longed to enjoy to the
full — fancies which music and poetry often warm to a
momentary glow.
There are scenes of war and of the chase as well as of
quiet garden pleasures ; scenes in palaces and in temples,
illustrating anecdotes and amusing episodes. Some of the
pictures combine life outdoors and in, — the artists having
taken quaint liberties with architecture and perspective,
to let us see around corners! Of the pools of fountains
we are shown a bird's-eye view. The lack of any attempt
at foreshortening is a peculiarity, — and to many, a charm,-»
of much of the early art of both the near and far East!
When we are transported to a park or garden, we are
shown every detail of its beauty. The lawn is sprinkled
with innumerable flowering plants. Larger ones spring
from crevices in the rocks, and the rocks are themselves
alive with faces in outline, such as children delight to dis-
cover in nature. Slender maidens gather fruit from mirac-
ulous trees or sit dreamily beside streams and await their
lovers. Their long, gaily patterned garments, looped up
to reveal yet richer linings, make striking and graceful sil-
houettes. The clouds are unlike any of our known world,
having taken on fairylike forms which seem truly frolic-
some. They are skillfull)' made to curl into suggestive
ornamental shapes, and even to excel Chinese conventional
clouds in their acrobatics! The flowers are allowed to
grow only where they will be most decorative, which surely
is their purpose in life as well as in art. Some give the
appearance of growing just as happily upside down ! —
owing to the quaint perspective.
The hunting scenes, bold in action, show the same care-
ful detail and consciousness of the purely decorative pur-
pose of the art — an idea ever present in the artist's mind.
How superbly the horses, lions, tigers, camels and gazelles
were depicted ! The nature and characteristic movements
of each animal were knowingly studied and memorized, and
then adapted to a slightly conventional treatment. How
delicately the horses lift their dainty feet! They seem
aware of themselves and of their lordly riders. The Cjtf>st
minute patterning occurs on the saddles and trappings of
(Continued on page 328)
April, 1919
A R TS and DECORA f IO X
327
MiiMiiiiiiiiijiiiiniiiiiiimiiiiiP!! i ! 'i inimiiinii mini iiiiiiiiuiiiiMiw ilium ii iiiliiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii niiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiim n minim
Superiority IS Economy
'Economy" meets a harder test in furniture-buying
than in almost any other act that may serve as a gauge of indi-
vidual judgment.
This is because you can make "furniture" out of more
things than intelligent economy (which also includes artistic dis-
crimination) ever heard of. But — that superiority IS economy
there can be no doubt. Of course, one of the several tests of true
economy in furniture-buying is "artistic livability" — the quality
which begets endearment that grows with the years. And, equally
of course, another trait must be "endurance without change ex-
cept for the better." (This is "the heirloom quality" possessed
by few indeed of all the furniture candidates for that rare honor.)
In furniture there is little to be said; little is necessary;
almost everybody of real discrimination — including almost every-
one who inherits a knowledge of the prides of his ancestors — enjoys
the love of American Walnut. (And the abuses of design to which
this noble wood was at one period subjected only enhance our
present delight at discovering that Furniture Art has not lost its
most superlative medium — there is a surprising abundance of
American Walnut left for us and for our posterity.)
The brochure, de luxe, on American Walnut is being prepared for your library table.
On your request it will come, when ready, with our compliments. Will you place
vour name on the list for one of the First Edition? Drop us a card. Thank you.
American Walnut Manufacturers' Association
Room 402, 115 Broadway, New York City
. •55 .
| I
Illlillll i 1 IIIHIIIIIIUIIHIIliHl Ill iiiiiiiiilllJlilfPlMfiPMl UllllHllilllim Ii lllliiiMMlWIIMWlTlllllllMMlfi
328
A RTS and I) ECO R A T I ON
April, 1<)19
The Highest Glass Talking
Machine in the World
THE OMSTRUMEINT ©F QUALITY
anarj
CLEAR AS A ©ELL
A tone of wonderful beauty
THE SONORA has a marvelous tone, clear,
true, mellow, full of expression and charm.
At the Panama Pacific Exposition Sonora
won highest score for the quality of its tone and
its perfection will make you choose this un-
equalled instrument.
When your friends see the Sonora trade-mark
they know that you have purchased the finest of
all phonographs — one which is bought for value
and which is not sold with "easy payments" as
the leading attraction.
A magnificent line of upright and period
models is available. Special equipments
will be made to order.
Prices $50 to $1000
Sonora phonograph g>alea Companp, 3nc.
GEORGE E. BRIGHTSON, President
NEW YORK— Demonstration Salons:
Fifth Avenue at 53rd Street
279 Broadway 50 Broadway (Standard Arcade)
TORONTO: Ryrie Building
Sonora Semi-Permanent Silvered Needles replace steel needles, pre-
serve phonograph records, play 50 to 100 times and are more con-
venient and economical. Write for free sample.
'acobean
cJlvt '
f odef
the horses and on the robes of the hunters. The silver and
gold armor is covered with an indescribably fine traceru
of black or brown lines. Tents and summer pavilions of
the princes are also most beautifully patterned over their
entire surface, with arabesques requiring a magnifying
glass to fully appreciate. The walls of the tiled palaces
resemble heavy brocade or colored mosaic.
The inviting luxury of the interior court scenes presents
a picture richer than the pastorals. All Eastern art is the
result of an impulse given by the ruling monarch and is
truly court art; this explains why the utmost skill of the
finest draughtsmen and colorists was lavished on these
records of royal festivity. Near the centre of the compo-
sition, on a platform, is placed the golden throne, with its
gracefully curved and pointed back seen against a window
overlooking the garden, or against some contrasting tapes-
try on the wall. Embroidered pillows and draperies are
arranged upon it, setting off to advantage the figures of
the King and Queen, whose ceremonial robes are usually
black with gold motifs. Directly in front of the plat-
form is a set of three or four steps, as rich as the throne
itself. A throng of servants, bearing gleaming platters
of goodly viands, strange cylindrical lanterns, candles and
incense, approaches the royal couple. Seated musicians
play upon long graceful lutes, harps and tambourines.
Fountains toss their delicate silver spray into the perfumed
air, dancers display grace of limbs and draperies, while
others seem to be happily entertained in watching the spec-
tacle with the King and Queen.
All is seen at the moment when refined pleasure is at its
height: the sweets are always about to be eaten, the cup qf^
wine is just being offered by the slender young Prince to
the slender young Princess. All is delicate in idea as well
as in execution. These pages are a never-failing source of
enchantment, and glow like a chest full of jewels and
wrought gold. Their clear notes of amber, jade-green,
coral and lapis-lazuli linger in the memory for some time
after the book has been closed.
In the illustrations for the Shah Nameh (the national
epic of the Persians) and in some of the other elaborate
pictured narratives, every conceivable activity within the
palace and garden is shown in a single page! From the
distance approaches a gay party of huntsmen carrying
their bows and arrows and game, several of them having
falcons on their gloved wrists. From high windows and
trellised balconies peer the court ladies, watching the
sportive scene in the park below. Occasionally one holds a
wee baby in her arms. Some watch from the roof, though
the frail palace seems to totter with their weight ! The
structures are generally so open that the sun appears to
beam on every part, though no shadows are cast in this
strange, impossible world. The exterior and interior walls
are equally ornamented, and the many gracefully arched
doorways and windows are always accented with panelling
of more pronounced richness. Hardly any portion of color
is left unpatterned, yet so well are the masses placed, one
against another, that no sense of confusion is felt. A
thoroughly practiced hand and a patiently developed artis-
tic perception are* required to avoid chaos in such a hjji-
ardous undertaking.
{Continued on page 336)
April, 1919
ARTS and DECO R AT ION
l!!llllll!llll!lll!lll!!ll!!ll!!lllll!llllil!ll!lll!!ll!l!!!llll!lllllllll!llllllllllll
329
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
«
What kind of man are you
when the excitement's over?
Because our country is good to
live in, it was worth fighting for.
Because it was worth righting
for, it is worth lending to. Don't
be a deserter. Lend!
Uncle Sam made preparations
for a big campaign this Spring.
It was the very vastness of those
preparations that made the Ger-
mans squeal. They didn't like the
taste of their medicine. Now the
bills of Victory have to be paid.
? E *>
It takes a higher, finer patriotism
to pay when all the excitement
is over. But that's the sort
that bears the stamp "Made in
U. S. A." The American soldier
showed it. You didn't find him
whining. Show it as he did.
Dig deep into your pocketbook,
deep into your future earnings.
Help our country keep its word
at home as it kept it abroad.
Lend!
Mictorv Liberty Loan
<oW
The Clean-up
Button
Space contributed by
ARTS and DECORATION
Prepared by American Association of Advertising Agencies cooperating with the United States Treasury Department
/:llli!lllil!!l!ll!U!H
330
A R TS and DECOR A TIO N
April, l'M9
r^n CHINA AND CLASS s^pj
COPELAND CHINA WITH COBALT
BLUE AND GOLD DECORATION
WEBB ENGLISH ROCK CRYSTAL
FOUNDED 1887
9 811 EAST 37 T -*STREET
NEW YORK CITY
!wi CHINA AND GLASS iwi
A GUILD FOR THE REPRODUCTION OF ANCIENT AND THE
DEVELOPMENT OF MODERN ART OBJECTS, CONDUCIVE
TO HARMONY, EXPRESSED THROUGH ILLUMINATION
AND ORNAMENTATION FOR. INTERIORS AND EXTEFUOKS
Mirror $125.00
Book ends 34.00
Rose Bowl $ 40.00
Table 140.00
Kantack, Heath 6r Warman. Inc.
489 FIFTH AVENUE NEW YORK
INSPIRATION OF THE CRUCIFIXION
(Continued from page 301 )
Illllll
amber sky flecked with little floating clouds. Ii all larks
tlif forceful portrayal of the tragic scene, hut the meril ol
the work is great and surprisingly so when the period of
its execution is taken into consideration.
Rubens' painting of the crucifixion ( 1613 I, now in Ant
werp, is one of the most powerful portrayals of this sub-
ject. I allude to the intellectual side of this interpretation,
tor there is running through it a spirit, a life, which has
given it a place foremost among the greatest paintings.
Tn this, there is a suggestion of the terrible, a frightful
overawing which engrosses our thoughts and strikes our
spark of sympathy. The eye is involuntarily drawn to his
massive • figure as the central weight of the composition.
He represents Christ in the nude, not partially and feebly,
but of correct proportions, a man of strength and human
power; thus emphasizing the importance of His personality,
as acted in the drama of His race, and vividly suggesting
the pathos, the horror and suffering of His last hour.
Cold and storm are felt in shivering combination. The
crucifixion looms, half hidden by mist and conflagration,
large and distant against the sky, in the dimness of that
frightful night, as history has pictured it to us. The thieves
Dismas and Gestos hang beside Him. and are almost hidden
by the storm. The figure of Mary stands before her son,
with arms raised in appealing agony and distress. Mary
Magdalene kneels, clinging to the cross, the picture of hu-
miliation.
The message of this masterly work is found in the dolfl *
ful mystery of the lurking atmosphere, the effect and treat-
ment, which magnetizes the spectator into feeling himself
to be one of the witnesses of the dreadful scene. And this
great subject coming by way of the great old master Peru-
gino, gathered perfection as it travelled and emanated in
this magnificent representation of the Flemish school.
It is important that we mention Van Dvck's picture of
"Christ on the Cross." Tn this we see nothing of the sur-
rounding landscape, the multitude, the sorrowing intimate
group, only this solitary figure of Jesus nailed to the cross,
standing in relief against the dark and troubled heavens.
Here his art has reached a higher sphere in that his figure
stands apart and is not used as a mere pointer to the effect
intended, but is of itself an essential figure, an idealized
visualization of Christ in perfect resignation. The body
is slender and delicately modelled, yet firm and supple as in
the fullness of manhood, it is nude, save for a small strip
of cloth knotted about the loins, the ragged ends fall at the
side. His handsome face, brilliantly illumined, shows signs
of suffering and torture, and the upturned eyes look plead-
ingly heavenward. The atmospheric influence is felt rep-
resenting the moment when the storm clouds are gathering
over the face of the sun. The main light in the picture
evidently comes from some source far off, and blends hap-
pily with the darker tones in the background. Of all the
portrayals of the crucifixion (done by the different mas-
ters) showing the solitary figure of Christ, this is easily
the most wonderful. Rubens painted one (1612) strillP"
ingly the same, but that of Van Dyck's is superior to
(Continued on page 332")
\pril, 1919
• •
A R TS and 1) ECO R A TIO X
iiiimiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiniiiuiiiiM iiiiiiiiiiiiiii
331
Antique Spanish
Chest of Drawers
Length 39"
Height 30i/ 2 "
Depth 17;,"
fwiutcx
inc-
Q)ecomtion
If
C J{&ngings
furniture " ^Anticjites
lOl Park Ave • oA 40 * St- ■ -"NewJ/brk
,■;.;, ; : ii;ui: i;i.' ; !.i! i..i i : i:;: i;:;.i, i. i ,.!, n;i..i ;. i.'j i;., ,. ,.;. i . ; ! , ,. . imiiiiiii i::i!!iii;ii!iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii!iiiiiiii!iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiH
MAGGS BROTHERS
34 & 35 Conduit Street; New Bond Street
LONDON ENGLAND
CARRY ONE OF THE LARGEST AND
CHOICEST STOCKS IN ENGLAND OK
FINE AND RARE
BOOKS, PRINTS
AND
AUTOGRAPHS
Illustrated Catalogues in each department
regularly issued
These Catalogues appeal especially to the
Connoisseur, Collector and Antiquarian
Customers "desiderata" searched
for and reported free of charge
Shipments to America every week
ITEMS OF RARITY AND INTEREST ALWAYS
GLADLY PURCHASED
Established over fifty years
TETE-A-TETE (illustrated above). An exclusive Minuet creation.
Complete in natural willovj, or stained, with cushions of plain poplin
or figured cretonne, at $47. 50. The Ten Wagon is $22.00. Express
prepaid 100 miles; freight 500; samples of upholstery gladly sent.
Modern Willow
Minuet Willow is a modern
wicker furniture for the mod-
ern interior. Skillfully woven
of fine French willow, it
finds a ready place in the best
type of country residences, smart
city ^ apartments and clubs. An
infinite variety of decorative schemes
are suggested by the ultra modern
tints and the rich, luxurious cre-
tonnes.
You are invited to inspect the new
Minuet designs for Spring and
Summer. Shipments can be made
immediately, or deferred, at your
convenience. Illustrated Catalogue
on request.
tfflpa
&t3o
Manufacturers of High
Grade Willow Furniture
365 Lexington Ave.
J'.etween 40th and 41st Sts.
NEW YORK CITY
332
ARTS and DECORATION
April, 1919
I
tllllLI^
Countess of
Rothes. Mary,
daughter of Gres-
ham Lloyd, Esq. ;
married 170.%
when she became
the second wife of
John, 9th Karl of
Rothes, who was
representative peer
of S c o t 1 a n d in
1723 and made
Knight oi the
Thistle 1753. In
1770 she married
Bennett Langton
who was one of
the original mem-
bers of the Liter-
ary Club and a
friend of Dr. John-
son and Sir
Joshua. She sat
twice to Reynolds,
first in 1704 and
again in 1700. She
died 1785.
"COUNTESS OF ROTHES"
By Sir Joshua Reynolds (1723-1792)
Size of Canvas 30" x 25H"
1 HE "Old Masters" sold from our col-
lection are always exchangeable at full pur-
chase price.
BhTEhrtch (Batteries
Dealers in "Old Masters" Exclusively
707 FIFTH AVENUE at 55th Street NEW YORK
SUN-BURST CLOCK IN CARVED WOOD
30 INCH DIAMETER
ANTIQUES AND REPRODUCTIONS
FURNISHINGS AND INTERIORS
% 3F. «fub*r $c (In.
(jtytrieett last Jffnrttetlj §>trrrt
Npui fork (Etiy
Rubens in delicacy of feeling and refinement, while it is
lacking in muscular energy and force. «
As we look at this modern illustration, drawn by Jonai
each one must decide for himself what moment in this
drama is therein illustrated. Here is tragedy, not triumph,
tragedy beyond forgiveness, impossible to believe. We
feel that the artist is gifted with an extraordinary vision,
and a still rarer ability to portray what he actually saw
and dreamed in his flight of imagination. It teems and
thrills with suggestion of thought, connecting so closely
the crucifixion of our Lord with the death and sacrifice
of our noble men.
The picture overruns with profuse detail, but lacks at-
mosphere and shadow. The titanic figure of the bird, in the
foreground, entangled in the twisted barbed wire, with out-
stretched wings, shows off in strong contrast the rigid body
of the soldier, and above this rises the cross with the figure
of Christ. Out of the misty background comes tramping
the innumerable host, even as the people ran in crowds to
behold Christ's humiliation, as He hung upon the cross,
and from among this multitude there will come those to
administer and lay him gently in his sepulchre.
Now, at the end, knowing better than any of you bow-
utterly inadequate is our power to attempt to criticise the
great interpretations given us by these masters, may we
hope by chance to have at least awakened ■ your interest in
this great theme for expression, and furthered your belief
that God must have endowed men with a miraculous power
to have produced these magnificent pictures for us to
venerate.
t
The Past is Inseparable from the Present
It was then as now, tyranny against man's liberty. Never
in the world's history has the great sacrifice of Christ's life
and His crucifixion stood out as since, and during this war
men, not one man, have gone forth singing their way to
glory in the path of the cross. It is not one mother at the
tragic scene weeping to-day, but a million mothers giving
and surrendering all they held most dear, fighting and en-
during their sorrow in the anguish of silence. And as the
little wooden crosses in Europe to-day stand out against the
horizon, in the glory of the setting sun, they are symbols
of a modern Calvary.
All this agony and suffering came because a demon by
whom no civilization was ever touched without feeling his
blight, had begun at one end to destroy a little land, Serbia.
In agony its cry resounded throughout the world, and
the world responded to its appeal. The Allied army went
forth fighting as one against the enemy. They went forth
on this crusade with unity of thought, hearts throbbing,
marching to the tune of death for humanity, thrilled with
the passion of patriotism.
Now that the tumult and bloodshed is over and every-
thing is hushed and still, we cannot escape the human pathos
of it, nor withhold our vision from the scars. As far as
the eye can see, we behold the barren landscape, outlined in
its twisted frame of barbed wire, passing on its path of
torture across this devastated land. It haunts us witf^its
resemblance to the thorns which pierced the brow of our
(Continued on page 334)
il, 1919
I
ARTS and DECORATION
333
i:i ii'i.v^'r :. .r>-i' i ( js'.i" uiwu'rir
kb^w y<oirk
I X T us ns. I O R
ii'-'iLTa^iva'Tuaiic:, uangincsh,
M AT .1'". U I A I ,H>, SV \ ( , I , A.V I >
IF IL, (O (U> 111 <D ID V 1IC 111 H K 41 &3
".MAPJTTITCIL. <0>IRW,AMIIEWTrS<>
iLDnscuctM^viriiviE iPAisnrni^d as
SIPEOIAIL/FniEgS HM HBOTLinDCDIM
iFumi^nsioiiiA' c:^^ il^\i^iiph 9
snn.AioiK^ an id miiirr(1]>ii&@
■Hi
lllllllllHli!illiilll!l!llllllilliill!lillli!llilllll!ll!!lll
McGIBBON & CO. I
3 West 37th Street
Handy to Fifth Ave.
Summer Furnishings
WILLOW FURNITURE— Most desirable Models in Nat-
ural, Stained or Enamel finish.
Awnings — Best Awning Stripes and Stenciled Duck.
SLIP COVERS— Imported Prints, Linen, Cretonnes, Dim-
ities.
Window Shades — Imported Scotch Holland and Domestic
Painted Shading.
Reupholstering of Furniture — Abundant variety of mate-
rials from which to select covering. Expert workmen at
your service and satisfaction assured.
Lace Curtains Carefully Cleaned — At moderate prices.
:*£tored free for the summer if desired.
Oriental and Domestic Rugs and Carpets cleaned, repaired
and stored.
iiiiiiiiiiiiwitiiin mi!
The chief charm of a
Player Piano is in the
simplicity of design.
' I 'HE Kranich & Bach Player Grand Piano
* has no clumsy mechanism to mar its
graceful lines. It produces all the loveliness
of tone possible to hand playing.
These are the motives that impel the selection
of the 1gbANICH-&BACH
jl||g7 J /a#er GRAND
famous throughout the world in actual musical quality.
r KRANICH & BACH _ ,
Convenient Catalogue
Terms of 235 East 23rd Street Sent on
Payment. t\EW YORK CITY Request.
334
A RT'S and I) K CO RATIO N
April, 1'
The COLONY SHOPS
GINSBURG £r LEVY
ANTIQUES
Partial view of our Qallery
of original English and
American Eighteenth - Century
Antiques
MAHOGANY S.deboard of
the Sheraton Period — pair of
Hepplewhite Inlaid Knife
Boxes — early Georgian Mahogany
Corner Cabinet — Mahogany Chip'
pendale Urn Stand— Old Silver and
Lowestoft China
397 MADISON AVENUE
NEW YORK
MRS. MUCHMORE
CONSULTING DECORATOR
ONE THIRTY NINE EAST NINE-
TEENTH STREET, NEW YORK CITY
OLD CHINESE PAINTINGS, SILKS
ANDPORCELAIN,FURNITURE,HANC-
INGS, WALL AND FLOOR COVERINGS
suffering Saviour. Here and there the dense mass
crosses in unbroken rows tear your heart until you relrife
ber that crosses, after all, are only symbols, that they sta
for something grander and nobler. Beholding this see
of mystery so silent, so remote, one realizes that their bei
dead matters so little after all ; it is rather the reason f
their death, since they have reached a glorious freedom
the realization of their ideal. The curtain of darkness fal
We lift our eyes and behold God has placed them one I
one in his heavenly sphere, to shine as golden stars lightii
the pathway for humanity.
Almost cruciform in shape, the bare trees rear themseh
above the dead. Beyond the rolling hills, the sombre ve
leys, sorrowfully still, are emptied of their architectur
treasures. Nothing is left but broken walls, and our em
tions awaken to the call from the valleys of desolation whe
death has lurked and bravery has triumphed, and we pn
that out of this turmoil and chaos there will arise a tie
inspiration for humanity, knowing it will flourish if give
the sunshine of the people's understanding and delight.
KING MINOS TO MATISSE— GREETING'
(Continued from page 313)
And what shall we do now, that the Bow of Apollo
broken and the Pipes of Pan are silenced, save in the dee
fastnesses of Greenwich Village?
I suppose that the only refuge left for those of us wh
are addicted to the worship of the Golden Calf of Realisn
the Will-o'-the-Wisp of the Plein-airist, and the stark God
dess of Accuracy is to poke fun at our aesthetic anc« >mti
That is the immemorial refuge of old age — the sage an<
cynical platitude on the silliness of young things. Wha
indeed can be funnier than the result of your three-year
old's struggles to depict herself leading a big dog with .
muzzle, a chain and a blanket on his back? You fold i
up, carelessly, put it in your pocket and show it to you
grown-up friends who also laugh lightly.
Now why is that big dog's portrait a funny one? It i
not so. much that his head is far too small with his ey<;
situated well behind his ear, that his legs are of unequa 1
length and his tail not in the proper place for that of ;
dignified canine. We should pass without a comment o
a smile a carefully finished portrait of a blue-ribboneci
bench-kind with inaccuracies not so pronounced but jus
as inaccurate. Is it not rather our schooling in the realistic
photographic tradition which blinds us to the spirit of tht
work which is there and the delightful qualities it may have
of line and decoration?
It is difficult to look at the Tiryns Lady with a Casket
and suppress a chuckle. If your child had made that draw-
ing it would have been done with the most intense serious-
ness of purpose. The eye forsooth in full view is placed 1
upon a profile head. That is funny, is it not? It was not)
funny to the Mycenean. To him an eye was an eye, and;
was a far more expressive one if all of it could be seen;
than if only a part. And he painted that roguish eye upon
the mourner in a funeral cortege.
The eternal foolish smile upon the face of his f%Vired:
contemporaries, even when in the act of being thrust
(Continued on page 336)
(April. 1919
ARTS and DEC O R A T I O N
335
lllllllllllllllll Illlllllllllllll Illllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll!lllllllllll!llllllllllllllllllllll!!!l!llllllli I IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIHIIIIIIIIIIII
DEVOE
Artists' Oil Colors in Tubes
At the request of a number
of prominent artists we are
now putting up a line of
Devoe Artists' Oil Colors
in studio size tubes.
Are prepared from carefully
selected pigments — thoroughly in-
corporated with the purest oil —
single and double size tubes. Used
and endorsed by leading artists.
Canvas, Academy Boards, Brushes,
Water Colors, Artists' Materials, &c.
Write for Pamphlet on Our
New Equalized Spectrum Colors
The Oldest and Largest Color Makers in America
ESTABLISHED 1754
DEVOE & RAYNOLDS CO., Inc.
NEW YORK CHICAGO KANSAS CITY NEW ORLEANS
iaiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiM iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiaiiiiiiiiii^ iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiy
«?
J0^
w
"A sheet of it will defy you to put it
out of business." — Alonzo Kimball.
ATER COLOR paper always means 'What-
man' to me and a hot pressed sheet of it
will stand anything and defy you to put
it out of business. I know, for I've enjoyed using it
and it's a good, reliable friend.
"To ask me what I think and know about 'What-
man' is like asking me what I know about
'Sterling' or whether 2x2=4. They are in the same
category. I've been brought up to know that all
three are proved facts in their dif-
ferent lines and all three can be
depended upon. To advertise
'Whatman* it is only necessary to
write a eulogy on water-colorpaper.
d> en cjira o Irland -Ivf cxcLg
DRAWING PAPERS
— for a century and ai half the preferred paper of master and
student alike. Get— at your dealer's— the kind that will beft
bring out your technique.
H. REEVE ANGEL & CO. Inc., 7-11 Spruce Street, New York
Sole Importers for the United States
and Canada.
\L
Venus pencils
' OheLatgest Selling
C^lityVencdwthehfoU
ARTISTS and Architects
insist on the BEST
tools for their work so
that mechanical imper-
fection may not ham-
per the expression
of their ideas.
VENUS Pencils
represent perfec-
tion.
— the stan-
dard by
which all
p e ncils
are
judged.
17 Hack dttrns
and 3 copyint".
For bold heavy line*
6B 5B-4B-3B
For eeneral writing
and sketching, use
2B-B-HB-F-H
For clean fine line*,
2H-3H-4H-SH.
6H
For delicate thin
lines, mapi, cbaru,
7H-8H-9H
Special 14c. Offer
Send 14 cents for three trial samples men-
tioning degrees. After you find how perfect
VENUS pencils are, buy them from any dealer.
AMERICAN LEAD PENCIL
234 Fifth Avenue, New York
and Clapton, London, Eng.
CO.
336 ARTS and DECORATION A P ril . 1919
ART AS THE PERSIANS SAW IT KING MINOS TO MATISSE— GREETING!^
(Continued from page 328)
(Continued from page 334)
Persian Prince — By Sultan Muhammad.
Copied from the antique. Borders by Dorothy Dent.
It can well be imagined that such rich paintings would
not appear to advantage if mounted on a white paper. The
contrast would be too sharp. The need of a distinctive
setting developed a charming method of border decora-
tion. A pattern usually in dull gold outline was painted
upon a mat of the tint best suited to the complete harmony;
sometimes a geometrical pattern, but more often a fabu-
lous scene. Where no design was used, the severity of the
plain color was relieved by flecking it with gold. Some-
times the picture encroaches upon the mat in a peculiar and
characteristic manner; a war-banner extends above the top
border line, a horseman rides out of the scene to right or
left, or a temple dome projects into the upper margin.
There seems to be no reason for this quaint practice except
that of mere whim on the part of the artist.
A few words about the technique may be of interest :
"Tracing from the master's work was practiced for several
years until the eye and hand of the pupil became quite
accustomed to the work. By this practice the details and
minutiae of the various figures became graven on his brain.
The masters made the first sketch with a brush dipped in
water only, which left on the paper, when dry, a waterline
impression which served as a guide. Afterwards the out-
lines were drawn with ink, and then the colors were
laid on."
Persian art, rich as it is in decorative values, color, in
imagination and poetic feeling, offers to artists and art
lovers alike an unlimited field for study as well as pure and
endless enjoyment.
tb rough by the lance of an enemy — that was not a smile
to him.
The Rhyton of the fifth century B. C. with an excellent
example of the smile and the additional improvement of
cross-eyes, undoubtedly presented to Brygos, who is reputed
to have made it, the portrait of a beautiful and serious
woman, not at all fit for the insane ward. And if we could
rid ourselves of the naturalistic prepossession, we also
could see the beauty of the vase, now obscured to us.
This is not an argument for the revival of these idiosyn-
crasies of an age — the Romans tried it with a result such
as we see in the Marble Head of Athena and the com-
parison speaks for itself although the later work is an ex-
ample of extreme cleverness. I should like to propound
to the reader a question on which I cannot make up my
mind — how the archaic Greek with his abounding vigor,
his natural and spontaneous mode of life and his keen wit,
was able to keep his art so thoroughly disinfected from a
conscious humor. Was it because like a modern child he
approached his task with such an intense sincerity — that his
calling had a touch of mysticism or religion to him? Per-
haps he began his work in the same spirit as that of a con-
templating contributor to an Academy Exhibition — to
whom a joke would be lese majeste. Like most logical
explanations it is difficult of belief. Your ancient had a
human nature like unto our own, but the Cretan who
painted the Minoan Circus may have been blessed withf a
sense of humor indistinguishable from his normal life-
attitude, not, as with us, a separate and suppressed mood.
It is not easy, however, to credit the serious intention of
Hegesiboulos. According to the catalogued description
of his work of art, it represents an Old Man going for a
Walk with his Dog. Would it not pass for a likeness of
some archaic Shylock come trading from Sidon, with his
pet porker at his side?
Then there is that Return of Hephaistos, with Dionysos
and Hephaistos both drunk and riding on a donkey. Do
you suppose that this Prohibitionist's Parable could be
looked at solemnly by a small Athenian boy? And yet
Vulcan and Bacchus were both dwellers on Olympus. Could
one publicly take their names in vain without going in
deadly fear of a special thunderstorm?
At any rate the advanced Greek artist, more skilled in
naturalism, perhaps subconsciously feeling the incom-
patibility of humor with the detailed perfection of his
masterpieces, turned to the intentionally humorous. There
can be no doubt of this. The figure which we reproduce,
a bronze statuette of the Hellenistic Period, is distinctly
labeled — "Grotesque." Perhaps it was inspired by some
court jester of the Great Alexander but it falls as far short
of touching a modern risibility as would a sad little de-
formed fool of King Arthur's court.
The glory of Attica had indeed departed.
It is a dangerous thing to point a moral — the discovery
may be made too late that the point is at the -wrong enTi.
I believe, however, that if you will take the pains to spend
April, 1919
ARTS and DECORATION
337
f.few hours in the serious study of what our Metropolitan
luseum has to offer in its collection of archaic work and
will thereupon visit one or two exhibitions of modernist
Art, you will be overcome both by incredulity and sym-
pathy.
It is easy to understand how the spirit of the really
modern artist, who feels the stirring oi great natural forces
throughout the world of man, must lean eagerly to embrace
the expressions of quiet power, of a calm sense of freedom
from trick and habit, of abounding vitality and unafraid
simplicity which are the dominant message of the archaic
artist.
"Here," he cried, "is my Golden Text! Let me, like a
child, like the men of the World's Childhood, express my-
self untrammeled by the labors of my academic forebears!"
and he proceeds to try to express himself just as academic-
ally as do they. Surely he falls into the same pit of tradi-
tion. His teachers perhaps had labored long to discover
just how Titian ground his colors, how Michel Angelo
handled his mallet and Holbein his pencil, and had done
their best to imitate them — unashamed. But on every hand
the Modernist now assails us with the technique of Old
Cathay. The chisel-strokes of the masters of Praxiteles
and the scratches of that stone-age artist who decorated
the French cave.
All that is missed is the intention, of the primitive artist
which was to do the very best he could, using all the
knowledge at his disposal, gathered painfully by centuries
of his predecessors, content indeed if he could add to it
his mite of personal feeling, his iota of technical improve-
ment.
America is as fresh a field for the achievement of the
race as were the plains of Attica when the first barbarian
Greeks descended upon them. And in the history of the
race as a whole, but a day of time separates us from them.
Surely we can. as they did, calmly and intelligently separate
the wheat of tradition from the chaff, and like the dough-
boy going forward over the top discard all but the essentials
ol our equipment, and with a ^\uv sense of humor, tell the
future digger among our ruins how our eves looked bravely
and sincerely for the thread of the beauty of life amid the
Minoan Labyrinth of its daily problems.
SAINT-PORCHAIRE POTTERY IN AMERICA
(Continued from page 318)
instances similar figures have been introduced into the in-
terior of the structure, and can be seen through the windows
or portals represented thereon; such pieces are in the pos-
session of Mr. Widener and Mr. Morgan. The other salt-
cellar in the latter gentleman's collection is a perfect little
monument with mullioned windows, and redundant with
details found on several of the larger pieces of this period;
the little terminal figures at the angles, and the little puffy
cherubs applied her and there, make it especially remin-
iscent of the fine candlestick in the Victoria and Albert
Museum, London, and the saltcellar in the collection of
\ K -'J ;.
la. I V
V
ti
fas
.
After many centuries of dignified and unchallenged supremacy, OAK, "The
pride of the permanent home," remains today the world's premier hardwood.
(And everybody knows it.) OAK is the first hardwood you naturally think of,
and it is the last for which you will ever relinquish your inherited preference.
GOOD OAK FURNITURE
justifies a keen search, a critical insistence and a special order if need be. "There
is no finer family possession than a few examples of fine cabinet-work in Oak,
'that stately companion of culture.' ' Oak Furniture is "a natural heirloom."
AMERICAN OAK MANUFACTURERS' ASSOCIATION
know about Oak. Ask them any sort of question. Ask them for literature. Please address
Room 1403, 14 Main Street Memphis, Tenn.
338
ARTS and DECORATION
YALE
SCHOOL
OF
THE
FINE
ARTS
YALB UNIVERSITY, NEW HAVEN. CONN.
SERGEANT KENDALL. Director
Depar
tments of Drawing and Painting, Sculpture
and Architecture
GLASSES IN COMPOSITION, ANATOMY AND PERSPECTIVE
FACULTY — Painting — Sergeant
Kendall. Drawing — Edwin C. Tay-
lor, G. H. Langzettel, T. Diedrick-
sen, Jr. Sculpture — Robert G.
Eberhard. Architecture- — Everett
V. Meeks, Franklin J. Walls, A.
Kingsley Porter. Composition,
Perspective — Edwin C. Taylor.
Anatomy — Raynham Townshend,
M.D.
DEGREE— The degree of Bache-
lor of Fine Arts (B.F.A.) is
awarded for advanced work of
distinction.
The Winchester Fellowship for
one year's study of art in Europe,
the English Scholarship for study
of art and travel in Europe during
the summer vacation, and School
Scholarships are awarded annually.
Painted from life by member
of the life-painting class, Yale
School of Fine Arts
Illustrated Catalogue: Address G. H. LANGZETTEL, Secretary
MARTINI TEMPERA COLORS
MADE OF AMERICAN MATERIALS, IN AMERICA, BY AMERICANS i ■ ■ ■
IVORY BLACK AND aVVa
CHREMNITZ WHITE ■"■%"■
ARE THE BEST MEDIUM FOR ILLUSTRATION ■ ■ ■ ■
NUiiiuumimiiiiiiiiimiiiiiiMii
Miliiliiiiilimiiiiiiniiiiiiiiiiiiii
US.DISTmBUTORS:FAVOR,RUHLe^CO.S^^c K A B cfo s ^
Washington University
ST. LOUIS SCHOOL
of FINE ARTS
Fully equipped to give
instruction in Drawing,
Ceramic-Decoration, Pot-
tery, Painting, Applied
Arts, Composition, Mod-
eling, Bookbinding, Crafts
Illustration. Interior dec-
oration.
For full information and
free illustrated handbook
apply to
E. H. WUERPEL. Director
45th year. Next term opens September 23, 1918.
Skinker Re»d and Lindell Boulevard. St. Louis, Mo.
ARTS & DECORATION Editorial Department
maintain a Service Bureau to answer all ques-
tions on Art and Decoration. Subscribers may
wish to know.
5TUDT 4,th MART ■SCH^MFICOT
ICactwa
1T*T[ ACCBtWTCO
itii9AiiiTON^«y B Ety I^.E,LE/Ir cah for KjjX]
WHITE, FOR ILLUSTRATED CATALOC
ANTIQUES
Old
Set
Stuart
of 12
Bedstead,
Sheraton
Chairs, Old Oak Chests and other pieces.
Trade Supplied. All genuine goods. H.
HOPKIN, 19, 20, 83 Westgate, Grant-
ham, Lines, England.
STUDIOS, FISH-HOUSES, SHACKS and COT-
I AGES TO-LET. Write for information and
views of Boothbay Harbor, the quaint old Maine
fishing and shipbuilding town and resort of
artists, musicians and professional people. The
Commonwealth Art Colony on Mt. Pisgob fur-
nishes good board and comfortable rooms. In-
struction in Sketching, Painting, Crafts, French
Conversation, Music and Folk Dancing, if desired.
15th year. Come with your family. A. G. Ran-
dall, 500 Broadway, Providence, R. I.
D
FAMOUS
FOR A GENERATION
HOLLAND HOUSE
WILLARD H. BARSE, Lessee
Fifth Avenue at 30th Street
(Avenue des Allies)
NEW YORK
Room Tariffs Conform to Government
Recommendations.
April, 1919
I'rince Czartoryski at Krakow, ex-
cept that the little moresque towers
on each fagade constitute the orig-
inality of this exceptional piece.
The third period, and contempo-
rary with Henri II., displays a cer-
tain departure from the general
designs of its predecessors, and the
niello ornamentation becomes more
arabesque in treatment. The mas-
ter appears to have abandoned the
architectonic forms and sought to
imitate fine pieces of goldsmith's
work then in fashion, especially in
the aiguieres and biberons. Of this
period there are three in America :
the beautiful little ewer in the col-
lection of Mr. Henry C. Frick, New
York, once forming a part of the
famous Hope heirlooms, the shal-
low cup, or ciborium, and the cover
in the Metropolitan Museum. Mr.
Frick's ewer is oviform in shape,
and very similar in general style
and design to the larger ewers in
the Rothschild collections. Its va-
rious interlaced ornaments are iden-
tical in pattern also with the cele-
brated covered cup in the Louvre;
it is distinguished, however, in ad-
dition, by several small applique
figures of lizards, frogs, sirens, etc.,
which seem to climb about its body.
Upon its surface, just below the
trilobed spout, is a quaint heart-
shaped device, displaying animals
and snakes, probably of heraldic
significance, the meaning of which
is unknown. The ciborium and
cover in the Metropolitan Museum
are similarly decorated with this
intricate yet graceful, endless rib-
bon-pattern to be seen on the ewt^,
belonging to Mr. Frick. The I ftp
itself is in perfect condition, and,
like the saltcellar of the second
period in the same Museum, and
one in Mr. Morgan's collection, car-
ries a suggestion of ro) r al favor. In
the centre of the interior is a shield
encircled with the collar of the
Order of St. Michael, surmounted
with a royal crown, and bearing
those interlaced C's, or crescents,
the favorite badge of Henry II. , ana
supposedly adopted by him out of
compliment to his celebrated mis-
tress, Diana of Poitiers, created
Duchess of Valentinois, or, when
construed as a double entendre,
as the initials of Henri's queen,
Catherine de Medicis. The cover,
above mentioned, does not belong
to the cup, but is covered with
the self-same ribbon-like interlace-
ments, and is surmounted by a tiny
seated infant, which is probably a
modern addition.
In conclusion, it may be added,
the eleven examples of Saint-Por-
chaire faience which have reached
this side of the Atlantic have, each
in their turn, been unconscious wit-
nesses of their remarkable rise in
the realm of intrinsic rarities, cou-
pled with the appalling prices which
have been paid for examples as they
have appeared in the auction-room.
Jumping from a few francs for a
fine specimen to the inordinate sum
of several thousand dollars for a
single example, within the cou^e
of a few years, has brought this deli-
cate faience to so great a prominence
that enthusiastic amateurs may yet
outbid themselves in their covetous
endeavor to secure a specimen.
il, 1919
liiumiuuuiiiiiiliiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiLiiiiiiiiiiiiLuiiuiiil
' RUGS
FINE RNTIQUE 6. MODERM
ORIENTALS ■ VClST PiSSORT-
IYIENT- MODERATE PRICES
SPECIAL DESIGNS & PLPUrN
COLORS IN WESTERNI RUOS
OF HIGH QUALITY
KgnT'Costikyrm
_ TRADING CO. INC.
485 FIFTH AVENUE- NEW YORK
OPPOSITE PUBLIC LIBRARY
"""" "
■
^ecialiafs. in (felisltJlWrtiWe
^7"
"SSr
Z/.L <=/iOTlcloi
Tunzixure /nop
MADISON AVE., JVST SOVTH o/*34 T -s
JOSEPH P. MCHUGH
AND SONjamesSWMlU
Cj West 42nd Street -New York
Designers andJAakem of
Quaint Jurniiure
Dmporters of Exclusive
WallPapers SFabrics
fllllllll!lll!l!llll!lll!!lll!!l!!l!llllllllllll!lll^
P
RTS & DECORATION
while continuing to be the fore-
most American authority on
art — has broadened its editorial
interest to include —
ARCHITECTURE,
BUILDING, INTERIOR
DECORATION
FURNITURE
Each department is profusely
illustrated and skilfully texted
by those who know their sub-
jects. Arts & Decoration
emphasizes the fact that indi-
viduality and not lavish expen-
diture is what creates the more
desirable in home surroundings.
We maintain a Decorative Ser-
vice Department, which is at
your service for any suggestions
or guidance in regard to art
and home decorations.
i!'i|l!!!l!]lll!llll!lllll!lll]!l!lllllllllllllllll!ll!ffl^
LaPLACE
ANTIQUE
SHOP
Objects of Art, Curios, Rare Old Crystals and
Sheffield Plate, Period Furniture and Replicas
242%ifth Ave.
near W. 28th St., N.Y
DANIEL ADAMS,
Mgr.
11 East 48th St.
near Fifth Ave.
R. H. KINGSBUKY
Mgr.
A RTS and DECO R A TI:0 N
CALENDAK of
EXHIBITIONS
Arlington Art Galleries, 274 Madison Ave.
— Works by American artists, through
April.
Arden Gallery, 599 Fifth Ave. -Small sculp-
tures by Frances Grimes and I. aura
Gardin Fraser, with painted panels and
brocades, to April 7.
Babcock Galleries, 1 ( ) Easl 49th St. Eighth
annual exhibition of paintings by Wil-
liam R. Leigh, to April 7.
Bourgeois Gallery, 668 Fifth Ave. Modern
paintings, through April.
Century Association, 7 W. 43d St. Medal-
lie art, to April 5th.
Demotte of Paris, 8 E. 57th St. Exhibition
of French Art of the Middle Ages,
through April.
Ehrich Gallery, 707 Fifth Ave. — Monotypes
by prominent American artists, includ-
ing Sterner, Higgins, Prendergasl,
Sloan and Pach, to April 5th.
Folsom Gallery, 560 Fifth Ave. — Paintings
by Daniel Garber, to April 5th.
Independent Artists, Waldorf-Astoria Ho-
tel — Third annual exhibition.
Kennedy & Co., 613 Fifth Ave. — Fine prints,
ancient and modern, through April.
Knoedlcr Galleries, 556 Fifth Ave. — Paint-
ings by George Bellows, through April.
Direction of Mrs. Albert Sterner,
"Paintings of the South of France,"
by Jerome Blum, to April 9th. The
latest work of Rene Lalique, of Paris,
glass, etc., to April 12th.
Kraiishaar Art Galleries, 260 Fifth Ave. —
Paintings by Guarino, April 7th to 21st.
Levy, John, 14 East 46th St. — Ten paintings
by George Inness, through April.
Macbeth Galleries, 450 Fifth Ave. —Group
exhibition by American artists, through
April.
Milch Galleries, 108 W. 57th St.— Paintings
by Lillian Genth, to April 5th.
National Academy of Design, Fine Art Gal-
leries, 215 W. 57th St.— Ninety- fourth
annual exhibition, to April 27th.
Metropolitan Museum. Central Park at 82d
St.., E— Open daily from 10 A. M. to
5 P. M. ; Saturdays, until 10 P. M. ;
Sundays, 1 P. M. to 5 P. M. Admis-
sion, Monday and Friday, 25c, free
other days.
Montross Gallery, 550 Fifth Ave. — Paint-
ings by Horatio Walker, to April 5th.
New York Public Library Print Gallery
(Room 321) — The War Zone in
Graphic Art, including etchings and
other prints, depicting eastern France
and Belgium from the seventeenth to
the nineteenth centuries. Memorial ex-
hibitions of etchings by J. C. Nicoll and
wood engravings by Elbridge Kingsley. ■
War lithographs by Brangwyn, Bone,
Pennell and Copley. Print Gallery
(Room 321), War Zone in Graphic Art.
Stuart Gallery (Room 316), Master
Ornamentalists.
The Penguin, 8 East 15th St. — Annual ex-
hibition, April 7th to April 28th.
Pratt Institute, Ryerson St., Brooklyn,
N. Y. Wood engravings by Rudolph
Ruzicka, to April 5th.
Satinovcr Galleries, 27 West 56th St. —
Paintings by old masters and art
objects.
Whitney Studio, 8 West 8th St.— Sculpture
by Florence G. Lucius and Grace Mott
Johnson.
Young, Howard Galleries, 620 Fifth Ave. —
Exhibition of paintings by Guy C. Wig-
gins, through April.
339
The Tobey Furniture Co.
Interior Decorations
Our aim is to assist the client, developing
his individual ideas in harmonious form.
Tobey- Made Furniture
— the original designs of our studios,
executed by hand in our own shops.
NEW YORK : Fifth Avenue at Fifty-third Street
CHICAGO: Wabash Avrnue and Washington Street
IRVING IfCASSON;
A-H:DAVEN PORT £8
DESIGNERS AND MAKERS OF
FINE FURNITURE AND INTERIOR FINISH
DECORATIONS UPMOL3TER.Y
WALLHANCIINCJ
BOSTON
570-573 D0YL5T0N ST
COPLEY SQ.UAKE
NEW YOR.K.
GOI FlfTH AVtNUE
F. N. DOWLING
Furniture and Decoration
57th Street at Madison Avenue
NEW YORK
EXCLUSIVE PERIOD FURNITURE
IMPORTED MARBLE and WOOD MANTELS
ELECTRIC FIXTURES
SILKS — LINENS — TAPESTRIES
HIGGINS'
DRAWING INKS
ETERNAL WRITING INK
ENGROSSING INK
TAURINE MUCILAGE
PHOTO-MOUNTER PASTE
DRAWING-BOARD PASTE
LIQUID PASTE
OFFICE PASTE
VEGETABLE GLUE. ETC.
ARE THE FINEST AND BEST INKS
AND ADHESIVES
Emancipate youraelf from the
use of corrosive and ill-
smelling inks and adhesive!
and adopt the Hiifis* Inks
and Adhesivss. They will be a
revelation to you, they are so
•weet, clean and well put up.
At Dealers Generally
Chat. M. Higgirn & Co. , Mfrs
271 Niath Stmt. Brooklyn, N. Y.
Branches: Chicago, London
ANCIENT and MODERN
RUGS
(O^TIKYAN ® (§;>
Shahristan Rugs Woven to special
order on our looms in the Orient
I 2 East 40th Street - New York
" HEARTH - FIRE " EQUIPMENT
«»k.lllll.lflH
ror the practical and
,
suitable
FURNISHING
of the
FIREPLACE
Appropriate for Gifts
I Mr? «
Catalog free on request
Your Architect Should
Colonial Fireplace Company
"Everything for the Fireplace"
4620 W. 12th Street CHICAGO
340
ARTS and DECORATION
April,
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII1M
lilliiiliiiniilii
lllllllllllll
Antique English
Lacquer Desk
Authoritative Examples of Period Furniture, Tapestries, Needle-
work and Decorative Accessories are on view at The Feffercorn
Galleries.
Mr. FefFercorn will be pleased to
make appointments for consulta^
tion with out- of' town clients.
/26 a)\B '/2JEast 2<3th Street
NEWYOBgK CATTY
C*
Illlllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllilllllllllllllllllllllllllllli
. ■ i - i i ii
..i.i.:!,!.;!,!,.;.,-:!.!:!!.!.!:;!:!!.!.!!.! ,..i.,::: ,:.i i:,i i .1 ;..: 1 ::.■ ::.i 1 :: 1 .:'i'iin i:,i , .; ,;:; m: .1 1:11:1 1: ,.1 :. . . ::
m\
»Hg
^^^^^^^ ^ks^c^W^^B^^^^^WJir%^03^ Tt k^i^
M
s
?1
ANPI&NT
^
MOD&RJSI
-!
2
^ SHAHRISTAN RUGS
/Sh
WOV&N TO SP£(MAL Ol\pGR^
ON OUR. OWN LOOMS
IN TH6 ORIGNT
^)1 V^
12 £AST 40TH 8TR&&T
Fifth Avsnus Branch: Cor, 52nd St.
£»
.
)v
i
STOPK IN THG WORLD
2
e
■ ■■ -? *' ■'■ ■ ■ ■ — " ■. i i r — — ,
3ir : 538 Z2.&}aZ 3 8ziL&^^ - ay53ftr° ^^ar 1 .ara^ srr.'-
ISAAC GOLDMANN COMPANY
NEW YO«K
si
iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii i miiimiiiii Bin in i iiiimiiiim ii iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiimi i imiiii ii HMHiiiiiniiiniiuiiiMHtUHiuniiiutnnnL
Corner of kitchen in ihe New York residence of
Mrs. Alben Herier covered with Nairn Linoleum,
WHEN planning the floor coverings for the kitchen or
similar rooms — whether in town or country house —
you will find it particularly easy to select the exact tone of pat-
tern appropriate to the room scheme if you choose from the
famous Nairn Linoleums.
The fact that they give longer service in wear is because their
designs and colors are "built in" by the exclusive Nairn process.
NAIRN
LIN
L E \J M
Nairn Linoleum Company, Newark, N. J.
W. £r J. Sloane
Sole Selling Agents
573 Fifth Avenue, New York
Chicago Si. Louis
Los Angeles
Denver
Seaitle
2 1 6-2 1 8 Sutter St., San Francisco
Galveston Kansas City
Portland, Oregon
'
a
!lllll!!!lllllli::ill!
l|l||l| l l l |llll|l|l
R-T S
Niu*
35 CENTS
$4.00 THE YEAK
MAY, 1919
I '
Iliiillfiliill
A R^T 5
DECORA
OTsf
FORMERLY
ART WORLD and ARTS &- DECORATION
I
>^
#*
M^BVHMHHHBIQKS^H
mOM
35 CENTS
S4.00 THE YEAK
MAY, 1919
" ■ i :, ' ■ j ..
■-■ v iriVf^i^^^'fiiiiiiiiiiii((irriTf-'r '■"** ■■"■■■"•""*■■ ■■ irir_
gr^aso^
ANQISNT B MOD&RN
RUGS
A
SHAHRISTAN RUGS
WOVGN TO SPS(MAL O^PSR
ON OUR OWN LOOMS
IN TH6 ORIfiNT
SO
I
>;■
?£4 o
?"v>-V-
12 £AST 40TH STRfc&T
NgWwjrk
•
/vWa*
J%r
r?
Fifth Avsnus Branch : Cor, 52nd St.
Safes'
IIP
SIS
r^/LARGGST STOCK IN THE WORLD
Ml
^m^&^m?^?D 8 ^^
May, 1"1"
A R TS and DECO R A TIO X
Vt %' PG*? OTV# >tJ '
SZZ\
2
jlSunmj (DorningBflom-
at the I)amptoiiShop0
c^x'D
UCH an interior with its French
^ casement windows overlooking
a vista of formal gardens, suggests
one of those delightful homes de-
signed by the Brothers Adam and
so often a harmonious setting for
the delicately graceful furniture of
the late Louis Seize time.
At the Hampton Shops you will
find such furniture of distinction as
this. The oval table with its dec-
orated frieze, the oval-backed, caned
chairs in ribbon-and-reed carving,
and the low, bow-fronted commode,
all in subdued tones of parchment
and green, give to this room an en-
during charm which can be attained
with such discriminating knowledge
of subtle details, as the Hampton
Decorators make of avail to you.
T>
A RTS and J) ECO RAT ION
May, 1919
■n
ARTS & DECORATION
VOLUME XI
MAT, 1919
NUMBER 1
CONTENTS
THE PARTHENON Frontispiece
THE EFFECT OF WAR UPON ARCHITECTURE By John Wallace Gillies 7
CONSIDER YOUR TREES HOW THEY GROW AND APPRECIATE THEM 10
THE PRIDE OF CIVILIZATION By G. H. McCall 12
JOYCE KILMER'S DECORATION 13
HOUSES AND PLANS 14
"HERE'S FLOWERS FOR YOU" By Amy L. Barrington 16
WAR MEMORIALS 18
DO THE AWNINGS BELONG TO YOUR HOUSE? 20
ECHOES OF THE LEMORDANT EXHIBITION 22
RAYMOND HOLLAND, PAINTER OF PORTRAITS, WAR AND MARSHES 23
A GROUP OF FINE INTERIORS 24
BEAUVAIS-BOUCHER TAPESTRIES (Continued from April, 1919).. By George Leland Hunter 28
THE COUNTRY HOME OF F. P. KING, ESQ 30
ART IN THE THEATRE 32
THE NEW YORK SHOPS HOLD THESE FOR YOU 34
EXHIBITIONS IN THE NEW YORK GALLERIES By Peyton Boswell 35
Published Monthly by HEWITT PUBLISHING CORPORATION
470 FOURTH AVENUE, NEW YORK
London: 407 Bank Chambers, Chancery Lane
Subscription $4.00 a year in the United States, Colonies and Mexico. $4.50 in Canada. $5.00 in Foreign
Countries. Single copies 35 cents. Entered as Second Class Matter May 27, 1918, at the Post Office at New
York City, under the Act of March 3, 1879. Copyright 1919 by Hewitt Pub. Corp. Registered U. S. Patent Office.
ARTS and DECORATION
Facsimiles of late XVII Century
English Court Cupboard and Chair.
Early English FvuniIvi^e
and Objects of Art
Antiqve Tapestries
Hand¥^ovghtI{epi{odvcTions
—Decorations-
Floor Coverings
WtJ. sloane
FIFTH AVE &47tk ST.
NEW YORK CITY
A R 'PS and D ECO R AT [ON
May, 1"1')
m iiiiuiiiipnilili HI Illlllllllillllllllll Illllllll llllllliNIIII UIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII IIIIIIIII! Illl I IIIIIIIIIIIIUIIIIIIIIII I IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIHI Ill Illlllllllllllllllll Illlllllllllllllllllllillllllllll!! Illinilllllll 1 HINI IHIIII Illllli
*
*
THE PARTHENON
Seen through the Propylaea
M.lllll
i , i . : ! ^ I,; i:i 'i I M :■ 1 1 ■' : i . :i , J.. .! , : , ; ; i ■- 1 , .i : ' i.i. ; i.i:,' i .; i ,' i i' 1 1 ■ i m . : , ; .,!::,.■;::! , i , ! . : r 1 1 i ! , . i > . .: : : i :■ i i i'i:T^
llllll I :itr!l!!lll!il|t||i<'IEll!S1IIMIIilH!llll!llllll!lll!!lll!llMllllliniiillli!ll!!llllllllilMi[llilllli!ll lllMIMlliMlkllliHIl llli1lini|lltkllli!ll!lllllllllllllliU^
A ICT S J.
D E C O BATTI O 7s[
Formerly— ART WORLD and ARTS £r DECORATION
,,, . |,i- : .,,..- ;•
Volume XI
m
MAY, 1919
Number 1
THE EFFECT OF WAR UPON ARCHITECTURE
There Have Been Two Great Influences in Architecture, War and
Religion, and the Former is Dealt With in These Paragraphs
By JOHN WALLACE GILLIES
WHAT happened in the yesterdays must have its
effect upon the to-morrows; in the past history of
architecture is written the reflection of the future.
Since the most potent and
tangible mirror of the past
is its architecture and allied
arts, and what remains of
the old that was made or
written, and since we can
f-carcely trace history be-
yond architecture, it is pro-
posed to give a brief resume
of the architecture that has
gone by, with a few com-
ments on its probaljie effect
upon that of to-morrow. If
the average man should real-
ize how architecture is the
visible and material history
of the great romance of our
world's civilization through
the ages, he would be far
more interested in it and in
the fact that the architecture
of to-day is but the story of
our own life, how we live
and what we are doing, to
leave our traces for those
who come later to see, and
to learn from, when all
written words have failed to
tell the story. One can write
anything, and many differ-
ent men can write about die
same things in so many dif-
ferent' ways that the reader
who cannot see for himself
is only confused, but the
>tructures which remain tell
only the truth, for they are
the reflection of our own lives. Are they simple, chaste,
oi pure design, and executed thoroughly ? Then we are a
^iple, direct-thinking people, who may become a powerful
nation some day. Are they overdecorated, voluptuous and
Abbevill
of impure design? Then we are a vainglorious, luxury-
loving people, who will not long survive as a nation. That
is the undisguised story that our architecture will tell
about us.
It is a simple matter to
mi argue from "past perform-
ances," as one might say in
the language of the day, to
show that what has gone be-
fore cannot so suddenly alter
its course without having its
effect upon what comes to-
morrow.
The first architecture of
which we have any authentic
record is that of the ancient
empire in Egypt, 5000 to
3000 B. C, an age which
produced the pyramids, the
Sphinx, many obelisks, and
sundry other structures, all
in the nature of tombs, tem-
ples and monuments. Its
main characteristic at this
time was vigor, but later,
under the first Theban mon-
archy, 3000 to 2100 B. C,
architecture naturally under-
went an aesthetic improve-
ment without losing any of
its character. At the latter
date, the Hyksos invasion
(the incursions of the Shep-
herd kings) interrupted all
art progress, and nothing
was accomplished until about
1600 B. C, when national
life was resumed in Egypt
under the second Theban
monarchy, which continued
This was the great period in Egyp-
finest structures were built
until about 1000 B. C.
tian history, and their
this time.
Erom 1000 to 300 B. C„ Egypt declined during what is
during
8
ARTS and D ECO R AT I ( ) \
May, 1919
Amicus Cathedral
called the Saitic period,
and we have the ending
of their architecture,
produced principally by
the conquests of the
Persians.
It is now necessary
to go back a little in
order to get the course
of events; and from
2250 to 1250 B. C. the
Chaldeans in Asia Mi-
nor were working out a style of architecture in clay, which
if nothing else was original. Their structures were poor,
however, and of no great importance except that it was
the first known use of brick and tiling in building. The
Assyrians and Babylonians, from 1250 to 538 B. C, carried
this type of structure further, but accomplished nothing of
lasting effect. At the latter date, the Persians overran
Asia Minor and we have a new era of life in Architecture.
They also conquered Egypt and, taking the best of the
Egyptian architecture, with that of the Assyrians, they
produced some really splendid temples.
Paralleling these times, from 500 B.C. to 300 B.C., the
Greeks were developing an architecture far superior, and
about 300, when Alexander conquered this country, the
Greek forms quickly supplanted the comparatively gaudy
ideas of the Persians. With the Greeks began the era of
civilization in Europe, and as they are of our own race, with
the same thoughts and tendencies, so it is fairly probable
that their experience is one that we might well consider in
arriving at our own probabilities.
The first real Greek architecture, after what is called the
Heroic age, began with the Archaic Period, 650 to 500 B.C.
The Doric order was used exclusively and its design, while
always beautiful, was characterized by its vigor and power
first of all. From 500 to 460 B.C. endured what is called
the Transitional period, during which architecture under-
went a general refinement of design and an improvement in
execution, without loss in vigor. During the latter part of
the period, Greece was persistently invaded by the Persians
who had conquered Assyria and Egypt, and who controlled
nearly all the eastern Mediterranean Sea countries. Al-
though not so great a nation in numbers, the Greeks suc-
cessfully resisted the Persians, and as a result national
enthusiasm became so great that some form of expression
must necessarily follow, and we have the Periclean age,
460 to 400 B. C, during which there was a tremendous
movement in all the arts and in literature. This period was
the high point in Greek architecture, the finest of their
buildings being erected in this time, among them the Parthe-
non, called the most faultless in design and execution of
any building known to man. This was the magnificent age
which produced Phidias, Ictinus, and other great artists.
The very nature of these successful wars of defense was
such that the people were thankful at the repulse of the
great peril, which might easily have overcome their country,
and the keynote of their expression, even in architecture,
was seen in the chastity of design and superb quality of
execution. It was clean, honest, the most beautiful to be
seen in any age; the expression of a people grateful that
they had escaped a great peril, and yet strong with the
sensation of having beaten it down.
A reaction necessarily followed such splendid activity,
and during the Alexandrian, sometimes called the Florid,
period in Greek architecture, there was a general slowing
down in all efforts. Incidentally, during this period, Greece
endured several disastrous wars which sapped her vitality
to such an extent that other efforts could not be made.
During the latter part of this century, 400 to 300 B.C.J
Alexander mack 1 his conquests, and the national spirit was
so strengthened by the enthusiasm of these victories that a
new impetus was given to all expressions of art, and many
great monuments were the result of this added elation.
But we now find a different note in their architecture. A
conqueror is now the builder, and the expression of conquesl
must show. One would imagine from this that we might
expect to find an added virility in design, but it was not so.
The conquerors had seen enough of hardships and would
have an architecture which expressed quite the opposite;
it must be ostentatious. Simplicity was abandoned for
rich ornament and elaborate designs. Splendor replaced
artistic perfection. The country was rich, it was arrogant;
it had conquered.
This could not last long, and from 300 to 100 B. C, we
have a decadent period during which the design of their
buildings were weak and lacking in essential qualities.
Greek art was fading, and also Greek national spirit. With
the Roman Conquest, about 200 B. C, ended real Greek
architecture, although its influence will never cease.
So there we have the experience of the Greeks. Their
architecture began strong and virile before other things,
developed in beauty gradually, lost power gradually, and,
lacking in power, there was an attempt to replace by a
high degree of ornate decoration the missing quality. Thus
the architecture underwent a florid period and died, at least
so far as Greece was concerned. It seems that we need not
read Greek history to know about the national life of the
Greeks, its architecture tells the story so completely.
The road of civilization then led to Rome, and from
there, we shall see, it was the great gift of the Romans to
distribute it through their conquests to all western Europe.
While the Greeks gave to the world the perfect forms in all
arts, it rested' with the Romans to apply them to our ever» f
day practical life. The Romans were essentially a race of
engineers and builders, and where the Greeks built for
sheer beauty, the Romans constructed because they needed
the building for a purpose; and yet, they did not forget
beauty, although they standardized it, and turned it out in
quantity ; arranging their architectural designs in such a
way that ordinary labor could turn it out quickly.
With the Roman conquest of Greece, and the absorption
of Greek ideas began the first real architecture in Rome.
Previous to this time, the Etruscan forms of architecture
were the only ones which were possessed, and since the
Etruscans were essentially a race of engineers and builders,
their forms were crude and generally lacking in aesthetic
qualities. This practical instinct of the engineer, however,
enabled the Romans to apply the Greek forms in such a
way that they might be more useful. Whereas the prin-
cipal structures of the Greeks were temples and theatres,
the Romans used architec-
ture to effect and built
arches, amphitheatres, vil-
las, baths, basilicas and
temples.
Again we find a nation
rich from conquests and
of a mind for rich forms
in architecture. Splendor
was the key-note of their
architecture. During the
reign of Augustus, 27
B. C. to 14 A. D., Roman
architecture reached its
height in design, and dur-
ing these years is found
the successful combination Saint Sulpice
May, 1919
A RTS and 1) E CO K AT [ON
•
of Greek refinement with Roman elegance. With succes-
sive Emperors, Roman architecture increased in richness
and decoration to a high degree. In the latter part of the
first century were built the Arch of Titus, the Colosseum,
and many great Roman structures, and during the second
century there was great activity. During the third and
fourth centuries there was a noticeable decline in design
ami purity, probably due to the fact that the removal of
the capitol from Rome to Byzantium, the name at that
time being changed to Constantinople, brought about an
Oriental influence which affected design, but principally
because the Western Empire deteriorated in every way.
During these years the Goths gradually overran Rome, in-
creasing their ravages until its final fall, 476 A.D. These
were Teutons.
Constantine had' recognized Christianity at Byzantium
328 A.D. and, aside from war, this was to be the principal
influence in architecture and in the life of the world for
many centuries. Oriental influence upon the architecture
of the Eastern Capitol was such that, although its structure
was Roman, the decoration was distinctly Oriental, and we
have the Byzantine style, the principal structure being the
great Hagia Sophia at Constantinople, built 532 A.D.,
under Justinian, and which stands in good condition to-day.
This is commonly called St. Sophia, but that is incorrect,
since it was not dedicated to a saint, the name Hagia Sophia
meaning Divine Wisdom. The Turks have changed the
pronunciation to Aya Sofia, and it is now a Moslem church.
After the fall of Rome we have the Dark Ages, a period
well named, when barbarism triumphed over all civilization
except that of Byzantium. It is an illustration of what we
might have suffered had the Germans won in our own time.
For five hundred years there was no progress to speak
of, and it follows that there was no activity in the arts.
f In the East alone there was a continuance of normal life,
'and Byzantium prospered while Rome fell, although the
Byzantine architecture, strangely picturesque, was oriental
in detail, and not destined to have any great influence upon
later times. It is curious to note that Hagia Sophia, prob-
ably the first gre"at Christian church, is now in the hands
of the Moslems.
However, it rested with the Romans of Byzantium to
be the caretakers of our civilization, and they did not
abuse the trust. The Romans of the East were more trust-
worthy in this respect than the Romans of the West. The
influence of Byzantium was spread over Ravenna, Venice
and Rome during these latter centuries of the dark ages,
which might be indicated 500 — 1000 A.D., and from this
seed to see later the great Revival of the mediaeval times.
During the eighth century the Mohammedans overran
Spain and entered France, being defeated by Charles Mar-
tel at Tours, 732 A.D.
The\' were forced back
into Spain again, but
were not ejected from
Spain until many centu-
ries later. The French
also successfully resisted
the Huns, a Tartar tribe,
and not Teutons as sup-
posed, during the ninth
century. It seems to have
been the fate of France
to have thrust upon her
the task of successfully
resisting pagan invasions.
During the Dark Ages,
which were practically one
Detail Abbeville succession of wars, there
was no progress in the
arts. It rested with
Byzantium to carry the
thread of civilization
and with the monas-
teries, which were
more or less respected
in spite of the pagan
character of the wars.
But during this time
the Christianization
and civilization of the
I minis Cathedral
Celts and Germanic tribes was going
on, until with the
beginning of the tenth century we find some visible signs
of social order.
The architectural activity of the Mediaeval Ages began
at Rome, Ravenna and Venice, and was principally eccle-
siastical. At first, naturally, it was crude, monastic in form,
and gradually blossomed into Romanesque, of which S.
Bartholomew's Church in New York is an example. The
meeting of classic and Byzantine influences was effected,
and in this style we find a curious mixture of styles as a
result, which later culminated in the great Gothic architec-
ture of France, England, Spain and the Rhenish provinces.
This style has been referred to as round-arched Gothic, and
was the real beginning of it. Gothic was essentially struc-
tural, as compared with the aesthetic consideration of the
Greeks. The style gradually spread over France and de-
veloped into the pointed arch so characteristically Gothic,
the first attempts in this construction being made in Nor-
mandy from 1050-1100. For the first time in our civiliza-
tion, the roof was built entirely of stone, which resulted in
a fire-proof structure.
In 1066, the conquest of England by William of Nor-
mandy brought architecture into that country, and the con-
struction of many monasteries and two great cathedrals
rapidly followed, Durham and Norwich, 1096-1133. The
English style was more picturesque and less refined than
that of France, a characteristic that was always to remain
with the English.
The twelfth century marked the ascendancy of the
church, the relative functions of the church and the state be-
ing settled during the period. Social order followed the rise
of the Papal influence, and the result upon civilization was
very gratifying. The wars of the crusades, though not
successful, added greatly to spiritual impulse, which seemed
to profit by sacrifice, and resulted in added impetus to the
building of Christian edifices.
In France, a feverish activity in ecclesiastical structure
began. Notre Dame, 1163-1200; Chartres, 1194-1240;
Rheims, 1212-1242; Amiens, 1220-1288, the largest of the
time, and the lovely Sainte Chapelle at Paris, 1242-47, all
being built. The French progressed almost too rapidly and
their Gothic interest diminished only too soon, the end of
the thirteenth century seeing the last of the best of it. It
finally went through a flamboyant period and ended with
the Valois period, which began in 1483. Tow 7 ard the end,
they vied with each other in their attempts to get spindly
proportions and ornate construction, which ended in the
collapse of the cathedral at Beauvais in 1284. It was later
rebuilt in more stable proportions.
The Gothic style is mentioned rather at length, as the
cathedrals are the greatest triumphs in all architecture, and
necessarily in all art, as architecture is the greatest of all
arts, and most of them depend upon it.
The Gothic impulse did not end so quickly in England.
The English were slower and more methodical, more con-
servative in their ways, their best efforts lasting well to the
end of the fourteenth century. (Continued on page 38)
10
A R TS and 1) E COR A TIO X
Ma
I'll 1 '
The house of Mr. Truman Newberry at Grossc Point, Michigan, is
seen below embowered in trees.
Consider Your Trees
How They Grow
and Appreciate Them
IN the dim past when certain men evolved the art axiom
that the curved line was the line of beauty, some one
discovered that trees had perfect proportions and balance
of design. Doubtless long before that they had sensed their
beauty and realized their usefulness. It appears, however,
that human beings are slow to appreciate Nature's prodigal
friendliness and for that reason centuries passed before
man took unto himself the tree for decorative purposes as
he had done with certain species for economic reasons. In
fact, not until the Renaissance do we find clear indication
in the western world of any such uses of this priceless boon.
It is needless to mention the gardens of Italy where
stately cypresses stand sentinel over ages of culture, nor
speak of the Park at Vaux whose beauty so incensed Louis
le Grand that he commissioned Le Notre to design the gar-
dens of Versailles which to this day have never been sur-
passed in magnificence or perfection of detailed design and
the chief conception of his plan was the forest. Whether
he so intended them to be, they are to-day the glory of
Versailles and, through their natural dignty, warm the icy
splendour of the palace.
In England, whence we derive our main impulses of home
May, 1919
ARTS and DECORATION
11
making, there has always been a keen appreciation and a
sedulous eare of trees in decorative uses as well as in park
and forest preserves.
One of the first post-war precautions of that country lias
been to replace the vast inroads on her forests and lawns.
Indeed, the English know the value of trees as do perhaps
no other people — nor do any apparently get such personal
enjoyment from them. The Englishman's lawn tree is in
very fact his vine and fig- tree.
This is as it should be and the sooner we, as a people,
likewise become closely associated with trees, the better for
our homes, our national art spirit and for ourselves.
That their decorative value is becoming appreciated here
is evident in the illustrations appearing in these pages. It
will be perceived that some of them have been placed by
design to perform a certain role of beauty, while others,
like those around the home of Mr. Truman Newberry,
lower left, at Grosse Point, Michigan, are of Nature's own
planting, having been carefully preserved by the architect
to embellish his plans.
There was a time, fortunately past, when builders de-
liberately felled trees about the house site. This type of
builder was followed by one that crammed as many shrubs
into the lawn space as possible. The one is as bad as the
other. There is only one rule to follow and that is, the site
having been chosen, to save all the trees possible for use in
the landscape plan, eliminating only those that obstruct de-
sired vistas and open spaces, and it would be wise to con-
sider most carefully the whole estate before even this is
done for frequently transplanting adds to the beauty of both
sites and, "only God can make a tree."
These three views of the home of Mr. Edward Coykendal of Kingston,
N. Y ., show trees at their best.
12
A R T S and 1 > E COR A T I O N
May, I'M 1 ;
THE PKIDE OF CIVILIZATION
A Plea for a National Style in Decoration and Craftsmanship
By G. H. McCALL
THERE are few inquiries more interesting than one
into the character and tendencies of an epoch, as
ascertained by the reflection in its craftsmanship.
Such an investigation, if referring to modern times and
extended beyond a single country, must necessarily be in-
complete on account of the enormous mass of material,
which defies any exhibition of the prevailing artistic tenden-
cies. To make even a cursory survey of existing artistic
movements in these days of paint, plaster and veneer is a
stupendous undertaking, and the process realized in the in-
dustrial part of them is such that divers matters, at the
disposition of the craftsman alone, give one the feeling of
general perturbation. There are nations who have had the
advantage of precedence in education in the principles and
practice of the arts. The experience of France, Italy, as
well as England, shows that art is a national asset of enor-
mous value, both directly and indirectly. Yet the effort to
increase the value of that asset could have had no perma-
nent effect unless it was consistently backed up by an edu-
cated public taste. It would be Utopian to expect that any
young nation could become artistic in the short space of a
century or so, nevertheless a sound and systematic pro-
gramme for putting good and bad art before the public,
with the prominence they respectively merit, might effect
a considerable improvement in its powers of discrimination.
Textbook knowledge is not enough by itself. The eye needs
that training by the examination of examples of the finest
work, contrasted with those that are immature and deca-
dent. However, there are men of high ability, who, rec-
ognizing the necessity of shouldering the wheel, are resolved
to follow up the course in such a way that we have no right
to look despairingly on the future, rather to rely with a
reasonable faith on its fertility. The future offers the most
extraordinary possibilities, and no one can tell what genius
is latent in the human mind. It is nevertheless a matter of
growth ; there is comfort in this thought, however, because
"not Heaven itself upon the past has power," and for that
reason any attempt to further artistic appreciation must be
with the knowledge that the appreciation of its elements
generally acts as a prelude to a development of a taste in
other directions.
In the matter of American decorative habitations there
is a hopeful and welcome movement taking place in our
midst, but at the present moment its condition has the
effect of having been swept over the land like a tornado,
with its merciless tangle of trappings for temples, mosques,
chapels, pagodas, huts, tents and caverns, strewn about in
a riot of confusion, without a suggestion of being in any
way national. In the wake of the wind the country has
become dotted with Gothic castles, Italian villas, Moorish
alcazars, provincial farmhouses, chalets, cottages and
casinos, with a semblance of the severe dungeons of the
middle ages rubbing their gaunt walls against elegant
French chateaus and English manors — an indiscriminate
mixture of classic art, free art, of all styles and fantasies.
In the midst of it all there is a mixture of impertinent
travesties, of bizarre types becoming confounded with more
bizarre periods ; cults have risen with their fetiches, blobs
of color are bespattered here and there, and grotesque names
have arrived, such as quinzieme, sclzihne and dix-huitieme,
as though the poor French were responsible for that part
of the middle. Verily there is a mixture of all styles; a
copy of almost everything, in the extraordinary tricks of
which is the barest reminiscence of pure form. The ma-
chine and the mold have loosened upon the earth a lack of
sobriety in certain forms of decoration, and it is not too
much to say that pure composition has been sacrificed to
the meddler with any handy material. When the children of
a distant generation occupy themselves in a retrospective
study to our doings in regard to decoration they will recog-
nize the rut into which the age has fallen, and so deeply
that they may well be amazed as to the manner in which
we have by them extricated ourselves. Journals and mag-
azines are overladen with the same meaningless symphonies
and vibrations relating to this nuance of grey and pink
color scheme, or that attempt at blending the stale and the
commonplace, so much so that these children will look upon
the doings of their ancestors with dismay. In viewing
this present chaotic state one looks back in despair to the
time when decoration signified embellishment, either in
aiding nature's work or the works of man, when effects
more or less happy were produced, varying with the then
prevailing state of civilization, and in accordance with pure
style and taste ; when decoration, more than any other form
of art, was subject to the eternal laws of harmony, when
its conditions were to characterize absolute or relative^, l
beauty.
The heritage of a national style is the pride of some
older civilization, in fact most countries are significant in
their own predilections in which they excel, and great
periods have come and gone, leaving their magnificent and
indissoluble traces behind, giving evidences of their origin-
ative power, the influences of which will last forever. The
history of some countries is recorded in their furniture
alone, and their craftsmen have possessed that perfection
in the employment of their calling as though they had ex-
plored all the veins of antiquity, renewing and transforming
the types with a prodigious fecundity while they adapted
their genius to the exigencies of each century. Throughout
it all war and the hard struggle for existence urged along
all men's efforts, and the hands which were to unconsciously
guide the looms or shape the ductile metal into forms of
beauty in after years, then grasped the sword, or were hard
and horny with the roughest work of a slavish existence.
Yet out of those dark ages the brightest jewels of any casket
sprang up with dazzling beauty, and there has been left be-
hind a land thickly studded with cathedrals, churches, man-
sions, castles, the grandeur and picturesqueness of which
impress the soul to this very day, and will have never-ceas-
ing influence. They were the result of the efforts made by
kings, governments, cities and individuals to develop and
spread among the nations a love for the arts and a high
capacity for applying them. Succeeding generations have
left their mark, and often much of the charm depends on
such changes, their pleasant variety adding a human inter-
est and a sense of historic continuity altogether agreeable
and sympathetic.
Socrates declared that beauty was founded upon fitnes^
and fitness was utility. It was the sacredness of these i&
ings that made ancient Greek (Continued on page 37)
May, l'HO
A RTS and I) E COR A TTON
13
*
JOYCE KILMER'S DECOKATION
The French Government has Conferred on Him
Posthumously the Croix de Guerre with the Palm
THK posthumous decoration of Joyce Kilmer by the
French government with the Croix de Guerre with
the palm brings crowding to our minds a wealth of
tender memories of this poet, soldier, lovable boy. The
citation reads as follows :
Sergeant Joyce Kilmer
Regimental Intelligence Section
165/// Infantry. American Expeditionary Force
"Trained in the duties of a shock battalion, he gave evi-
dence of great activity and bra-eery in the accomplishment
of his work of rcconnoitering. On July 9, 1918, ivhen his
battalion had been obliged to make a flank movement, he
:eas of great assistance to his commander in assembling the
details of the manoeuvre. The adjutant of his battalion
having been killed. lie replaced him in a remarkable man-
ner. On July 30th. 1918, he -Teas killed by a bullet while
carrying forward an attack at the side of his colonel."
( Order No. 12438 D, December 21st, 1918)
General Headquarters
Delivered by the Marshal of France
Commander-in-Chief of the Armies of the East
Who of us who knew they both would have dreamed
*e short years ago that the earthly voices of Rupert
Brooke and Joyce Kilmer would to-day be stilled ! It seems
to me that this "Buddie" of mine must surely be in Grand,
that tiny village in the Vosges, where we spent Christmas
1917 together, and where I saw him last.
Though the French told us 'twas a mild winter, it seemed
a crimping cold day that found me standing with Captain
Mangan and Father Duffy in the Place of that sleepy town
early in December, 1917. Soldiers were moving to and
fro on their duties, and suddenly I was aware that a soldier
in a marching squad had winked at me! It was Joyce, but
I didn't realize it until he had passed. I asked Father
Duffy, who seemed to know everybody by name, if Joyce
was really there. "Do you know- Joyce too?" He re-
turned, "Why, certainly, he is here. He billets right around
the corner, and likely he is there now. Let's go around and
find him." And around we went. Needless to say, it was
a happy visit, for we talked of many things other than
cabbages and kings, yet I doubt if at that time we let many
opportunities slip to remark on kings !
Then began our friendship. I had known him for years
though the acquaintance was slight. However, with Rupert
Brooke and Vachel Lindsay as mutual friends and the war
as a common immediate bond, our friendship was cemented.
Time is not counted by days and nights by men at war.
I cannot recall exact dates, but the sun on the day before
Christmas swung in a leaden sky that promised deeper
snow and more cold.
In the late afternoon of that dull day I dropped in on
Father Duffy as he was finishing confessions and found
Joyce there busily arranging the music program for the
midnight, mass. Assembling it from memory, and the
^bor lad was cudgelling his mind to find the words of
Phillips Brooks' "Little Star of Bethlehem." His appeal
to me was as amusing as it was useless, and 1 soon left him,
to return almost at once, for 1 found in my billet my first
mail from home in which was a little pamphlet containing
among other things "The Little Star of Bethlehem!"
It is impossible for anyone away from the mess over
there to realize in the least degree the intense pleasure such
trifles as this discovery gave us. I don't believe we would
have exchanged that little sheet of verses for much fine
gold. It was a part of home — of our traditions that had
suddenly, in the midst of complete abnormality, been given
us, and we prized it as a boon from heaven. It was to our
minds the very rose of joy, the possibility of singing that
particular song. And the service itself was one to remem-
ber long.
Imagine a fifth century church in a town whose ancient
glory is attested by ruins of a splendid Roman amphitheatre,
mosaic floored baths and secret tunnels. Into the sacred
edifice were crowded French soldiers on permission, bles-
ses and civilians as well as hundreds of stalwart young
Americans chafing with impatience to get at this old-time
foe of France, who had been fought from the arrow slit
windows of this very church.
It is not strange that I should have lost sight of Joyce.
The church packed to its ittmost capacity, Father Duffy
completely dominating the scene. Yet I was conscious of
him twice — in the singing of that hymn and "when he
passed the collection hat! A real campaign hat into which
poured American gold.
Christmas dinner we ate together. It was the first real
meal we had had in France, and Joyce, waxing expansive
with satisfaction, talked long of his hopes. Of plans there
is no talk among men at war. He spoke of our friends
and he made them pass brilliantly before me. Most of all
did we talk of Brooke, and tenderly.
Late in the lowering afternoon light we were called by
"retreat" to service in the open square, and the last notes
of our even-song were hushed by falling snow which came
like a benediction separating the crowd as by some strange
magic. It was uncanny, this melting from view of our
fellows, and we stood for a moment spellbound befort part-
ing.
The regiment moved early the next day. I never saw
him again. Nor did I learn of his passing until months
after it had happened.
This fresh loss stung my memory bitterly. I recalled
how he had recited to me on Christmas day his verses to
Rupert Brooke — lately published by George H. Doran &
Company in a volume of his works. And it seemed to me
that no more fitting epitaph could be written for him than
his own lines in memory of Brooke.
"In alien earth across a troubled sea,
His body lies that was so fair and young.
His mouth is stopped, with half his songs unsung,
His arm is still, that struck to make man free.
But let no cloud of lamentation be
Where, on a grave, a lyre is hung.
We keep the echoes of his golden tongue,
We keep the vision of his chivalry.
(Continued on page 38)
14
ARTS and DECORATION
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIH
May, 1919
c
Sketch and Plans
of a House
to be built in
New England
Interpretation of the
Early Dutch Colonial
by
AYMOR EMBURY II.
& LEWIS E. WELSH,
Associate Architects
1 IlllllllllllllllllllllllllllllillllllUllllllllllllllllIII^
May, 1919
ARTS and DECORATION
■■illinium
IS
I
|
The Home of
V.'E. MINNICK, Esq.,
at Hartsdale,
New York
An Interesting Adaptation
of the English Rural
Type of House
FRANK J. FORSTER \
Architect
m
m
1
lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllillill B
16
ARTS and D ECO RATION
May. 1919
Here's Flowers
For You
THE old King, tired of courtiers, flatterers and peti-
tioners, was not the only one who said, "I have made
me a garden and orchard, and planted trees and
all kinds of fruit." As will be seen in these pictures, his
majesty of old had many fellow lovers of the garden — trees
and flowers. It is pleasing these spring days to realize
there are real gardens, where people work and play and live
and love. A garden always spells romance. Its history is
romantic, and one's own garden thrills with romantic
passion, since it is Nature's wooing of us at our own in-
vitation.
What is more alluring than to walk along the garden
path, discovering old flower friends at every turn? For
choice, let it be a path of flagstones, or a bricked walk, or
perhaps a grassy By AMY L. BARRINGTON
path with hardy bor-
der on either side. If it is a woodland path, the dogwood
will be there, to make an old Japanese stone lantern feel at
home in its artistic tangle of shrubbery, as is the case here.
Maybe the path will lead to the iris bed, where countless
green swords are drawn to protect the fairy flower de Luce
against all comers. But by all means in such a garden there |_
should be a bird bath ; the feathered tribe seem to find more
satisfaction in a bath half buried in flowers. And it gives
opportunity to those interested in bird lore to watch the
birds at their toilet. Twice a day does it please my feath-
ered lord and lady to descend into the water. The early
morning, when you and I are deciding that another day
has arrived and break-
fast waits, sees the
finish of the tubbing
and the preening and
plumeing of wings to
shake off every drop of
water. Four o'clock
and half after, sees an-
other onslaught. The
robin and the che-
wink are conversational
while they bathe, but
how they scatter when
the noisy, quarrelsome
blue jay comes along;
he soon has the bath to
himself. Last of all
steals in the thrush, so
silently he comes, and
so woody is his color-
ing, that one has to
persuade oneself that it
is a bird, not a shadow
that crept along. Ex-
cept for the fluttering
of his wings, he seems
like a wraith or a lel-t
blown by the wind.
May, 1010
A RTS and D ECO R A TIO N
17
•
Feathered Friends
Too Will Be Yours The practical
way the birds con-
duct their baths is most interesting. Some of them walk
into the water, others dive in, others like best to hop off a
twig into the water. Our bird bath has been used more
often since we bent a long branch so that it slanted into
the water. Perhaps because some of the little fellows were
uncertain of the depth of the water and were afraid to
venture in, anyway, after the branch was placed more birds
came to use the bath than before.
They would hop down the length of the branch, then off
into the water, back and forth, in and out, until they felt
quite satisfied that they had enough of a bath for one day.
We, ourselves, are the gainers when we attract the birds
to our gardens. If you are doing some of the planting
yourself, you will be
surprised to find what
an object of interest
you are, not to your
family or neighbors
only, but to the birds.
Robin, up in the tree,
is only waiting until
you have overturned
enough earth for him
to get at the worms.
Busy with your raking
and measuring, you
may not see him, but
he will alight behind
you and soon secure
his rations. And what
is more, will be on hand
to greet you in the
morning, giving you
good morrow with
your garden, for, be it
large, small, formal or
informal, even- garden
has its own good
morrow to the garden
lover.
Formal gardens were originated by Cardinal d'Este, and
his example of architectural settings for trees and shrubs
has been followed all over the world. Not so largely did
flowers enter into the scheme at that time; it was mainly
the contrast of light and shade that was sought after, the
charming effect that water gave when it was introduced
into the landscape. With the Italians came the art of using
a small amount of water and producing the greatest pos-
sible effect, bordering it architectuarally and planting it
picturesquely. The ilex and cypress (with its black-green
foliage) lent themselves to aid the artist in providing a
telling background and mass of shade. Statues, benches
and balustrades were introduced into the vista at psycho-
logical points. Where these were to be viewed from a
distance, they were massive (Continued on tape 42)
18
ARTS and DECORATION
May, 1919
WAK MEMOKIALS
What the Municipal Art Society of New.fcYork City Is Doing About Them
PROBABLY no subject so closely touches our hearts
as the thought of erecting somewhere in some form
fitting memorials to our American soldiers — not only
in memory of those who did not return, but to all who
shared in the death combat of civilization in France, Bel-
gium and on the seas. Instantly the armistice was signed
these thoughts sprang fullgrown to the lips and the papers
have been filled with numerous suggestions of more or less
worth, all freighted with tender feelings.
Hence, there is considerable satisfaction for all who have
learned the plans of the Municipal Art Society of New York
City regarding war memorials and seen their excellent and
comprehensive booklet on this subject incorporating in its
pages sound advice to art committees with illustrations of
many kinds of memorials pointing out in the most construc-
tive manner how to proceed in the loving task to the hap-
piest end.
In order that this earnest effort to assist the cause of art
appreciation may be furthered, we take pleasure in quoting
rather fully from the Society's Bulletin:
"When the project of the War Memorial comes up be-
fore the mayor, selectmen or a committee of citizens for
decision and action, three questions arise :
"The form or kind of memorial possible within the ap-
propriation.
"Its character, whether it shall be a work of manufacture
or of art.
"Whether it shall be entrusted to a professional artist or
given outright to a business firm.
"This Bulletin briefly discusses these three questions in
their order, illustrating also some existing forms of Ameri-
can memorials and suggesting others.
THE FORM OF THE MEMORIAL
"When the committee finally settles to business and asks
itself what sort of a memorial it can get for its money, it
is apparent that the amount at its disposal will exclude some
forms which the community might prefer; and still the
range of forms possible within any given sum is much
greater than may at first be supposed. The limitations of
choice are largely in our own view of the subject. Perhaps
these pages will help to remove some of them. Let us recall
at the very outset that in all memorial constructions beauty
may be attained with extreme simplicity or with great elabo-
ration, and that the old-time fretting of monuments with
florid detail has fortunately passed.
THE PAST ERA AND THE PRESENT
"Compared with our own time, the Civil War period
found every town and hamlet singularly unprepared in the
Fine Arts, and when, at its close, soldier memorials were
desired, no one even thought of any other form than the
ready-made or to-order types of cemetery monuments, en-
larged a little and furnished with artillery and ammunition.
"Now, when a new wave of patriotism is bringing to us
again the opportunity of dedicating new memorials, our
first fear is of a return of that dismal stone age. Such fears
may, however, prove unfounded, for the times have com-
pletely changed and there is a general acquaintance with
works of art and a growing appreciation of their part in life,
as we have become accustomed to live with them. We are
impatient when unworthy substitutes are offered. At all
events, the former excuse is gone, for we now have at com-
mand skilled and trained workers in nearly all forms of
the arts.
THE APPROPRIATE MEMORIAL
"Evidence of this will be seen in our widening outlook
upon such things and in the extended range of appropriate
forms for memorials, many of them far preferable to the
stony type of the older monuments. These forms, in con-
trast to the mere records of death, are rather in league with
the abounding life of the community, still going on, and yet
unwilling to forget its noble dead. Most men would choose
to have the memorial their service has inspired perpetuate
this service in other forms, and their own devotion recalled
in a work that shall be, in effect, its continuation.
"It will be apparent that suitable schemes for memorials,
and their varied handling are limited only by the thought
and skill of those who undertake them. This widened
horizon is due in general to the growth of intelligence of
the clients of art, apprehending it as a social service rather
than as a luxury, and in particular to the rise of a class of
highly trained professional artists devoting their lives to
such work.
"The wider field of choice should be scanned before any
decision is reached, in order that a just estimate of the pos-
sibilities in each particular case may be made.
SUGGESTIONS FOR SUITABLE WAR MEMORIALS
Arch
Clock Tower
Embarkade
Beacon
Colonnade
Exedra
Bridge
Community House
Gateway
Library, Open Air Theatre, Monumental Electrolier, Statue, Roster
Column, Museum or Hall, Rostrum, Figure or Group, Fountain,
Pylon, Cliff Sculpture, Doors, Flag Pole, Avenue, Grotto, Park.
Arrangement of War Trophies, Mosaic or Mural Painting, Stained
Glass Window, Tablet : relief figures, rolls of honor, inscriptions.
"Of this list fifteen are primarily architectural construc-
tions, but all require sculpture in varying degree for their
completion; four are of sculpture, requiring architectural
setting; three of pure sculpture; three of landscape archi-
tecture, making also a place for architecture and sculpture;
the remainder, adaptations of various arts.
"Many of these are naturally to be used in combination
with each other. Some offer in their own structure a place
for a roster of names; others provide a setting for such a
list upon an appropriate accessory part; a few, as the flag
staff and the doors, give space for but short inscriptions, as
of an individual, a company or regiment.
"Whatever the form, it should be a lasting memorial.
Large gates have to be built of iron, but iron requires con-
stant attention and painting every few years. Other than
these no metal but bronze should be used for work exposed
to the weather — no plated metal anywhere. Stone balus-
trades dignify, where iron railings cheapen a monument.
"Artificial stones and cement compositions, detestable
when substituted for natural stone, will surely betray our
mean judgment and parsimony in time, even during our own
generation.
"Of natural stones, only the most durable should be used*^
for monuments : Only complete fireproof construction for
May, 1919
ARTS and DECORATION
19
, f buildings. Local stone, it" good, has advantages of economy
and of sentiment. 'The lettering of all inscriptions should
be carefully studied and should be legible. A bold Roman
type, or the Italian lettering o\ the sixteenth century based
on it, is the type most suitable.' "
Very logically the Society calls public attention to the
question of the amount of money that can be raised for the
purpose. It is most necessary that this sum be definitely
known so that the type of memorial may be chosen and
erected without stinting the accessories to the design.
The community house idea, as well as public parks, are
widely discussed in all their phases, giving concrete sugges-
tions. However, one of the most important paragraphs
deals with the site of the memorial. And it would be well
for all city and community committees to pay heed to it.
Paris has been so long named the most beautiful city in the
world that one is likely to lose sight of the reason. It is not
that this city has only perfect architecture : on the contrary
there are in it some atrocious buildings. Yet, because of
their remarkable situation, these very atrocities take on a
beauty that is in some instances uncanny. We may learn
much from a study of the French sense of proportion and
fitness of situation. To continue :
"The question of the form that the monument shall take
within the limits of the available fund finally narrows itself
to several equally good, of which perhaps one or two will
be found the best because most appropriately fitting the site.
It may not be easy to harmonize the conflicting opinions and
interests in questions of both form and site. The decision
calls for the most critical judgment.
"In some towns the civic center will be favorable, or at
least have good architectural possibilities for grouping mon-
umental works, especially if they be few. Here they will be
constantly seen and each enhance the dignity of the other
k ^with cumulative effect. In such cases the monument or build-
ing should conform with the style of the town buildings.
"Where, however, the town plan is undeveloped and the
town buildings liable to revision or rebuilding, the monu-
mental structure or building may form part of a new group,
harmonious and symmetrical, in a civic center arranged to
contain them all.
"But if the center of the town or village green is already
guarded by the Civil War Soldier and his cannon, or spoiled
for our purpose in any one of many ways, a more desirable
place, when sought for, may presently and unexpectedly
appear, where some natural formation of the ground will
offer a monumental site and will virtually determine the ap-
propriate type of the memorial. The cost of laying out the
site should be included in the scheme.
"When at last a completely appropriate design is selected
for an acceptable site, enriching it and in turn enhanced by
it, the choice will elicit the cordial interest of the citizens as
a recognized contribution to the beauty of their town, and
for such a scheme public money or individual contributions
will be willingly given. Private donors of taste and dis-
crimination will be disposed to underwrite memorials in
their towns if they are assured of securing permanent artistic
investments."
Very rightly the Society urge that every municipality in-
sist that the committee in charge, who are in fact trustees of
pubfic funds, give them a work of fine art in every particu-
lar — nothing else will suffice — nor that any person other
than a competent artist shall design it, that "the expenditure
of a substantial sum by a committee without the advice of
the competent professional artist is in essence a misappro-
priation of the fund."
^ A telling appeal is made in their plea that the beauty of
the memorial is the qualification which attests to strangers
our appreciation of the heroic sacrifices of our men as well
as our affection and that anything less than beauty is, in
effect, failure. This is straight talk, but true. Straight,
plain talk is their advice on how to proceed on selecting the
design.
"The method of going about the selection of site, design
and construction is to retain at the very outset competent
and disinterested professional advice and service. The best
artist available should be selected. There are now to be
found throughout the country trained architects, sculptors
and other artists who are completely detached from com-
mercial interests, men of cultivation and ability, giving
their life work to these arts. These professional men do
not advertise or employ traveling salesmen ; they may not,
indeed, be able to out-talk the latter in committee before
the prospective client. As with all professional men, they
are guided in their dealings with the client and with each
other by a code of ethics entirely different from the prac-
tice of business, a code imposed and administered by the
professional art associations, to which the most reputable
men among them usually belong.
"Not every man claiming the title of an honorable pro-
fession considers himself bound by any code of honor.
Some still trade on its prestige while ignoring its obliga-
tions, and yet the majority of professional men serve their
clients as disinterested experts, receiving from them for
their service an agreed commission and having no other
financial interest, direct or indirect, either from the ma-
terials used or from the work of the contractor. Such
men only are entitled to the confidence of the public.
"Nor is it difficult in almost any community to ascertain
whether particular artists belong to recognized professional
societies and can furnish to the client the additional assur-
ance which such membersip affords.
"The Art Commission of the neighboring city, or even
the art society of the town, will doubtless respond cor-
dially to questions of this procedure. A local art commit-
tee for investigation and conference may be formed. In
lack of other means this Society will gladly answer inqui-
ries as to how to proceed. But to supplement all these
expedients and half measures a competent professional
adviser should be retained and paid wherever a competi-
tion is contemplated, where the amount of expenditure
is considerable, and unless an artist of recognized ability is
commissioned outright to undertake the work.
"The artist or architect may be selected (a) outright by
direct appointment on the assurance of his known ability
as a designer and integrity as an executant; or (b) by
competition when two or more men lay claim to equal con-
fidence in their professional standing. When held, a com-
petition should be conducted under provisions similar to
those of the standard form of the American Institute of
Architects." Obtainable by application to the Secretary of
the Institute, The Octagon, Washington, D. C, or by ap-
plication to the nearest Chapter of the Institute. "This
program contains the provisions essential to the fair and
equitable conduct of a competition. It insures proper con-
tractual relations between the owner and the competitor.
Under it the competition requirements are clear and def-
inite; the competency of the competitors is assured; the
agreement between owner and competitors definite, as be-
comes a plain statement of business relations ; and the
judgment would be based on expert knowledge.
"The design that the professional man prepares will not
be taken from stock or from a catalogue, but from the wide
range of his study and experience. It will reflect and in-
terpret the client's personal wishes and feelings. Except
by special arrangement it will not be copied or used again
for the work of any other client. The distinctive design,
which every client secretly hopes (.Continued on page 4fi)
20
ARTS and DECORATION
May, 1019
•'.
Do the Awnings
Belong to Your House?
WHAT a pageant must have been the colorful convoy
that bore Cleopatra down the Nile to meet Antony !
Flower-decked barge after barge with multicolored
sails, streaming orirlammes and grateful canopies shading
beauty and valor from the blazing tropic sun. Imagination
must supply what history fails to record. Yet it is easy to
guess that bright green and silver striped the sails, royal
blue with heraldic devices blazoned the banners while
various rich hues shaded the loveliness of the women ac-
cording to their tastes. And was not the pale beauty of
the queen made more enchanting by a glorious gold-trimmed
purple? One is certain that it was a solid color and equally
certain that the material shading the palace loggia where the
later greeted the Roman was of a like color but broad
striped to conform to the monumental proportions of
Egyptian architecture.
It seems a far cry from Egypt and Cleopatra to the
United States and our simpler types of building, but the
same rules that governed awnings of that far time obtain to-
day.
The appearance of many a modern house is spoiled be-
cause too little consideration is given this question that is
in itself quite simple to answer. Europeans solved it so long-
ago that many of them have forgotten, but the architects
of the Renaissance in the southern countries paid it full
May, 1919
A RTS and D ECO R AT ION
21
attention with the result that no awnings have the volup-
tuous richness of theirs aside from the fact that they seem
to be an integral part of the house itself.
And this is what they should seem. Awnings that strike
the eye first or apart from the house are incorrect. They
fail of their part of the bargain with the house however
beautiful they may be in themselves.
It is said that architects disapprove of awnings and prefer
not to use them. I do not believe this, since no one realizes
more clearly than they how completely awnings can wreck
the beauty of a house. The obvious solution, then, is that
the architect be instructed to include the awning in his plans
and provide their part in the design.
The illustrations shown here are excellent examples of
what effects may be obtained by the proper use of canvas.
The Georgian house at the top of the right-hand page has
exactly the proper awnings to enhance its generous lines.
At the same time they keep their place without losing a jot
of their value— because their design is one with that of the
house itself.
The picture at lower left shows an Italian doorway awning
not only in keeping with the architecture but ideal as regards
shape. The reader's eyes will tell him how beautifully it
frames the scene. It is in this type of awning that there is
the greatest latitude to obtain color. The Italians are
nothing if not colorful, and Mr. Roger's house at Southamp-
ton, one of the best examples of Italian architecture in
America, has cerulian blue awnings that glow like sapphires
against the tawny colored house. {Continued on page 48)
22
ARTS and I) ECO RAT I ON
May, 1910
ECHOES OF THE LEMORDANT EXHIBITION
How Some Well-Known People Expressed Themselves On Viewing His Work
THE recent exhibition of Lieutenant Lemordant's
sketches in the galleries of Gimpel and Wildenstein
has received such wide publicity in the daily journals
and monthly periodicals that little is left unsaid of them,
yet the impression of this man's work has been so marked,
so deep, so moving', that a few words of their effect on their
visitors may be in itself interesting.
To begin with, the public's thanks are due this firm for
their disinterested service to the cause of art in bringing
before us in so excellent a manner this splendid work. Be
it told to their credit that their interest is purely ideal, having
at considerable expense in labor, time, and thought presented
what is probably the most important exhibition in years, not
only at no cost to the artist and public but with no remunera-
tion to themselves, the total returns on catalogues and pic-
tures going to the artist, who, as will be remembered, was
blinded in the first months of the war. And our compli-
ments, too, must be made them for the extremely artistic
hanging of the great number of subjects.
In reporting these impressions, since no permission has
been given to quote their utterances, names must be left to
the reader's imagination. However, we hope that he will
not find the remarks the less entertaining on that account.
Said a daily attendant at the exhibition: "As alwavs, I have
been intensely interested in the criticisms of the visitors.
But at this show their physical attitude has impressed me
quite as much. There is less conversation, more fixed atten-
tion, almost a listening posture. And they say, almost at
once, 'what color,' but with a tone of happiness, joy, in their
voices. Then on examining the works, one hears, 'he must
have studied with Rodin.' "
A great tragedienne expressed her deep feeling by saying :
"I have visited the exhibition whenever I have a moment to
spare, and each time I see something new. It is needless to
say how he compares as a painter or what he might have
done had this great — no, I will not say calamity — rather,
interruption — not occurred. He is a very great painter. But
above all technique there are expressed emotions that speak
to all.. Apreciation and love of humanity and the very busi-
ness of living. He is one with Nature in all her forms. He
has taken them all and with all 'methods' as a means bent
them to his purpose. He has given us joy in many ways,
but he has given us hope, for he has remembered and made
us remember that man was made in God's image."
An editor said : "Aside from my appreciation of the
works as painting I feel an intense personal obligation to
Monsieur Lemordant as he has concretized for me feelif^s
On art in all branches and, (Continued on page 46)
May, l'»l l )
A RTS and I) E CO \< A TIO X
23
'RAYMOND HOLLAND
Painter of Portraits
War and Marshes
PITTSBURGH, New York, Amsterdam. Pans, Tan-
gier and Silver Aline. It sounds like an Aladdin's
journey on a magic carpet. And it is a journey lie-
gun thirty-three years ago in the busy city on the Mononga-
hela by Raymond Holland, painter, who is exhibiting his
latest work with gratifying success at the Henry Rein-
hardt & Son Galleries, New York City,
Of the fourteen or fifteen paintings hung, none are in
the least reminiscent or at all like those shown in his last
exhibit, when considerable space was given oxer to the work
of his Tangier days. It is typical of the man that new
stuff' would he shown. He does not wish to be identified
with any school, method or even by his own previous work,
which is a good sign always in any artist, of bigger vision
and stronger work.
So much commendable criticism has heen accorded Hol-
land that little remains to he said. However, it is note-
worthy to remark the effect the war has had on this able
artist. Strength almost brutal is felt in the Mills of Mars,
seen here, yet there is a romantic flavor in its conception
that differentiates it from any other of the war paintings
exhibited this season and which places it at once as a decora-
tive design of unusual feeling".
Decorative too is the altogether charming "Marsh-
Afternoon," a painting of Long Island Sound showing tugs,
boats, towing barges. Excellently painted, there is a large-
ness, a freedom of atmosphere that fairly embraces the
ohserver and ranks the artist high.
* Strange as it may seem, the same rare quality is sensed
in a small picture, showing only the soil and water of the
marshes. This one is well worth visiting for itself alone
since it shows the artist's ability in its best form and, like
the Maris brothers- and Israels, displays his appreciation of
"soil values, a knowledge not too general to painters.
Not less interesting is the quality of the snow in the war
pictures which, since they are Pittsburgh scenes, has created
as much comment because of its whiteness as for its soft
natural appearance! These jokes trouble Mr. Holland no
The Mills of Mars.
1 he Marsh-Afternoon.
whit. He knows his Pittsburgh and says it isn't dirty all
the time and that he chose a clear day to paint ! With the
same engaging frankness this artist, who took like a dapper
American business type of citizen, tells of his student days
in New York and abroad, where he studied for some years
in both Amsterdam, under a Frenchman, August Henne-
cotte, and Paris with several of best known masters. And
it will be of intense interest to art students to know that he
feels that he learned more from his American teachers than
he did from any of those abroad. Said he : "I don't know
whether it was because they couldn't explain what they
wanted to tell me or if the fault lay in my inability to un-
derstand, but the fact remains, I am especially indebted for
many things to my American teachers."
Most interesting too is his account of his time in Tangier
where for two years he lived in the same house and worked
frequently with Lavery and Kennedy. Not far away was
the studio of H. C. Tanner, the Negro painter, who has
reaped such success in Europe. Those were colorful days
and nights, rich in experience to be stored against the future.
Now that he has returned from his wanderings, "Silver
Mine," the Connecticut artists' colony, is the scene of his
labors, except when flying visits to Pittsburgh bring to him
weighty messages such as are these war subjects, to deliver
to us. The work of this artist, one of the last exhibitors of
a season rich in vital paintings, is peculiarly pleasing to
art lovers in its promise as well as in accomplishment It
would seem that art had received a tremendous impetus
through the war. That if one may use a weather slang,
"atmospheric conditions are right" for a long step forward
and upw r ard in every branch of art impulse. There has
never been a time in the writer's memory when there was
such concerted effort, such unity of purpose and so wide-
spread a "pull together" feeling as at the present. It is good
to experience this feeling after a somewhat dreary stretch
of years during which not many desires have materialized.
And it is of a kind to unleash one's hopes and send them
soaring", for it is not merely a desire to cooperate as a means
to personal ends but a sincere attitude that has its basis in
level-headed judgment of art conditions plus a wise and
searching self-criticism. It bids fair to lead us into new
and uncharted channels, but wherever it leads, it will he
good for us, since clear thinking is the rudder, and sincerity
is at the wheel.
24
A R 'PS and DECO RAT EON
Max. 1010
iifiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii iiiiiiiii in iimiiimimiii! mini iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiHiiiii iiiiiini iiiiiiiiiniiii mini i iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii i iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii 'in i nun mini i m i miimiiiiiiimiii innm mm «|,
The fireplace and mantel arrangement is always the center of interest in a room and this one is commendable
for its simplicity, its nice panelling and proper placement of electric fixtures. Tire whole scheme is well balanced.
Well balanced, too, are the furnishings of this Italian room whose patterned walls are relieved by plain hang-
ings and a rich tuned rug. The cornice also has much character without being heavy. Decorations by Huber.
mmiiiiiiimimiimiimimiimiiiiiiimiiiimmiimiiiiiiiiiiim
May, I'M"
A R tS and 1) E'G'-O K A T I ( ) \
25
Tliese views of the New York home of Mr. S. M. Stroock show that the day of oak fondling is not only not
past but that it can be light and cheerful Both panelling and rafters are commendable. Ilutaff, Decorators.
Here again one notices with satisfaction that more and more we are overcoming our distrust of mixing
designs in furnishings. Agreeable are the Chinese cabinet and modern portrait with the heavy Italian pieces.
Illlllllllllll!ll!!lll!l>!li!:il!:;il!i:!!llllli!llllllllllllllil|lll!lll!llll!lllll!llllllll^
_'6
ARTS and D ECORATION
May, 1919
1||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||IW
The fainted mural decorations share honors with the architecture in the beauty of this Italian bedroom,
and the electric fixtures are as charming as they are correct. ' Taylor & Levi were the architects.
The New York Home
of Mr. Albert Rossin
Above all places in the United
States, New York City is ideal for
the employment of Italian styles of
architecture and decorations owing to
the lack of ground space and the con-
sequent necessity of rich coloring in
wall treatment.
Rooms must not seem cluttered —
hence the furniture must in itself be
handsome, depending on the wall
decoration as to whether it be ornate
or simple. Contrary to common
understanding, there is as wide lati-
tude of choice in the Italian modes as
in any style with the advantage that,
if well done in the beginning, there
is permanence, a quality that is not
to be overlooked in these days when
it is next to impossible to obtain the
services of skilled workmen. But be-
yond all, it provides a background of
solid dignity that should always be
the chief aim in building and decora-
■tion. Among the many noteworthy
decorative achievements in this house
the two wall treatments seen in these
pictures are of first rank. Damask is
seldom used so simply or with more
effect.
Hlrt-SSSBs^ 3 ^"^
^r'k
Wf'j 1
It v ■■
it r
■ i
ll 1
it I
1
LI f
i 1
[\ IB f\\
milk '.
i i
s
r
L*La
L-*~' '1
1 ! f ?!
I It
W>SQ
)\\
- ,. !
J 5SSL • iVB
^H -
^^WW\
^L^,
**■■ ~__
--
Balance of proportion without duplication of decorations is
the feeling in this room that at once elicits commendation.
B
. i ', ; ' 1 1 i ; : i ; ' : 1 1 :. ; ■ : i ! i - : i- '■ ■ ! , .. i .: !,i i;i i ,' : ,' : / 1 ,' ■ ; i ,■ ; / 1 , , :; i ., i ,i i ;i i ,i :■ j ,: i ■; i : : i :■ i : : i : i .' i i ; i :i i :, i :; i.:; i ■ imm ;;:i i/i i, i '. i i. i !: i ';:i ; :.m !;ii i :; i i i ! :, i .. i . .i i ■! i .! i : 'ii, m ! i m .■ ; 'Mi-'i i : i'i ji;i i^, n^,-..': ,■
May, 1«H»
A R TS and DECORATION
27
l»
illlIIHIIIII!ll!lllll!l!ll!l!l!!llllll!lll!llllll!ll!llll!llll!!ll!!!!llll!l!llll![|!l!!l!l!ll Illlllllllllllll UUIIIII ' ' ' ; ' : ■ : ■■ i ■ i-;; ■:■, , i-,,-, :, • , ■: i : - | ; ;; T -| , n .; i. T ,. Tr ,.-, , , , , ,.,,■, ,„ ; , ; ., : ,,, 1:i ■, i^.^,, , .HIKiri. TL'I l..i I 'I :/ ■|';r l H ! l.!l'|. ' :l, ''
We have grown so accustomed to seeing Gothic dec oration only in large houses that it comes as a sur-
prise to see it in a small tfHi Fhis is in the New Canaan, Ct., home of Mr. 1). I'. Brinley, the painter.
The living-room also lends itself delightfully to the Gothic. With such comforts one almost regrets that
Mr. Brinley, who has ln-en serving his country in France, is not here to enjoy them. Lord & Hewlett, architects.
iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiuii mum inin i ill 1 lillliilliii mimmiimii iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiimiiiiimimiimiii iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii in iiiiimiimiu mill mil i i i mi iiiimiiiiiiiiiiiiiimiimiiiiiiiiimiiiiiiimiimiiiiiiiiimiiiiiiimiimiiiil
28
ARTS and DECO R AT TON
M;
1919
BEAUVAIS^BOUCHEK TAPESTRIES
By GEORGE LELAND HUNTER
Part III following Part II that was printed in the April number of Arts and Decoration
Note:— Owing to limited space available, it has been impossible to illustrate all the series as was originally planned.— Editor
THE eighteenth century was preeminently a Chinese
century. By the arts of China, the arts of Europe
were transformed What one of Boucher's biog-
raphers calls "Chinese rubbish" opened the eyes of France
and England to aesthetic virtues they had hardly even
dreamed of before. To the ancient Romans of the time of
Christ, China had been the land of the Seres, a remote and
inaccessible region, from which by caravan through Persia
came silk and sugar, the latter in the form of rock crystals
for use as medicine, both raised beyond common reach by
the cost and danger of transportation.
To the Byzantine Romans, China did not cease to be a
land of mystery, even though for Justinian the secret of a
silk culture was filched by Nestorian monks. Not until
the thirteenth century, under Kublai Rhan, whose vast em-
pire is described so delightfully by Marco Polo, did China
begin to emerge distinctly
from the vastness of the un-
known. Persia continued to
be the intermediary. During
the fourteenth, fifteenth and
sixteenth centuries, Persian
rugs, manuscripts, pottery
and paintings introduced to
the Mediterranean world Chi-
nese dragons, cloud bands,
monograms and other deco-
rative motifs. Finally, in the
sixteenth century, the over-
land route was largely sup-
planted by the oversea route
around Africa. First, the
Portuguese, and later the
Dutch, French and English,
by the importations of Chi-
nese porcelains and lacquered
panels and furniture and
kakemono paintings pasted in
sets on European walls as
"wall paper," accustomed Eu-
ropeans to the oddities of
Chinese art, and prepared the
way for the "Chinese craze" of the eighteenth century,
the mark of which is still strong on our "china," and cre-
tonnes, and wall papers, and furniture.
Consequently, ornament became less architectural, and
the European color palatte was enriched by hundreds of
pastel tones that had been developed on silk by Chinese
landscape painters, in silk by Chinese weavers of damask
and brocade, and later in porcelain. At the head of these
where art was permeated with the naturalism and the chi-
noiserie that distinguish the style of Rococo from other
styles, stood Boucher.
In the year 1740, Boucher designed a poster for his
friend, Gersaint, an Oriental dealer on the Notre Dame
bridge, who sold "all kinds of stylish novelties, jewels,
mirrors, furniture panels, pagodas, Japanese lacquers and
porcelains, shells and other natural curios, rare stones,
agates, and, in general, all strange and foreign merchan-
dise." This inscription was lettered on a drapery displayed
"Vintage."
One of the Noble Pastoral series of six
by a Chinaman who stood on a lacquered chest resting on
a table in the midst of a pile of Chinese fans, toys, shells,
cups, etc. At Gersaint's shop and from Chinese pictures,
Boucher acquired the knowledge that enabled him to com-
pose the six illustrations which Huquier published in book
form, "representing the five senses by different Chinese
amusements" ; and also to originate the designs for No-
verre's "Fetes Chinoises" at Monnet's Theatre; and the
decorations of the ballet in the "Chinese Quack" at Pom-
padour's smart private theatre; as well as illustrations and
sketches galore for booklets and calendars and color prints
and porcelains and furniture.
Especially interesting in the set of prints portraying the
"Delights of Children" (with little ones that, except for
their shaved heads, are altogether Parisian), is the gastro-
nomic picture explained by the quatrain:
Les en f ants font part out
grand' fete a la cuisine,
Sa vapeur les remplit de de-
lectation.
lis ont tons, a Paris anssi bien
qu'a la Chine,
Pour la dicte fort pen de dis-
position.
In the year 1742, Boucher
exposed at the Salon "eight
Chinese subjects intended for
execution on the low warp
loom at Beauvais." Six of
these are the prototypes of
the Beauvais -Bouches "Chi-
nese Set" of six tapestries
( Nos. 20 to 25 in my master's
list printed on pages 245, 246
of the March number of Arts
and Decoration), and are
also the "6 desseins Chinois
remis a la Nation par M. de
Menou," when he resigned as
director of the Beauvais Tap-
estry Works in 1793. At the
same time, he turned over copies of the full-size cartoons,
"6 tableaux copies des Chinois, par Dumons." These full-
size cartoons, cut into bands to be placed under the warp
of the low warp, appear again, together with extra copies
of three of them, in the Beauvais inventory of 1820. It
is interesting to note that while usually Boucher himself
painted the full-size color cartoons, as well as the original
color sketches, in the case of the Chinese Set the full-size
cartoons were by Dumons.
I do not agree with the generally accepted opinion that
the eight Chinese subjects exposed at the Salon in 1742 are
part of the set of nine purchased in 1786 by the architect,
Pierre Adrien Paris, a native of Besangon, and by him
willed at his death to the Besancon Museum, where they
still are. In this set of nine are to be found only four of
the subjects that occur in the six tapestries, while parts of
the designs woven into the tapestries do not appear in the
corresponding sketches, and the shapes are different.
No. 45.
May, 1919
A R TS and D ECO R A TIO \ T
29
Most romantic is the history of the "Chinese Pair" I No.
21), belonging- to Mrs. Prentiss, of Cleveland, and shown
on page 244 of the March issue. The colors are as bright
and strong as the day it left the loom, and the direet copy-
ing of the colors from Chinese silks and porcelains is more
obvious than in those tapestries which exposure to the light
has softened and mellowed. During the one hundred and
fifty years that this tapestry spent in China, it was undoubt-
edly kept shut up in the original packing case that still
contained it returning to the Occident. It had gone out as
one of the "six pieces of the Chinese set delivered to M.
Bertin in 1763 to send to China.
This was the year in which two Chinese Christians, the
abbes Ko and Gang, came to France, where they were made
much of by the government. Minister Bertin wishes to use
them to advance commercial and artistic relations between
France and the Far East. They returned to China loaded
down with the generosity of the king. Among the treasures
they bore away were twelve splendid mirrors, a collection of
Sevres porcelain, and "six pieces of beautiful Beauvais
tapestry.'*
In 1766, M. Bertin wrote to Messrs. Ko and Gang- at
Canton: "The intention of the King is that you exert every
effort that the tapestries from His Majesty's factory, of
which he made you the bearers, and which have remained
in the magazines at Canton, should be presented to the Em-
peror of China, not as a present from the King, but only
to try to find out in this way what might be the Emperor's
taste regarding the productions of our factories and our
arts."
In 1767, the superior of the French missionaries at
Pekin wrote to M. Bertin: "The Grand Master of the
Palace avowed that the Emperor was overwhelmed with
admiration at sight of the six tapestries. lie told me that
His Majesty, having had them placed under different points
of view and having admired them more and more as he
examined carefully the delicacy of the work, had at first
thought of adorning with them the temple of his palace in
which, here as elsewhere, are placed one's most precious
possessions. But having reflected that attached as we are
to our holy religion we might be distressed when we learned
that objects we had offered to His Majesty, His Majesty
"Chinese Fishing."
One of the Chinese ^et of -ix designed by Boucher.
Xo. 23.
"Boreas and Orilhya."
< hie of the Loves of the Gods set of nine, designed by Boucher and woven
at Beauvais. No. 31.
had used to decorate the temples of divinities that we do
not recognize as such, he gave orders to have his European
palaces searched for apartments where one could plan the
tapestries. But no place being found in the European
palaces where they could be hung. His Majesty gave orders
for the construction of a new palace in which the propor-
tions of the walls of the apartment should agree with the
dimensions of the tapestries. Among all the Tartars and
Chinese who have seen the tapestries and porcelains, there
is not one who does not testify that these works are inimit-
able in China."
The Loves of the Gods
Ever since Arachne, as told by Ovid in his Metamor-
phoses, defeated Minerva in a contest of tapestry weaving,
the "Loves of the Gods" have been a favorite subject with
tapestry designers. Here Boucher was at his best, and the
beauty of his wife and other models makes the frailties of
immortals seem less inexcusable than when less charm-
ingly suggested. First in the set of nine (Nos. 26 to 34)
comes "Bacchus and Ariadne," with the broken architecture
reminiscent of Boucher's visit to Rome, and the rosy nudes
suggestive of a warmth that makes the blood flush close
under the skin. The wooing of the wine god seems en-
tirely to have banished from Ariadne the gloom that im-
pelled her to suicide when she learned that she had been
deserted on the island of Naxos by Theseus, with whom
she had eloped from her native Crete, after having assisted
him effectively in his battle with the Minotaur, and given
him the spool of thread that enabled him to retrace his way
through the Daedalian labyrinth. Like other Beauvais
tapestries, those of Boucher were made in different sizes
to fit the rooms they were to adorn, the designs being cut
or enlarged as occasion demanded. The largest and most
fascinating version of "Bacchus and Ariadne" is the one
that hangs on the north wall of the drawing room of Mr.
Blair's town house.
"Pluto and Proserpine" pictures the story of the daughter
of Ceres, whom the ruler of the nether world stole from her
girlish companion, leaving only her girdle to mark the spot
in Sicily where the earth opened for the downward passage
of his chariot. "Neptune and Amymone" shows how the
god of the sea saved the daughter of Danaus from a satyr,
only to elope with her hinisel f , (.Continued on p age u)
30
A R TS and D KCd R A T-t-O N
May, l ( »l'i
._■ up,!, null,,,, iiiininini , m \n\ mn luiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii iiiiiiiiiiini! i iiiiiiini mil iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiini iiiiiniiiiii m huh iinliiMniriHinnuirNMMnHMNMJNiiiiiiiiiuiiiiPiiiiiiMHnMFiuiiiMiMiMiiMtiiMtininiiNLitMiiMiMiniiMiiintJH^
The Country Home of
F. P. King, Esq.
IF it were not that the F. P. King house at Tarry-
town had so many other attractions, one would be
tempted to call it the house of triumphant porches !
Seldom does one find this feature of the home
handled in so masterly a fashion, with such taste and
nicety of proportion. The scheme is the more to be
complimented when one considers that the house is
an old one that has been reconstructed.
In its original form, mid-Victorian, there were the
usual small porches, scroll work veneer and belvidere.
It stands to-day in almost classic purity, yet so sym-
pathetically treated as regards details that no cold-
ness is felt. Examples of this are seen in the latticed
rails of the lower porches and the medallions that
break the vertical lines of those in the screened sleep-
ing porch in the rear of the house.
In some respects the back porch is the chef-d'oeuvre
of them all. Beauty and utility are perfectly com-
bined, the upper portion having the appearance of
being suspended, which eliminates the feeling of ex-
treme fixity too common to classic types. Nor do its
lines interrupt the streaming grace of the columns.
Then, too, the whole balance is perfect, a grateful touch
of color being lent by the single line of brick flooring.
This touch of color is carried throughout the porches
and with the loggia makes them one design.
It will be noticed, too, that in all the porches a
pilaster joins and makes them one with the house. It
\
m *><
^ii!iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii;iiiiii:iiiii iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiniiin iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiinii ■ : i, ; ' : ; : , ::.:.: ,■ i^.i :; LiMi:.i.!-j r i r 1 1 : ' i m i ;m ;: i r i i:.i muni niiiiiiiMjiiin iiiiiiniiiiiiunii iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiniiii
May, 1919
A R T S and D E CORA T I O N
31
lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllilllli:!!!lllllillllllll!illliilllllllM
At Tarrytown, N. Y.
Aymar Embury, II., Lewis E. Welsh
Associate Architects
seems footless to call attention to this arrangement
that is one of the oldest architectural ideas, yet it is so
absolutely necessary to this type of building and so
frequently overlooked that perhaps it is not amiss to
remark its presence. This treatment is clearly ex-
ampled in the upper right-hand illustration showing the
trellised porch. See how perfectly it joins the house,
is a part of it. Observe also the easy sweep of the steps
and the open rafters that have beauty without losing-
strength. What comfort will be here when the vines
have reached their growth.
An interior view of this porch is shown on the same
page, and its proportions may be guessed when it is
known that the fountain, seen in the foreground, is in
the middle of the porch. It was wisdom that mounted
the fountain on a base of rough stone, letting Nature
1 play her part within as well as outside the porch. Wise,
too", is the use of plain wicker furniture and grass rugs;
anything else would have seemed overrich.
Charming as are the capitals of these columns, they
are outdone by those of the front and back porches. In
these, palm leaves rise above acanthus leaves, and both
are bound to the column by a narrow round band. The
friezes on these porches are also the same, being lines
1 and medallion-indented carving.
A word should be said in passing on the nice balance
of the serving wing of the house with the open porch.
IIIIIIIIIIHIlllllllllllililllillllllllM
32 ARTS and DECORATION
iiiiiiniii iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii iiiiiiiiiiiiiii iiiiiiiiiii in in iiiiii iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii
May, 1919
llllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllli |.
PHI Illllllllililllllilllllllllllllllllllllllllillillllllllllllllllllllllliiillim M.l .1 U I I ;. I .:!..: I I ,. : .I i ,1 ; .1 , I , I . , ', : I .! , .1 ,: ; .: , .1- :.;.■,,,',!,, , .i , .1 ,: , ! ; ;,i ,| : I , : , .' i : , : i , ,, 1 ,1 ,:,,:.:: ;: ' , .■! i'.; , .i , i , , ,' i ; l : ^ ;' i ,: ! i'.l ,: i :',i ,i , ;| , ,| ,^ , :.,■ ! V.! i',i , .'.; , ,i ,/r^
Plllllllllllillllllllllllllll Illlllllllllllllllllillllllllllllillllllilllllllllllllllllllllllllira IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII Iillill!lillilillllillllllll!lll!i:illlllllllllli!
There arc many bonds that at-
tract the audience in Benavente's
play, "The Bonds of Interest,"
produced April \Ath at the Garrick Theatre by The
Theatre Guild. Bonds personal and material. Per-
sonal because many of the old Washington Square
players are acting as well as such well-known older
ones as Miss Amelia Summerville. Bonds material
Miss Helen Freeman
since the scenery and costumes
designed by Rollo Peters, who
also plays, are as beautiful as
they are unusual. Miss Freeman is a joy to look at
as Sylvia, and aside from giving a delightful im-
personation, pretty compliments must be made for the
manner in which she uses her hands, for in the days
of such skirts, ladies held their hands "to match."
o
jiillllllllllllllllllllllllllll Illllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllllllilllllliliillllllll li Illll . ; :'... I,:.l,..l, : I.M.' I,,!. .hi , ! i 1 i:l : ,: I ,! I ; h I lil I,' : ! I ! ; ,' , ,1 T,i i ,'.; ,' ; , i , , , , : ,.! , ' , h .:, .: | . ! , I , , , : , .' .: . I ,.l ,.i , ^ Illllllllllllllllllllllllllil
May, 1919
A R T S and DECO R A T I O N
33
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIII iimiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiuiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiN 1
minimi
iiiiim
.;ii;iiiiiiii:iiiiiiiiiiiiii!i Illllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll iiiiiiiiiiuii'iiiiiiii ■ i.. ; m :^; I . ; i .. n :. - m .:,;,,:.!■,: . i;. i.t '
Never has this charming
actress done more interesting
work than now as Madame de
Monies pan in Philip Moeller's play, Molicre, where-
in she exhibits Iter knowledge of this favorite's
character, making her characterization what history
tells us she was, a beautiful, selfish, scheming
courtesan lacking the tenderness of La Valliere and
the genuineness of La Maintenon who preceded and
Miss Blanche Bates
followed her in the great Louis'
affections. Her artistry reaches
great heights as she pronounces
the line "Shadows are fragile things, Molicre," at
which moment in the play the photograph shows her.
Here all the human emotions possible to this shallozu
woman are blended as only an actress of first abilities
can blend them. Her beauty was never so lovely, for
a golden wig makes her brown eyes more expressive.
34
ARTS and D ECO RATI. ON
iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiin iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii^ iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii iiiiiii mini iiiiiiniii
The
New York
Shops Hold
these for
You
May, 1919
J
1
Pieces that
Possess
Beauty,
Comfort and
Utility
For the nursery is offered another
useful adjunct that will please both the
children and their elders. This quaint
little blue painted Dutch set is most at-
tractive. The table top lifts off and re-
veals a box for sand. The whole set is
stoutly built to withstand hard wear.
Chinese Cabinets are more and more
coming to be treasured. But they are
no longer sought for merely decorative
purposes. These like everything else
must be utilitarian. This one, whose
delicate gold and green design is well
distributed, is of natural mahogany
finish with doors that conceal plain
shelves.
Ballustre-shaped, this creamy-glazed
Chinese porcelain lamp with its Chinese
hand - woven gold thread silk tapestry
shade in blue, coral and gold is most
effective. Its finial is carved white jade.
Mounted on a teak stand with three
lights, its height is 35 inches, its width
24 inches.
In every living-room there is a crying
need for comfortable chairs. There can
never be too many. The needle - point
covering of this English one lends itself
delightfully to the proportions of the
chair and makes the whole an admirable
piece for many settings.
t
NOTE
T h e s c articles
may be found by
addressing the Art
Service Bureau of
this m a g a z i u e.
A n y information
regarding art sub-
jects, matters of
interior decoration
and house building
will be given in-
terested attention.
May. 1919
A R T S
and DECORATION
35
EXHIBITIONS IN THE NEW YOP.K GALLERIES
By PEYTON BOSWELL
SALVATORE ANTHONY GUARINO, native New-
York painter, who up to 1914 had passed most of his
artistic days in Italy, and who had achieved a reputa-
tion there, returned to America during the first year of the
great
war. He came on one steamship, and, owing to the
exigencies of shipping in those first trouhlous days of the
submarine menace, his paintings left by another. The artist
arrived in New York safe and sound, but his paintings,
his entire lifework with the exception of those owned by
Italian collectors, were sent to the bottom by a German
U-boat. An exhibition of Mr. Guarino's pictures had been
arranged in advance, but the painter found himself with
nothing but his genius and will to paint again.
How great was the artistic loss when Mr. Guarino's pic-
tures went down can be estimated from the long deferred
exhibition at the Kraushaar Art Galleries, composed of
work done since 1915. His art combines imagination and
love for color; if anything, there is more of the Spanish in
it than the Italian — a boldness and dash that does not quite
suggest the modern eclecticism that comes out of the ancient
"cradle of art."
One of the most exquisite pictures is the smallest, ''Rose
Bodice," which is a pure gem of color. "Taverna Cinese"
is in rich but obscure tones, a nocturne with dim lanterns
in front of a Chinese inn, an Oriental figure outside and
another seen within. This picture is calculated especially
to please an artist.
* There is romance — the romance of opera — in "Italian
Night," which is a presentment on canvas of an operatic
stage setting, a moonlight scene, with big stars shining and
a pair of lovers all but hidden beyond a column. But the
most imaginative of all perhaps is "Words of Yesterday,"
■ full of the poetry of the past. In pale moonlight, a great
balustraded staircase winds from a mansion down into a
garden, and in the shows at its base stands the figure of a
woman. The beholder, if he has as much imagination as
the painter, can write his own romance.
In sharpest contrast with this work is "Exotic Dance,"
a serpentine subject, just as "modern" and Greenwich-vil-
lagey as a lot of other things seen down that way. "Span-
ish Picture," which is, on a large scale, a "still life" of a
section of the Spanish Museum here, is a reminder of
Zuloaga and Sorolla, which pictures look down from the
walls.
It takes Crawford O'Gorman, globe-trotting Irishman
and lover of bright color, to remind us of the fact that
Mexico is a place of something else besides revolution,
outlawry and hazardous occupation. Right in the midst
of Mexico's that troubled country's most troublous times
Crawford O'Gorman travelled hither and thither, wher-
ever he pleased, with his brushes and water colors and no-
body said him nay. Mexico loves color, and even a Mex-
ican outlaw is friends with an artist. So Crawford went
up and down the land, painting its sunlit corners, the relics
of its old civilizations, its floating gardens, its old churches
and patios, its historic buildings and its colorful and fan-
tastic market scenes, and more than a hundred of his pic-
tures are now on exhibition at the Dudensing Galleries, 4.5
West 44th street. They have fine decorative quality and
are interesting from ;i travel and historical standpoint. The
title of the exhibition is "Mexico in Water Color."
No use to single out single pictures for mention. All of
them are picturesque — and Mexican. All of them are seen
through the Irish temperament of Crawford O'Gorman,
and what could be more romantically Irish, for the painter
is the son of Edmond O'Gorman, personal friend and finan-
cial backer of Parnell and the Irish Party. A motto was
given to the family by Brian Boru after the battle of Clon-
tarf, and it reads "Primi et ultimi in hello." With fine
freedom, O'Gorman says this means, "Get in the first whack
and you'll come out on top at last ;" and that, says he, is
the reason he paints with water color; he wants to get his
impression of a scene at the "first whack," without working
the thing over in oils in a studio afterwards.
Mysticism is the characteristic note in the art of Sandor
Landau, an American painter who has spent most of his
life in Paris, but who now has a studio in East Aurora.
He has been given an exhibition at the Babcock Galleries.
The fact that he has been an extensive traveller and has
looked upon whatever he saw with an eye endowed with
imagination, is evident from the twenty works that are
shown. The titles of the pictures suggest Egypt, Palestine,
Morocco and Italy, and Mr. Landau has travelled in all of
these countries.
For instance, he got the pale purples, blues and greens
of "The Prodigal Son" from a Palestine night. "Prayer
for the Lost at Sea" was awarded a gold medal at the Paris
salon. Titles which will suggest their subject matter are :
"Morning Light on Pearl Blossoms," "Flight Into Egypt,"
"Ancient Cypresses — Rome," and "Temple of Apollo —
Dawn." Carried out with vivid imagination is the spectral
moonlight subject "No Man's Land."
At the Gimpel & Windenstein Galleries, No. 647 Fifth
Avenue, the American public has been paying tribute to
the striking genius of a French painter who, just arriving
at the zenith of his power when the great war broke out,
is now one of its blind victims, who will paint no more.
He is Jean-Julien Lemordant, who volunteered as a private
and who by his brilliant fighting qualities became a lieu-
tenant and commanded a company of men in the engage-
ment in which a German bullet shattered his forehead and
paralyzed his optic nerve. Lemordant lives in the memo-
ries of his achievements, and his friends hope that the
surgeons will at last triumph and restore his eyesight.
The exhibition was arranged by the Yale School of Fine
Arts, for Yale University in 1918 bestowed upon Lemor-
dant the Howland Memorial Prize, which is awarded every
two years to a citizen of any country for an achievement
of marked distinction in literature, the fine arts or the sci-
ence of government. The first award, made in 1916, was
made to Rupert Brooks, the brilliant young English poet
who lost his life in the expedition to the Dardanelles. It
is prescribed that the award shall always take account of
the idealistic element in the recipient's work as an important
factor in the choice. And it is this idealistic element that
converted the young Breton painter and pacifist into as
36
ARTS and DECORATION
May, 1919
<oke Iwelve Oalleries
of Juddestiorv
QUITE often the most inviting interior
is that which traces its inspiration to
some unpremeditated source — which
may account for the joy of "scheming" even
the simplest room.
{J| To-day, for instance, in strolling through
^ these twelve Galleries you may happen
upon a fine porcelain vase; on the morrow it
flowers into a Lamp of softly glowing beauty.
Then again, a lovely Queen Anne Settee,
enriched with beautiful tapestry, may engage
your admiration; ere long it evolves itself and
companion pieces into a Georgian Living
Room in which discriminative taste cannot
fail to discern individuality and decorative
significance.
^J| Indeed, a visit to these Galleries will
^ reveal not alone the Furniture but those
kindred objects which will impart distinction
to all the rooms of the well-considered house.
Their cost, withal, is by no means prohibitive.
Tie luxe prints of charming interiors gratis upon request
Jfurttiture
Becorattoe 0b)tzta
®vimtal &up;
Grand Rapids Rirniture Company
INCORPORATED
34~36West32 n -2 Street
New^brk City
I
brave and quick-witted and calculating a fighter as I -Vance
ever sent against an enemy.
More than 300 paintings and sketches comprise the e.l
hibition, works that were gathered by France and sent to]
America in honor of one of her finest sons. Many of them
are dance and folk scenes designed for French theatres
and public buildings. Lemordant glorified the life of the
common people, and he traced the lineaments of a rugged
laborer or fisherman with as much enthusiasm as a court
painter of another day would have bestowed on the beauty
of the king's favorite. A pleasing freedom of design char-
acterizes his sketches, together with the utmost precision
in recording just what he wished to say concerning a figure,
a movement or a face.
"One-man" exhibitions, so-called, are, of course, a fix-
ture in the art world, serving to give a complete idea of
the work of the artist who provides the display. Neces-
sarily- they are a bit monotonous, because they give only one
artist's point of view. In constrast are the exhibitions
which the art dealers arrange now and then by including
one or two fine pictures of a dozen or so recognized artists.
The visitor to one of these exhibitions is pretty sure to get a
full portion of enjoyment, and to come away with broad-
ened knowledge and appreciation.
The Milch Galleries deserve praise for such a composite
exhibition of the work of modern Americans. Most of
the pictures are by contemporary artists, and a few by the
masters of the last generation. There is a particularly in-
teresting Inness, "Autumn in Montclair," one of the very
last pictures he painted, being signed in 1894, the very year
of his death. It is very rich of color as well as being
broadly synthetic; much warmth being created by the reds
of the foliage and the purples of the sky.
By Inness' great contemporary, Wyant, there is a very
broadly painted "Early Morning," from the William Tl
Evans collection — a view over fields with a fine loci Ay
sketched sky. Then there is a Ranger, "Spring Woods,"
one of the works bequeathed by the artist to the National
Academy of Design, and bearing the Academy's stamp.
It is related that Ranger painted on this picture for ten
years.
Of the works by contemporary men especial interest at-
taches to "Midsummer Day," by Willard Metcalf, because
it illustrates the progress made by this painter in the last
few years. It is a beautiful piece of color, with its glimpse
of a country road, flanked by a farm homestead. On the
side of a barn, a faded circus poster that delighted the
small boy's heart the preceding summer, gave the artist a
motive for a fine piece of decoration. "The Winding
Road" is another most attractive Metcalf.
Max Bohm is going to be even better appreciated some
clay than he is now. Only now and then is one of his pic-
tures shown in the galleries, and "Joy" in the Milch show,
with its two girls dancing and its galvanic sky, has a fine
spiritual quality. "Happy Childhood," with rich greens,
browns and reds, is a felicitous work by Elliott Dainger-
field. Still another colorist is represented in "Moonrise —
Montruer-sur-Mer," a silvery, poplary subject by the late
Henry Golden Dearth. There is shown a particularly good
"Meadows — Autumn" by J. Francis Murphy. "Southern
Plantation," by Gari Melchers, has the atmosphere of the
South. Robert Henri's firm hand is shown in "The Span-
ish Girl of Segovia."
The Macbeth Galleries have given the public another
composite show, with fifteen paintings by twelve contem-
porary artists. Two figure subjects are particularly attrac-
tive — "Contemplation," by Richard E. Miller, and "Medi-
tation," by Ivan G. Olinsky — and are enough in consonance
to be considered "a pair." Charles W. Hawthorne has
May, 1010
A R T S
am
1 DECORATIO X
37
killed two artistic birds with one stone in painting "Rose,"
because the picture is a portrait and still life combined;
the girl makes one attractive subject, ami the hat full of
fresh roses she holds toward the spectator presents a "still
life" of the most charming kind.
Willard Metcalf is represented by "Cherry Blossoms,"
a visualization of a countryside in Spring, with bills be-
vond. Emil Carlsen has two pictures, "Surf" and "Oc-
tober," the latter a light and dainty harmony made vibrant
by the artist's method of placing his pigment on a rough
textured canvas. "The Torn Gown," scintillating with
light, and "Girl With Work Basket" are typical of the art
of Frederick C. Frieseke. Paul Dougherty shows a ringing
marine, "Clearing After the Gale" ; Childe Hassam, "North-
east Headlands, Isle of Shoals"; T. W, Dewing a masterly
and conventional "Woman in Black" : Chauncey R. Ryder,
a "Cornfield," and W. Granville Smith, "Clearing Mists."
At the Macbeth Galleries, also, a new painter makes her
bow to the public, Miss Felicie Waldo Howells. Born in
Hawaii, of American parents, she has brought with her
from the South Pacific a distinctive love for color. Her
best quality, however, is the ability to set down local color.
Tbe pictures are all glimpses of streets in American cities,
mainly New York, and, despite her fine use of color, they
have that recognizable quality which the beholder loves
despite modern art tenets. For instance there is "New
York Public Library," which actually is the library, with
a typical western sky above it — the same sky which New
Yorkers can see if they take the time to look up. In "Fifth
Avenue" Miss Howell has caught the spirit of the street
better than most artists who have tried to paint it. The
same can be said of "Market Street — Philadelphia."
p Attention has been called before in these reviews to the
f tendency of our artists to use lighter colors in their new
works. Now comes Mr. Percival Rosseau with his regular
annual exhibitions of bird dog pictures at the John Levy
Galleries. Mr. Rosseau always could paint dogs sensa-
tionally well, but this time he has shown himself to be a
landscapist of such excellence that his pictures have a
double value. Not only are the pictures portraits of the
dogs, but they are also fine representations of the fields in
which the dogs hunt — broadly painted, mainly with the
pallette knife.
Perhaps the star pictures are "And It Was a Big Covey"
and "One for All, and All for One," the first presenting
three pointers and the latter three setters. The alertness
and tenseness of the dogs is portrayed with magnificent
spirit. "Fairy Beau and Brace Mate" has for its subject
two dogs owned by Mr. Harry D. Kirkover, of Buffalo,
the first of which has been sixteen times a winner in field
trials. "Peggie Danstone, Beau Backing" presents two
bird dogs belonging to Mr. P. H. Powell, of Newport.
THE PRIDE OF CIVILIZATION
{Continued from page 12)
and Italian art everlasting. Beauty as well as utility was
aimed at in those objects of daily life which men constantly
saw.and handled. In the Middle Ages nothing was machine-
made, hence the individuality of the craftsman was able to
assert itself. Life was of necessity more restricted, more
concentrated. Every joy had to be sought in the home or
in the immediate neighborhood. Hence, perhaps, the rea-
son why they did not neglect those matters as do we who
buy objects ready-made and turned out by the thousand.
'% With the advent of the machine a great number of work-
men were cut off from the handcraftsman's delight in his
labors; but there are those still left who will pay for and
appreciate good work, and those who love to do it, if only
the path is shown. These adherents to the older forms
assist unconsciously in realizing that which should be uni-
versally and emphatically demanded — that objects destined
for use should also be agreeable to the eye.
The number of people who take an interest in, and claim
to possess some knowledge of decorative style in connection
with the furnishing of their homes, is increasing day by day.
This is the movement which is shaping itself in our midst,
and public taste in this direction is making visible and rapid
progress, and one may safely say to-day that a large pro-
portion of wealthy householders do at least attempt, with a
laudable measure of success, to produce something like uni-
formity of style and harmony of color in their domestic
surrounding. The study of the house should surely be a
subject of engaging inquiry, because it is certainly true that
the place in which a man dwells is, in a real sense, the ex-
pression of himself. The theory of decoration almost nec-
essarily implies a return to historic examples, and a free
utilization of those distinctive features which characterize
the outstanding periods of style. To some extent this hark-
ing back to the past indicates a certain pause in the devolu-
tionary progress of decorative invention, inconsistent with
artistic originality. That pause will not continue indefin-
itely. It is a rest for the purpose of marking time; and
though a temporary state of chaos may prevail for a while,
it does not imply that a full stop has been reached in deco-
rative endeavor.
When a decorator of high genius finds it worth his while
to assert his sovereignty over the field of his work usually
relegated to a skilled artificer, the result can hardly fail to
be a production of a masterpiece of a kind at once rare,
peculiar and characteristic. He creates something which
has a special value and interest of its own which does not
attach to a mere statue or a mere picture. He shows us not
only his mastery and imagination in his own distinctive
province of art, but the choice of material, the method of
treatment and handling, the style of decoration, the scale
of proportion, the relation to its surroundings which he
considers best calculated to show his work to advantage,
and at the same time to fulfil the purpose for which it is in-
tended. He reveals to us, in fact, not only his powers as an
artist, but his conception of the adaptability of great art to
human needs, and his taste and judgment in applying it.
The ordinary skilled artificer is himself quite capable of
supplying us with a practically unlimited choice of schemes
admirably adapted to their purpose, amply sufficient for our
needs, and at a price well within the reach of all but the
absolutely indigent ; the master effect is lacking, however,
even though a certain dexterity is evident in the result.
The practice of the applied arts has of recent years be-
come an enormous industry in America, but if the craftsmen
are to keep the future in view they must make up their
minds to develop the talent they possess on the best possible
national system. Such a system cannot be founded upon
any general theory of human perfection, but must be adapted
to the peculiar genius of the national artist, as experience
has revealed it in his endeavor to set before the public a
proper and definite standard of excellence. He must, how-
ever, cherish at the same time a respect to forerunners and
the varying evidences of past activities, even hesitating to
brush away the cobwebs of history or the dust of time, in
controlling his forms, to bring about a real artistic, national
renaissance in decoration. Beyond this his patron must
vibrate to the sensuous appeal of the best artistic forms, he
must realize the all importance of quality and he must be
able to decipher the message of a work of art viewed as a
human document; if he fail in anv of these, he fails.
38
ARTS and DECORATION
May, 1919
r^t CHINA AND GLASS
FOR THE COUNTRY HOUSE
COPELAND CHINA WITH EMBOSSED FLORAL DECORATION.
IN OPEN-STOCK, BREAKFAST, TEA
AND DINNER SERVICES
FOUNDED 1887
JlIGGINS&SEITE^
9S11 EAST 37 T -* STREET
NEW YORK CITY
n#i CHINA AND CLASS rwi
A GUILD FOR THE REPRODUCTION OF ANCIENT AND THE
DEVELOPMENT OF MODERN ART OBJECTS, CONDUCIVE
TO HARMONY, EXPRESSED THROUGH ILLUMINATION
AND ORNAMENTATION FOP, INTERIORS AND EXTEK10P.S
Wrought Iron Consul Table $70.00 Wrought Iron Mirror $73.00
Wrought Iron Candlesticks $75.00
Kantack, Heath &- Warman. Inc.
489 FIFTH AVENUE NEW YORK
JOYCE KILMER'S DECORATION
{Continue ft from page 13)
So Israel's joy, the loveliest of kings,
Smote now his harp, and now the hostile horde,
To-day the starry roof of Heaven sings
With psalms a soldier made to praise his Lord;
And David rests beneath Eternal wings,
Song on his lips and in his hand a sword."
It is unnecessary to add to the eulogies of old friends.
They have acclaimed him as a friend; the world of letters
lauds him as a poet; Governments recognize him as a hero.
I saw him only as a man among men who were given the
most damnable task ever laid upon mankind, except One,
and I know why he did not fail, though it was a "rough
road and a steep road."
As a poet he had something to say, and he said it beau-
tifully; as* a friend he had something to keep, and he cher-
ished if tenderly ; as a man he had something to do, and he
did it gloriously.
Decorations are worthy as the recipient is worthy. We
are proud of this Groix de Guerre with the palm. But there
is another order which he has won — the oldest of them all
— by far and away the hardest to attain, conferred by the
King of Kings, and this is the citation :
"He that overcometh and keepeth my works unto the
end, to him I will give power over nations. . . .
"And I will give him the Morning Star."
THE EFFECT OF WAR UPON ARCHITECTURE
(Continued from page 9)
The end came with the beginning of the classic revival dur-
ing the reign of Elizabeth, 1558-1603. The Tudor arch and
the English mansions were a product of this period.
In Spain, the overthrow of the Moors, 1217-1252, begai
a new spirit in national enthusiasm, and, as their successful
wars had been against a Mohammedan invader, who had
occupied the territory for five centuries, that spirit was
necessarily Christian. The great Cathedral of Toledo, 1220,
and Burgos, 1230, were started, the influence being almost
entirely French. In 1401, the cathedral of Seville was
started upon the former site of a Moorish mosque. This
is the largest of the cathedrals. The cathedral at Sala-
manca, 1510-1560, shows decided classic influences, so it
is fair to say that Gothic ended during this time in Spain.
With the ending of the Gothic influence, we began with
the Renaissance, the return to the use of classic forms. At
this point in the history of the world, so far as architecture
is concerned, and which may be put at about 1420 A.D.,
when the Renaissance began in Italy, its home, we may say
truthfully, that innovation ended, for, since the thirteenth
century, when Gothic reached its high point, no new basic
permanent style has been evolved. This is not to say that
we have not experienced sporadic changes, whereby the
visionist may choose to detect a new style or type, but there
has been no radical permanent change since that time, every-
thing since then being based on some precedent in design.
At this date, about \ 420, the Florentines experienced a
tremendous impulse in all arts, and, as would follow, in
architecture. This was the birth of the Renaissance. Italy
had never taken kindly to Gothic forms, a style essentially
northern, and had used it in her own manner, and not too
seriously. The classic influence had never lost its hold in
this region. The change was not sudden, as no great change
is, and at first we find the combination of Gothic and classic
forms, a period in all countries which was most pleasing
and picturesque, and very distinctive in each country. Con<y
pare the early Italian Renaissance with the Elizabethan of
England and the Louis XII. and Francis I. of France; while
May, 1919
ARTS and DKCOR A TIO X
39
all embody the Gothic with classic forms, they were each
very distinctively national. The Italian Renaissance reached
its high point in the years 1500-1550, during which time
it produced such masters as Michael Angelo, Palladio,
Yignola and others. From 1600 to 1700 it entered a
Rococo or overdecorated period, and during the century
later a reaction followed, where (he architects resorted to
a servile copying of the classic forms.
The Renaissance in France came later. The campaigns
of Charles VIII., Louis XII., and Francis I. in northern
Italy, during the latter part of the fifteenth and early in the
sixteenth century, made the French acquainted with this
new turn in architecture, and many Italian artists and work-
men were carried back to France to teach the new idea.
\rchitecture in France then went through the Valois period,
1483-158°), during which we have the transition of Gothic
to classic. In this period the chateaux were built. It natu-
rally took longer in France than in Italy, as that count'.-)' had
been fairlv steeped in the enthusiasm for Gothic. France
then entered upon the Bourbon or classic period, 1589-1715,
reaching under Louis XIV., during the latter half of the
seventeenth century, the high point, corresponding with the
period of Palladio in Italy. After 1715 the style became a
florid classic, extravagant and capricious, and then under-
went a reaction to severe design up to the time of the first
empire.
In England, the Renaissance arrived still later, entering
its transition period during Elizabeth, 1558-1603, where
classic influences began with the employment of Dutch and
Italian artists. The early Jacobean style under James I.,
1603-25, showed an application of classic design which was
so grotesque as to have a certain charm, especially on in-
teriors. Inigo Jones, an English architect, and a follower
of Palladio, did much during the first half of the seventeenth
century to improve and clarify the usage of Renaissance
design. Sir Christopher Wren, during the latter part of the
seventeenth and early quarter of the eighteen centuries, also
did much for English architecture, being known as the archi-
tect of St. Paul's Cathedral, London. The so-called Anglo-
Italian style, as developed by Jones and Wren, was used
through the eighteenth century, and Robert Adams origin-
ated during this time a charming modified classic style which
is extensively used in this country.
The Renaissance in all countries entered upon a style
which was a combination of Gothic and classic, which was
in all cases picturesque and original, developed into a style
which was very distinctive, although based upon Roman
precedent, degenerated into a Rococo or overornate period,
and suffered a reaction to purer design, although copying
literally the Greek and Roman, ending in most cases with
the close of the eighteenth century.
The nineteenth century began the era of industrial prog-
ress, and when we think of industrial progress we must
do so in terms of steel. Engineering was to have its day,
very much at the expense of architecture, for never in the
history of the world has so much poor architecture been
done as during this time. The most extraordinary advances
have been made along intellectual, scientific, mechanical and
commercial lines, and these matters have kept the world very
busy, but not too busy for war. Architecture suffered se-
verely, going through a succession of short irrational styles,
all bad in design and conception, and none permanent, and
it has only in the last twenty or thirty years begun to catch
up with our other progress. There has been no general
spontaneous movement, the finest works of recent years in
America being the results of individual exertions in design.
Building has depended upon steel to a great extent, with
ANTIQUE CARVED ITALIAN SETTEE|WITH NEEDLE-POINT STRIP
ON BACK AND VELVET BORDER
3 &
Decorators
Furniture
§P Factory
18th to 19th St. Ave.C
Draperies
Antiques
Paris
13 Faub'g
Poissonniere
40
ARTS and DECORATIO N
May, 1919
Part of a collection just brought to America by Mr. W.A. KimbeC, who
has been in Europe seeking fine specimens for our clients.
'
PARIS: 16 Rue i Arlois
12 West 40ih S(., NEW YORK
Trade-Mark
Registered
Super-Easy Chairs and Settees
" The Quintessence of Comfort "
Made in B. Altman & Co.'s own workshops from
the finest selected down and hair
SUPER-EASY UPHOLSTERED FURNITURE
has been produced in the workshops of B. Altman & Co. to satisfy
the demand forcomfortable furniture of finest design. Model Chairs
and Settees are exhibited in the Department of Interior Decoration
Descriptive illustrated leaflets will be mailed on request
$. Altman $c (Ha.
Madison Avenue-Fifth Avenue, New York
Thirty-fourth Street Thirty-fifth Street
but few exceptions, and design has been a literal copying of
Greek, Roman and Gothic, or some other style.
The only architecture of America has been Colonial, ancP
much has been unnecessarily written upon it, as it is no great
development, depending more or less upon the English late
Renaissance or Georgian. This country, while being the
only colony of the British to gain its independence, did not
develop any original style, but followed on with the archi-
tectural trend of England. With few exceptions nothing
monumental was constructed in this country during Colo-
nial times, St. Paul's Chapel in New York being one of
them, built 1764.
Under the Republic a new enthusiasm was shown, which
unfortunately did not communicate itself to our architecture.
We were perhaps too busy at first trying to keep a baby na-
tion alive to spend much time constructing monuments, and
with a few exceptions, aside from the national Capitol,
1793-1830, and the City Hall of New York, no great monu-
ments' were built until recent years. Many massive but
more or less ridiculous structures were built during the latter
half of the 19th Century, corresponding with the Victorian
period in England, noted for bad taste and design, and these
need not be considered.
The trend of recent years in America has been toward
great commercial buildings first of all, and during the time
some very fine country homes have been built. There has
been no great spontaneous movement, but certain individuals
have done work which compares very favorably in design
with anything which has been done at any time. Steel has
always set its barrier to good architecture. The constructive
value of steel cannot be belittled, and when used frankly for
its own sake, it has a very distinct decorative feeling, but
steel veneered with stone and brick is not architecture.
Good architecture has always been candid and shall always
continue to be so. If the building or structure is to be
of steel, build it of steel, but do not hide the very distinctive (
message of steel behind a curtain of imitation Renaissance
done in limestone — steel is good enough to be admitted in
itself. And likewise, if it is to be stone, let it be stone. But
it cannot be a steel building done in imitation of a stone
building and be architecturally good, any more than a struc-
ture of stone could be when done to imitate steel. They are
different materials and should be admitted as such. It is a
matter of design yet to be solved perfectly.
We have just finished a war, the greatest in the history
of this nation, and the first real war over which we might
be justified in feeling elation since the Revolution ; the only
epochal war, so to speak, since then; and to add to our
prospects, we have not paid a great price for our victory,
and have during its early progress accumulated most of the
money of the world.
We were so poor and in such a formative stage during
the early days of our country, that we could not take ad-
vantage of the national enthusiasm of that victory in any
material way and build, and perhaps it was rather fortunate
from the aesthetic standpoint that we did not, for there was
great question as to our taste at that time. Now that we
have successfully ended the greatest war of our history, with
the minimum of loss, and the maximum of material gain,
we should be strong in national spirit, and rich necessarily.
Two millions of our Americans have seen a land far richer
in art treasures than we can be for a long time ; and many
who never knew what Rheims Cathedral was, are now well
informed about those things and realize that it was one of
the art treasures of the world, and belonged to every nation.
A greater activity in building than we have ever known
should follow during the next fifty years, if any precedent
is to be depended upon. Up to this time our architecture
has been peace-loving, commercial ; we have built great offS^'
buildings, stations, libraries, and such things. Now it is to
be martial ; real architecture, as it always has been. Great
1019
ARTS and DEC O R A TION
41
1
(Xwocme <j*xXX&r\&6
157-159 East 32d St.
Between Lexington and Third Aves.
NEW YORK CITY
■iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiim
| Important Notice to the Public! |
The Aimone Manufacturing Company, for 41 years
Makers and Importers of the
Highest Class Period Furniture
and Furnishings, Italian Garden
Marbles and Terra Cottas
Have, on account of their Shops being contracted for to full
capacity for a long period on special High Grade cabinet work,
DECIDED TO DISCONTINUE ENTIRELY CARRYING
STOCK and will close out through the Aimone Galleries, at
their Wholesale Show Rooms, their entire collection
Amounting to $373,473.00
For --- $162,150.00
(Inventory as of April 5th, 1919)
No one interested in Fine Furnishings should fail to visit
our Showrooms and see this remarkable and comprehensive
Collection.
The Aimone Manufacturing Company will stand back of
every sale made, and purchasers may be so assured.
All prior notices to the trade are hereby withdrawn.
An unusual opportunity is afforded to Dealers, Decorators
and Architects.
Goods purchased at this sale are not subject to return or
H exchange.
No articles sent on approval. Out-of-town purchases care-
fully packed at cost.
TERMS OF SALE- NET CASH
SALE NOW OPEN TO THE PUBLIC
filllliiiiiiliiiililiiiliiiliiillliiliillll
ESTABLISHED 1878
_ ^. T , ;| , , |H , ! , | ,„,, !!|l h , , |;i ,,,^ Tff|J11M;7M ^^^ iiiiiiiiyjuii liiiiHllHiiiHiMMMIiiimiilfiiillM—
m
MRS. MUCHMORE
CONSULTING DECORATOR
ONE THIRTY NINE EAST NINE-
TEENTH STREET, NEW YORK CITY
OLD CHINESE PAINTINGS, SILKS
AND PORCELAIN, FURNITURE, HANG-
INGS, WALL AND FLOOR COVERINGS
WHAT THE
SALVATION
ARMY
Does to
HELP HUMANITY
It feeds the hungry — clothes the ragged — houses the
homeless — cleanses the unclean — cheers the cheer-
less — heals the sick.
It conducts Rescue Homes — Day Nurseries — Lodging
Houses for Down and Outers — Homes for the
Helpless Aged — Fresh-Air Farms — Free Clinics.
For more than half a century it has fought a winning
fight for the poor and the lowly.
The Salvation Army, back from the war, has resumed
its fight against misery and poverty in American
cities on a larger scale than ever.
Back It Up As It Backs Up
Our Doughboys!
The Salvation Array Home Service Fund, May 19 to 26
The space for this advertisement contributed to The Salvation Army by
Arts & Decoration
42
ARTS and DECORATION
May, 1919
}iIanufacUirers of
High Grade
Willow Furniture
smmmtii
&Go
Lexington Ave.
Between 40th and 41st Sts.
NEW YORK CITY
memorials will spring up all over the country. They will
be monumental, which after all is the form real architect u|-
should take. Let us hope that they will he in nature's own
building material, stone. We do not yet know about the
permanence of steel. Will it last over the centuries?
The conqueror always builds unless he he a barbarian]
and builds profusely. The conqueror who fought for a
principle alone should build ideally. So our twentieth cen-
tury should see in America the actual accomplishment of a
national architecture, and the character of its structures
should be martial. It is a nation which has found itself.
We have won; we are rich: let us build in stone.
"HERE'S FLOWERS FOR YOU"
{Continued from 1'agc 17)
in size. This style of formal garden traveled through
France "and north to England, where there are main famous
examples.
America is not lacking in fine estates, and has countless
smaller gardens that possess charm. In place of the cypress,
so invaluable to the Italian background, our gardeners have
used with approximate success pine, spruce, hemlock, juni-
per, arbor vitae and cedar, transplanting them when well
grown. For the middle ground, rhododendron and laurel,
and for showy effects, foxglove, Canterbury bells, hydran-
geas, iris, peonies, Madonna lilies, phlox, hollyhocks and
larkspur. These, when planted in profusion, give wonder-
ful color and beauty.
Of course, there are many others that are especial favor-
ites. Poppies flaunt their silken skirts, seemingly too frail
for the wind's kiss ; the rose climbs to reach the sun, and
never dreams the pergola pillar is nothing without her
beauty. Grandmother's phlox almost rivals the rose in
popularity, while hydrangeas and peonies create a world <^SC
satisfaction all their own. We got our peony from the
Chinese, who consider a garden incomplete without it. As
their tree peony grows eight feet in height, it is not won-
derful that they call it the queen of the garden.
Where there are large spaces to cover effectively, espe-
cially if there is much shade, there is nothing more suitable
than the rhododendron. As its habitat is in the woods,
sheltered from too severe winds, partly shaded and with
plenty of leaf mold, it is most successfully transplanted
when these conditions are assured. Even then it has a
fickle habit of being ungrateful and turning a sere leaf to
mock you on your next visit. In the matter of color plant-
ing, an artist does not have to be told that the faint pink,
white and coral colors look better when grouped toward
the front, placing the deeper shades in the background.
There is no form of garden decoration so pleasing as the
pergolas, or that can be used in such variety of architec-
tural effect. It can be made the most stately of garden
acquisitions or the most informal. Some will choose the
classic features of delicately fashioned capitals, exact spac-
ing, and white painted woodwork with carved beam ends
and brackets and smoothly laid floors of cement. Others,
informal and irregular brickwork, with well raked-out
joints, pergolas whose roof trees have the bark still on,
quantities of vines, paths of grass instead of bricks, all of
which give an unstudied appearance to the garden. Really
thought out to the last degree, but apparently careless and
informal.
The tea house of Mr. Edward S. Harkness, shown here,
is particularly beautiful. With its cosy steps, sphinx, great
jars and luxurious flowers and vines all bathed in sunshine,
it is reminiscent of the Garden of Allah. Not less love
the entirely different pool garden of Mr. Edward Coyke
dal, secluded in the heart of a clump of cedars. Eerie and
weird in shadow, the sun proves it a veritable circle of
MaV. 1919
A R TS and D E CO R A TIO X
43
§
V (lbT
11 EAST SSTTIE STKKKT
I NT US AS I O M
1| ) l'!{ ' { ) K.Vil'U!)^^
IJ'lLTliNITUKIG, HANGINGS,
31ATTE1SIA1L.S, WALL AND
IF IL, (O <(.!> 1R HO V K M I N G S
MANTE TL (D) Hi M Al>.'l E1XTS j
SIPIECDIAI^TIIIES UN IBOTJUDOIIIR
a^i[Tiiii^ii^iiiiiM(LiS 9 lamu?®,
SMAIDIE© ANI5 MHMRenSS
we
er
MFkS. GEKKIT SMITH
INTEPJOK DECOKATIONS
SPECIALLY DESIGNED
WAL L PAPERS
UNUSUAL CHINTZES
THIRTY-ONE EAST FORTY-EIGHTH STREET
NEW YORK CITY
m
i
The World's Great Pictures
250 Artists — Over 400 Reproductions — Handsome Cloth, $5.00
Here is a splendid volume for Art Lovers, that throws open the doors of the world's
famous art galleries and places on view their greatest masterpieces. It describes the develop-
ment of art from the 13th to the 19th century, covering all periods and all schools — the
Dutch. Italian, French, Spanish, British, etc. It presents in delightful narrative form a
history of the world's artists and their works. Biographies of the Painters are given which
explain their characteristics, interesting features of their private lives, the influences which
affected their work, etc. This book offers a thorough education in art. something that is
needed and desired by every man or woman Of culture,
SOME OF THE ARTISTS REPRESENTED
Fragonard Rubens
Watteau Viges-Lebrun
Gainsborough Reni
Michelangelo Turner
da Vinci Velasquez
The lives and works of about 250 Artists
authority. Over 4 no handsome reproductions
them are in the original colors and all represent the finest work of photographer and engraver.
Gems from the most important public and private collections of Europe compose this work.
They are printed on fine art paper which sets them off to the greatest advantage. This is a
large volume, bound in handsome maroon cloth with blue and gold decorations.
SOME OF THE WORKS REPRODUCED
Raphael
Rembrandt
Titian
i lreu:'.e
Hals
van Eyck
Hobbema
Teniers
Hogarth
described fully and fascinatingly by a high
famous paintings are included. Many of
Reynolds
Correggio
Botticelli
Veronese
Vermeer
Constable
Goya
Herrera
Romney
The Judgment of Paris (Rubens)
The "Fighting Temeraire" (Turner)
Aurora (Guido Reni)
The Lust Judgment (Michelangelo)
Mona Lisa (da Vinci i
The Night Watch (Rembrandt)
Venus and Adonis (Titian)
The Forge of Vulcan (Velasquez)
The San Sisto Madonna (Raphael)
The Bathers (Fragonard)
The Strawberry Girl (Reynolds)
The Broken Pitcher (Greu/,e)
The Birth of Venus (Botticelli)
The Rape of the Sabines (Poussin)
Famous Paintings
REPRODUCED IN
BEAUTIFUL COLORS
Two magnificent volumes issued in cooperation with Cassell & Company, the famous fine
art publishers of London, containing large and beautiful reproductions of the masterpieces of
British and European Galleries. Introduction and descriptive notes by (J. K. Chesterton.
An elaborate work for homes of tone and refinement. This is not a cheap collection of loose
pictures, but a real LIBRARY OF ART! The publishers have chosen only such recognized
pictures as have not formerly been available in popular format.
Two Large, Handsome Volumes Containing Beautiful Reproductions in Color — Mounted
It places a gallery of the world's most beautiful and Impressive paintings right in your
own home for casual perusal or ready reference. They are beautifully printed in the colors
of the original on canvas surface paper specially selected because of its power to convey the
chiaroscuro Of the original, and mounted on heavy, white art board.
A Real Art Library for the Home
The separate text pages of historical and explanatory notes accompanying each picture
and the brief biographical sketch of each painter make the work particularly unique, valuable,
and desirable. $15.00 per set.
Some of the Pa
nters Includ
Archer
Furse
Leigh tun
Bompard
Gainsborough
Lucas
Botticelli
(lore
Mauve
Bouveret
Greuze
Meissonier
Brett
Cruthrie
Millet
Blown
Hals
Morland
t'a/.in
Henner
Mm illu
Chaplin
Holbein
Clark
Holiday
Constable
Hook
Rent
Hunt
Correggio
Israels
Reynolds
Landseer
Riviere
Da Vinci
Latour
Romney
Dataille
Lawrence
Rossetti
Duverger
Le Brim
Rubens
Fragonard
Legros
Sadler
Sargent
Stanley
Steen
Stone
Swan
Titian
Troyon
Tuke
Turiicr
Velasquez
Walker
Wallet
Wans
Webster
Whistler
Zoi n
Money Back If Not Satisfied
Sign and send this coupon to-day
Send me the two volumes of
Famous Paintings. I enclose
$15.00. If I do not want the
books, I will return them within
ten days at your expense, you
will refund the money I have
paid, and 1 will owe you nothing.
Name
Address
Cits
Send coupon to ARTS & DECORATION, 470 Fourth Ave., New York.
44
A R T S and D E C O RATI O N
May, 19191
■^
•r*
i'
ff
I 1
■^C
riaivv,
m
!Jii
yM
STHE INSTRUMENT OF QUALITY
onor,
CLEAR AS A BELL
HE tone of the Sonora is wonder-
ful — true, mellow, sweet, full of
expression, warmth and life.
The model here shown is of ex-
quisite artistry and is notable for its rich-
ness of carving, its dignity of line and
superb wood color.
A complete collection of standard up-
right models and these period designs
are now available:
Duncan Phyfe
Adam
Colonial
William & Mary
Jacobean
Louis XVI
Louis XV
Chinese Chippendale
Chippendale
Gothic
Special styles or complete equipments
will be made to order.
THE ILLUSTRATION SHOWS THE SONORA GOTHIC
AS IT WOULD APPEAR IN THE NORTH CLOISTER
OF FAMOUS COMBE ABBEY. WARWICKSHIRE,
WHICH EDIFICE DATES BACK TO THE DAYS OF
KING JOHN AND THE CISTERCIAN MONKS.
Sonora phonograph ^>alea Company, 3ur.
George E. Brightson, President
279 Broadway, New York
New York Demonstration Salons:
Fifth Avenue at 53rd Street
50 Broadway (Standard Arcade)
Toronto: Ryrie BIdg.
Dealers Everywhere
75h*¥\\fy\\£8t Glass
Salkirttjp fHachute in the QJorld
peace. Here surely, "When the eve is cool, God walk-
mine."
hi writing of gardens, one is likely to overlook the small'
ilowers. Those heavenly little ones that have almost human
sympathy and grow just for the plucking, and not for land-
scape effect. Pansies, lilies of the valley, pinks, and all
the thousand others. But the daintiest of these is the sweet
pea.
"Here are sweet peas, on tiptoe for a flight,
With wings of gentle flush o'er delicate white,
And taper fingers catching at all things,
To bind them all about with fairy wings."
How we regret when sweet-pea time is over, and the too
hot sun shrivels the vines and ends her charming day !
Nor have we mentioned the pungent marigolds, cosmos
and chrysanthemums that complete the year in flowers.
Formal and informal gardens are unfinished without them.
Color, fragrance, beauty of line, charming vista, all garden
lovers work for one end, that they may say, "This garden
has a world of pleasure in it."
BEAUVAIS-BOUCHER TAPESTRIES
(Continued from page 29)
boring with his trident in the earth the gushing spring
that immortalized her name. "Jupiter en Raisin," meaning
"Jupiter as a Grape," is an error made on the books of
the Beauvais Tapestry Works, and should read "Bacchus
en Raisin." It commemorates the story of Bacchus and
Erigone, the daughter of Icarius, now throned in the
heavens as one of the Signs of the Zodiac, and known as
the Virgin. Intoxicated by the juice of the grape into
which Bacchus had transformed himself, Erigone lost her
maidenly fear, and has had her love affair illustrated by
numerous painters, among them Boucher, whose desigc* $
preserved in the engraving of Duflos as well as in the
tapestry. "Mars and Venus" pictures the most notorious of
ancient flirtations more modestly than does the painting" by
Sodoma in the Metropolitan Museum.
"Boreas and Orithya" reveals the dismay of the daughter
of the Athenian king when the god of the north wind, un-
able to breath gently and sigh softly as a fond lover should,
returned to his true character and employed force. "Jupi-
ter and Europa" shows the king of the gods disguised as a
white bull in order to escape the notice of his jealous wife,
Juno, and deceive the maiden who gave the continent of
Europe its name. "Vulcan and Venus" emphasizes the con-
trast between the goddess of love and her blacksmith
husband. "Apollo and Clytie" (Sunrise) introduces the
water nymph, whose love for the sun-god was unreturned,
and who, from sunrise to sunset, kept her eyes fastened
on him in his course until her body took root in the ground,
and her face became the sunflower, turning (in the words
of Thomas Moore) "on her god when he sets the same
look that she turned when he rose."
The set of five "Opera Fragments" recalls in tapestry
decorative scenes designs by Boucher for the stage, among
others the "Hamlet of Isse" for the opera, the color sketch
of which was exposed at the Salon in 1742.
Last, but not least (omitting the "Palm Pastoral" set
sometimes attributed to Boucher, but really by Huet), come
the six "Noble Pastoral" tapestries, the first set of which
was started on the looms of Beauvais in 1755 for the apart-
ments of the Dauphine at Fontainebleau. The splendid set
of the Kami Collection, Mrs. Huntington has at her house
in Santa Barbara.
Other American owners of Beauvais-Boucher tapesti<^s,
not already named, are Mr. Baker, Mr. Alexander, Senator
Clark, Mr. Gould and Mr. Widener.
May, 1919
ARTS and 1) ECO RATIO \ T
45
The COLONY SHOPS
GINSBURG Sr LEVY
ANTIQUES
Seventeenth-Century Chinese Lacquer Cabinet,
on Contemporary/ English Stand
WE also have
on view in
our s h o w-
rooms a large collection
of genuine early Eng'
lish Oak Furniture and
representative speci-
mens of Colonial Fur-
niture in Walnut,
Mahogany and Curly
Maple suitable for the
country home.
397 MADISON AVENUE
NEW YORK
MAGGS BROTHERS
3i & 35 Conduit Street ; New Bond Street
LONDON ENGLAND
CARRY ONE OF THE LARGEST AND
CHOICEST STOCKS IN ENGLAND OF
FINE AND RARE
BOOKS, PRINTS
AND
AUTOGRAP HS
Illustrated Catalogues in each department
regularly issued
These Catalogues appeal especially to the
Connoisseur, Collector and Antiquarian
Customers "desiderata" searched
for and reported free of charge
Shipments to America every week
ITEMS OF RARITY AND INTEREST ALWAYS
GLADLY PURCHASED
Established over fifty years
\i
46
lllllfllllllll .inn mil mil iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii liiiiiilii
A RTS and DECO k AT 10 X
\i
:iv.
I'M')
DANERSK DECORATIVE FURNITURE
NATURE gives us color in our gardens and our landscapes. Man
has craved the beauty of color in his houses of worship and
habitation through all the centuries of his existence.
The most charming contributions to the furniture of England were
the dainty painted sets of Sheraton and Adam, and the marvelous
lacquers of Chippendale.
DANERSK FURNITURE is an expression of the beautiful in color
and form that belongs to the past, and is yet in the truest sense an
interpretation of our own day and civilization.
Each DANERSK room possesses the maximum of charm and indi-
viduality in proportion to its cost. The finish and color are devised
specifically to present a unity of appeal in furniture, fabrics and
upholstered pieces.
We hold all pieces ready for immediate finishing in the decorative
scheme of your own choosing.
Consult your decorator or deal direct. Advice given without obligation to purchase
ERSKINE-DANFORTH CORPORATION
2 West 47th Street, New York
First Door West of Fifth Avenue — 4th Floor
SEND FOR VALUABLE
BOOK X5"
Slllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll'lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll Illllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll II II Ml Illllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll I IlllllillllllS
D E V O E
ARTIST'S OIL COLORS
Are prepared from carefully se-
lected pigments thoroughly incorpo-
rated with the purest oil — single and
double size tubes. Used and en-
dorsed by leading artists.
sv
'ttt*M
At the request of a number of
prominent artists we are now putting
up a line of "Devoe Artists' Oil
Colors" in studio size tubes.
Canvas, Academy Boards, Brushes,
Water Colors, Artists' Materials, etc.
Write for Pamphlet on
Our New Equalized
Spectrum Colors.
Color Makers for over 150 years.
F.W DEVOE 0XO.NY.]
DEVOE &RAYN0LDS CO., inc.
NEW YORK
CHICAGO
ECHOES OF THE LEMORDANT EXHIBITION
1 1 ontintted from page ' ' I ^
strange as it may seem, emotions of life itself, that before
were but nebulous, unformed. And the same obligation is
doubtless felt by many others. I shall not forget it."
It is interesting to note that most of these critics sensed
the fact that while he was familiar with all "schools" and
"methods" he never lost sight of the fact that they were but
a means to an end. A young American painter, himself a.
recent successful exhibitor, remarked quietly : "After all, he
had something to say and said it because he knew how. And
knew how so well that he will go on saying it somehow in a
better and bigger way. Blindness will become sight to this
man and through him for many."
It is rather remarkable, that this feeling, that Lemordant's
greatest work is still before him, should be so general. It
was first expressed to me by the gentleman who is most
responsible for his coming to this country. Said he : "Like
every one else I was overcome with grief that so brilliant a
star should be extinguished, until I met him. Then I knew
that such magnificent power could only be directed into an-
other channel. I am happy now, for I am convinced that his
greatest work is to come."
Much the same feeling was remarked by a distinguished
Oriental artist: "He is undoubtedly one of the greatest of
the great French people. I regretted that there was not in
the exhibition at least one finished work until I heard him
address an audience, then I said : It doesn't matter ; nothing
is past for this man."
These are the opinions of but a few of the many people
who have visited the show not once but time and again.
Public appreciation has been most gratifying in every way
and Lieutenant Lemordant's manager has been swamped by
requests from Galleries all over the United States asking
permission to exhibit the paintings for any possible season.
It was said in these pages last month that it was difficult f *-
discuss the work of this artist apart from his personality.
It is not necessary to try. Let us look to his future.
WAR MEMORIALS
(Continued from page 1 Q )
to get, establishes its own claim, as our illustrations amply
demonstrate.
"While opposing artists may compete in their designs
there is no competition in the cost of the professional
services of sculptors and architects. Unlike commercial
firms, these men do not bid against each other for employ-
ment.
"As in the case of the work of other professional men
and artists, the services of some cost more and are worth
more than the services of others and the client is free to
entrust his work to whomever he will and at such a cost
of the whole as he desires. Of the three factors, size,
elaboration, and cost, he may choose any two. In archi-
tectural work the cost of the design in proportion to that
of construction is so small as to be almost negligible in con-
sidering the appointment of one or another architect. The
best may be — he usually is — the cheapest.
The Three Workmen
"(1) The service of the sculptor to the client is the
preparation of scale and full size models and the actual exe-
cution with his own hand and with those of his assistants
of the sculptural work.
"(2) The service of the architect is the original plan-
ning with the sculptor, the making of the drawings, re-
ceiving bids from contractors, awarding the structural wojp
and such special supervision of every detail of ornament
and every profile of the moldings as shall insure their con-
May, 101')
A RTS and I) ECO K A TIO X
47
<d
LONDON
IMPORTERS
SINCE
1866
PARIS
lllllllllllilBllllllllllillllilllllllllllMUIIIIIIIIillllllllllllP 1 "-:
McGIBBON
FOR
QUALITY
McGibbon & Go.
3 West 37th Street, One door from Fifth Avenue
SUMMER HELPS
WILLOW FURNITURE AWNINGS SLIP COVERS WINDOW SHADES
SUMMER DRAPERIES FURNITURE RE-UPHOLSTERED
Imported and Domestic Cretonnes, Printed Linens, Cotton Damasks and Dimities
WILLOW FURNITURE — Comfortable Models in Natural,
Stained or Enamel Finish. Moderate Prices.
SLIP COVERS— Cut and made by skilled artisans.
AWNINGS— Plain and Striped Materials put up on best gal-
vanized frames and fixtures.
WINDOW SHADES— Imported Scotch, Holland and Domestic
Shading. Hartshorne Spring Rollers. Put up complete.
FURNITURE RE-UPHOLSTERED— Expert workmen to do the
work. Old pieces of furniture made to look like new. Cover-
ings are here in great variety for your selection.
CLEANING— Lace Curtains and Blankets CAREFULLY cleaned.
Stored free for summer, if desired.
ORIENTAL and DOMESTIC CARPETS and RUGS— Cleaned,
Repaired and Stored.
ESTIMATES CHEERFULLY SUBMITTED
!ll!!lli[l!lll!ll![l!ll[|IIIIIIHIIIIIII!!lll!lllllll!lll|]||lllll!!l!ll!l!>IIIIIUIIIl!lllll![l!li^
-r-
00**-
"A sheet of it will defy you to put it
out of business." — Alonzo Kimball.
WATFR COLOR paper always means 'What-
man' to me and a hot pressed sheet of it
will stand anything and defy you to put
it out of business. I know, for I've enjoyed using it
and it's a good, reliable friend.
"To ask me what I think and know about 'What-
man' is like asking me what I know about
'Sterling' or whether 2x2=4. They are in the same
category. I've been brought up to know that all
three are proved facts in their dif-
ferent lines and all three can be
depended upon. To advertise
'Whatman' it is only necessary to
write a eulogy on water-color paper.
DRAWING PAPERS
— for a century and a half the preferred paper of master and
student alike. Get— at your dealer's— the kind that will best
bring out your technique.
H. REEVE ANGEL & CO. Inc., 7-11 Spruce Street, New York
Sole Importers for the United States
and Canada.
\L
li
48
ARTS and DECORATION
bg-jr^y&!&&t *>;%: >
YALE SCHOOL OF THE
FINE ARTS
YALE UNIVERSITY, NEW HAVEN, CONN.
SERGEANT KENDALL, Director
Departments of Drawing and Painting, Sculpture,
Architecture
CLASSES IN COMPOSITION, ANATOMY, PERSPECTIVE
FACULTY — Painting— 'Sergeant Kendall. Draw-
ing—Edwin C. Taylor, G. H. Langzettel, T. Diedricksen.
Sculpture— Robert G. Eberhard. Architecture— -Everett
V. Meeks, Franklin J. Walls, A. Kingsley Porter. Com-
position— Edwin C. Taylor. Perspective— Theodore
Diedricksen, Edwin C. Taylor. Anatomy— Raynham
Townshend, M.D.
DEGREE— The degree of Bachelor of Fine Arts
(B.F.A.) is awarded for advanced work of distinction.
The Winchester Fellowship for one year's study of art
in Europe, the English Scholarship for study of art
and travel in Europe during the summer vacation, and
School Scholarships are awarded annually.
Illustrated Catalogue A
Address G. H. LANGZETTEL, Secretary
Accompanying illustration is a sketch for a vaulted ceiling deco-
ration. — Composition Class.
MARTINI TEMPERA COLORS
MADEOF AMERICAN MATERIALS.IN AMERICA, BY AMERICANS ^ B B H
A SIMPLE PALETTE OF ZINC WHITE, CADMIUM JJA
PALE AND ORANGE, RAW SIENNA. ALIZARINE AND ■ ■ ■ ■
VERMILION, COBALT AND ULTRAMARINE, PERMA- J B_B_B
NENT GREEN DEEP AND ZINC GREEN LIGHT AND B_B B B
ALSO OXIDE OF CHROMIUM ARE AMPLE FOR A
SUMMER SKETCHING OUTFIT. B B B B
US. DISTRIBUTORS: FAVOR. RUHL Cr^CO. ^Z^^l°it
Washington University
ST. LOUIS SCHOOL
of FINE ARTS
Fully equipped to give
instruction in Drawing,
Ceramic-Decoration, Pot-
tery, Painting, Applied
Arts, Composition, Mod-
eling, Bookbinding, Crafts
Illustration. Interior dec-
oration.
For full information and
free illustrated handbook
apply to
E. H. WUERPEL, Director
45th year. Next term opens September 23, 1918.
Skinker Road and Lindell Boulevard, St. Louis, Mo.
5W ,H '«m5UR fACIIICC A5T
|ilHAtUIOKV»BERKELEYcAl.irO«NIA
WRITE FOR ILLUSTRATED CATALOC
Summer Session, June 23 to August 2.
ANTIQUES
Old Stuart Bedstead,
Chairs, Old Oak Chests and other pieces.
Trade Supplied. All genuine goods. H.
HOPKIN, 19, 20, 83 Westgate, Grant-
ham, Lines, England.
Haig's Famous Etching
of Amiens Cathedral
C5-tS9t-<=
Widespread appreciation of this fine
photogravure of Haig's famous etching has
demanded the making of another edition.
One hundred more copies are therefore
read;? for mailing to readers of Arts & Dec-
oration at $2.00 postpaid.
o*SKo
Arts & Decoration
470 FOURTH AVENUE
NEW YORK 1
■;!,'M .!::■: i! ; , Li ! , i.i i... :.:: i. : '/i !.n i.;!.i;:i.l : ! i::i i:,i iin-i,,! !■ i : ,i ;„i ,:.i ; : i ; -j ,: .; i m ,: i ,, , ;m ,: i ,, i ^.iiiif,: . . :■"-
May, 1919
f< >nnity to his scheme. He also must
sec it through. If, in any case thej
architect and the sculptor should not
he retained to control the actual
working out of their designs, the
client would risk losing the last re-
finement in the very place where re-
finement counts, and have no assur-
ance after all of getting more than
a stonecutter's job.
"(3) The service of the con-
tractor is to build the memorial,
carrying out exactly the plans and
models of the professional men with
his own skilled mechanics.
"It is an association of mutual
service equitably divided according
to capability, training and resources
between them. None of them can
do the work of the others."
These very lucid and complete di-
rections are, as has been said above,
but a part of the splendid service
offered to civic and community com-
mittees by the Municipal Art Society
of New York City. Further in-
formation and assistance can be had
by all interested on applying to the
offices of the Society at 119 E. 19th
Street, New York City.
DO
THE AWNINGS BELONG
TO YOUR HOUSE?
{Continued from page 21)
>
Not less interesting are the awn-
ings on the Postley house at Oyster
Bay, the porch of which is shown
here in the smaller right-hand pic-
ture on page twenty-one. It will be
noted that while it shades the veranda
satisfactorily, it does not obscure the
view and it is in keeping with the
house.
The porch awning of the C. V.
Brokaw house, upper left, harks
back to those delightful times when
humanity had time to enjoy nature.
At the same time it is thoroughly
modern in construction and con-
venience in handling and it is so
simple that any one can find a like
use for its type, its single note of
richness being its fringe border. As
there are almost as many kinds of
awnings as there are types of houses
it is useless to attempt to discuss
them here. Rather it is our desire
to call attention to giving them con-
sideration from the beginning of
house planning. The same thing
might be suggested as regards tents
and marquees on the lawn. In these
is opportunity for individuality and
a free use of color that ought not
be lost, since a rich-tinted marquee
gives tremendous distinction anw
adds to the general attractions of
tea-time gatherings.
lay,
1919
ARTS and DEC O RATH) X
49
f American
"*The Cabinet- wood of the £,lecf
You are rightfully proud of your
love for Walnut. May we not have
your name on the list for the bro-
chure de luxe now in preparation?
Write
AMERICAN WALNUT MFRS' ASSOCIATION
4i >-, 115 Broadway New York City
Specialists m (English JlWntfure
d/u. \Monclozi furniture /nop
MADISON AVE., JVST SOVTH o/*34ia
r
JOSEPH P. MCHUGH
-AND SONja^sSkerM'HV
q Wesi 42 no! Street -New Yor.
Designers andftlakers of
Quaint Jurniiure
Dmporlers of exclusive
WallPapers SFabrics
y
F. N. DOWLING
Furniture and Decoration
5~th Street at Madison Avenue
NEW YORK
EXCLUSIVE PERIOD FURNITURE
IMPORTED. MARBLE and WOOD MANTELS
ELECTRIC FIXTURES
SILKS — LINENS — TAPESTRIES
'EVERYTHING FOR THE FIREPLACE"
is the title of our catalog on
FIREPLACE EQUIPMENT
It contains the largest variety of
Hearth Furniture in any catolog
"HOME and toe FIREPLACE"
it our little book on
Fireplaces that Satisfy
Both are free upon request.
Write for your copy to-day.
COLONIAL FIREPLACE COMPANY. 4620 W. 12th St.. Chicaio.
OLD RARE ENGRAVINGS, Colour Prints, etc., Original
Drawing and Paintings of the French, English, Dutch,
and American Schools. Rare Books. Catalogues just is-
sued: (1) Old Paintings and Drawing (Illustrated);
(2) Rare Books; (3) Old Engraving, Colour Prints, Old
Masters, Musical Prints; (4) Americana. Mr. Albert
Berthel, Print Room, Picture Gallery, Antiquarian Library,
39 & 41 New Oxford St., London W.C.
piliiiiiiiliilL 1
RUGS
FINE BNTIQUE &. IYIODER1N
ORIENTALS • VRST ASSORT-
MENT • MODERATE PRICES
SPECIAL DESIGNS £. PLPiirS
COLORS IN WE5TERM RUGS
OF H1CM QUALITY
KeiNT-CoSTIKYftN
. _ TRADING CO. INC.
9 485 FIFTH AVENUE- NEW YORK
OPPOSITE PUBLIC LIBRARY
ilWHIHII'
STATEMENT OF THE OWNERSHIP,
MANAGEMENT, CIRCU1 VTION, ETC.,
REQUIRED 15Y THE ACT OF CON
GRESS OF AUGUST -'4, 1912,
Of Arts and Decoration, published
monthly at Now York, N. Y., for April 1,
1919, Stale of New York, County of New
York, ss. Before me, a Notary Public in
and for the State and county aforesaid,
personally appeared Dexter W. Hewitt,
who, having been duly sworn according to
law, deposes and says thai he is the Busi-
ness Manager of Arts and Decoration,
and that the following- is, to the best of
his knowledge and belief, a (rue statement
of the ownership, management (and if a
daily paper, the circulation), etc., of the
aforesaid publication for the date shown in
the above caption, required by the Act of
\ngust 24, 1912, embodied in section 443,
Postal Laws and Regulations, printed on
the reverse of this form, to wit: 1. That the
names and addresses of the publisher, edi-
tor, managing editor, and business man-
agers are: Publisher, Hewitt Publishing
Corporation, 470 Fourth Ave., New York,
N. Y.; Editor, J. C. Marshall, 470 Fourth
Ave., New York, N. Y. ; Managing Editor,
None; Business Managers, Dexter W.
Hewitt, Elisha Hewitt, 470 Fourth Ave.,
New York, N. Y. 2. That the owners are :
(Give names and addresses of individual
owners, or, if a corporation, give its name
and the names and addresses of stockhold-
ers owning or holding 1 per cent, or more
of the total amount of stock.) Hewitt
Publishing Corporation, 470 Fourth Ave.,
New York, N. Y. ; Dexter W. Hewitt, 470
Fourth Ave., New York, N. Y. ; Elisha
Hewitt, 470 Fourth Ave., New York, N. Y. ;
Kalon Publishing Co., Inc., 2 West 45th
Street, New York, N. Y. ; Stockholders of
Kalon Publishing Co., Inc., owning or hold-
ing 1 per cent, or more of the total amount
of stock — John Hemming Fry, 222 West
59th St., New York, N. Y. 3. That the
known bondholders, mortgagees, and other
security holders owning or holding 1 per
cent, or more of total amount of bonds,
mortgages, or other securities are: (If
there are none, so state) None. 4. That the
two paragraphs next above, giving the
names of the owners, stockholders, and se-
curity holders, if any, contain not only the
list of stockholders and security holders as
they appear upon the books of the com-
pany but also, in cases where the stock-
holder or security holder appears upon the
books of the company as trustee or in any
other fiduciary relation, the name of the
person or corporation for whom such trus-
tee is acting, is given; also that the said two
paragraphs contain statements embracing
affiant's full knowledge and belief as to the
circumstances and conditions under which
stockholders and security holders who do
not appear upon the books of the company
as trustees, hold stock and securities in a
capacity other than that of a bona fide
owner; and this affiant has no reason to
believe that any other person, association,
or corporation has any interest direct or
indirect in the said stock, bonds, or other
securities than as so stated by him. Dexter
W. Hewitt, Business Manager. Sworn to
and subscribed before me this 24th day of
March, 1919, E. De Haven. (My commis-
sion expires March 30, 1919.)
COOPERATION WITH PUBLIC
SCHOOLS
THE Board of Education of the City
of Minneapolis has just planned a
departure as respects art instruction
in the public schools, by the appointment
of Miss M. Emma Roberts as teacher of
Art Appreciation. It is purposed to develop
art ideals by means of bringing the pupils
into contact with art objects, through
illustrative lectures, in the expectation that
interest will open the minds of the pupils
to aesthetic impressions. The Trustees of
the Society of Fine Arts are co-operating
in the plan, allowing the free use of the
classroom at the Institute whenever needed,
and access to the galleries and collections
in the Museum. They have also provided
an office in the building adjoining the class
room.
The results of this experiment in Min-
neapolis will be watched with very great
interest.
liniiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiN
T3h<
"Ehrich (BttUertes
Dealers in
"UfHr. sflHantrra*'
Exclusively
707 FIFTH AVENUE.
at SSth Stmt
NEW YORK
Marquis d'Acqueville,
by Ainui- Duvivier,
L786-1824. Size of
canvas 18"x36", The
Marquis sal to Aimee
1 > u v i v i e r for this
signed and dated por-
trait in 1791.
The Tobey Furniture Co.
Interior Decorations
Our aim is to assist the client, developing
his individual ideas in harmonious form.
Tobey-Made Furniture
— the original designs of our studios,
executed by hand in our own shops.
NEW YORK : Fifth Avenue at Fifty-third Street
CHICAGO : Wabash Avenue and Washington Street
IRMNG ifCASSON
DESIGNER-S AND MAKERS OF
FINE FURNITURE AND INTERIOR TIN K5H
DECORATIONS -UPHOLSTERY
"WALL HANGING J
BOSTON
570-57S DOYL5TON ST
COPLEY sqUAKJS
NEW YORK
601 FIFTH AVENUE.
ninMiiiiimiiiiiinmiiiiiiiiiniiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiNi mniiiimi ii IIHIIIIIililllllllfflBffliiMmSnm
r> f\ /~\ I/" C ON ALL SUBJECTS, including
ri \_J 11 l\ ^ Decorative Art, Drawing, Arch-
_ , ^^ *-*** itectural Design, etc. Text-
Book for every examination. Second-Hand and New.
Catalogue No. 437 post free. State wants
W Xr C FflYIF 121-123, CHARING CROSS ROAD
"• w "• rWILE. LONDON, W. C. 2, ENG.
ANTIQUE
SHOP
LaPLACE
Objects of Art, Curios, Rare Old Crystals and
Sheffield Plate, Period Furniture and Replicas
242 Fifth Ave. 1 1 East 48th St.
near. W. 28th St., N.Y.
DANIEL ADAMS,
Mgr.
near Fifth Ave.
R. H. KINGSBURY
Mgr.
ANCIENT and MODERN
RUGS
(O^TIKVAN c§ (a;
Shahristan Rugs Woven to special
order on our looms in the Orient
1 2 East 40th Street - New York
HIGGINS'
DRAWING INKS
ETERNAL WRITING INK
ENGROSSING INK
TAURINE MUCILAGE
PHOTO- MOUNTER PASTE
DRAWING BOARD PASTE
LIQUID PASTE
OFFICE PASTE
VEGETABLE GLUE, ETC.
ARE THE FINEST AND BEST INKS
AND ADHESIVES
Emancipate yourself from the
use of corrosive and ill-
smelling inks and adhesive*
and adopt the Hiffiw Inks
and AdhetivM. They will be a
revelation to you, they are so
Sweet, clean and well put up.
At Dealers Generally
Chas. M. Higgios & Co. , Mlrs
271 Niath Street. Brooklyn. N. Y.
Branches: Chicago, London
50
A RTS and 1) ECO RAT ION
THE RETURN OF THE PRODIGAL TASTE" A TRUE STORY IN ONE ADV. (See BEWIV.t
The following conversation happened once that we know of
(Perhaps by you.)
"Every time I look around our new home, dear, I am than
furniture. He said we'd have to do a lot of insisting to g
is worth all the insisting we did."
"Well, I told 3'ou we had an architect who was well-ground
back' of OAK to the favor of people like us is 'not a fad b
sense the full meaning of that advertisement wc clipped an
about OAK furniture having the qualities of BEAUTY, D
as you are to 'start worthy heirlooms' in our family.''
There is no more satisfying possession than good OAK f
none better worth insisting upon. Have you tried INSIS
U RE COMPARISONS"
Probably it is paralleled many times — the country over.
kful to the architect for being so insistent about this OAK
et really good furniture in this noble wood — and it certainly
ed in both his taste and his knowledge. He says the 'come
ut a recognition' — that's the way he put it. Now I begin to
d put in the 'new home box' — you remember? — something
IGNITV, POISE and PERMANENCE. I'm just as glad
urniture. There is no more safe and enduring investment —
TING? Try it — in your best store.
AMERICAN OAK MANUFACTURERS' ASSOCIATION
Will write you personal letters worth getting. Tell us of your special interest.
ROOM 1403, 14 MAIN STREET, MEMPHIS, TENNESSEE
ASK FOR BOOKLETS AND FINISHED SAMPLES
Address
May, l'M'J
a
urnis
Lsningi
\^\ / E cannot, in type, convey to you
the true atmosphere of the
artistic articles of utility which abound
in such profusion at Vantines. For
here, in all their Oriental splendor,
are lamps that have no duplicates else-
where, rugs of Chinese grass, or
Japanese 'fibre. Furniture of rattan
from old Canton, Chinaware in numer-
ous quaint patterns, Draperies, Far
Eastern Delicacies, etc., and countless
accessories for house and garden that
should be seen to be appreciated.
A. A. VANTINE & CO., Inc.
Fiftk Avenue and 39th Street
NEW YORK
Favor us with a visit when it is convenient
for you to call, or permit us to supply by
letter, full particulars regarding any Oriental
article in which you may be interested. The
individuality of our stock makes the issuance
of a catalog impracticable this season, but our
Personal Service Bureau awaits the pleasure
of serving you by mail.
No. 17 $9.75 Ml
No. 7 $9.50
No. 15
$9.00.
No. 103
$15.00
' <2
iiiinniiiiiiiiiiHiminnniiiiiiiiiiiii
lllllllll Ill .1 . : , II .1: „ : Illllllllllllllllllllllllinilllllllll .„ I !l ,i .,. ' I, „ I' , I, In I I,
III
I
ITALIAN TABLES ON VIEW IN OVK GALLERIES
Exhibition of
Authoritative Examples
of Period Furniture
Tapestries
Needlework
and Decorative Accessories
Mr. Feffercorn will be pleased to
make appointments for consulta^
tion with out'of'town clients.
/26a)\d/28 East Ztfth Street
NEWWKK CATTY
lllllllPIIIillUlllllllllllllllllllllllllllillllllllllllllllllillllllllllM Illllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllil lillllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllM
3 ' ' ' IIIMiliniMIH MniHIHHIl
llll [
ISAAC GOLDMANN COMPANY
HEW YORK
iiiiiiniiiiiiiiiniiii liiiiliiii i iiiiiimiiiiiimi iimmi i mimiii iiiiiii 11 i iiiiiiiiiimi ii iiiiiliiiiiiiiiiiiilitiiiiililiillllllllllliiii ^
Corner of kitchen in the New York residence of
Mrs. Albcri Herter covered with Nairn Linoleum.
WHEN planning the floor coverings for the kitchen or
similar rooms — whether in town or country house —
you will find it particularly easy to select the exact tone of pat-
tern appropriate to the room scheme if you choose from the
famous Nairn Linoleums.
The fact that they give longer service in wear is because their
designs and colors are "built in" by the exclusive Nairn process.
LIN
LEV
Nairn Linoleum Company, Newark, N. J.
W. & J. Sloane
Sole Selling Agents
573 Fifth Avenue, New York
216-218 Sutter St., San Francisco
Chicago St. Louis
Denver Galveston Kansas City
Los Angeles
Seattle Portland, Oregon
IIIIIII lllllllllllllllllllllllHlllllWM
M
DECORA
ON
FORMERLY
ART WORLD and ARTS &- DECORATION
i
35 CENTS
H 00 THE YEAK
JUNE, 1919
illlllllllllS
\
mammmmmik
o4*
«rd6S*S$£*%3*U
S3
tonal?
vy/
3A&<
u
*$*£
*.
f reaiii^witk simple meaixs
J3eliaKtrul lrvieriors
'n*
H
a
3.
Ap^rfti
Tp
^yuccess in the planning of a room depends
^—/ upon the grace of good judgment,
rather than lavish expenditure —
tffl Indeed, some of the most delightful
J«. interiors are those in which the appoint-
ments are quite simple in character — yet so
well disposed in relation to their setting
that the whole effect is pleasing beyond
expression.
fl] The opportunity to achieve such results
j) is nowhere better presented than at
these interesting Galleries. On view here
are many simple yet singularly charming
groups and occasional pieces of Furniture
at well within a moderate cost. In addition
there are Reproductions of every historic
epoch, admirable examples of English
Upholstery, quaint Decorative Objects,
, modern and ancient Oriental Rugs — all a
, part of the well-appointed town or country
",iiouse of today.
De luxe prints of attraction
interior* gratis upon request
Grand Rapids furniture Company
INCORPORATED
34~36 West 32*2 Street
New^fbrk City
Tune. 1919
A RTS and DECOR ATT N
kLZ
Nvr 55
iiiininninninmiiii mi in WHIM IMII mil iniiiiiiiiiiii iiiiiiiiiin nnininiiinnniiunnnnii ii iiiiiiiniiiiiiiiiiiiiii mini n nun iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiini i hiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii iiiiiiiiiini iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiini iiiiini iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiini iiiinir
S'lllllllllllllllllllllllllimillllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll Illlllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll!!!! Illlllllllllllll]llinillllllll![lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll]l!lllllllllllll|!!ll
|
stf
•tf>
ONE OF MANY \ROOMS FILLED WITH EXCEPTIONALLY INTERESTING FURNITURE
AT THE FEFFERCORN GALLERIES
ft
Exhibition of
Authoritative Examples
of Period Furniture
Tapestries
Needlework
and Decorative Accessories
Mr. Feffercorn will be pleased to
make appointments for consulta-
tion with out'of'town clients.
/26 and 128 East ZSth Streett
NEVTOK CUTTY
1SUHIMIH '
■ii.' iiiiini mi nun ma i .hi inn iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiinii i iiiiiiini minimi : : i nan i mn 'i. - t ;i 'ii :i ih ii Miiiii'iiunr-
56
ARTS and ] ) E C O RATION
June, 191!
giiMTi r mMiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii[iiii! miiiiin i mini iiiiiiiiiiiiiin 111 iimiiiiiiniiiiinmiiiiniiin iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiMiMi!iitiiiiiiniii
ARTS & DECORATION
VOLUME XI
JUNE, 1919
NUMBER 2
CONTENTS
THE SPIRIT OF THE WOODS Frontispiece
"GOD MADE TWO PERFECT THINGS" 59
NEW ARCHITECTURE FOR NEW FRANCE By Robert Allerton Parker 60
IN CALIFORNIA'S COLONY OF BEAUTIFUL HOMES 61
MR. EDWIN S. BAYER'S NEW YORK HOME 62
JOHN MOWBRAY-CLARKE REVEALS HIMSELF 64
"CARRYING ON" AT COLONIA, NEW JERSEY 65
THE GARDENS AT SHELBURNE FARMS 66
ELEVATIONS AND PLANS FOR AN ENGLISH STUDIO By Frank J. Forster 68
BUILD NOW 69
ROCKWELL KENT'S ALASKA DRAWINGS 70
"UP HILL, DOWN DALE" By Lindsay Glen 73
WHAT SAN ANTONIO HAS DONE WITH HER PARKS 74
PORTRAITS OF MISS RUTH ST. DENIS 76
WHAT AN HOTEL HAS DONE FOR ART 78
A NEW TRIUMPH IN THE ART OF THE THEATRE 80
RULES AND FREEDOM IN DECORATION By C. Matlack Price 82
THE GARDEN OF HEALING WATERS — A Poem By Vivien May Parker 84
THE ARTIST IN THE GARDEN By Vivien May Parker 85
TRADITION AND MOVEMENTS By Clive Bell 86
SARGENT AS A PAINTER OF WAR 87
GARDEN SCULPTURE 88
THESE ARE CARVINGS IN CONCRETE 89
OUR OBLIGATIONS TO OUR INDUSTRIAL ARTS 89
EXHIBITIONS IN THE NEW YORK GALLERIES By Peyton Boswell 90
Published Monthly by HEWITT PUBLISHING CORPORATION
470 FOURTH AVENUE, NEW YORK
London: 407 Bank Chambers, Chancery Lane
Subscription $4.00 a year in the United States, Colonies and Mexico. $4.50 in Canada. $5.00 in Foreign
Countries. Single copies 35 cents. Entered as Second Class Matter May 27, 1918, at the Post Office at New
York City, under the Act of March 3, 1879. Copyright 1919 by Hewitt Pub. Corp. Registered U. S. Patent Office.
<
une, 1919
A R TS and DECOR A TIO X
57
'^^x^m^M3^M^i3E^mt^^^mj^3m^M^
rf
m ~i
I
i
I
Illustration of a Chinese Rug made upon our own looms in China
Symbolism in Chinese Rugs
The rugs of China, now generally admired because of their unusual
color effects, have an added charm in designs evolved from the great
religious beliefs under which the people have lived.
In the design illustrated above are depicted, upon a medium porcelain
blue ground, the eight Buddhist symbols, also the chess boards, scrolls,
and musical instruments, which are symbols of the Literati. The central
medallion shows an arrangement of the Phoenix, a symbol of prosperity,
while in the other medallions is shown the "Lung," or Dragon of Heaven,
guarding a pearl. The designs of our Chinese Rugs follow faithfully
those of the earlier periods.
We have numerous other designs ready for delivery, and can make any required
size in a reasonable time. Further imformation will be gladly given upon request.
W. &. J. SLOANE
Direct Importers of Eastern Rugs
Interior Decorators Floor Coverings and Fabrics Furniture Makers
FIFTH AVENUE AND FOKTY^SEVENTH STREET, NEW YORK
WASHINGTON, D. C. SAN FRANCISCO. CAL.
WZ£mZtt2&E&mg3E%*m?gmSW&
58
ARTS and DECORATION
iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiniiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii
June, 1919
«J
1
Gen the
THE SPIRIT OF THE WOODS
As interpreted by a Duncan Dancer
€
^■■■IHWIUUH
A R.T S 3 <^
DECORATION
Formerly- ART WORLD and ARTS &- DECORATION
= -I i-iii-iiuiUiuiiuiniuiitiiiiuiiiiMuiiiiiiiiituiiuiinHnuiihiiiiMLUiHiiihituiuuiuDiHiliiHiiiiiiiii.uitiiiiiiiiiiniii:.-. mi . ■; ■ m one in « iii'i.jn.B uum » :. im « «n ' i iiiiiiiiWBi it [una; pi
Volume XI
JUNE, 1919
lUllUllllllllllllllIU
Number 2
lllllllllllllllllll
"God Made Two Perfect Things"
The Story of a French Rose Garden
c
'EST impossible, m'sieur, I cannot to-day, for 1 have
much work to do with my roses." So replied the
old Frenchman to my request for help with a little
floral surprise for my "Buddies" in celebration of our July
Fourth in France. "But it is our national fete, my friend,"
said I, hoping, shamefacedly, to gain my point.
"Oh, what a difference! Your fete de 1'independence !
Mais oui, m'sieur — I will do it, of course, with pleasure.
Come to my garden and make your choice. All are
yours to choose from for the fete of your great country !"
^ And that is how I came to know
^«^ Jardin des Roses," near Toul,
France.
Can I tell you of the poesy of "This
Garden of Roses," and make you feel
the love of that little- wizened French-
man for his roses and — but Fll let you
read the tale.
Doubly walled and moated, Toul sits
triste and dour in the smiling valley of
the Moselle, as if, like all fortresses of
ancient glory, she realized her ineffec-
tiveness in the great struggle that was
waging breathlessly around her. Un-
like her sister city, the chic and lovely
Nancy — there was little gaiety within
her portals. Indeed only where one
heard the washerwoman's bat by the
river side was there any feeling of nor-
mal life, for Toul was at war — and
*-'',.'--'
\v£-V:s>v
r (X*»':" <
war is a grim business.
Yet not far from the Porte Jeanne
d'Arc, too near to escape the nightly
bombing raids of the enemy planes, lay
"The Garden of Roses" — owned and
tended by a little old man and his bent,
sorrow-worn wife. Four sons, their all, had been laid on
the altar of sacrifice for the Patrie. None remained to en-
joy the roses that nodded me welcome as I passed under
the pink-blossomed archway.
"A thousand apologies, m'sieur, for my roses," explained
my host, "but with no one but me to watch them the drought
and fearful gases of war have made a desert of the
ga#en."
To my eyes it seemed Erlen come again. Here were old
friends swaying in the breeze, nodding their little heads to
and fro as in a joyous dance, seeming to say, "What care we
for war; have ye not our lover to defend us?" There were
acres of them — all in formal box-bordered beds, and in
each plot placed to best advantage was a metal scroll on
which he had written mottoes suitable to their kind — dec-
larations of his love for them. For the first bed — one of
lovely pink roses: "God made two perfect things, a woman
and a rose."
What sentiment these Frenchmen have, thought I, and
wondered who had inspired it. I had not yet seen or talked
with rnadarne. We moved on to a plot
of delicate white blossoms and my
heart throbbed over the context of its
motto : "A white rose planted on the
grave of a little child is acceptable to
God and brings joy to the hearts of
the angels."
"It was my wife who did that one,
m'sieur. Always did she smile at my
rose verses until our Jean died. Then
she smiled no more. And now they
are all gone ! Alas, my garden of roses
is but a garden of memories, yet I
love it."
"It is plain that you do, my friend,"
said I, "but are there no red roses in
your garden?"
"Mais oui, m'sieur, beyond the wall,
nearer the house. Nannine, my wife,
loves them best, so 'tis there I placed
them."
And there, massed in gorgeous color
against the old stone wall, were hun-
dreds of them — and in their midst I
read :
"In the beginning God made woman.
Then for her enjoyment he made the rose."
"It's beautiful, my friend, how did you — " I never fin-
ished my question, for the airplane that had been sailing
so high above us proved the enemy's, and the guns on the
hill broke forth in angry protest. Some minutes later, in
the shelter of the house, I found the answer to all my won-
derings in the person of Nannine.
Bent by years of hard work, there was apparent in her a
dignity of soul that told me instantly the inspiration of the
garden of roses. (Continued on page 92)
t ' > c? • <
66
A R TS and 1) LCO k AT ION
Inn. , 1919
NEW ARCHITECTURE FOR NEW FRANCE
The Use of Cement and Concrete
in the Reconstruction of France
NEW necessities are producing a new architecture.
Reconstruction, in France, is a matter of new
methods, new materials, new problems. These things
must produce new esthetics and a new beauty. Artists
and architects of France are keenly alive to the great prob-
lems they must solve: the problem, perhaps first of all. of
time to be gained, of healing the wounds of the devastated
countryside without delay. There is the great problem of
economy : they must save the labor and expense. There is,
moreover, the problem of transportation. Flanders, Pi-
cardy, Lorraine, Ile-de-France, Champagne — each province
faces these problems. Each has its own traditional and
beloved architecture, its own
style. Architects must respect
these styles, yet esthetic consider-
ations must not obstruct the argi-
cultural and industrial reawaken-
ing. Fortunately, the artists and
architects of France are practical
men, completely alive to the exi-
gencies and the multple possibili-
ties of the situation.
Cement and reinforced concrete
had, even before the war, gained
a foothold as a building material
in France. Among the academic
architects there was a prejudice
against its use. This prejudice
was based upon a misconception
of the nature of concrete and its
architectural possibilities. It is
not adaptable to the older and
classical "types" of architecture.
But even before the outbreak of
the war, as well as during it, a number of striking and suc-
cessful buildings have been erected both in Paris and the
provinces which are worthy specimens of the artistic possi-
bilities of cement and concrete.
Paul Huillard and Ids associate, M. L. Sue, have been
eminently successful in designing houses of reinforced
concrete. The house and studio of the artist, Lucien
Simon, as well as the residence of the artist, Moreau, are
excellent examples of the achievement of these architects.
The celebrated Theatre des Champs-Elysees, erected under
the direction of the Perret brothers, shortly before the out-
break of the war, is another striking example of the new
architecture of concrete. The strikingly modern terraced
houses in the Rue Vavin, designed by Sauvage and Sarra-
zin, reveal an unusual but attractive departure from the
usual facade of the modern apartment house. In the new
railway stations at Rouen and Biarritz, Mr. Dervaux has
achieved excellent and thoroughly satisfactory results.
Later examples are the recently completed cinema of
moving - picture theatre in the
Avenue du Maine, Paris, and the
toy factory, the Jouet de
France, on Puteaux Island, jgfp
opposite the Bois de Boulogne.
Concrete steamboats are to be
noticed in the Seine nowadays.
Younger architects are experi-
menting in the new medium.
Sculptors and decorators are tak-
ing notice.
Plan and elevations for an inn that might well be copied
in this country.
Let us give up that too com-
mon fallacy, Leandre Vaillat re-
cently urged upon the artists and
architects of France, of calling
everying "Bochc" which happens
to be new, which belongs to our
own day and age. If cement and
concrete are not adaptable to the
old ideas, let us not forget that
beauty is never the result of su-
perimposed ornamentation, of the
abundance and the number of decorations, whatever the
nature of the building or fagade to which they adhere.
This gingerbread idea, which dates from the second half
of the nineteenth century, is to be found in any number of
dreadful houses in Paris. It is, moreover, the fundamental
error of the Municipal Council of Paris in organizing con-
tests •among constructors in the {Continued on page 92)
FACVDFi
A
t
June, 1919
ARTS and D KCOR A T I O X'
61
fl'*
hi the garden of Mr.
Andrew Welch, in that
peninsular Paradise, San
M a t e o, we find this
charming setting for a
Platonic dialog or the
birth of a modern ro-
mance.-- Left.
( 'asl stone has been used
with pleasing effect to
enhance this facade of
the beautiful home oj
Mr. Templeton Crocker
in Hillsborough, that
c o I o n y of California
aristocrats. The house
was designed by Willis
Polk, while the foun-
tain and other effective
sculptural bits here de-
picted were designed by
Mr. Rognier. — High t.
IN CALIFORNIA'S COLONY OF
BEAUTIFUL HOMES
Artistic Bits from Hillsborough, Menlo Park and San Mateo
H
Color has been most effectively used in this beautiful garden designed for the James Flood estate in Menlo Park, California. The swimming pool,
pergola, and garden furniture, simple and massive, is toned with yellow ochre. Mr. G. Rognier of San Mateo is the architect who achieved this
most pleasing effect.
.* v »
Photos by Courtesy of Atlas Portland Cement Co.
62
ARTS and DECORATION
June, 1019
Like humans, books require light and air to insure Sony life. Their arrangement in this library not only provides that but gives access to them as e £-
well as making them a part of the decorative scheme.
Interior Views of
Mr. Edwin S. Bayers'
SOME day some clever person will publish a complete
symposium on windows, — the various kinds and their
fitness to the different types of architecture common
to this country, and will gain thereby not only enduring
fame but will confer a lasting benefit on his fellowman.
When this material is gathered, it will of necessity in-
clude many illustrations of interior since it is by their light
that they will be judged to a great extent.
Who can doubt in looking at these views of Mr. Edwin
S. Bayers' town house that the splendid light seen, and
requisite for inside photography, is natural since all have
the clarity that only daylight possesses. And rarely does
one see even in country houses such glorious streaming
sunshine as in the upper right-hand picture. Both Mr.
Bayers and the architects are to be congratulated for hav-
ing accomplished such a wonder.
However, windows are not the only good points in this
house. The woodwork is superb. Every detail is carefully
wrought and there is considerable originality in the designs
themselves. Particularly interesting is the arrangement of
the book cases to form a freize around the plain panelled
library walls. Yet it will be observed that on either side of
the carved door panel smaller cases form, by means of
carved scrolls, the capitals of pilaster-like panels. These
match others flanking the mantel.
There is a royal dignity here, with a simplicity rarely found in
Italian settings.
In the smaller right-hand picture it will be noticed that
*
Tunc, 1919
ARTS and DECORATION
63
1 Gillies
Plenty of tables and chairs with sufficient light of both, natural and artificial, gives comfort precedence over beauty — though the latter lacks nothing
in any particular.
. New York City Home
Taylor 6- Levi, Architects
the conventional panel outlined by moldings is broken at
the top by the medallions of the festooned carvings, them-
selves superb in the balance of design and detail. Such a
treatment requires and receives here well developed pilasters
and the supporting dado around the room.
The dining room walls are altogether different. Extreme
simplicity as to panelling, relieved by a long horizontal panel
at the top, throws into high effect the ceiling which reflects
the richness of the Italian furnishings.
The mantels, too, hold a lesson for all who either enjoy
beauty for its own sake or contemplate building. All of
them possess that quality of being a part of the house, that
"built in" effect, that all mantels should have and very
many do not. Especially is this true of the library mantel
and its oval over decoration somewhat sunk in the wall it-
self gives a perspective equalled only by a window that gives
upon a charming outdoor scene. Not only is this the correct
mode "for this kind of decoration but, incidentally, all por-
traits are more effective when so framed. And a single
painting so treated can be made with entire success, the only
decoration in a room. Imagine the joy of having a brilliant
Zuloaga, such as Mr. Willard Straight's "Toreador," em-
panelled in oak as she has hers, the only picture in the room !
^The electric wall fixtures are also to be commended and
sTudied, for they, too, have been correctly mounted. As has
been said above, nothing is so important to our comfort.
Perfect balance, so often stiff and ovcrformal, is relieved here by the
charmingly carved festoons.
64
A R T S and DECORATION
June, 1919
iiiiiiiiiiiimiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiniiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii minimi! inn imiimimiiiiiimimmimmimiiiiiiiiiiimiiiimiiiiiimiiiimiiiiiiiiimiimiiiiiiiiimiiiimiiiim iiniiiiiiiinii iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiinii i iiiim mm iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiniii ill i i i iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii g
John Mowbray-Clarke Reveals Himself
Examples of His Work from a Group
on Exhibition at the Kevorkian Galleries
NOT since the unforgeta"ble Armory Exhibition
—yes, seven years have passed already — has
John Mowbray-Clarke shown his work until
the present comprehensive exhibition at the Kevorkian
Galleries in Fifty-seventh Street. The present show
covers a period of twelve years' activity. But the
wide diversity of style, we are informed, marks no
gradual change in the artist's style. These differences
express the changing moods of Mowbray-Clarke's
imagination. There are, for instance, the purely poetic
and imaginative figures, like the two here reproduced,
there are the ventures into the rarified
atmosphere of plastic speculation. But
most striking perhaps are those revela-
tions of the artist's own convictions —
sculptures which seem to indicate a
surprizing blend of Oriental mysticism
and Anglo-Saxon radicalism. "I was
brought up under the majesty of civil-
ized laws," the sculptor writes in the
catalogue, "but have come to think
them as ruthless as the most primi-
tive."
The group named "The Parasites"
symbolizes "the social family, its re-
ligion and its waste products." "Their
Gods 1 ' depicts "self-complacency, and the predatory
who take advantage of that state." I [ere is a sculptor
who models in the spirit of Samuel Butler, Bernard
Shaw, H. G. Wells. "The New Movement," and
"Whither," on the other hand, pokes deliberate fun
at half-baked champions of the New. "The Weaker
Vessel" is an effective satire of the sort of feminism
that appeals so little — satire summed up in a line, a
gesture that reveals everything. "The Sacrifice" sug-
gests a Dunsany drama — and future producers of the
plays might find valuable suggestions in Mowbray-
Clarke's treatment of these plastic
groups. "Aphrodite," as Miss Amy
Murray suggests, is a London com-
panion piece to Rodin's "La Belle
Heaulmiere" — a creature "luckless,
dropped down in the drizzle, gin-be-
mused."
These sculptures bear, one must con-
fess, a heavy burden of illustration.
That is because Mr. Mowbray-Clarke,
one guesses, is one of those independent
souls who, while never a conservative,
is not interested in "movements" in
the Newness for Newness's sake, but
rather in eternal and timely verities.
The Mask of
ROLLO PETERS
The present exhibi-
tion is a worthy record
of the spiritual devel-
opment of the artist.
Mowbray-Clarke seems
no longer interested in
externalities, no mat-
ter how appealing
these may be, but has,
instead, become a
searcher for internal
significance and beauty.
As this search goes
on, we may expect the
sculptor to purge his
art of the dualism that
now makes it some-
what puzzling to the
impartial observer.
Ananda Coomar'as-
wamy thinks that this
sculptor belongs to
that order of artists
who express a consis-
tent and definite reac-
tion to this life of ours.
THE BREEZE
DAWN
c";
■■:■! . i i":'iii.i m.i.im.i ;., ...i\;.i .m ,:.i . .L;:,i .hi ,:.i.,m:,',: .m;. 1 .:'.!., i i:.:-.!.r.!.,' ; .j-.:,:!..! 1. 1 : i .: ;: i :i.:,.i : i..ri: :'.i ,:.i i., I .' r.i ill i .: ; :i:iMi; i:,i i' i : ii:,:j ii.i ,i.i ,: i .: r.i ; i;:: i:,i.l m: :;i i::i 11.1 i;.i ii.i mm. 1 1: iiu i; i:,:.i:; ,i i .:. i :: , : i ,. : : ; im i.n i.i:.i i .1 1 ;i i ;■;: i ; 1 1 . ...t.
r S and DECOR A T I C) N
Copyright by Western Newspaper Union
"CARRYING ON" at COLONIA, NEW JERSEY
HOW many of us realize we are cripples? We
have trie usual quota of legs and arms, fingers
and toes, but we're cripples just the same.
Samuel Hopkins Adams made the discovery while
studying reconstruction of maimed soldiers at Walter
Reed General Hospital, Washington. Describing the
incident in the Red Cross Magazine, he writes :
' 'I suppose you regard yourself as a whole man,'
demanded one of the vocational therapy experts.
"Looking myself hastily over to make sure that I
had not lost anything in the surgical ward, I replied
that I could count the usual number of arms, legs and
other appurtenances.
' 'All right,' said the expert, 'but you're sort of a
cripple at that. You're atrophied.'
' 'If I am, I've never discovered it,' I assured him.
' 'Of course not. People never do until they're
shown. You haven't got anything like the full use of
more than four fingers and two thumbs out of a total
of ten. The normal man — the man who believes him-
self normal, I mean — never has. Can you light a
safety match with one hand?'
"He handed me the box and the match. After the
second abortive attempt the match fell on the floor
and the box fell on that match.
" 'That's elementary, that stunt,' remarked the in-
structor. 'Our one-arms can do that before they get
out of bed. You see, your two smaller fingers are
really cripples. Now we teach our fellows to do the
work with those fingers that you have to use another
hand for. There's the whole physical principle of
our training in its simplest form — substitution.' '
A significant word "substitution." At the modern
hospital for war cripples in Colonia, New Jersey, the
word can be applied to the reconstruction work there
in the truest sense of its meaning. From the time the
crippled soldier begins to convalesce, he is taught to
substitute new solutions to the difficult problems that
lie ahead of him. If the loss of an arm incapacitates
him for his old job, and the old bugaboo depression
grips him, he is not allowed to surrender weakly to a
mental state of "dependency." The Red Cross and
Uncle Sam substitute a new vigorous sane outlook
on life, by refusing to baby him, by teaching him a
new and more remunerative trade. He has the in-
centive to make good when he leaves the hospital.
Very seldom does a war cripple "lay down on the
job." He may have a shattered body, and worn out
nerves, but the will to go on fighting is nearly always
there.
One soldier lost both hands at the wrists. For a
while he refused to buck up. He talked continually
of living on his pension — a life of glorious ease. His
Red Cross nurse in charge noticed his dependent atti-
tude with some anxiety, and suggested that he take a
walk through the government shops attached to the
hospital, where his buddies were learning to repair
automobiles, paint china, make {Continued on page 93)
IIIIUI1IIIII
II!
66
ARTS and DECORATION
June, 1919
The Gardens
at «?
Shelburne Farms
Across the terraced lawns and
flower beds one may gaze from
Mrs. Webb's house down to the
changing waters of Lake Cham-
plain. Note, in the photographs
above, the effective treatment of
the parapet at the lakeside.
This scene shows the fore-
ground of the large picture on
the right-hand page. Altogether,
there are five terraces in the de-
scent to the parapet.
Roses, roses, everywhere — at
least in the proper season — give
just the color and mood to
awaken inspiring thoughts in the
house they surround and beau-
tify. And there are walks of
never-ending promise and delight.
If one deserves flowers, they are
here in profusion; but if the soli-
tude of the woods calls, they,
too, are near in friendly waiting.
Here pure joy is exampled in the
thousand and one "pretend" plays
of youth in a perfect setting.
The pergola and swimming
pool for the children (at the
right) form one of the real de-
lights of Mrs. Seward Webb's
garden.
[line, 1919
ARTS and DECORATION
67
•
Mrs. Seward Webb's
Home at
Shelburne, Vermont
Flower beds of unending and
untiring beauty stretch in all di-
' rections, seeming, from the beau-
tifully placed home.
Needless to say, the house in
such a setting is itself all a home
should be, with plenty of galleries
and windows from which to en-
joy even fleeting glimpses of the
glorious changing panorama of
the lake. Imagine viewing lake
and mountains in a glance.
The reflections in the water of
this pool translate into color and
mood the beautiful harmonies of
the music of Debussy. As a dec-
orative scheme it can hardly be
surpassed.
When looking at such a scene
one instinctively thinks of Italy
or mythological Greece! It seems
as though the walks had been
flower-decked especially for some
lovely youthful goddess who, in
passing, would touch and trans-
form them into equally lovely
creatures of her kind. However
that may be, they have given us
divine thrill, and that is very
much.
68 ARTS and DECORATION J une - 1919
lliiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii
<
Elevations and Plans for an English Studio
The Cases of Housekeeping are deduced to the Last Degree
by the Simplicity and Modern Equipment of This House
That Might be Built Successfully Anywhere in America
By FRANK j. FOSTER, Architect
THE possibility of attaining the spacious studio
or living room of the large suburban or coun-
try house in a bungalow or cottage of reason-
able price is effectively illustrated in the sketches and
plans we are able to present here. Although this
house, as the plan shows us, is limited to very few
rooms, the central studio presents a great possibilities
of roominess, light, comfort and beauty. The center
of interest is, of course, the great fireplace in the
center of the thirty-foot room.
As suggested by the architect, there is a small tiled
entry. One enters this hall through a heavy oaken
door, and then through an arched opening into the
studio itself. This studio comprises the full height
of the low, rambling house. It is opened to the roof
with exposed rafters. Two large and rough oaken
beams act as ties to the building. The walls are of
rough sand plaster, thoroughly in keeping with the
style of the studio. The floors here should be of wide
oaken boards, though this detail may, like most de-
tails, be varied.
At the north end of the studio a large window of
simple and generous proportions give an even light.
At the south end a doorway of ample proportions
leads to a charming garden, which may be enclosed,
in the English style, by a brick wall, topped by a lat-
tice. Under this wall may be placed a rustic seat or
bench. In the charmingly thought-out garden, the
sun-dial is one of the chief spots of interest. A kitchen
garden and court is another possibility that has not
been overlooked by the architect.
As the plan indicates, the two bedrooms and bath
have been arranged in a most comfortable and con-
venient fashion, the hall on the north side of the house
adding to the general roominess.
The exterior appearance of the studio is low and
rambling, with many points of interest. The effect on
the whole is one of simplicity. The side walls are
rough cast. The low roof is shingled and stained a
-TW11fiH|tftI[l|jf-TtflJ-
€i
UlllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllUllllllilllllllllllllllllllllllU
June, 1919
ARTS and DECORATION
69
1 »
I !
silver-gray. One of the chimneys is of stone, and the Hammered iron for lighting fixtures and similar
other may be of brick, give color and variety to the accessories is used in striking combination with the
general appearance of the little home. oaken doors, floors and rafters.
BUILD NOW
More Americans Should Own Their Own Homes
IF we need urging to make us build homes, the re-
cent pamphlet issued by the U. S. Department of
Labor will start us planning forthwith, for therein
are set down not only the patriotic reasons for so
doing, but those that appeal to all, the home-building
instincts common to normal human beings.
Under the heading of "More Americans should own
their own homes" are these trenchant lines :
"Somewhere in the heart of every man is the desire
to be independent. Independence is the measure of
one's standing in the community.
"The first step along the road to independence is to
own one's home. The man who owns his home is the
respected, the trusted man in every community.
"One of the largest employers of labor in the country
ordered a canvass of his factories to determine what
percentage of his employees owned their own homes.
At the same time, he urged all employees in the estab-
lishment to become home owners or home buyers.
"Sound logic prompted this action. The responsible
man is the valuable employee. The home owner has
a deeper sense of civic pride. He is established ; he is
responsible; he is interested in everything that tends
toward the peace and security and upbuilding of the
community."
Admitting the fact that the Liberty Loans have in-
stilled in us ideas of thrift, it follows that every man
can afford to build now by continuing to save and by
so doing meet the double need of having a home and
serving his country through helping solve the labor
problem. To quote:
. "This is the period of readjustment, and idle dollars
are as detrimental to the national welfare as idle men.
"Building is a basic industry. To build a home, aside
from the obvious benefits to the home owner, is to
make an important and direct contribution to national
readjustment and reconstruction.
"First, the country needs thousands of homes. After
that the home builder creates a demand for stone,
bricks, lumber, hardware, concrete, paint, etc., etc. ;
money circulates — only blood that circulates makes for
health. Building absorbs labor. That is of prime im-
portance right now, when thousands of soldiers are
being released from the army and industry is in tran-
sition from the war to peace gear.
"Homes, the very foundation of the social structure;
schools, the mold in which our citizenship is cast;
roads, the arteries of commerce ; churches, springs of
spiritual inspiration ! These we need in increasing
numbers throughout the land if America is to be made
a better place in which to live.
"Ambitions may be realized in your children if you
have the home environment which transmits to them
the ambition. The basic need is a home and the sense
of shelter and security which goes with ownership.
"Like father like son! The next generation will
not be a home-owning one if the present generation
doesn't show the benefits of home owning and incul-
cate the home-owing ambition."
These common-sense arguments are driven home by
the conclusion that "a universal building program
means more to the United States right now than at any
time in its history. It means efficiency for labor; it
means increased production in all correlated indus-
tries ; it means increased material demands until pro-
duction reaches the quantity production level necessary
for reducing unit costs ; eventually, it means lower
prices. This country is the soundest, healthiest, wealth-
iest in the world. If you need a home or a building
do not hesitate a day longer in going to work on it.
"Prices will not be lower until